Citation
Chemical engineering education

Material Information

Title:
Chemical engineering education
Alternate Title:
CEE
Abbreviated Title:
Chem. eng. educ.
Creator:
American Society for Engineering Education -- Chemical Engineering Division
Place of Publication:
Storrs, Conn
Publisher:
Chemical Engineering Division, American Society for Engineering Education
Publication Date:
Frequency:
Quarterly[1962-]
Annual[ FORMER 1960-1961]
quarterly
regular
Language:
English
Physical Description:
v. : ill. ; 22-28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Chemical engineering -- Study and teaching -- Periodicals ( lcsh )
Genre:
periodical ( marcgt )
serial ( sobekcm )

Notes

Citation/Reference:
Chemical abstracts
Additional Physical Form:
Also issued online.
Dates or Sequential Designation:
1960-June 1964 ; v. 1, no. 1 (Oct. 1965)-
Numbering Peculiarities:
Publication suspended briefly: issue designated v. 1, no. 4 (June 1966) published Nov. 1967.
General Note:
Title from cover.
General Note:
Place of publication varies: Rochester, N.Y., 1965-1967; Gainesville, Fla., 1968-

Record Information

Source Institution:
University of Florida
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
01151209 ( OCLC )
70013732 ( LCCN )
0009-2479 ( ISSN )
Classification:
TP165 .C18 ( lcc )
660/.2/071 ( ddc )

UFDC Membership

Aggregations:
Chemical Engineering Documents

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text







Em *5g *e 0; e u ca tion




Good engineers are in a

position to choose.

So why choose FMC?


"At the outset, I knew that
working for FMC would mean
becoming a valued member
of their team. FMC is recog-
nized as a large corporation,
and it is-in terms of size,
varied product lines and
growth opportunities. Yet, the
people are warm and friendly,
and creativity is encouraged.
At FMC, people count, and
that has made the difference
to me."


"I was really impressed by
FMC's involvement in so
many types of products and
processes. Here, there is
always the chance to work on
optimizations and designs.
Learning day-to-day opera-
tions from FMC experts and
assuming major responsibil-
ity for projects have been
great challenges. I'm looking
forward to even greater ones
in the future."


"FMC offered me the best
opportunities for advance-
ment in a variety of situa-
tions. Working in four dif-
ferent departments has
increased my knowledge
enormously. At FMC, I've
been able to explore manu-
facturing and production
engineering. It gives me great
satisfaction to know that I am
a major contributor to our
overall plant operations."


Larry Ligawa earned his BS in
Industrial Technology at Indiana
State University in 1974 and went on
to complete his MS in Industrial
Professional Technology at ISU in
1976 before joining FMC. As an
Industrial Engineer with the Chain
Division in Indianapolis, Ind., Larry
studies and audits both labor- and
capital-intensive work processes and
recommends methods to increase
productivity.


Helen E. Bilson joined the Technical
Department of the FMC Agricultural
Chemical Group's plant in Baltimore,
Md., after earning her BS in Chemical
Engineering from Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State
University in 1978. Beth's first
assignment was to implement a
wastewater treatment technique
developed in FMC's own labs. She's
presently working on a project team
to design and engineer a production
plant for one of our important
chemical intermediates.


In four years at FMC, Stan Butkivich
progressed from an associate to a
senior level Industrial Engineer. Now,
as the Assistant Supervisor in the
Cost Control Engineering Depart-
ment of FMC's San Jose Ordnance
Plant in California, he is directly
involved with a most important
aspect of production-its costs. Stan
received his BS in Engineering Tech-
nology from California Polytechnic
State University in 1975.


FMC
FMC is an equal opportunity
employer, M/F.


Choosing FMC means...
...joining a major international producer of machinery and chemicals for
industry and agriculture with 1978 sales of $2.91 billion. FMC Corporation,
headquartered in Chicago, has more than 45,000 employees worldwide,
located at 136 manufacturing facilities in 33 states and 15 other nations. FMC
products include food and agricultural machinery and chemicals, industrial
chemicals, material and natural resource handling equipment, construction
and power transmission products, government and municipal equipment. We
offer a range of rewarding careers for engineers and other technical gradu-
ates. See us on campus or contact your placement office.












A Letter to Chemical Engineering Seniors
This is the 12th Graduate Issue to be published by CEE
and distributed to chemical engineering seniors interested
in and qualified for graduate school. As in our previous
issues, we include articles on graduate courses that are
taught at various universities and ads of departments on
their graduate programs. However, this year we have
also included some papers from departments in the United
Kingdom as well as papers on research being carried out
by certain outstanding chemical engineering professors.
In order for you to obtain a broad idea of the nature of
graduate work, we encourage you to read not only the
articles in this issue, but also those in previous issues. A
list of the papers from recent years follows. If you would
like a copy of a previous Fall issue, please write CEE.
Ray Fahien, Editor, CEE


AUTHOR.


Culberson
Davis
Frank
Morari, Ray

Ramkrishna
Russel, Saville,
Ollis,
Schowalter
Russell

Vannice
Varma
Yen


Aris

Butt & Peterson
Kabel

Middleman

Perlmutter

Rajagopalan

Wheelock
Carbonell &
Whitaker




Dumesic

Jorne
Retz:off

Blanch, Russell
Chartoff


TITLE
Fall 1980
"Doctoral Level ChE Economics"
"Molecular Theory of Thermodynamics"
"Courses in Polymer Science"
"Integration of Real-Time Computing
Into Process Control Teaching"
"Functional Analysis for ChE's"


"Colloidal Phenomena"
"Structure of the Chemical Processing
Industries"
"Heterogeneous Catalysis"
"Mathematical Methods in ChE"
"Coal Liquefaction Processes"

Fall 1978
"Horses of Other Colors-Some Notes
on Seminars in a ChE Department'
"Chemical Reactor Engineering"
"Influential Papers in Chemical Re-
action Engineering"
"A Graduate Course in Polymer Pro-
cessing"
"Reactor Design From a Stability
Viewpoint"
"The Dynamics of Hydrocolloidal
Systems"
"Coal Science and Technology"
"Transport Phenomena in Multicom-
ponent, Multiphase, Reacting
Systems"

Fall 1977
"Fundamental Concepts in Surface In-
teractions"
"Electrochemical Engineering"
"Chemical Reaction Engineering Sci-
ence"
"Biochemical Engineering"
"Polymer Science and Engineering"


Alkire
Bailey & Ollis
DeKee
Deshpande
Johnson
Klinzing
Lemlich
Koutsky
Reynolds
Rosner


Astarita
Delgass
Gruver
Liu
Manning
McCoy
Walter

Corripio
Donaghey
Edgar
Gates, et al.
Luks
Melnyk & Prober
Tavlarides
Theis
Hamrin, et. al.

Merrill
Locke & Daniels
Moore
Wei

Hopfenberg

Fricke
Tierney

Bell
Chao &
Greenkorn
Cooney

Curl & Kadlee
Gainer
Slattery

Kelleher & Kafes
Douglas &
Kittrell


Fall 1976
"Electrochemical Engineering"
"Biochemical Engr. Fundamentals"
"Food Engineering"
"Distillation Dynamics & Control"
"Fusion Reactor Technology"
"Environmental Courses"
"Ad Bubble Separation Methods"
"Intro. Polymer Science & Tech."
"The Engineer as Entrepeneur"
"Energy, Mass and Momentum Trans-
port"
Fall 1975
"Modern Thermodynamics"
"Heterogeneous Catalysis"
"Dynamical Syst. & Multivar. Control"
"Digital Computations for ChE's"
"Industrial Pollution Control"
"Separation Process"
"Enzyme Catalysis"
Fall 1974
"Digital Computer Control of Process"
"Solid-State Materials and Devices"
"Multivariable Control and Est."
"Chemistry of Catalytic Process"
"Advanced Thermodynamics"
"Wastewater Engineering for ChE's"
"Enzyme and Biochemical Engr."
"Synthetic & Biological Polymers"
"Energy Engineering"
Fall 1973
"Applied Chemical Kinetics"
"Corrosion Control
"Digital Computer Process Control"
"Economics of Chem. Processing Indus-
tries"
"Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal
Materials"
"Polymer Processing"
"Staged Separations"
Fall 1972
"Process Heat Transfer"
"Equilibrium Theory of Fluids"

"Biological Transport Pnenomena and
Biomedical Engineering"
"Modeling"
"Applied Surface Chemistry"
"Momentum, Energy and Mass Trans-
fer"
"Process and Plant Design Project"
"Engineering Entrepeneurship"


Fall 1971
Reid & Modell "Thermo: Theory & Applications"
Theofanous "Transport Phenomena"
Weller "Heterogeneous Catalysis"
Westerberg "Computer Aided Process Design"
Kabel "Mathematical Modeling..."
Wen "Noncatalytic Heterogeneous Reaction
Systems"
Beamer "Statistical Analysis and Simulation"
Himmelblau "Optimization of Large Scale Systems"


FALL 1980



































The people behind these products


still remember looking for


their first job.


They were people who wanted a
good job with a good company. A
chance to show what they could
do. And to be recognized for
doing it.
They were people like you.
The products they researched,
produced and marketed have
already touched every part of your
life. Food wrapping, herbicides,
antifreeze, medicine, packing mate-
rial, home insulation, paper, photo-
graphic chemicals, fertilizers, and
carpet backing, just to name a few.


The careers they took with Dow
gave them a chance to do some-
thing. To take responsibility. To
set their own goals and plan their
own schedules. And evaluate the
results.
It's an environment for people
to develop themselves. And to
develop the 2,200 products and
services we offer.
We need more people like that.
Help us get in touch with them.
Because if you know one of the
people we're looking for, we've


*Trademark oI The 0ow Chemical Company


probably got the job he-or she-
is looking for.
If you know of qualified graduates
in engineering or the sciences,
or with an interest in marketing,
finance or computer science, we
hope you will encourage them to
write us:
Recruiting and College Relations,
P.O. Box 1713-CE, Midland, Mich-
igan 48640. Dow is an equal oppor-
tunity employer-male/female.



common/uncommon
sense/chemistry











se~Leaich oa



POLYMER FLUID DYNAMICS:



R. BYRON BIRD
University of Wisconsin
Madison, WI 53706


FLUID DYNAMICS IS A very old subject. The
Navier-Stokes equations are about 150 years
old, and libraries have shelves of books devoted to
boundary-layer theory, turbulence, flow through
porous media, gas dynamics, and other facets of
this broad and useful discipline. Chemical engi-
neers share with other engineers their interest in
the applications of fluid dynamics and their re-
sponsibility for the further development of the
basic science of fluid dynamics.
There are several subfields of fluid dynamics
in which chemical engineers have particularly
strong responsibilities: fluid dynamics of reactive
systems, fluid dynamics of diffusing systems, two-
phase and multiphase flow systems, and polymer
fluid dynamics. The flow of polymer solutions and
polymer melts quite properly belong in the domain
of chemical engineering for several reasons:
* Chemical engineers are normally charged with the de-
velopment of design procedures involving the "unit
operations" of the polymer industry: extrusion, blow
molding, fiber spinning, etc.
* Chemical engineers have the background in organic
chemistry needed for understanding polymer synthesis,
solvent effects, chemical degradation, and molecular
weight distributions.
* Chemical engineers have sufficient training in physical
chemistry to understand optical phenomena, polymer
kinetic theory, surface tension, polyelectrolytes, and
phase equilibria.
* Chemical engineers have sufficient background in
transport phenomena to tackle problems in non-New-
tonian flow, viscous heating effects, mixing phenome-
na, and thermal dependence of transport properties.
It is no wonder then that chemical engineers
have in the past several decades developed strong
research programs and new courses in polymer
fluid dynamics. In so doing the chemical engineer-
ing professor has had to build strong bridges to
adjacent disciplines, particularly continuum me-

Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


R. Byron Bird is currently Vilas Research Professor of Chemical
Engineering at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He received his
B.S. in ChE at the University of Illinois in 1947 and his PhD in
Chemistry at the University of Wisconsin in 1950. He held post-
doctoral appointments at University of Amsterdam (1950-51) and
University of Wisconsin (1951-52), then taught at Cornell University
(1952-53). A summer at the Dupont Experimental Station introduced
him to polymer processing and rheology. Since that time he has
been on the staff at the University of Wisconsin in Chemical Engi-
neering and served as departmental chairman 1964-1968. He has co-
authored six books including Molecular Theory of Gases and Liquids
(Hirschfelder, Curtiss, and Bird), Transport Phenomena (Bird, Stewart,
and Lightfoot), and Dynamics of Polymeric Liquids (Bird, Armstrong,
Hassager, and Curtiss).

chanics, polymer chemistry, and applied mathe-
matics. Chemical engineers are currently in-
volved in at least ten kinds of problems in polymer
fluid dynamics, and in the following summary we
try to indicate what the objectives and challenges
are:
Development of Constitutive Equations. It is
well known that polymeric liquids do not obey
Newton's law of viscosity; many simple experi-
ments show this conclusively [1]. The stress tensor
(at the present time t) for fluids made up of small
molecules is given simply in terms of the velocity
gradients at the time t. For polymeric fluids, how-
ever, the stresses in a fluid element at the present
time t depend in a complicated way on the velocity
gradients experienced by that fluid element over
all past times t'; that is, "memory effects" are in-


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








volved. One of the central problems of the field
is to obtain expressions for the stress tensor (the
"constitutive equation" or the "rheological equa-
tion of state"). This problem is still only partially
resolved. We have fragmentary answers provided
by rheometric experiments, by continuum me-
chanics, and by molecular theory.
Rheometry. One cannot go into the laboratory
and "measure the stress tensor" in an arbitrary
flow system. The best we can do is to measure
some of the stress tensor components in very
carefully controlled flow fields; this science of
measurement is now called "rheometry" [2, 3].
There still remains much to be done in developing
reliable instrumentation that can be used to
measure viscosity, stress relaxation, elongational
viscosity, complex viscosity, and a dozen or so
other theological properties. At the present we
do not have nearly enough trustworthy rheometric
data on carefully characterized samples (i.e.,
samples of known molecular weight, concentra-
tion, and molecular structure) to test the proposed
constitutive equations and molecular theories.
Kinetic Theory. If one is given the molecular
weight, concentration, and polymer structure,
there are no formulas that one can turn to to
predict with confidence the theological properties
that one needs for doing analysis or design of
polymer flow systems or processing units. The
past several decades have produced many new
kinetic theories for polymeric liquids [4] and these
have been very helpful in suggesting useful forms
for constitutive equations. Work along these lines
is continuing, both for dilute solutions [5] and for
polymer melts; for the latter, there are now two
very different kinds of competing theories, the
"network theories" [6, 7] and the reputationn
theories" [8, 9]. A number of investigators are also
approaching the structure-rheology relationship
through the use of computer simulation tech-
niques, but this method is in its infancy.
Solution of Flow Problems. Once one has settled
on a reasonable constitutive equation (and there
is at this moment still a great deal of subjective
judgment as to what "reasonable" is) then one is
faced with another enormous challenge, namely
that of solving the equations of continuity and


motion along with the constitutive equation in
order to predict velocity profiles. There are a few
trivial flows where one can get some analytical
solutions, or possibly even solutions by use of
perturbation theory [10]. But most problems .of
interest to the engineer necessarily require
numerical analysis. Such numerical problem-
solving taxes even the biggest computers because
of the necessity of taking into account the memory
effects. Current efforts seem to have met only
with moderate success; apparently computer solu-
tions break down when the Deborah number (ratio
of the time constant of the fluid to the character-
istic time of the flow) becomes equal to about
unity-and this is just the beginning of the excit-
ing region where the "elastic effects" begin to be
important [11].
Flow Visualization. Because of the problems
just mentioned it is of particular importance that
polymer fluid dynamicists develop techniques for
flow visualization and for the complete measure-
ment of velocity fields (e.g., by using laser-doppler
methods) in a variety of flow systems [12, 13].
We need to know much more about the various
"flow regimes," particularly the conditions where
various kinds of instabilities occur. It is important,
too, that the fluids used in these flow visualization
experiments be characterized rheometrically; that
is, it is essential to know the non-Newtonian
viscosity curves, the normal stress curves, and
other material functions in order to be able to
interpret the flow experiments. In many industrial
problems, flow visualization is particularly im-
portant. Very little progress can be made in
theorizing until the basic experimental facts are
known.
Heat Transfer Studies. Because of the very
high viscosities of concentrated polymer solutions
and melts, the viscous energy dissipation is, more
often than not, non-negligible. Most high-speed
extrusion processes, injection molding systems,
and other industrial operations involve appreci-
able viscous heating [14] and highly non-iso-
thermal conditions. As a result it is necessary to
put temperature dependence into the constitutive
relations [15] and to study the theological ma-
terial functions as a function of temperature.


Once one has settled on a reasonable constitutive equation
... then one is faced with another enormous challenge, namely that of solving
the equations of continuity and motion along with the constitutive equation in order
to predict velocity profiles.


FALL 1980









Flows with Phase Change. Not only does one
have to study nonisothermal problems, but also
problems in which solid-liquid or liquid-solid
transitions are occurring. In extruder operation
one has to melt the polymer pellets upstream from
the extrusion device. In all plastics manufactur-
ing processes, one has to cool the molten polymer
to obtain the finished product. In some instances
the cooling and solidification occurs when the
polymer is still in motion. Such problems involve
both the kinetics of phase change, crystallization,
heat transfer, and two-phase flow [16].
Two-Phase Flow. The widespread use of various
kinds of fillers in the fabrication of composites
brings up the subject of two-phase flow: solids,
liquids, or gases dispersed in a fluid which is visco-
elastic. Some of the most challenging problems
facing the polymer fluid dynamicist in the polymer
industry are those pertaining to the break-up of
particle aggregates, mixing and blending, particle
orientation in flow fields, distortion of gas bubbles,
interfacial phenomena, and alteration of me-
chanical and optical properties of the melt and
the solid finished product. Not nearly enough is
known about the clustering of particles and the
distribution of particles in concentrated two-phase
systems [17].
Polymer Unit Operations. All of the topics
listed above can be important in the development
of a better understanding of the polymer unit
operations. It is not enough, however, to analyze
existing processes and equipment. The chemical
engineer must also be concerned with improving
the equipment design and the process operation.
In addition, he has the even more challenging
task of trying to develop totally new fabrication
methods [16], often collaborating with mechanical
and electrical engineers. Most of this kind of in-
ventive work has been done in industry, where
personnel and equipment resources are more
plentiful than in the university. However, co-
operative projects or consulting activities can be
very important in bridging the gap between the
academic fluid mechanicist and the industrial de-
signer.
Drag Reduction. There are several phenomena
pertaining specifically to dilute solutions that have
been the subject of intensive research. The oldest
and most important of these is "drag reduction"
[18]. The addition of small amounts of a polymer
to a Newtonian liquid can reduce significantly the
friction factor in turbulent flow. The understand-
ing of this phenomenon presents an enormous


challenge, since it combines two very difficult
fields: turbulence, and viscoelasticity. Perhaps
some of the recent advances in the kinetic theory
of dilute solutions will be used to elucidate this
fascinating phenomenon.

ST SHOULD BE EVIDENT from the above listing of
problem areas that the field of polymer fluid
dynamics is enormous in extent and variety. All
of the above topics are interrelated, and the study
of any one part of the field invariably leads to
some other part of the subject. In polymer fluid
dynamics one can seek all kinds of challenges:
mathematical, physical, chemical, process design,
equipment design, computing, and instrumenta-
tion. O

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to thank the National
Science Foundation and the Vilas Trust Fund (U.
Wisconsin) for continued support of his research
in polymer fluid mechanics and kinetic theory.

REFERENCES
1. R. B. Bird, R. C. Armstrong, and 0. Hassager, "Dy-
namics of Polymeric Liquids, Vol. 1: Fluid Mechanics,"
Wiley, New York (1977) Ch. 3.
2. K. Walters, "Rheometry," Chapman and Hall, London
(1975).
3. R. W. Whorlow, "Rheological Techniques," Wiley,
New York (1980).
4. R. B. Bird, O. Hassager, R. C. Armstrong, and C. F.
Curtiss, "Dynamics of Polymeric Liquids, Vol. 2:
Kinetic Theory," Wiley, New York (1977).
5. R. B. Bird, P. J. Dotson, and N. L. Johnson, J. Non-
Newtonian Fluid Mech., 7, 213-235 (1980).
6. A. S. Lodge, Rheol. Acta, 7, 379-392 (1968).
7. M. H. Wagner, Rheol. Acta, 18, 33-50 (1979).
8. M. Doi and S. F. Edwards, J. Chem. Soc., Faraday
Trans., II, 74, 1789-1832 (1978); 75, 38-54 (1979).
9. C. F. Curtiss and R. B. Bird, "A Kinetic Theory for
Polymer Melts," U. Wisc. Theo. Chem. Inst. Reports
636 and 637, May, 1980.
10. R. B. Bird, R. C. Armstrong, and 0. Hassager, op.
cit., Chs. 5 through 9.
11. R. C. Armstrong, personal communication.
12. M. Gottlieb and R. B. Bird, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fund.,
18, 357-368 (1979).
13. R. L. Christiansen, Ph.D. Thesis, U. Wisconsin (1980).
14. H. H. Winter, Adv. Heat Transfer, 18, 205-267 (1977).
15. G. Marrucci, Trans. Soc. Rheol., 16, 321-330 (1972).
16. Z. Tadmor and C. G. Gogos, "Principles of Polymer
Processing," Wiley, N.Y. (1979).
17. A. L. Graham, PhD Thesis, U. Wisconsin (1980).
18. H. S. Stephens and J. A. Clarke, eds., "Proc. Second
International Conference on Drag Reduction at Cam-
bridge," BHRA Fluid Engineering, Cranfield (1977).


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION







Chevron


Chevron Oil Field


Research Company


PhD Chemical Engineers I
For Research And Development
In Enhanced Oil Recovery


Chevron's laboratory in La Habra, California is
engaged in research directed toward increased
recovery of oil and gas from known subsurface
reservoirs. Chemical engineering technology is
extremely important in the very complicated
business of recovering petroleum from known
reservoirs-reservoirs of oil and gas already
discovered and in quantities large enough to
make a real difference in the United States'
domestic energy supply. That is, if we can find
more effective processes for breaking it free
from the rocks and bringing it to the surface.
The research, the development and the field
trials of new ideas for recovering oil carry
high risks and high costs. But the stakes are
high, tool When you realize that typically,
twice as much oil is left behind as is
produced by conventional methods, it is
easy to understand how large these
stakes really are and the energy resources
that will be available if we can find the
unlocking processes.


Our chemical engineers are also
working on the problems of in situ
recovery of heavy oils and oil from tar
sands and shale.
If you want to learn more about
research in the more complex
applications of chemical engineering,
send your resume to:

J.C. Benjamin
Chevron Oil Field Research Company
P.O. Box 446
La Habra, CA. 90631


Ff\


A.


rcr^


- --


F=3
--
~D


-- 1
~c9


L ~8


~c?~-- to









Reuea"c on


IN SITU PROCESSING


T. F. EDGAR
R. S. SCHECHTER
University of Texas
Austin, Texas 78712

T HE DISPARITY BETWEEN ENERGY supply and
demand in the United States has emphasized
the need to utilize in situ technology for recovery
of fossil fuels and minerals. This technology offers
a way to extract reserves which are not technically
or economically feasible to recover using con-
ventional mining and may provide a means of
significantly increasing domestic fuel and feed-
stock production in the near future, thus reducing
dependence on foreign oil. In situ processing
combines extraction and conversion into a single
step, and the various in situ processes (oil shale,
coal, oil sands, uranium and other minerals) share
a number of desirable features:
Many of the health and safety problems of conven-
tional mining are avoided; underground labor is
eliminated altogether.
Solid waste pollution is avoided since undesirable
solid material is left underground.
The amount of surface equipment for mining and
processing is reduced, yielding economic leverage.
These positive features must be weighed against
potential problems, such as subsurface pollution
of ground water, low recovery efficiencies, and sub-
sidence.
The development of the emerging in situ
technologies is interdisciplinary in scope, involving
exchange of information among the fields of engi-
neering, earth sciences, chemistry, physics and en-
vironmental science. Chemical engineers are play-
ing a leading role because the concepts used to
design and operate chemical plants can be fruit-
fully applied to subsurface processing. In this
article we shall indicate the types of research in-
vestigations chemical engineering graduate
students can carry out, emphasizing two inter-
disciplinary projects at the University of Texas
at Austin. These two projects deal with under-
ground gasification of lignite, directed by T. F.
Edgar, and in situ leaching of uranium, directed
by R. S. Schechter.


The ultimate goal of the research is
to develop a set of laboratory and computer-
based tools which would allow site evaluation
based on field and laboratory measurements
of the mineral and associated overburdens.


APPLICABLE RESOURCES AND
COMMERCIAL EXPLOITATION
T HE DOMESTIC COAL SUPPLY is, of course, ex-
tremely large and will be the major resource
for intermediate term energy production. In situ
recovery of coal will increase the recoverable coal
supplies to about 40% of the national resource
estimate (10% is recoverable using conventional
mining). Western coal can be successfully gasified
in situ, but Eastern coals cannot be recovered
easily because of their swelling characteristics.
Texas lignite is the resource studied in the UT-
Austin research; it is estimated that nearly 20
billion tons of lignite lie at surface mining depths
(down to 90 meters), but approximately 35 billion
tons lie between depths of 90 and 600 meters in
seam thicknesses between 1.5 m and 4.5 m, which
are technically feasible ranges for underground
coal gasification (UCG) [Al]. There have been
ten private sector and government-sponsored field
tests, two of which are being performed in Texas.
Demonstration-scale (e.g., 25 MW equivalent of
electricity or greater) tests have been performed
in the USSR with air injection, and several U.S.
tests of this magnitude are planned for the early
1980's, using steam/oxygen injection to produce
a medium Btu gas.
At the present time, in situ uranium leaching
provides only a small fraction of domestic uranium
requirements (less than 5%) but because of
activity particularly in Texas and Wyoming the
proportion can be expected to increase significantly
in the future. A number of companies are now
mining on a commercial scale in Texas. In 1979
there were 16 permits issued to five companies for
approximately 1500 production acres. Seven addi-


Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








tional permits were being processed for an addi-
tional 2000 acres of production [A2].
Despite this high level of industrial interest in
both in situ gasification and uranium leaching,
significant problems, especially environmental, still
remain to be resolved. Failure to resolve them
adequately will result in a severe curtailment of
these rapidly emerging technologies.

RESEARCH APPROACH AND SCOPE
T HE PURPOSE OF THE UT-AUSTIN research on in
situ processing is to develop the necessary
theory and understanding of the underground
process so that commercialization can be facili-
tated for a wide range of mineral deposits. The
ultimate goal of the research is to develop a set of
laboratory and computer-based tools which would
allow site evaluation based on field and laboratory
measurements of the mineral and associated over-
burdens. Such an evaluation must of necessity be
semi-quantitative since there are never enough
data available about the subsurface to predict ac-
curately all physicochemical aspects of the re-
covery process. Laboratory screening is preferred
because field testing is uneconomic for every po-
tential site; an engineering and geological design
















Thomas F. Edgar is Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering at
The University of Texas at Austin, where he has been a faculty
member since 1971. His research interests include chemical process
control and coal combustion and gasification. He earned his B.S. Ch.E.
from the University of Kansas and Ph.D. in chemical engineering
from Princeton University. He is editor of the technical journal
In Situ. (L)
Robert S. Schechter is the E. J. Cockrell, Jr. Professor of Chemical
and Petroleum Engineering at The University of Texas at Austin. His
research interests are mainly concerned with surface and interfacial
phenomena with particular emphasis on tertiary oil recovery and in
situ uranium leaching. He is a graduate of Texas A&M University (BS)
and the University of Minnesota (Ph.D.). Professor Schechter was
elected to the National Academy of Engineering in 1976. (R)


The research is strongly oriented
toward developing mathematical models
suitable for design and scale-up and for
optimization of operation.

basis, which presently is incomplete, must be de-
veloped before economic application of the
technology can be realized.
The research is strongly oriented toward de-
veloping mathematical models suitable for design
scale-up and for optimization of operation. This
entails development of a fundamental understand-
ing of the dominant physical and chemical pro-
cesses occurring in the subsurface. However, the
research has pointed to the need for certain pro-
cess improvements, and efforts are now being
made to effect these improvements.
In order to develop successful techniques for
scale-up from the laboratory to the field, both the
coal and uranium projects have maintained close
liaison with field personnel and other researchers
in the field through biannual research review meet-
ings. Each project has a review board made up
of professionals from industry and government
laboratories who critically evaluate the research
results presented at these meetings.
At the University of Texas we are fortunate
to have strong departments of chemical engineer-
ing, petroleum engineering, geology, and environ-
mental engineering in order to pursue this re-
search; there have been as many as ten staff and
twenty students from the above departments in-
volved in the coal and uranium projects. Annual
support for the projects combined has been more
than $400,000/year; funding agencies have in-
cluded the Department of Energy, Environmental
Protection Agency, Department of HEW, National
Science Foundation, Office of Surface Mining, De-
partment of the Interior, Texas Petroleum Re-
search Committee, and private companies.

UNDERGROUND COAL GASIFICATION RESEARCH

IN UCG, DRILLED HOLES ARE used to access the
coal seam. After the coal seam is ignited, the
permeability of the seam must be enhanced before
actual gas production. This can be done by using
a technique called counter-current or reverse com-
bustion, which pyrolyzes a narrow channel of high
permeability between two boreholes, thus allowing
directional control over gas flow. After this "link"
between boreholes is achieved, co-current combus-
tion can be employed for gas production [A3].


FALL 1980








Underground coal gasification systems repre-
sent a departure from conventional chemical re-
actors in that the internal geometry varies over
time, and their boundaries are not fixed as in
surface equipment. A number of specific models
are needed to describe quantitatively the behavior
of an underground coal gasification process. Such
models can be subsequently used for process design
and control. A model is needed to predict the
chemical composition of the product gas as a
function of the injected gas composition and rate
as well as how product gas composition might vary
with coal type, seam thickness, and water intrusion
rate. There is a need to be able to predict the
fraction of coal that will be recovered with a par-
ticular well pattern and to quantify the linking
pattern. Also important are predictions of water
influx and the potential of roof collapse and their
effects on gas composition and sweep efficiency.
Other predictive models can be used to quantify
the environmental impact, such as subsidence and
aquifer contamination. These physical and chemi-
cal models can be coupled with process economics
models so that system design and operation can
be optimized. The major emphasis of the chemical
engineering research has been on predicting

Underground coal gasification
systems represent a departure from
conventional chemical reactors in that the
internal geometry varies over time,
and their boundaries are not fixed
as in surface equipment.

product gas composition [A4] and sweep efficiency
[Bl], [B2] for a range of coals and geological condi-
tions.
There has been some success in using mathe-
matical models for interpreting field and labora-
tory data for in situ gasification. However, these
models have employed of necessity tremendous
simplifications in order to realize meaningful
results for such a complex system [A5]. The in
situ gasifier contains such components as a fixed
bed, a channel, and a porous medium [B3]. The
geometry of the gasifier may be irregular due to
burning of the coal and resulting roof collapse.
Complex heat transfer, mass transfer, and momen-
tum transfer phenomena occur simultaneously in
different parts of the system. It is clear that
"global" mathematical models are not practical
for the purpose of simulation; the challenge is to
determine which model elements are crucial for


matching the process performance. Even simpli-
fied models are often characterized by moving
boundaries, split boundary conditions, and stiff
differential equations.
A useful one-dimensional conceptual model of
UCG during co-current or forward combustion
involves the existence of several distinct reaction
zones, namely oxidation, reduction and pyrolysis/
drying [A3], [A4]. These are the same zones that
occur in moving-bed surface gasifiers. One way
to simulate UCG in the laboratory is to operate
a combustion tube charged with pulverized coal
similar to that used in petroleum recovery studies
[B4], [B5], [B6]. Field gasification temperatures
can be in excess of 13000C, which creates extreme
experimental difficulty in tube design; typical oil
combustion tubes are operated at less than 8000C,
well within the limits of steel alloy materials.
There is some disagreement about the ultimate
usefulness of such apparata for simulating the
three-dimensional UCG process, but a combustion
tube does provide the opportunity to study one
level of scale-up. Modeling of such a system also
implies reaction kinetics sub-models for oxidation
[B7], [B8], gasification [B9], and pyrolysis [B10],
[B11], [B12], which can be developed for a given
coal using a variety of microreactors.
It can be argued that the basic reaction unit in
UCG is a coal block rather than a coal particle,
which would emphasize intra-particle heat and
mass transfer effects [B13]. Self-gasification of the
coal block by moisture transportation and cracking
and gasification of pyrolysis products [B14],
which must diffuse through the block, also occur.
In a three-dimensional intrepretation of UCG,
sweep efficiency and burning rates may be
controlled by consolidated block transport phe-
nomena [B15]. Coal block experiments can illumin-
ate the effects of gas hydrodynamics, coal proper-
ties, and block transport phenomena on channel
growth [B16], [B17]. Gas composition probably is
only secondarily controlled by block gasification,
although more field and laboratory experiments
and mathematical modeling for a variety of sites
are necessary before definitive conclusions can be
reached.
Modeling of environmental effects, such as sub-
sidence and subsurface water pollution, is rela-
tively immature in development. Their predict-
ability is problematic because of the lack of in-
formation on geohydrology and rock behavior as
well as chemical, physical, and biological pro-
cesses which occur in the subsurface. Natural


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








renovation of polluted groundwater has been re-
ported in several U. S. field tests.
IN SITU URANIUM LEACHING RESEARCH

T HE OBJECTIVES OF IN SITU leaching of uranium
are to dissolve all the uranium-bearing miner-
als in place and to transport the dissolved
uranium back to the surface in the fluid injected
into the ore-bearing formation. In its simplest
form, the chemical process consists of: (1) oxidiz-
ing the uranium-bearing species and (2) putting
the uranium in solution in a chemical form which
can be recovered at the surface. Both of these
steps are to be accomplished while minimizing
the effect of those reactions between the leach
solution and the ore-bearing formation which are
detrimental to the extraction process and minimiz-
ing the damage to the subsurface environment.
The final stage of the mining process is to remove
those pollutants introduced into the formation
during the extraction stage. This is crucial since
the zones which can be mined are in aquifers.
The modeling of the production stage requires
that the rates of heterogeneous reactions of oxi-
dant with uranium bearing minerals and with all
the other minerals which compete for oxidant be
established. This is a somewhat challenging step
since there are often four or more minerals, each
competing for oxidant. Furthermore, the rates
cannot be studied independently since only studies
on carefully preserved field samples are meaning-
ful.
In a study of acid leaching kinetics, Tatom
found [Cl] that many of the heterogeneous re-
actions are initially mass transfer controlled so
that during the early stages of leaching, the over-
all reaction depends on the local fluid velocity. As
the quantity of unoxidized mineral decreases, there
exists a point, different for each mineral, at which
the intrinsic surface kinetics control the rate of
reaction. Thus the reaction rate models tend to
be more complex than that proposed by Galichon
[C2], [A6] and represent an interesting interplay
between mass transfer and surface kinetics.
Models for the chemical reactions which take
place during carbonate leaching are now being
developed [C3]. This research has the additional
goal of comparing the reaction rates in ammonium
carbonate solutions with those in potassium car-
bonate solutions. Ammonium carbonate has been
the main ingredient in the leach solution used by
most of the companies operating in Texas. How-
ever, many companies are now reluctant to use


this compound because of the severe requirements
for NH4+ removal after mining which have been
imposed by state and national regulatory agencies
[A2].
Sodium carbonate is sometimes used but in
many cases will damage the formation perme-
ability so that fluid injection becomes virtually
impossible. Potassium carbonate, which does not
damage the formation permeability, has not been
used because of its cost. However, the University
of Texas research team has developed a procedure
which utilizes a preflush that will reduce the cost
of subsequently leaching with potassium carbonate
by a factor of about four. This process [A7], for
which patents are pending (assigned to the Bu-
reau of Mines), is now being readied for field
testing.
A second aspect of the research has been the
development of restoration procedures. The initial
work focused on the recovering NH,+ cations from
the formation at the completion of the production
stage. This is essentially an ion exchange process
[A8], [A9], complicated by the existence of multiple
substrates having different free energies of ex-
change, interlayer mixing, axial dispersion, etc.,
[C4]. Process modeling indicated the desirability
of utilizing special fluids of high ionic strength
to flush ammonium; however, in some cases the
ammonium cation was strongly adsorbed and
difficult to remove.
An interesting example of the type of problem
which has been considered is the one-well test to
evaluate the restoration parameters. This test
involves the injection of relatively small volumes
of leach solution and the subsequent production of
a larger volume of fluid. Two important pa-
rameters-the cation exchange capacity and an
average free energy-are to be determined by
history matching the effluent composition. A study
of this procedure revealed that this goal cannot be
feasibly accomplished, and alternate techniques
were proposed [A10], [C5]. Before this study, such
tests were routinely performed, and in many cases,
erroneous values of the parameters were adopted.
Finally, all the detailed models for production
and restoration must be imbedded into a simulator
that can accommodate an arbitrary well pattern,
formation heterogeneity and anisotropy, variable
injection and production volumetric rates and
transient solution and solid phase compositions.
All these requirements have not yet been satisfied,
but Bommer [All], [C6] has reported a relatively
comprehensive two-dimensional simulator which


FALL 1980










is now being used by several operators to design
optimum systems.
In conclusion it should again be stressed that
the most difficult problems are environmental in
nature. There are many rules and regulations at
the national, state and local levels which must be
satisfied. Some of these rules are in conflict with
others [C8]. Studies such as those now being con-
ducted by Chen [C7] will help regulatory agencies
make rational decisions with regard to those
standards which should be strictly enforced and
those which can be relaxed to some extent without
altering the quality of the water. O

A. LITERATURE CITED

Al. Edgar, T. F., Kaiser, W. R. Humenick, M. J. and
Charbeneau, R. J., "Environmental Effects of In
Situ Gasification of Texas Lignite," Report to En-
vironmental Protection Agency, August, 1980.
A2. Whittington, D. and Taylor, W. R., "Regulations
and Restoration of In Situ Uranium Mining in
Texas," Proceedings of the South Texas Uranium
Seminar, Society of Mining Engineers of AIME
(1979).
A3. Gregg, D. W. and Edgar, T. F., "In Situ Coal Gasi-
fication," AIChE J., 24, 754 (1978).
A4. Natarajan, R., Edgar, T. F. and Savins, J. G., "Pre-
diction of Product Gas Composition for UCG," Proc.
Sixth Underground Coal Conversion Conference,
Afton, Oklahoma, July, 1980.
A5. Edgar, T. F., "Analysis and Modeling of Under-
ground Coal Gasification Systems," FOCAPD Engi-
neering Foundation Conference, Henniker, N. H.,
July, 1980.
A6. Galichon, P., Breland, W. M., Cowley, A. H. and
Schechter, R. S., "Chemical Factors in In Situ
Uranium Leach Mining," In Situ, 1 (2), 125 (1977).
A7. Tweeton, D., Guilinger, T. R., Breland, W. M. and
Schechter, R. S., "The Advantages of Conditioning
on Orebody with a Chloride Solution Before In
Situ Uranium Leaching with a Carbonate Solution,"
SPE Preprint No. 9490, 55th Annual Technical
Meeting, Dallas, Texas, Sept., 1980.
A8. Hill, A. D., Walsh, M. P., Breland, W. M., Humen-
ick, M. J., Silberberg, I. H. and Schechter, R. S.,
"Restoration of Uranium In Situ Leaching Sites,"
Soc. of Petroleum Engr. J., 20, (1980).
A9. Walsh, M. P., Humenick, M. J. and Schechter, R. S.,
"The Displacement and Migration of Ammonium
Ions from Uranium In Situ Leaching Sites," in In
Situ Uranium Mining and Groundwater Restora-
tion: W. J. Schlitt and D. A. Shock eds., Proc. of
the New Orleans Symp., Soc. of Mining Engr. of
AIME (1978).
A10. Kabir, M. I., Lake, L. W. and Schechter, R. S.,
"Evaluation of the One Well Uranium Leaching
Test: Restoration," SPE Preprint 9486, 55th Annual
Technical Conference, Society of Petroleum Engi-
neers of the AIME, Dallas, Texas, Sept. (1980).


All. Bommer, P. M., Schechter, R. S., "Mathematical
Modeling of In Situ Uranium Leaching," Society of
Petroleum Engineering Journal, 19, p 393 (1979).

B. THESES-UNDERGROUND COAL GASIFICATION

Bl. Dinsmoor, B. (1979), "The Modeling of Channel
Systems in Underground Coal Gasification."
B2. Johnson, C. (1980), "A Three Dimensional Numeri-
cal Simulation for Underground Coal Gasification."
B3. Galland, J. (1974), "Analysis and Modeling of
Underground Coal Gasification Systems."
B4. Westbrook, D. (1976), "Design of a Combustion
Tube for Experimentation on In Situ Gasification
of Texas Lignite."
B5. Cook, R. (1980), "Combustion Tube Studies of
Texas Lignite Using Steam-Oxygen Injection."
B6. Ponnamperuma, J. (1980), "Combustion Tube
Studies of Air Gasification of Texas Lignite."
B7. Tseng, H. (1981), "Pore Size Effects on Oxidation
Kinetics of Texas Lignite Char."
B8. Hsia, S. (1977), "Oxidation Kinetics of Texas
Lignite."
B9. Bass, E. (1980), "Gasification Kinetics of Texas
Lignite Char and Steam."
B10. Cadwell, J. (1978), "Pyrolysis Properties of Texas
Lignite Under Conditions of In Situ Gasification."
Bll. Matteson, M. (1979), "Pyrolysis Kinetics of Texas
Lignite."
B12. Athans, M. (1980), "Sulfur Compounds Produced
During Pyrolysis of Texas Lignite."
B13. Tsang, T. (1980), "Modeling of Heat and Mass
Transfer During Coal Block Gasification."
B14. Hunt, C. (1979), "Cracking of Low Heating Rate
Pyrolysis Products Obtained from Texas Lignite."
B15. Wellborn, T. (1980), "Measurement of Linear Burn-
ing Rates for Consolidated Lignite Cores."
B16. Cornwell, J. (1982), "Channel Gasification of Lig-
nite Blocks."
B17. Triplett, K. (1980), "Analysis of Flow Patterns in
Underground Coal Gasification Using Tracers."

C. THESES-URANIUM LEACHING

C1. Tatom, A. (1980), "An Investigation of the Factors
Determining the Rate of Uranium Leaching in
Acid Solutions."
C2. Galichon, P. (1976), "In Situ Leaching of Uranium
Ore."
C3. Guilinger, T. (1981), "Optimal Formulation of
Carbonate Lixiviants for Uranium Solution Mining."
C4. Walsh, M. (1979), "Investigation of the Fate of
Ammonia from In Situ Uranium Solution Mining."
C5. Kabir, M. (1981), "In Situ Uranium Mining Reser-
voir Engineering and Aspects of Leaching and
Restoration."
C6. Bommer, P. (1979), "A Streamline-Concentration
Balance Model for In Situ Uranium Leaching and
Site Restoration."
C7. Chen, J. (1980), "The Migration of Low pH Solu-
tions in Groundwater."
C8. Shiao, S. (1980), "Environmental Aspects of
Uranium In Situ Leaching."


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION























Create, construct and control
your career with MILLIKEN


We provide an expanding range of opportunities
to accelerate your managerial and professional
career development.
Milliken's commitment to technological leader-
ship in providing new products, processes and
equipment is exemplified by the Millitron ma-
chine, a computer controlled, jet-injection dyeing
system created and developed by Milliken engi-
neers and scientists for the production of multi-
colored carpet, rugs and upholstery products.
The men and women we need have open
minds, open enough to let us expose you to the
details of the Milliken challenge. When we select
each other, horizons broaden for both of us.
Call or write:
Milliken
College Relations Dept.
S Post Office Box 1926
MI\LLI KEN Spartanburg, SC 29304
Phone C803) 573-2508


An equal opportunity employer.










Redea aow


WALL TURBULENCE


THOMAS J. HANRATTY
University of Illinois
Urbana, IL 61801


Fluid mechanics research at the University of
Illinois at Urbana is being conducted by Prof.
Jonathan J. L. Higdon, Prof. A. J. McHugh and
myself. Dr. Higdon is doing work in the areas of
biological fluid mechanics and the mechanics of
concentrated suspensions. Dr. McHugh is studying
flow induced crystallization of polymers, and the
flow behavior of dilute polymer latex suspensions.
My own work is concerned with the structure of
turbulence, turbulent mass transfer, atomization,
droplet dispersion, flow over wavy surfaces and
the modelling of air-liquid and solid liquid flow
systems. This paper gives an account of research
on the structure of turbulence close to a solid
boundary.

O NE OF THE FIRST topics covered in an ele-
mentary course in fluid dynamics is the ex-
periment by Osborne Reynolds [1] in 1883 which
showed that the preferred motion of fluid particles
through a pipe at large flow rates is turbulent.
On the basis of these experiments he explained
why at high flows the law characterizing the
frictional pressure loss abruptly changes from a
linear to an approximately quadratic dependence
on fluid velocity.
A simple force balance on a cylindrical element
of fluid under fully developed conditions, as indi-
cated in Fig. 1, shows that a shear stress 7 can


r "T
Flow PPLx a-




FIGUR
FIGURE 1


In a Ph.D. thesis from this
laboratory Reiss invented a new
method to study the flow close to the wall
without interfering with it.

be defined which is related to the frictional pres-
sure gradient and the radial location
Ax
r by the equation
r AP (1)
2 Ax
For laminar flows this shear stress can be related
dV
to the velocity gradient through Newton's
law of viscosity
dV (2)
S= dr (2)
and the velocity field can be calculated by sub-
stituting (2) into (1) and integrating. The kinetic
theory of gases interprets T as equal to the nega-
tive of the momentum flow per unit time through
a unit area perpendicular to the r axis. This
momentum flux can be explained as due to the
mixing by molecular motion of high and low
velocity fluid in adjacent streamlines; the vis-
cosity is related to the mean free path X and
velocity of the molecules c by the relation / = kcX,
where k is a proportionality constant.
For a turbulent flow the components of the
velocity vector may be considered as the sum of
time averaged and fluctuating quantities,
Vi = Vi + ui (3)
Reynolds showed that the fluctuating flow can
give rise to much larger fluxes of momentum than
in purely laminar flow and defined the turbulent
contribution to the fluid stress as tij = p UiUj,
now called the Reynolds stress. Thus for fully de-
veloped flow in a pipe

Trx = -- p uux (4)
where Trx is the x-component of the stress on a

Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








face perpendicular to the r-axis. Over most of the
pipe cross section the mixing due to turbulence
is much larger than the mixing due to molecular
motion so that the velocity gradient need not be
very large to maintain the fluid stress. However,
in a thin region close to the wall p uUrx is close

to zero so thatdV- must assume very large
dr
values in order to sustain the stress. This large
variation of the Reynolds stress close to a wall
accounts for the blunt shaped velocity profiles
observed for turbulent flows. The region close to
the wall where the Reynolds stresses are negligible
has been called the viscous sublayer. It extends a
yv*
distance from the wall y given as y+ 5,
where v* is the friction velocity equal to (rw/p) '2,
v is the kinematic viscosity, and p is the fluid
dV
density. The region where dr is making a
significant contribution to the fluid stress is called
the viscous wall region and is defined as y<30.
Considerable research has been done since the
time of Reynolds which is useful in interpreting
phenomena occurring in turbulent fields, but the
main issues raised by his work are still un-
resolved: (1) What is the mechanism by which
the flow through interaction with the bounding
walls sustains the turbulence? (2) How can the
variation of the Reynolds stresses in a flow field
be predicted?
Engineering practice today is quite often


Thomas J. Hanratty has been a member of the Chemical Engi-
neering faculty of the University of Illinois since 1953. He was
educated at Villanova, Ohio State, and Princeton, Ph.D. (1953). His
professional honors include the Colburn, Walker and Professional
Progress Awards of the A.I.Ch.E. and the Curtis W. McGraw and
Senior Research Awards of the A.S.E.E. He was elected to the National
Academy of Engineering in 1974.


based on early theoretical work which used physi-
cal models successful in treating laminar flows to
predict the Reynolds stress. One approach defines
a turbulent viscosity ct analogous to a molecular
viscosity so that
dV
-p urux = -t dr (5)
Another uses mixing length concepts analogous
to the mean free path defined in kinetic theory;
t = q 1 (6)
where q characterizes the magnitude of velocity
fluctuations. A practical difficulty in using these
theories is that an unknown spatial variation of
bt or 1 is substituted for an unknown variation of
uiuj. A conceptual difficulty, which is perhaps more
serious, arises because measured values of 1 are
found to be of the same magnitude as the size of
the container. This suggests that the Reynolds
stress cannot be related to local properties of the
velocity field, as implied in a Newtonian approach.
The understanding and the prediction of the pro-
duction of turbulence and of Reynolds stress in a
turbulent field therefore requires information on
the structure of the fluctuating velocity field.
A considerable effort is now underway in a
number of laboratories to determine the structure
of turbulent flows and it is quite likely that some
very meaningful breakthroughs will be made in
the next ten years. This current effort has been
made possible by the development of multiprobe
measuring techniques and of computer methods
for handling the data obtained from these
measurements.
In my laboratories at the University of Illinois
we are engaged in an extensive study of the struc-
ture of turbulence in the viscous wall region,
where the production of turbulence is a maximum.
One of the reasons for concentrating on the viscous
wall region is that an understanding of the me-
chanics of this region could be the key to finding
out how the turbulence is sustained. Another
reason is that many processes of vital interest to
chemical engineers are controlled by happenings
very close to a boundary. In this paper I will
outline some of the work we are doing to obtain
structural information on the viscous wall region
and how we are using this information to study
mass transfer at boundaries and flow over wavy
surfaces and to control turbulent fields.
In order to understand the difficulties involved
in obtaining detailed flow information on the
viscous wall region one has to realize the smallness


FALL 1980








of this region. For flow in a 5 cm pipe at a
Reynolds number of 500,000 the dimensionless
distance y+ = 30 would correspond to a distance
from the wall of only 0.08 mm. It is therefore
advantageous to work in large diameter pipes at
small Reynolds numbers. We have developed a
test loop for water flows with a diameter of 19.4
cm that occupies five floors in our building. At a
Reynolds number of 30,000 dimensionless distance
y+ = 30 would then correspond to a y of 3.5 mm.
Even with this improvement of spatial resolution
the use of conventional techniques to study the
details of the flow in the viscous wall region is
not an option.
In a Ph.D. thesis from this laboratory Reiss
[2, 3, 4] invented a new method to study the
flow close to the wall without interfering with it.
Circular electrodes with diameters as small as
0.12 mm are embedded flush with the wall of a
pipe through which an electrolyte is flowing.
These electrodes are the cathodes of an electroly-
sis cell. The anode is a section of a pipe wall of
much larger area than the cathode located down-
stream of the cathode. The electric current flow-
ing in the electrolysis cell is then controlled by
happenings at the cathode. The cathode is oper-
ated at a high enough voltage that the kinetics
of the electrochemical reaction is not influencing
the current flow and, yet, small enough that side
reactions are not occurring. Reiss showed that
under these conditions the average electric
current could be related to time averaged value
of the velocity gradient at the wall Sx and that
the time variation of the current could be related
to the time variation of the x-component of the
fluctuating velocity gradient at the wall sx. Thus
the limiting behavior of the velocity field close
to the wall could be determined using these tech-
niques since
U = S;y y-> 0 (7)
ux= Sxy y 0 (8)
In theses by Mitchell [5, 6] and Sirkar [7, 8]
other electrode configurations were investigated.
It was found that a rectangular electrode with its
long side perpendicular to the flow can be used to
measure sx and that rectangular electrodes at a
slant to the mean flow are sensitive both to sx and
to s,, the spanwise component of the fluctuating
velocity gradient at the wall. By measuring the
gum and the difference of the signals to two rec-
tangular electrodes in a chevron arrangement both
fluctuating components, sx and s,, can be measured


B A B A



z (b)






sx

y z (c)

FIGURE 2

at a given location on the wall. By measuring
simultaneously the current flowing to arrays of
these chevron electrodes it is possible to obtain
structural information on the velocity field in the
immediate vicinity of the wall. To do this we
measure as many as 40 signals. This requires the
use of a computer to handle and analyze the data.
Of particular value are newly developed techniques
for conditional averaging which enables us to
study repeatable events.
Studies with arrays of these electrodes have
revealed that the flow in the viscous wall layer is
dominated by an elongated secondary flow, of the
type shown in Fig. 2a. It is approximately homo-
geneous in the flow direction, has a spanwise wave-
length of X+ = 100, and evolves over a dimension-
less period Tv*2/v approximately equal to 100. In
theses by Sirkar [7, 9] and Fortuna [10, 11] it is
suggested that these eddies control the transfer of
momentum to the wall. High velocity or high mo-
mentum fluid is carried toward the wall by the
secondary flow. Momentum is transferred to the
wall as this secondary flow carries the high mo-
mentum fluid parallel to the wall. Momentum de-
ficient or low velocity fluid is then ejected from
the wall by the outward motion associated with
the secondary flow. This model suggests the phase
relation for the spatial variation of s. and s, shown
in Fig 2 b, c. Detailed studies by Lee [12, 13] and
Hogenes [14] of signals from arrays of wall elec-
trodes as well as from a combined array of wall
electrodes and fluid probes have confirmed this
picture. It thus appears that the level of Reynolds


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








stress production in a turbulent flow could be
strongly dependent on the properties of these wall
eddies. Experiments are now under way to show
this directly.
The definition of this repetitive event at the wall
through research in our laboratory and in other
laboratories throughout the world has been a very
significant forward step in understanding wall
turbulence. However, there are a number of im-
portant questions which have to be resolved before
a complete understanding can be obtained. What
is the origin of these structures? Why do they
scale in the manner observed? What are the details
of interaction of these structures with the outer
flow? How should these newly gained insights be
used to help develop predictive models for the
Reynolds stress?
The above long range questions are now being
pursued by students in my research group. How-
ever, we are also using newly gained insights
about the flow close to a wall to enable us to
obtain a better understanding of some shorter
range turbulence problems, such as mass transfer
to a boundary [9, 15, 16, 17, 18] or flow over wavy
surfaces [19, 20, 21, 22].
One of the first concepts presented to chemical
engineering students when they are introduced to
mass transfer is that of the "diffusion layer"
which seems to have evolved from the work of
Noyes and Whitney [24] and of Nernst [23]. It
visualizes the existence of a stagnant fluid of
thickness 8 at a boundary and gives the mass
transfer coefficient as k = D/8, where D is the
molecular diffusion coefficient. Convective motions
close to the boundary are pictured to control the
mass transfer process by controlling the thickness
8. It has been recognized for some time that the
flow in the immediate vicinity of a boundary is not
laminar or stagnant and therefore 8 has been
labelled a "fictitious" film thickness. A number of
attempts have been made to provide more realistic
models which relate mass transfer rates to con-
vective motions close to a boundary. These include
surface renewal concepts, analogies between mass
and momentum transfer and various pseudosteady
state eddy models. The results recently obtained
on flow close to a boundary suggest that these
attempts to improve the diffusion layer concept
are not correct. We are currently pursuing a de-
scription of the mass transfer process at solid-
fluid and at gas-fluid boundaries which is con-
sistent with the known fluid mechanics.
Our work at solid fluid interfaces is being


aided by studies of the fluctuations of the local
mass transfer rate at multiple locations in a large
mass transfer surface. We find that the structure
of the fluctuating mass transfer field resembles
that of the flow oriented eddies but that its fre-
quency is an order of magnitude smaller. A
number of laboratories, as well as our own, are
now trying to resolve this apparent paradox. I
am reasonably confident that a very significant
improvement in our understanding of turbulent
mass transfer to solid boundaries will be obtained
over the next few years.
An important unsolved problem in fluid me-
chanics is an understanding of the interaction of
a turbulent fluid and a wavy surface; i.e. the
variation of the pressure and shear stress along
the wavy surface. Oceanographers have taken an
active interest in this problem because of the need
to understand the mechanism by which the wind
feeds energy to the ocean. It also is of importance
in a number of problems that concern chemical
engineers, such as the atomization of fluids and
the prediction of flow regimes in air-liquid flows.
The key theoretical issue is to determine how the
flow perturbations introduced by the wavy surface
modulate the Reynolds stresses. We have been
carrying out studies of flow over solid wavy sur-
faces in order to resolve this issue and have found
out that the chief effect of the waves on the
Reynolds stresses is being felt in the viscous wall
region. The flow velocity increases close to the
wave peaks and decreases close to the wave
troughs because of the compression and spreading
apart of the streamlines. According to the Ber-
noulli equation this change in fluid velocity is ac-
companied by changes in pressure. We are able to
relate the modulation of the Reynolds stress to
the effect of pressure gradient on turbulence
properties in the viscous wall region. It would
be quite challenging to be able to explain these
results using the information that has been
obtained on the structure of turbulence close to a
wall.
Perhaps the most interesting practical aspect
of the results currently being obtained on
turbulence structure is the possibility of con-
trolling turbulence by altering the properties of
the repetitive cycle of events that are observed in
the viscous wall region. One possibility cited above
with reference to our studies of flow over wavy
surfaces is the use of pressure gradients. Another
which we are currently exploring is the use of
oscillations in the mean flow. In these experi-


FALL 1980









ments a sinusoidal variation with an amplitude
of about one tenth the mean flow and a frequency
approximately equal to the frequency of the flow
oriented eddies is being superimposed on the feed
to test section of our turbulent flow loop.
The most dramatic result obtained by altering
turbulent flow has been the finding that the addi-
tion of very small amounts of long chain polymers
to a turbulent liquid flow can reduce pressure
losses by a factor of two. We have been carrying
out experiments [10, 25] with these drag-reducing
polymers and have found out that their principal
effect is to increase the spanwise dimension of
the flow oriented wall eddies [26, 27]. One of the
students, Larry Chorn, who participated in that
research joined Atlantic Richfield after complet-
ing studies for his Ph.D. degree. He became in-
volved with a project that was to explore the
possibility of putting drag-reducing polymers in
the Alaska pipeline. The net result of the Atlantic
Richfield effort was to increase the throughput
190,000 barrels per day by using 15 ppm of
polymer. E

REFERENCES
1. Reynolds, 0. 1883, Trans. Roy. Soc. London, A 174,
935.
2. Reiss, L. P. 1962, Investigation of turbulence near a
pipe wall using diffusion controlled electrolytic re-
action on a circular electrode, Ph.D. thesis, Univ.
of Illinois, Urbana.
3. Reiss, L. P. and Hanratty, T. J. 1962, AIChE J., 8,
245.
4. Reiss, L. P. and Hanratty, T. J. 1963, AIChE J., 9,
154.
5. Mitchell, J. E. 1965, Investigation of wall turbulence
using a diffusion-controlled electrode, Ph.D. thesis,
Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
6. Mitchell, J. E. and Hanratty, T. J. 1966, J. Fluid
Mech., 26, 199.
7. Sirkar, K. K. 1969, Turbulence in the immediate
vicinity of a wall and fully developed mass transfer
at high Schmidt numbers, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Il-
linois, Urbana.
8. Sirkar, K. K. and Hanratty, T. J. 1970, J. Fluid
Mech., 44, 605.
9. Sirkar, K. K. and Hanratty, T. J. 1970, J. Fluid Mech.,
44, 589.
10. Fortuna, G. 1971, Effect of drag reducing polymers
on flow near a wall, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois,
Urbana.
11. Hanratty, T. J., Chorn, L. G. and Hatziavramidis,
D. T. 1977, Physics of Fluids, 20, S 112.
12. Lee, M. K. 1975, Turbulent wall eddy structure and
Reynolds stress production in the wall region of a
pipe flow, 1975, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
13. Lee, M. K., Eckelman, L. D. and Hanratty, T. J. 1974,
J. Fluid Mech., 66, 17.


14. Hogenes, J. H. A. 1979, Identification of the dominant
flow structure in the viscous wall region of a turbu-
lent flow, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
15. Shaw, D. A. 1976, Mechanism of turbulent mass
transfer to a pipe wall at high Schmidt numbers,
Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
16. Shaw, D. A. and Hanratty, T. J. 1977, AIChE J., 23,
28.
17. Shaw, D. A. and Hanratty, T. J. 1977, AIChE J., 23,
160.
18. Henstock, W. H. and Hanratty, T. J. 1979, AIChE J.,
25, 122.
19. Thorsness, C. B. 1975, Transport phenomena associ-
ated with flow over a solid wavy surface, Ph.D.
thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
20. Thorsness, C. B., Morrisroe, P. E. and Hanratty, T. J.
1978, Chem. Eng. Sci., 33, 579.
21. Thorsness, C. B. and Hanratty, T. J. 1979, AIChE J.,
25, 686.
22. Thorsness, C. B. and Hanratty, T. J. 1979, AIChE J.,
25, 697.
23. Nernst, W. 1964, Z. Physik. Chem., 47, 52.
24. Noyes, A. A. and Whitney, W. R. 1897, Z. Physik
Chem., 23, 689.
25. Chorn, L. G. 1978, An experimental study of near
wall turbulence properties in highly drag reduced
pipe flows of pseudoplastic polymer solutions, Ph.D.
thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
26. Fortuna, G. and Hanratty, T. J. 1972, J. Fluid Mech.,
53, 575.
27. Eckelman, L. D., Fortuna, G. and Hanratty, T. J. 1972,
Nature, 236, 94.




MEET THE TECHNOLOGICAL CHALLENGES

OFTHE'80's
with
U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT PUBLICATIONS


on microfilm

from RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS, INC.




1980 PRODUCT OF THE YEAR -
INFORMATION INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION



For complete details and specifications,
write or call collect:
Research Publications, Inc.
12 Lunar Drive
Woodbridge, Connecticut 06525
(203) 397-2600


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








INNOVATION...


Sometimes it's not all it's

cracked upto be.


However, at Union Carbide innovation continues to improve peoples' lives.
Union Carbide pioneered the petrochemicals industry. Today the Corporation's many hun-
dreds of chemicals are used in everything from automobile bumpers to shampoos. A leader in
the field of industrial gases, our cryogenic technology led to the development of the Oxygen
Walker System, which allows mobility for patients with respiratory diseases. Union Carbiders
are working on the frontiers of energy research-from fission to geothermal-at the world
renowned Oak Ridge National Laboratory in Tennessee. Our revolutionary Unipol process
produces polyethylene, the world's most widely used plastic, at one half the cost and one
quarter the energy of standard converting processes.
From sausage casings to miniature power cells, the Union Carbide tradition of innovation
extends beyond research and development activities to our engineering groups, manufactur-
ing operations, and sales forces.
Continued innovation will largely spring from the talents of the engineers and scientists who
join us in the 1980's.

We invite you to encourage qualified students
to see our representatives on campus-
or write to:


: IO
CA R1 BI ID


an equal opportunity employer


Coordinator, Professional Placement
Union Carbide Corporation
270 Park Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10017














CHEMICAL REACTORS


C. N. KENNEY
Cambridge University England
Cambridge, England CB2 3RA

T THE HEART OF MOST chemical plants lies the
chemical reactor and so a knowledge of the
factors and concepts affecting its design and per-
formance are a central part of the education of
the chemical engineer. Until the 1960's much of
the efforts of chemical engineers centered on
equilibrium stage processes used for separations
along with the applications of fluid mechanics
and heat transfer in industrial equipment. Since
then interest in the challenging field of the inter-
action of chemical reactions and transport pro-
cesses has grown for at least three reasons: the
rapid development of mathematical techniques,
using computers, which now permit more realistic
models of chemical reactors to be developed; an
enormous growth in fundamental surface science
studies which offers a promise of understanding


C. Nigel Kenney received his B.A. and Ph.D. in Physical Chemistry
at Cambridge. After spending a post-doctoral year at the E.T.H. in
Zurich, Switzerland he moved to Imperial Chemical Industries. In
1961 he joined the Chemical Engineering Department as a Lecturer
and has recently been appointed Reader in Chemical Engineering. He
is a frequent visitor to the United States and was a Visiting Professor
at the Universities of Houston and Stanford in 1976-77. His major
research interests are in applied catalysis, kinetics and gas-solid
separations.

Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


the way catalysts function; and finally, in the
1970's, the problems raised by pollution and
energy conservation have forced all chemical
manufacturers to re-examine the performance of
their processes, so they remain in harmony with
the society of which they are a part, and still
operate profitably.
Chemical engineering as a distinct discipline,
began in Cambridge in 1948 with an endowment
from Shell Ltd., the first Shell Professor being T.
Fox. At that time certain policy decisions over
the course were taken which are still in force.
The chief of these was that the graduating chemi-
cal engineer should have a firm grounding in engi-
neering principles, particularly in fluid mechanics,
and in applied physical chemistry with thermo-
dynamics and reaction kinetics playing a central
role. Thus the undergraduate course comprises
two years of science or engineering followed by a
third year in the Chemical Engineering Depart-
ment studying for 'Part I of the Chemical Engi-
neering Tripos.' Although this three year course
ends with the Cambridge B.A. and provides pro-
fessional recognition by the U.K. Institution of
Chemical Engineers there is little opportunity in
such a full curriculum to go into many topics in
the depth that is a feature of Cambridge science
and engineering. Most Cambridge BA's stay on
to take the fourth year 'Part II of the Chemical
Engineering Tripos' which is widely recognized
in the U.K. as being equivalent to an MSc by
examination, rather than by research. This fourth
year course is similar in approach to many of the
graduate programmes offered at U.S. universities
and contains lectures on mathematics, polymers,
chemical reactors, fluid mechanics, granular ma-
terials, and process simulation. Additional teach-
ing is given on topics such as process economics
and materials. Some lectures will be given for the
first time in 1980-81 on biotechnology and these
will probably be expanded in subsequent years.
The topics which reflect in part the teaching and
research interests of the faculty, have the under-
lying aim of giving more advanced training in
chemical engineering. Although mainly provided


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION










... it is possible using physical arguments to explain why reactors for the
catalytic oxidation of butene and ethylene consist of hundreds of parallel tubes, each
one being a few centimeters in diameter and surrounded by coolant, whereas entirely different
criteria have influenced the design of sulphuric acid and ammonia converters.


for Cambridge graduates, there are usually a small
number of overseas graduate students with under-
graduate backgrounds in chemical engineering or
chemistry, including some from the United States,
who come to the department to take these post-
graduate courses. At the end of the year the
'Certificate of Advanced Study' is awarded: some
stay on for a further two years to complete a
PhD, but most return to the United States to
take up industrial positions or do additional post-
graduate training. They appear to find their
graduate year abroad in Britain both enjoyable
and stimulating. Students admitted with the in-
tention of working for a three year PhD are
usually required to, select only a few of these
subjects for examination, the major requirement
in their first year being a brief research disserta-
tion describing their progress and future pro-
gramme. The course requirements for the PhD
are significantly less than is customary in the
United States. This is partly a consequence of the
need to complete the PhD in the three years for
which the U.K. Science Research Council provide
studentships covering tuition and maintenance. A
marked difference between university teaching in
Britain and North America is that courses are
spread out over the whole year (October to June)
made up of three 9-10 week terms, and the only
examination is that held in early June; continuous
assessment is restricted to work on a research
project over the year, which contributes some 20-
25% towards the examination mark. The advant-
ages and shortcomings of end-of-year exams as
against mid-and end-of-semester tests is a con-
troversial subject which is hotly argued when-
ever two or three professors or students are
gathered together. It is likely to remain so, but
U.K. pupils experience the yearly examination
system from an early age in secondary school.

TECHNICAL CONTENT
ALL THOSE TAKING THE lectures on chemical re-
actors are assumed to be familiar with the
basic concepts as discussed in texts such as 'Chemi-
cal Reactor Theory' by Denbigh and Turner, both
of whom spent many years on our faculty. Topics


comprise the analysis of idealised continuous
single phase reactors, such as the stirred tank, and
the isothermal gas phase plug-flow reactor operat-
ing at constant pressure. The latter has the im-
portant feature that reaction stoichiometry makes
an important contribution to the volume required
for a given conversion. These reactor types also
provide a useful basis for a discussion of residence
time concepts, yield and selectivity, and non-
isothermal behaviour. It is in the fourth year
graduate course under discussion that there is an
opportunity to examine the features of the many
industrial reactors which bring together two or
more gas/liquid/solid phases. Examples are the
catalytic reactor with diffusion and reaction oc-
curring in the catalyst pellet, gas-solid fluidised
beds, gas-liquid contacting processes. In addition,
particularly with industrial oxidation processes,
problems of heat transfer must be recognized and
taken into account.
Undergraduate courses on heterogeneous
catalysis tend to be somewhat limited in scope
and so although the idea of the rate determining
step leading to Langmuir Hinshelwood mechan-
isms is quickly grasped, it is necessary to spend
some time outlining the structure, properties, and
characterisation of real catalysts and their
supports. The mathematics of diffusion and re,
action under steady state conditions are examined
and examples of industrial processes where
catalyst effectiveness is important are considered.
Comparisons are made, in terms of experimentally
accessible parameters, of the relative importance
of heat and mass transfer effects through the
fluid film and within the particle, and it is empha-
sized how failure to recognize these diffusional
limitations may give spurious estimates of in-
trinsic kinetics and reaction order. This leads to
the recognition of possible multiple states in steady
state operation. It also provides an opportunity to
contrast the elegant mathematics of steady state
diffusion-reaction theory based on a continuum
model with the untidy reality of irregular porous
supports containing metal catalyst crystallites.
When attention is turned to the assembly of
catalyst particles in a tube (that work-horse of the
chemical industry), the fixed bed reactor, it be-


FALL 1980









TABLE 1
Course Outline


DIFFUSION AND REACTION IN CATALYST PELLETS
(N. K. H. Slater) 6 Lectures
* Survey of heterogeneous catalytic processes.
* Structure of porous catalysts-tortuousity, voidage.
* Transport mechanisms in catalyst pores-Bulk and
Knudsen diffusion.
Diffusion and reaction-Thiele modulus and effective-
ness factors.
Analysis for different particle geometry and complex
kinetics.
Non-isothermal reactions : inter and intra-particle
effects.
RESIDENCE TIME EFFECTS (J. F. Davidson) 6 Lectures
Micro and macro mixing. Effect of velocity profile on
conversion with different kinetics.
Dispersion models, Danckwerts boundary conditions.
Limiting cases for zero and infinite axial dispersion.
Applications of R.T.D.'s to fluidised bed.
Taylor Diffusion in a circular pipe with laminar flow.
Dispersion in turbulent flows.
FIXED BED REACTORS (C. N. Kenney) 8 lectures
Models for radial and axial dispersion and transport.
Experimental determination of transport coefficients
in fixed beds.
Non-isothermal fixed bed reactors : relative importance
of particle and wall heat transfer.
Hot spots, Barkelew's analysis : comparison with
simple thermal explosion theory.
* Dynamics of non-isothermal C.S.T.R. linearised sta-
bility analysis, limit cycles.
Conditions for unique steady states. Examples of
multiplicity and oscillations in isothermal catalytic and
biological systems.
GAS ABSORPTION WITH CHEMICAL REACTION
(C. N. Kenney) 8 lectures
* Gas-liquid reactions for gas cleaning and product

comes necessary to consider a number of new
factors associated with the flow of fluid (and
heat) ; in particular how seriously does the piston
flow assumption associated with the ideal single
phase tubular reactor become modified by an axial
spreading term as a. result of streams of fluid
entering and leaving the voids between the
catalyst particle. As is well known such axial dis-
persion leads usually to a reduction in conversion
because of the departure of the residence time
distribution from that of a plug-flow system. Al-
though not primarily a chemical reactor problem,
the phenomenon of Taylor Diffusion is discussed
at this point, not inappropriately since the work
was carried out by the late Sir Geoffrey Taylor
in a building close to our department. The analysis,
apart from its intrinsic interest, provides a telling
example of the merits of simple experiments and


synthesis.
Film model for kinetic and diffusion regimes. Hatta
number, fact first order reactions in liquid film.
Second order reactions. Transition from fast to in-
stantaneous regime. Van-Krevelen graphical solution.
Iterative methods for column design. Gas-liquid re-
actors in practice.
Film, Higbie and Danckwerts absorption models.
Experimental methods for absorption rates in labora-
tory and industrial equipment.
Three-phase slurry reactors.
FIXED BED DYNAMICS (C. N. Kenney) 6 lectures
Ion exchange, chromatography, pressure swing pro-
cesses, parametric pumping.
Ideal chromatography, speed of movement of front,
self sharpening fronts.
Non-ideal chromatography. Laplace Transform applied
to linear isotherm and finite mass transfer.
Theoretical plates in chromatography. Moment
analysis.
Preparation and physical chemistry of ion-exchangers.
FLUIDISATION (D. Harrison/R. Clift) 10 lectures
Calculation of incipient fluidising velocities. Relation
between Archimedes and Reynolds numbers.
* Plot of Umf versus particle diameter. Slug flow. Pre-
diction of bed height.
* Bubble formation and bubble coalescence.
* Flow regimes and transitions.
* First order reaction. Bubble model with complete
mixing in particulate phase, conversion.
* Exchange between bubbles and particulate phase.
Formulae for crossflow factors. Comparison with ex-
periment.
* Heat transfer in fluidised beds. Penetration theory and
slug flow bubble mechanics applied to transfer co-
efficient prediction.

observation in our high technology age which
should be grasped by all students of science and
engineering: namely that it was possible for con-
siderable numbers of experimentalists over several
hundred years to watch the spreading of dye in
water flowing through small bore tubes at low
velocities without understanding the mechanism
of axial dispersion. Even those who had the ability
to write down the appropriate differential equation
did not have G.I. Taylor's insight to judge which
terms could be ignored on physical grounds, so
reducing the problem to one of relatively simple
integration.
When an exothermic reaction can occur in a
fixed bed, heat balance equations are coupled with
those governing the transport and consumption of
reactants. The detailed solution of such coupled
equations does not form a part of the course, but


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









it is possible using physical arguments to explain
why reactors for the catalytic oxidation of butene
and ethylene consist of hundreds of parallel tubes,
each one being a few centimeters in diameter and
surrounded by coolant, whereas entirely different
criteria have influenced the design of sulphuric
acid and ammonia converters.
An important class of reactors are those in
which gas bubbles, or slugs, contact and react in-
liquids or solid particles. Such systems which in-
clude fluidised beds have long been a research
interest of the department. Material appears in
the timetable in a block called granular materials
but has obvious relevance to the general field of
reactor design. In such systems, an understanding
of the fluid mechanics of bubble flow is crucial to
an appreciation of fluidised bed behaviour. Lec-
tures follow the 'two phase theory' of fluidisation
which has been extensively developed by J. F.
Davidson, the present Shell Professor and De-
partmental Chairman, and D. Harrison. The
problem of the transfer of gas from a bubble to
catalyst pellets as it passes through a bed of fluid
particles, in spite of its complexity, can nonethe-
less be discussed in quantative form by recognis-
ing that a part of the gas supports the particles
and gives the medium liquid-like properties. Effec-
tive mass transfer coefficients can be obtained and
if (and it is a substantial provision) the mixing
features of gas and solid particles are known,
then the conversion obtainable in a fluidised bed
reactor can be derived. Although the behaviour
of single bubbles is now fairly well understood, a
major aim of the engineer is to develop methods of
scaling-up laboratory experiments to industrial
dimensions. The high gas velocities used in in-
dustrial units and the fact that the gas is intro-
duced in bubble swarms which can coalesce and
re-divide, continue to provide many challenges to
theory and experiment.
The problem of gas absorption with chemical
reaction in a liquid is discussed in some eight
lectures beginning with industrial examples of
gas-liquid contacting devices used for gas purifica-
tion and homogeneous catalytic reactors. A
knowledge of the Whitman two-film theory is as-
sumed and the importance of the Hatta number
in characterising a family of absorption regimes
i.e. kinetic and diffusion control, fast reaction in
the liquid film, and instantaneous reaction is de-
veloped. The 'film model' equation is discussed
giving the variation of concentration of the ab-
sorbed species, c, as function of its distance from


the gas-liquid interface, z.
Dd2c
d -R(c) = 0

Here D is a liquid phase diffusion coefficient and
R(c) a kinetic rate term. The comparison of the
Enhancement Factor with the Effectiveness
Factor concept of gas-solid catalysts emphasizes
the common features of diffusion-reaction pro-
cesses. The transition to instantaneous reaction
with the diffusion of reactive solute to the gas-
liquid reaction interface, provides an opportunity
to illustrate the use of the Van-Krevelen plots of
Enhancement factor as a function of Hatta
number.
A discussion is provided of the penetration
theory of absorption with reaction, developed by
Professor Danckwerts who was initially a lecturer
and later Shell Professor and Departmental
Chairman for some fifteen years. This involves
the solution of partial differential equations of
the type

D 2c R (c) ac
z2(c) t
The partial derivative on the right hand side ex-
presses the fact that the concentration at any z
is time dependent. The final lectures touch on the
use of the laminar jet, and wetted wall column for
obtaining data in the laboratory and how the pa-


TABLE 2
Reading List
G. Astarita, Mass Transfer with Chemical Reaction,
Elsevier, 1967
J. J. Carberry, Chemical and Catalytic Reaction Engineer-
ing, McGraw Hill, 1976
P. V. Danckwerts, Gas Liquid Reactions, McGraw Hill,
1970
J. F. Davidson and D. Harrison, Fluidised Particles, C. U. P.
1963
J. F. Davidson and D. Harrison, Fluidization, Academic
Press, 1971
K. G. Denbigh and J, C. R. Turner, Chemical Reactor
Theory, C. U. P. 1976
D. Kuni and 0. Levenspiel, Fluidization Engineering. Wiley,
1969
D. D. Perlmutter, Stability of Chemical Reactors,
Prentice Hall, 1972
C. N. Satterfield, Mass Transfer in Heterogeneous
Catalysis, M.I.T. Press, 1970
T. K. Sherwood, R. L. Pigford and C. R. Wilke, Mass
Transfer, McGraw-Hill, 1975
J. M. Thomas and W. J. Thomas, Introduction to the
Principles of Heterogeneous Catalysis, Academic Press,
1967


FALL 1980








rameters obtained from such experiments may be
used in the design of industrial reactors. The
complexities of designing a countercurrent absorp-
tion column involving the consumption of both gas
and liquid phase reactants are pointed out, but
limitations of time do not allow the class to do
examples involving lengthy iterative calculations.
Later on in the course, features of reactor be-
haviour are discussed which involve time-de-
pendent, as opposed to steady state, behaviour.
The first of these is the question of parametric
sensitivity and temperatures runaway in fixed bed
reactors. Although distributed parameter systems
are important, from the teaching standpoint the
dynamic behaviour of the lumped non-isothermal
CSTR can be discussed more effectively in a few
lectures. The stability behaviour of linearised
two variable systems is examined in the mathe-
matics lectures and shows how the defining equa-
tions, with X as vector of concentration and
temperature, can be related to reactor parameters
making up the 2 x 2 matrix, A

X=AX

These equations can lead to experimentally ob-
servable non-linear oscillations in temperature and
concentration. Discussion of such limit cycles
appears to add a desirable reality to topic which
in the mathematics lectures some students
certainly find somewhat abstract.
Another topic covered in some depth is that
of chromatographic separation processes with the
same principles having their large scale realisa-
tion in ion-exchange and gas-solid adsorption pro-
cesses. The pair of partial-differential equations
covering the behaviour of the adsorption column
provide good illustrations of the applicability of
graduate level mathematical techniques

-ev ac IE aI + P. I )
az t at ath z
P =- F(c,q)

Here e and p are the bed voidage and density re-
spectively and v is fluid velocity. The equations
show how solute concentration in fluid, c, and in
solid, q, vary with distance along the bed z, and
time, t. If the second equation applies to a situa-
tion where there is instantaneous equilibrium
between moving and solid phases, then the 'theory
of characteristics' shows how the front may
broaden or self sharpen, depending on whether the


adsorption isotherm is linear or curved. When the
,equilibrium between gas and solid is not
instantaneous and the rate of mass transfer be-
tween gas and solid is included with a linear iso-
therm, then the analysis provides a useful example
of the applicability of Laplace transform theory
to partial differential equations. Accompanying
this formal analysis, some information is provided
on the background physical chemistry of ad-
sorbents and ion-exchangers. Although the theory
of fixed bed separation is well established, it seems
likely that recent advances in the preparation of
adsorptive solids will ensure an increasing appli-
cation of these separation methods in future. In
passing it will be noticed that these equations
are effectively those describing the response of a
fixed bed reactor to perturbations in concentration
and so have relevance to fixed bed dynamics and
control.

PRESENTATION
THE PRESENTATION OF THIS course follows a
traditional pattern using the lecture plus
blackboard method. Slides and overhead trans-
parencies are employed occasionally; handouts are
given of some of the more elaborate mathematical
development. Each lecturer distributes problem
sheets. Students have a weekly tutorial of one
hour with a member of the teaching staff, who
is their supervisor over the year, and who allo-
cates them additional examples and deals where
possible with questions over the bulk of the Part
II course. However, individual lecturers are always
available to deal with specific queries if required.
The author is fortunate in having been able to
give large parts of this course when he was a
Visiting Professor at the University of Houston in
1976 and at Stanford University in 1977, and
found it was well received. The students in U.S.
graduate classes appear to have much more diverse
backgrounds than would be encountered in the
more homogeneous U.K. system. However, their
enthusiasm and lively interest always provides
visiting lecturers with a class of appreciative and
able students. In the course a positive attempt is
made to show how catalyst chemistry, chemical
engineering and mathematical methods come to-
gether to influence the design, economics and
operation of chemical reactors. Advances in all
three topics give hope that imaginative design
may be the approach in the future rather than a
too heavy reliance on empiricism and past
practice. O


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION







Chemical Engineers play

key role at General Foods'

Research & Development

Centers.


Chemical Engineers have a key role
to play in research at General
Foods Corporation, the nation's
leading packaged grocery products
company. Food is no longer the
simple thing it was to our fore-
fathers. Most of us no longer pro-
duce our own food; but rely on
others to process and package it,
preserve and improve it, change its


form, and get it to us with all its
nutritive and taste values intact.
Demand Increases...
An accelerated worldwide need to
supplement traditional agricultural
food sources with technology-
based foods has created an un-
precedented need for chemical
engineering skills of a high order.


Unit Operations...
For students who want to put their
chemical engineering training to
work, General Foods Corporation
needs almost all elements of the
unit operations background...
dehydration, extrusion, heat and
mass transfer, extraction and
separation.

Team Contribution...
At General Foods, chemical
engineers work in small teams
where each team member can make
a large contribution...and will
receive due recognition. The
atmosphere is informal, yet profes-
sional. And for the chemical engi-
neer who wants to obtain an
advanced degree while pursuing a
full-time career, General Foods
reimburses employees close to 100
per cent of expenses for such after
hour studies.

Career Reference...
If you are interested in a career with
a leading processor of packaged
convenience foods who markets
over 400 familiar brand products
such as: MAXWELL HOUSE,
JELL-O, POST, GAINES, BIRDS
EYE, KOOL-AID, SANKA,
TANG, SHAKE 'N BAKE, COOL
WHIP and many more...
Contact your placement office
or write to:
Technical Careers Dept. CEE-80
GENERAL FOODS
l CORPORATION
250 North Street
White Plains, New York 10625
An Equal Opportunity Employer, M/F/Hc.










4aSYSTS e in



SYSTEMS MODELLING AND CONTROL


L. S. KERSHENBAUM,
J. D. PERKINS AND D. L. PYLE
Imperial College
London SW7, England

T HE GAP BETWEEN ACADEMIC research activities
and industrial application in the field of process
control appears to be large. Some reasons for
this are immediately apparent: advances in
electronics and aerospace have brought about the
theory necessary to solve some control problems
which were otherwise insoluble; corresponding
developments in computer power have made these
soluble in a reasonable amount of time; thus the
area has been perceived as an interesting subject
for academic research.
Nevertheless, many industrial process control
problems are adequately (although not perfectly)
dealt with using straightforward control tech-
niques which are characterized by an extreme "ro-
bustness" that is, the choice of actual control
constants used in classical algorithms is not too
critical. Furthermore, those problems which are
more difficult to cope with using classical tech-
niques are thought to be so complex that vast
amounts of time are necessary in modelling before
the control activity can even begin. Furthermore,
because it involves more complex mathematics,
operators or even engineers are unlikely to be able
to "tune" the algorithm on-line in case of some
deterioration of performance. And so, despite the
fact that many large plants have on-line computer
control, in most cases this powerful tool is being
used for little more than digital 3-term controllers,
possibly with supervisory control of set points as


It is our belief that adequate
progress has now been made by academic
researchers using simulations or small-scale
experiments, for us to be able to demonstrate ...
that there are certain situations in which
these techniques can be used in real
plants, solving real control problems.


dictated by some steady-state linear programming
algorithm.
It is our belief that adequate progress has
now been made by academic researchers using
simulations or small-scale experiments, for us to
be able to demonstrate, both to students and to
practising control engineers, that there are certain
situations in which these techniques can be used
in real plants, solving real control problems. We,
at Imperial College, have an opportunity to carry
out this program since we are equipped with
large pilot plants, fully instrumented and linked
with an industrial-type mini computer. Software
includes conventional 3-term digital controllers
plus a range of modern control algorithms which
can be called upon to perform at any point in the
plants.
Rather than attempt to deal with all aspects
of modern control theory, we have decided to focus
attention in our course on those areas in which
significant improvement over classical control
methods can be realized without an excessive
amount of time spent on preliminary modelling
exercises. Accordingly, we have isolated three
problem areas for which classical control tech-


Evaporotor CW Cooler- Crystallizer


CRYSTALLIZATION PLANT

C.W
(Gas recycle )
Col cw iCN2



Monoethanolomine CO2 N?
solution
CO2 ABSORPTION PLANT


Outputs
l23)





Inputs
fc.8L )


Honeywell
DDP-516
Computer

Peripherals


FIGURE 1. Imperial College Computer-Controlled Pilot
Plant.


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980

























Dr. L. S. Kershenbaum, who is Reader in Chemical Engineering,
received his PhD in Chemical Engineering from the University of
Michigan in 1964. He subsequently joined the staff at Drexel Uni-
versity and also worked for the Du Pont Corporation in Philadelphia
and in Wilmington, Delaware. He joined Imperial College in 1970,
assuming responsibility for the development of research and teaching
programmes utilizing the Department's computer-controlled pilot
plants. In addition to this work his research interests include chemical
reaction engineering and applied catalysis with special emphasis on
reactions important in energy utilization. (L)
Dr. D. L. Pyle is a Senior Lecturer in Chemical Engineering. He
graduated from the Universities of Manchester (1961) and Cam-
bridge (PhD, 1964); before joining Imperial College he spent two


years at the British Coal Utilisation Research Association.
He was largely responsible for the design of the computer-
controlled plants and has had a continuing interest in research,
mainly involving the crystallisation plant, and teaching in control.
His research interests also include fluidisation and, more recently,
problems relating to technology choice in developing countries, with
special emphasis on renewable energy supplies. (C)
Dr. J. D. Perkins is a Lecturer in Chemical Engineering. He gradu-
ated from Imperial College (BSc, 1971; PhD, 1973), and spent four
years teaching at the University of Cambridge, and one year working
for ICI Agricultural Division in Billingham. He joined the staff at
Imperial College in 1977. His research interests are in control, and
in the computer-aided design of chemical processes. (R)


niques offer little guidance or assistance to the
control engineer and in which modern methods
are reasonably easy to implement. The three areas
are
* situations in which there is significant interaction be-
tween control loops (and in which this interaction is not
easily eliminated by intermediate buffer tanks, etc.), and
where multivariable control methods are appropriate
* the control of processes with important but unmeasured
or unmeasurable variables
* the control of nonlinear processes in which change of
load or setpoint requires periodic re-tuning of control
loops.
It is our experience that most control engineers
will immediately recognize these as significant
problems and will be able to place some of their
own problems into one or more of these areas.
Our approach is to provide the background
mathematics required for the solution of these
problems, and to allow the student time to imple-
ment these algorithms on the plants. The actual
method of instruction and practical experience
varies with the type of group, as described below.

PLANT & COMPUTER SYSTEM

A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF the plants and computer
system is given here for reference.


The plant and computer system is illustrated
schematically in Fig. 1. Two plants, a carbon di-
oxide absorber-desorber unit and a fractional
crystallization plant, are linked to a Honeywell
DDP-516 computer housed in an adjacent control
room. (A third plant, a fixed-bed catalytic reactor
plus associated purification unit, has recently been
commissioned). Surveillance and control of all
plants can be carried out simultaneously.
The measured process variables may be associ-
ated with any of the control valves by conventional
control algorithms, or via special purpose, user-
written programs. In particular, the latter in-
corporate on-line estimation, identification and op-
timization routines as part of their control al-
gorithms.
The absorption/desorption plant consists of 2
columns (9m high x 0.25m diameter) for the sepa-
ration of CO, from nitrogen using ethanolamine
solution as the absorbent. The CO2 is continuously
absorbed in the solution in the absorption column,
and the spent solution is continuously regenerated
in the desorption column. The other plant sepa-
rates two soluble salts by 2-stage fractional
crystallization. One salt, potassium sulfate, pre-
cipitates and is continuously removed in the first
unit (volume, 100 1) and the other salt, potassium


FALL 1980








nitrate, crystallizes and is removed from the
second unit (volume, 200 1).
The plants are fully instrumented with con-
ventional industrial instruments and various
continuous and discrete analytical measurements
including on-line infra-red analysis, on-line pH
measurement and off-line gas chromatography.
Control by the computer is achieved by standard
current to pressure converters and pneumatically
operated control valves.
The computer is a Honeywell DDP 516 with a
16 bit word and 32K words of core store, with a
0.96 ts memory cycle time. Hardware fixed-point
arithmetic is available. The core memory is backed
by a 1M word Burroughs fixed head disc with disc-
core transfer by direct memory access. Programs
may be written in real time extensions to Fortran
4. The system allows foreground/background
operation and the use of disc resident subprograms
which are loaded into core only during execution.
Thus, the scale of the operation is as close as
possible to computer systems currently in use in
typical chemical process plants.

COURSE AIMS, OBJECTIVES AND CONTENT

As WE NOTED, rather than attempt the im-
possible task of covering the whole of modern
control theory in one short course we chose to
focus on three types of problem: multivariable
control system design, estimation and filtering,
and the design and use of adaptive 'self-tuning'
regulators. Even with such a limited set of
problems to discuss it would still be impossible to
deal with all the relevant theory and practical
aspects of the techniques. Instead we set out with
a limited group of objectives.
First, we intended that the students should be
able to identify process situations and problems
where the techniques might be useful; this would
involve the discussion of problems where classical
control methods can no longer cope-for example
because of interactions between process variables,
where nonlinearities might be important, or where
key states and parameters are unknown or un-
measurable. Secondly, the students should be able
to describe in simple terms the basic theoretical
ideas underlying the three sets of techniques.
Thus, for example, we wouldn't expect a detailed
understanding of all the theory of linear multi-
variable systems, nor would we expect the student
to be able to derive from first principles the
Kalman filter, but we would expect a level of


understanding of the theory appropriate to the
intelligent use of the methods. Thirdly, the student
should be able to cast problems into the form
necessary for the use of the techniques and also
be able to specify the information necessary for
their application. Faced with a problem of con-
trolling a process on which insufficient informa-
tion is available, for example, the student should
be able to set up a dynamic model of the process
and to be aware of the statistical information
necessary for a filtering algorithm to function
adequately. In very broad terms, then, we hoped
that by the end of the course the student should
recognize the limitations and inadequacies of
classical control theory, while retaining an appre-
ciation of its value-and also appreciate and value
the areas where certain modern control methods
might have a powerful role to play.
We can summarise what we hoped to achieve
in the course in terms of three broad aims. First
we would introduce the underlying theoretical
ideas behind the techniques. For example, in the
case of multivariable control methods, this would
involve the extension of the familiar (scalar) ideas


A general view of the absorption/desorption pilot plant.


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








for the algebra and frequency response analysis
of linear dynamic systems to the parallel (vector-
matrix) analysis of multi-input, multi-output
systems. In estimation theory we need some basic
statistical ideas leading to the Kalman filter.
Similarly, the discussion of the self-tuning regula-
tor requires some ideas, new to most students,
about the behaviour of discretised systems in order
to outline a procedure for the periodic re-estima-
tion of process parameters and the automatic re-
adjustment of control constants.
The second aim of the course was to enable the
students to perform the process and system
modelling and specification necessary for the ap-
plication of the control methods.
The third aim was to give the students the op-
portunity and experience of applying at least one
of the techniques to a real problem. In this respect
we were very fortunate in having the computer
controlled pilot plants described above, where
realistic problems of process interaction, or of
unknown key variables, and of significant non-
linearities under load changes are all present.
A short syllabus for the course is summarised
in Table 1. We return below to the questions about
the prerequisites required of the participants and
to the methods and strategy we have adopted in
attempting to realise the aims and objectives
summarised above.


STRATEGY AND TEACHING METHODS
IN PRACTICE, OF COURSE, the particular teaching
methods employed depend on the course par-
ticipants and the time available. So far the course
has been given to two rather different groups: the
first was a class of master's degree students and
of first-year research students. In a typical year
there are around 15-20 students in the class and
the majority have first degrees in chemical engi-
neering but from a wide range of universities in
Britain and abroad. Moreover the great majority
of these students will have come directly from
their undergraduate studies and, as a consequence,
have had relatively little practical experience. For
this group of students the course is allocated
around 20 scheduled hours during one term (of
eleven weeks). The main problems to be antici-
pated with such a group of students stem from
their very different backgrounds and levels of
attainment: some will have had a strong under-
graduate course in modelling and control; others
will be relatively weak in that area. Similarly,


TABLE 1
Summary Syllabus
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND.
The basic mathematics of linear systems: state repre-
sentation and essentials of state space algebra and calcu-
lus; discrete time representation of continuous processes
and Z-transforms; basic statistical theory.
DESIGN OF MULTIVARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEMS.
Limitations of classical control theory: interaction and
stability. Algebra of multivariable systems; methods for
analysis and synthesis of control schemes: decoupling,
stability of multivariable systems, dominance and the de-
velopment of Nyquist-type design methods.
ESTIMATION OF UNMEASURED VARIABLES.
The basic mathematics of estimation theory; the Kal-
man filter-the optimal estimator for linear systems; the
use of the filter for the estimation of states and parameters
in non-linear systems.
REGULATION OF TIME-VARYING PLANT.
An adaptive "Self-Tuning Regulator"; elimination of
manual returning; periodic re-estimation of parameters in
simple linear process models; automatic adjustment of
control constants as plant operating conditions change.

some will have a strong mathematical back-
ground and others will be much less well prepared.
As a group, they probably share a lack of ex-
perience and perspective into the nature of 'real'
process control problems.
The second group (to whom the course has
been presented in the form of an intensive one-
week programme) came from industry. This
group, of 12, were all active in control or control-
related work in the process industry, although
they were heterogeneous to the extent in which
their work implied a working knowledge of
classical, let alone modern, techniques for control.
There was a similar heterogeneity in their famili-
arity with the necessary mathematics. On the other
hand, we did anticipate that their concern with
both day-to-day and longer-term industrial
problems would bring a sense of purpose to the
class and also provide a different critical perspec-
tive on the course itself from that provided by
our internal students.
For both groups the aims and objectives of the
course were the same, although, of course, the
detailed objectives would be adjusted as necessary.
We also decided to prepare a set of quite detailed
course notes which would serve for both groups.
Apart from supplementary handouts in the form
of computer programs or examples to be worked
through, these notes are intended to be self-
sufficient for the purposes of the course.


FALL 1980








For both groups a certain level of attainment
and familiarity with some basic materials was
necessary. The industrial group was contacted
well in advance of the course and sent a brief
summary of the background we would assume and
a summary of what we thought would be the most
useful material. This covered some essentials of
traditional control theory, matrix algebra and
analysis, and some basic statistics. For this group
the first day of the course was spent in discussing
their, and our, perceptions of the course and its
objectives, and in reviewing the background
material by discussing the problems they had en-
countered.
A rather similar approach was taken with
our own students. At the first meeting of the
course we discussed the sorts of skills we would
subsequently be using. The students were then
directed toward the necessary background reading
and to a range of examples to be used to monitor
their levels of attainment and to give them practice
in acquiring new or improving rusty skills. In
practice this was far more difficult than we had
anticipated: it was very difficult to promote the
right atmosphere within the class when we met
later to discuss their problems. In the end we had
to resort to a rather unsatisfactory blend of dis-
cussing problems which not all the class had
attempted and of exposition on our part on what
we thought their problems might be. It is interest-
ing that the experience with the more mature and
perhaps, in many cases less well prepared, in-
dustrial group was far more satisfactory. They
were far more prepared to treat us, the 'teachers,'
as equals, and to want to explore a host of
questions of varying levels of difficulty or sophis-
tication. For example, there were one or two
people within the group whose recall of classical
control theory or of some basic algebra was very
rudimentary; on the other hand, there was at
least one person in the group who wanted to ask
rather probing questions about the use of filtering
theory.
The background notes that we had given to the
participants and which were freely available to
our own students had been composed (around the
syllabus outlined in Table 1) to meet our course
objectives. Class sessions, then, were organised not
as formal lectures but rather to outline the main
thrust of the theoretical ideas in the notes and
the practical control methods, and to come to grips
with some of the problems likely to be encountered
through a series of examples. For such a strategy


to be really successful a number of conditions must
be satisfied: the notes should be clear and reason-
ably comprehensive; one needs a set of examples
for exposition and for the student to work on; one
needs the right sort of classroom and group
conditions to encourage such a method of learn-
ing. In the case of this course the possibility, from
early on, of attempting to use the techniques in
practical situations was absolutely crucial. Again
we were confronted with a problem, since the time
available in either course and alternative demands
on the students' time and interest made it im-
possible for each student to build up the necessary
computer programs to implement any of the
techniques. To try to solve this problem we had
recourse to a blend of methods: we gave the
students a few small problems to work on (e.g.
sketching the inverse Nyquist array for a 2 x 2
system with a very simple transfer function
matrix) and working on prewritten program
suites either off-line, on simulation or analysis
exercises, or on-line on the pilot plant.
About 40% of the scheduled course time was
allocated to this sort of activity with the industrial
group, which was, of course, sufficiently small to
be able to break into three smaller groups to work
in parallel on the various problems. Thus while
one group was exploring the behaviour of the self-
tuning regulator on the CO, absorption/desorp-
tion plant, another group would be trying out the
Kalman filter on a computer terminal, while the
final group would be trying out the suite of multi-
variable design programs which are available on
the College computing system. By the end of the
course one of our aims at least was more than
met, since each group had had some experience
with at least two, and possibly, all three of the
techniques focused on in the course. Our final dis-
cussions with the group and subsequent contacts
suggest that our course objectives had been fairly
satisfactorily achieved.
Our only measure of the course achievements
with the postgraduate class was their perform-
ance in the end of course written examination.
Three questions covering the main topics of the
course were set and the students were required
to attempt all of them. The results were reasonably
satisfactory since the students showed a fair grasp
of the principles and application methods of the
topics covered in the course. However we feel it
may be necessary to develop more appropriate
measures of the class performance than is afforded
by the traditional written examination. E


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









The Once and FutureYou.


Nobody is exactly like you.
Your character and individuality have been form-
ing since childhood.
That's why Rohm and Haas looks at new gradu-
ates as men and women who are individuals, not just a
collection of college-acquired skills. We're looking
for people with determined and decisive characters.
We know from our experience that motivation
and character are as important to your success in life as
the knowledge that you've gained in college.
We know this because without determined,
highly-motivated people, we never would have
become one of America's leading chemical
companies.
We believe that it's our job to encourage new
people to grow and develop as individuals. Conse-
quently, we place a lot of importance on helping
graduates to assume as much responsibility as possi-
ble, as soon as possible. This strengthens their ability
to identify solutions to problems that require logic
and good judgement.


We try to hire positive, highly-motivated people.
And, we move them up as quickly as possible. Race,
ethnic background or sex make no difference, but
one thing is always apparent they know where
they're headed in life; they set high standards for
themselves.
We produce a broad range of more than 2500
chemical products that are used in industry, agricul-
ture and health services; therefore, we need people
with solid academic backgrounds in a discipline that
will contribute to our mutual success. This year, we
have openings in Engineering, Manufacturing,
Research, Technical Sales, and Finance.
If this sounds like a company you can identify
with, write to: Rohm and Haas Company, Recruiting
and Placement #8180, Independence Mall West, Phila-
delphia, PA 19105.


ROHM
IHFRRS
PHILADELPHIA. PA. 19105


An equal opportunity
employer.










PAT EG AT iL


PLANT ENGINEERING AT LOUGHBOROUGH


FRANK P. LEES
Loughborough University of Technology
Loughborough, Leicestershire, England

T HE DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING at
Loughborough runs three courses at under-
graduate level:
Chemical Engineering
Chemical Engineering and Management
Food Processing Technology
The first of these is the main course and is
taken by about 80% of the students. All under-
graduate courses in the department come as 3- or
4-year courses with the third year of the 4-year
course being spent in industry. Some 85% of
students opt for the 4-year courses.
At the graduate level the department runs
two Masters courses:
Advanced Chemical Engineering
Plant Engineering in the Process Industries
The former course has been running since 1969
and was described in an earlier paper [1]. The
latter course was started in 1976.
There are some 23 staff in the department, as
shown in Table 1. It is found convenient, both for
undergraduate and for graduate education and for
research, to operate through the medium of
specialist groups:
Transfer Processes
Process Technology
Particle Technology
Plant Engineering
Food Processing Technology
These are loose groupings, however, and many
members of the staff have a foot in several camps.

PLANT ENGINEERING STUDIES

T HERE ARE TWO BASIC REASONS for the develop-
ment of studies in plant engineering at Lough-
borough. One is the belief that the subjects which
we group under this heading are important to the
chemical engineer but have received insufficient
emphasis in many undergraduate courses in
recent years. The other is that the job of the plant


Frank P. Lees graduated in chemical engineering at Imperial
College, London. He worked for two years in the steel industry and
eleven years in the chemical industry. He came to the Department
of Chemical Engineering at Loughborough University of Technology
in 1967. He holds the Chair in Plant Engineering in the Department
and is course tutor for the M.Sc. in Plant Engineering in the Process
Industries. His teaching and research interests include plant engineer-
ing, loss prevention, reliability engineering and process control. He
is a member of the Advisory Committee on Major Hazards set up by
the UK Government after the Flixborough disaster. He is author of
the book Loss Prevention in the Process Industries.

engineer is an important one but tends to be
neglected by engineering schools.
One working definition of plant engineering is
effectively the body of knowledge useful to the
plant engineer. In the U.K. it is normal practice in
process plants for there to be a plant manager,
who is responsible for plant operation, and a plant
engineer, who is responsible for plant maintenance
and modification. The former is typically a chemi-
cal engineer and the latter a mechanical engineer.
Increasingly, however, chemical engineers are
working as plant engineers.
A central theme of plant engineering is that of
the failures which occur on plant. Almost all the
topics which we deal with under the heading of
plant engineering are related to deviation, mal-
operation, and failure in some way.
The Plant Engineering Group in the depart-
ment is led by the author, who holds the Chair
in Plant Engineering which was funded by the
Institution of Plant Engineers. The group takes
the lead role in undergraduate teaching of topics
broadly in the plant engineering field, such as


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980









mechanical engineering, electrical engineering,
instrumentation, reliability engineering, loss pre-
vention, energy, maintenance. It also takes re-
sponsibility for the Masters course and research in
plant engineering.

MASTERS COURSE IN PLANT ENGINEERING

T HE WORK OF THE PLANT engineer has often
been taken for granted, but this situation is
changing. The economic importance of the main-
tenance function is receiving recognition, while
the importance of other aspects of the job, such
as loss prevention, energy conservation and pollu-
tion control, does not need to be emphasised.
Consequently, there is a growing appreciation of
the need for people with a more fundamental edu-
cation in plant engineering, particularly one
which both increases the engineers' effectiveness
as a junior manager and also gives him the back-
ground needed for senior management.
A central theme of the course is the plant engi-
neering information system. This approach
focuses attention on the decisions which the plant
engineer has to make, on the information required
to make those decisions, and on the information


A central theme of plant engineering
is that of the failures which occur on plant.
Almost all the topics which we deal with under the
heading of plant engineering are related to
deviation, mal-operation and
failure in some way.


system needed in order to obtain the information.
In addition, emphasis is also placed on the de-
cisions which the plant engineer's colleagues need
to make, whether they be the designer, the buyer
or the accountant. They, too, require information
and often it is the plant engineer who should
supply it. The plant engineer needs, therefore, an
information system which will furnish the data
which he and his colleagues need, as effectively
and as economically as possible. The concept of
this information system for the plant engineer
provides a framework for the integration of spe-
cific plant engineering studies and enables the
plant engineer to argue his case within the organi-
sation on a level with his colleagues in the other
engineering disciplines.
Of course, for most plant engineers the short


TABLE 1
Staff of the Department


R. J. Aird, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1962, Durham University; Plant
Engineering, Reliability Engineering
R. J. Akers, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, Westfield College,
London; Particle Technology, Filtration, Flocculation
P. K. Andow, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1973, Loughborough Uni-
versity of Technology; Fluid Mechanics, Process
Control, Hazard Assessment
R. H. Beresford, Senior Lecturer; M.A. 1955, Cambridge
University; Petroleum Industry Economics, Opera-
tional Research, Computer-Aided Design
B. W. Brooks, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1964, Leeds Uni-
versity; Polymerisation Reactions, Electrochemical Re-
actions
B. A. Buffham, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1969, Loughborough
University of Technology; Thermodynamics, Mixing
Phenomena
D. W. Drott, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, University of Minne-
sota; Process Control, Reaction Engineering
A. Foord, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1956, Birmingham Uni-
versity; Process Economics
D. C. Freshwater, Professor; Ph.D. 1954, Birmingham Uni-
versity; Distillation, Energy Economy, Particle Tech-
nology
J. Glover, Lecturer; M.Sc. 1954, Birmingham University;
Thermodynamics, Reaction Engineering
T. A. Kletz, Industrial Professor and Division Safety Ad-
viser, ICI Petrochemicals Division; B.Sc. 1944, Liver-
pool University; Safety and Loss Prevention
F. P. Lees, Professor; Ph.D. 1969, Loughborough Uni-


versity of Technology; Plant Engineering, Reliability
Engineering, Loss Prevention, Process Control
P. J. Lloyd, Senior Lecturer; B.Sc. 1956, University College,
London; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisation,
Filtration
J. Mann, Professor; Ph.D. 1965, Cambridge University;
Food Processing Technology, Management, Economics,
Process Control
G. Mason, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1979, Council for National
Academic Awards; Porous Media
C. P. Murphy, Research Fellow; Ph.D. 1979, Loughborough
University of Technology; Computer Science
P. Rice, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1970, Loughborough University
of Technology; Heat and Mass Transfer, Reaction
Engineering
B. Scarlett, Senior Lecturer; M.Sc. 1964, Durham Uni-
versity; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisa-
tion, Packed Beds
J. Selman, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1972, Reading University; Food
Processing Technology
J. I. T. Stenhouse, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1973, Lough-
borough University of Technology; Particle Technology,
Gas Cleaning
A. S. Teja, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, Imperial College, London;
Thermodynamics, Phase Equilibria
C. R. G. Treasure, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1950, University College,
London; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisation
A. S. Ward, Lecturer; B.Sc. Tech. 1960, Manchester Uni-
versity; Particle Technology, Filtration


FALL 1980









continuing education course (lasting typically one
week) will be the principal method of further
education. This is right and proper. The depart-
ment is very much involved in this type of course,
but there is a difference between what can be
achieved in such short courses and what can be
done in a longer period of study.
The Masters course starts in early October and
lasts for exactly a year. There are two 10-week
terms of lectures, tutorials and seminar/work-
shops separated by a break of about 3 weeks at
Christmas. Written examinations are completed
by late April and the remainder of the year is
devoted to a project. About half the projects are
done in industry and half at the University.
The course has about 7 to 8 graduate students
per year. Students split roughly half and half
between chemical and mechanical engineers.
Usually rather more than half have substantial
industrial experience. The course provides a
basic tool kit of relevant subjects for both me-
chanical and chemical engineers who propose to
make careers as plant engineers. It is not assumed,
however, that graduates from the course will
necessarily practice as plant engineers. A chemi-

TABLE 2
Outline of Masters Course in Plant Engineering
in the Process Industries
PART 1
Process Economics
Financial Analysis and Control
Project Engineering
Maintenance Management
Human Relations
Probabilistic Methods
Reliability Engineering
Materials Technology 1
Materials Technology 2
Loss Prevention
Plant Services
Electrical Plant
Noise and Vibration
Process Instrument Systems
Computer Laboratory
and either (A)
Mechanical Design
Process Machinery
Process Vessels and Structures
Manufacturing Technology Workshop
or (B)
Process Instrumentation
Chemical Engineering Principles 1
Chemical Engineering Principles 2
Chemical Engineering Laboratory
PART 2
Project


cal engineer may take the course to strengthen his
knowledge of the mechanical side of the process
industries, while a mechanical engineer may take
it to strengthen his knowledge of the process side
of these industries. In effect, the course is neither
a purely specialist nor a purely conversion course,
but has elements of both.
An outline of the course is given in Table 2.
Normally option A is taken by the chemical engi-
neer and option B by the mechanical engineer. Al-
though lectures are an important part of the
course, extensive use is made of other teaching
methods, in particular tutorials (which have long
been strongly emphasised in the department) and
on workshops, laboratories, seminars and project
work.

DOCTORAL STUDIES
S STUDENTS ENTER THE DOCTORAL program either
directly or through one of the two Masters
courses. In the former case there is a program
of formal graduate studies, while in the latter
case the Masters program fulfils this function. For
students who take the Masters route, the research
topic for the doctorate is typically a development
of the Masters project, which, in such cases, is
chosen with this in view. Presentation of the
doctoral thesis normally occurs two years after
taking the M.Sc.

RESEARCH IN PLANT ENGINEERING
T MAY BE HELPFUL to supplement the rather
generalised description above with a brief
account of some of the specific areas of plant
engineering in which the department is working.
There is a long-term program of work on the
generic problem of the propagation of faults in
process plants. There are currently a number of
specific techniques which deal with this problem.
They include, in plant design, failure modes and
effects analysis, hazard and operability studies,
fault trees, event trees and cause-consequence dia-
grams, and, in process control, alarm analysis,
which is virtually synonymous with disturbance
analysis. Disturbance analysis is one of the
techniques which the Nuclear Regulatory Commis-
sion has recommended for assessment following
the Three Mile Island incident. This work started
some ten years ago on the alarm analysis side and
has led to two systematic methods of obtaining
the data structure for process computer alarm
analysis. Currently the emphasis is on the generic


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









Another related area of work is the relation
between inspection and reliability.


problem of representing the fault structure of a
plant, whether for design or control. A computer
code with interactive facilities has been developed
in which the fault propagation structure of the
plant is synthesised from a library of models of
plant units.
Knowledge of the fault propagation structure
should also assist in the creation of improved
alarm systems and work is being done both on
this and on other aspects of alarm systems.
Another area of research is the application
of the techniques of reliability engineering to pro-
cess plants, and in particular to plant mainten-
ance. Failure data from operating plants are
analysed to identify the failure regime (early,
constant, or wearout failure). There are a
number of problems, particularly of small samples
and of observation intervals, associated with such
analysis. It turns out, somewhat unexpectedly, that
early failure is often the prevalent regime, even in
plants which have been operating for many years.
The failure data analysis is therefore followed up
by observation of the task to determine the causes
of early failure. These include such things as
poor diagnosis, lack of training, dirty working
conditions and so on. The correction of these
problems has led to substantial reduction of failure
rates and improvements in plant availability.
Another related area of work is the relation
between inspection and reliability. There is a large
and increasing number of techniques for monitor-
ing the condition and performance of plant. It is
important to be able to select those techniques
which are really useful and economically beneficial.
Work has been done on the relation between the
reliability and the inspection signal, whether this
be for equipment which fails in an obvious
manner or for equipment failure which can be
predicted only from a monitoring signal.

LOUGHBOROUGH-U.S. LINKS

T HE DEPARTMENT HAS LINKS WITH institutions
in the U.S. in several ways. At the level of
student interchange the department cooperates
with Georgia Institute of Technology in running a
Masters course in particle technology. This is
based at the Loughborough end on the Particle
Technology option within the M.Sc. course in Ad-


vanced Chemical Engineering. There is an ex-
change of students with six months being spent in
each institution. This scheme is now in its tenth
year. There is also intervisitation of staff par-
ticularly, but not exclusively, in the particle
technology area.
Another link is with the University of Dela-
ware. Students from Loughborough take the
Masters course at Delaware. This is another
tradition which is about ten years old. Currently
there is one Loughborough student at Georgia
Tech. and one at Delaware and one Georgia Tech.
student at Loughborough who took the Masters
course in Plant Engineering two years ago and
is now doing a doctorate.
At the level of continuing education the de-
partment has for some years run post-experience
courses in particle technology in the U.S. in co-
operation with the departments of chemical engi-
neering at City College, New York, and at the
University of Houston.
Finally, at the level of research the department
has numerous links with the American academics
and industrialists in the particle technology field
and is a founder member of the recently formed
International Fine Particle Research Institute.

FINANCIAL SUPPORT
THE BASIC SOURCE OF finance for U.K. graduate
students is the Science Research Council, which
corresponds broadly to the NSF. The SRC funds
studentships for both Masters and doctoral
courses. These student grants cover the student's
bare living costs and pay his fees, but they are well
below industrial salaries.
The SRC also awards research grants, which
may include support of Research Assistantships.
Until quite recently the rules did not permit a Re-
search Assistant on a SRC grant to work for a
doctorate, but this restriction has been relaxed.
As a consequence, since the Research Assistant-
ship's salary is closer to an industrial one, there
is a growing tendency for doctoral students to be
supported in this way.
Another basic source of finance is industrial
research grants, which again may fund Research
Assistantships. Students from overseas are often
supported in this way. E

REFERENCES
1) Freshwater, D. C. and Lees, F. P., Chem. Engng.
Educ., 6, 190, (1972).


FALL 1980












PROCESS SYNTHESIS


Y. A. LIU
Auburn University
Auburn, AL 36849

PROCESS DESIGN CAN BE roughly subdivided into
two steps: synthesis and analysis. A great deal
of attention has been devoted to the mathematical
analysis of process flowsheets, once the flowsheet
has been specified. However, the creation, or
synthesis, of that flowsheet is not very susceptible
to the usual mathematical techniques, and has con-
sequently received relatively less attention in
chemical engineering teaching and research. The
specification of the chemical and/or physical trans-
formations as well as the selection and intercon-
nection of equipment to implement these trans-
formations to convert the raw materials into
desired products on an industrial scale have been
regarded, for the most part, an intuitive art.
This article describes a survey course on pro-
cess synthesis which has been offered to graduate
students and qualified seniors at Auburn Uni-
versity since Winter, 1976. The main objective of
the course is to introduce to the student the basic
techniques and practical applications of process
synthesis, emphasizing the systematic generation
of economical and energy-efficient process flow-
sheets. An additional goal of the course is to stimu-
late interest in process synthesis research among
chemical engineering students.
Table 1 presents an outline of the course topics
and lectures along with the pertinent references
cited in parentheses. The course begins with an
introduction to the important problem of optimal
synthesis of multicomponent separation sequences,
which is concerned with the proper selection of
the method and sequence for separating a multi-
component mixture into its respective components.
The general techniques which have been de-
veloped for solving this problem have included
the optimization (algorithmic) approach involving
some established optimization principles (topic 1),
the heuristic approach based on the use of rules of
thumb (topic 2), and the evolutionary approach
wherein improvements are systematically made

Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


Y. A. Liu received his B.S. from National Taiwan University, M.S.
from Tufts University and Ph.D. from Princeton University in 1974.
He has been on the chemical engineering faculty at Auburn Uni-
versity since 1974, where he presently holds an alumni associate pro-
fessorship endowed by the Auburn Alumni Association. His teaching
and research interests include process control and synthesis, numerical
methods, separation processes, coal desulfurization and magneto-
chemical engineering. He is an author of over sixty publications and
presentations, and an editor of three books on magnetic separation
and coal desulfurization.


to an initially created feasible flowsheet (topic 3).
The lectures emphasize the basic concepts of these
approaches along with their strengths and short-
comings for applications to the optimal synthesis
of multicomponent separation sequences.
In topic 4, the preceding synthesis techniques
and their combinations are applied to an im-
portant process design problem related to energy
conservation, namely the synthesis of energy-
optimum and minimum-cost networks of ex-
changers, heater and/or coolers to transfer the
excess energy from a set of hot streams to streams
that require heating (cold streams). This
synthesis problem is relatively well-defined and
it has received the greatest attention in the litera-
ture. As a result, it is possible to clearly identify
the characteristics of energy-optimum and mini-
mum-cost networks and suggest the basic require-
ments of an effective approach to their synthesis.
The lectures include a detailed discussion of the
evolutionary block matching method developed at
Auburn University and its recent extensions for
the synthesis of complex networks, as well as the


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


flQ44 it








practical applications of different techniques to
the synthesis of energy-optimum and minimum-
cost networks for industrial crude unit preheat
recovery.
Topics 5 and 6 are concerned with the syste-
matic synthesis of large-scale process flowsheets
by the decomposition (multilevel) approach to-
gether with heuristic and evolutionary methods.
Here, the synthesis problem is decomposed into a
sequence of smaller and simpler problems (sub-
problems) which, when solved, generate the flow-
sheet for the original problem. It is solved by
first establishing the sequence of reactions which
best convert the raw materials into desired
products (reaction path synthesis). The next sub-
problem is the species allocation and material
balancing which involves the synthesis of ma-
terial flow from raw material and reaction site
sources to product, waste and reaction site desti-
nations. During species allocations, the easiest set
of separation tasks is sought. The third sub-
problem is the separation task selection and se-
quencing discussed previously in Topics 1 to 3.
The fourth subproblem involves the specification
of auxiliary unit operations which are necessary
to achieve the design objectives (auxiliary task
assignment). The last subproblem is task integra-
tion in which several unit operations are inte-
grated for the reuse of energy and/or material.
The lectures emphasize the applications of heur-
istic and evolutionary methods to the solution of
each subproblem along with the overall coordina-
tion of the subproblem solutions in the systematic
synthesis of large-scale process flowsheets for the
manufacture of industrial chemicals.
Topic 7 presents a relatively new technique for
solving process synthesis problems, namely, the
thermodynamic approach. The lectures begin with
a review of the thermodynamic availability
principle and the second law analysis along with
their applications to energy conversion and con-
servation and to process design and evaluation.
The applications of thermodynamic principles to
the synthesis of energy-optimum heat exchanger
networks and to the analysis of energy consump-
tion of separation processes are then discussed.
The remaining lectures are concentrated on the
development and demonstration of the thermo-
dynamic approach as a simple and unifying
method for the analysis and synthesis of different
energy conservation (integration) schemes in dis-
tillation systems.
The course concludes with a survey of other


... the author shares the suggestion
of many chemical engineers that process design
education should be more oriented toward
emphasis upon analysis alone.


process synthesis problems and solution methods,
and a summary of the status of current research
and industrial applications of process synthesis
techniques (topic 8).
The course meets three times a week for fifty-
minute lectures over a ten-week quarter. Although
the book by Rudd, Powers and Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), is often quoted
in lectures, a textbook which adequately covers the
recent developments in process synthesis does not
exist. Consequently, an organized set of course
notes has been prepared for the students. These
notes have been revised before each course offering
since 1976 to include the latest literature. Class
work is comprised of weekly homework problems
and a comprehensive term paper. Typical subjects
of homework problems and term papers are listed
in Table 1.
In closing, the author shares the suggestion of
many chemical engineers that process design edu-
cation should be more oriented toward synthesis,
rather than the usual emphasis upon analysis
alone. It is hoped that the detailed course outline
and references presented in this article will assist
other interested faculty in establishing similar
courses in process synthesis and in bringing a
better balance between analysis and synthesis in
process design education. O
TABLE 1
Course Outline and References
1. Optimization (Algorithmic) Approach to Process
Synthesis: An Introduction to Selected Optimization
Methods and Their Applications to the Optimal
Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences
1.1 An Introduction to Optimization Approach to Process
Synthesis
1.2 Basic Concepts of Dynamic Programming (1, 2)
1.3 Application of Dynamic Programming to the Optimal
Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences
(3-5)
1.4 An Introduction to Branch and Bound Methods and
Their Comparison with Dynamic Programming for
the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation
Sequences (6, 7)
1.5 Applications of Dynamic Programming to Other Pro-
cess Synthesis Problems (8-12)
Typical Homework: Optimal Selection of Separation
Methods and Synthesis of Separation Sequences for


FALL 1980









Multicomponent Mixtures by Dynamic Programming
2. Heuristic Approach to Process Synthesis: Heuristic
Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences
2.1 An Introduction to Heuristic Approach to Process
Synthesis
2.2 Published Heuristics for the Optimal Synthesis of
Multicomponent Separation Sequences (4, 13-26)
2.3 An Ordered Heuristic Procedure for the Optimal
Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences
(27)
Typical Homework: Applications of Heuristic and Ordered
Heuristic Procedures to the Optimal Synthesis of
Multicomponent Separation Sequences; Heuristics for
Complex Multiple-Section Distillation Systems and
Their Applications (22, 23)
3. Evolutionary Approach to Process Synthesis: Evolu-
tionary Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Se-
quences
3.1 An Introduction to Evolutionary Approach to Process
Synthesis (24-26, 39-40)
3.2 Evolutionary Synthesis of Multicomponent Separa-
tion Sequences (24-26)
3.3 An Overview of Published Literature on the Optimal
Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences
(5, 11, 13-39)
Typical Homework: Heuristic-Evolutionary Synthesis of
Multicomponent Separation Sequences; Optimal
Synthesis of Separation Sequences in the Manufac-
ture of Detergents from Petroleum
4. Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks
4.1 An Introduction to Optimal Synthesis of Heat Ex-
changer Networks (5, 11, 41-44)
4.2 Characteristics of Energy-Optimum and Minimum-
Cost Heat Exchanger Networks and Basic Require-
ments of an Effective Approach to the Optimal
Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (44, 56, 60,
63)
4.3 A Simple and Practical Approach to the Optimal
Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (Evolution-
ary Block Matching Method): Minimum Area Al-
gorithm, and Heuristic and Evolutionary Rules (44)
4.4 Further Topics on Optimal Synthesis of Heat Ex-
changer Networks
A. Determination of Minimum Utility Requirements
by the Problem Table (56, 60, 63)
B. Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks by
Temperature Interval Method (60, 63)
C. Systematic Evolutionary Synthesis of Energy-
Optimum and Minimum-Cost Heat Exchanger
Networks (44, 60, 63, 64)
D. Application of Evolutionary Block Matching
Method to the Optimal Synthesis of Complex
Heat Exchanger Networks: Temperature-De-
dependent Heat Capacities, Different Heat
Transfer Coefficients Among Process/Utility
Streams and Phase Changes of Process Streams
(65)
4.5 An Overview of Published Literature on the Optimal
Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (5, 6, 11, 41-
65)
Typical Homework: Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger
Networks for Industrial Crude Unit Preheat Re-
covery; Comparison of Algorithmic, Heuristic and


Evolutionary Methods for the Optimal Synthesis of
Heat Exchanger Networks; Concept of the Degree of
Freedom and the Shifting and Merging of Ex-
changers, Heaters and/or Coolers (63); Develop-
ment of New Evolutionary Rules for the Synthesis
of Energy-Optimum and Minimum-Cost Heat Ex-
changer Networks.
5. Decomposition (Multilevel) Approach to Process
Synthesis
5.1 An Introduction to Decomposition (Multilevel) Ap-
proach to Process Synthesis (66-68)
5.2 Optimal Synthesis of Chemical Process Flowsheets
Based on Task Assignment and Integration (69-70)
5.3 Strategy for Task Assignment to Make Up the
Differences in Process State Variables (69, 70)
5.4 Heuristics for Task Integration to Simplify the
Initial Process Flowsheet (42, 69, 70)
5.5 Multilevel Approach to Process Synthesis with
Multiple Performance Indices (70, 71)
5.6 An Overview of Four General Approaches to Process
Synthesis: Optimization (Algorithmic), Heuristic,
Evolutionary and Decomposition (Multilevel) Ap-
proaches (5, 11)
Typical Homework: Synthesis of Complete Process Flow-
sheets for the Manufacture of Industrial Chemicals
such as Vinyl Chloride from Acetylene and Ethylene
(72) and Nitric Acid from Ammonia (73) by Task
Assignment and Integration
6. Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis of Chemical
Process Flowsheets
6.1 An Overview of Heuristic and Evolutionary Syn-
thesis of Chemical Process Flowsheets (38-40, 74-76,
81-82)
6.2 Heuristic Synthesis of Initial Process Flowsheets
A. Heuristic Approach to Reaction Path Synthesis
(77-79)
B. Heuristic Synthesis of Material Flow from Re-
action Paths (77, 80)
C. Heuristic Approach to Separation Task Selection
and Sequencing (4, 13-27)
D. Heuristic Approach to Auxiliary Task Assign-
ment and Integration (42, 69, 70)
6.3 Evaluation Functions and Evolutionary Rules for
Modifying the Initial Process Flowsheets (82)
A. Evaluation Functions of a Given Process Flow-
sheet
B. Evolutionary Rules for Minimizing the Redund-
ency in Process Flowsheets
Typical Homework: Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis
of Complete Process Flowsheets for the Manufacture
of Industrial Chemicals such as Octanes from Bu-
tanes (83)
7. Thermodynamic Approach to Process Synthesis
7.1 An Introduction to Thermodynamic Approach to
Process Synthesis
7.2 An Introduction to the Thermodynamic Available
Energy (Available Useful Work) and the Second
Law Analysis (84-91)
A. Some Background on Thermodynamic Laws and
Efficiencies
B. The Second Laws Efficiency and Thermodynamic
Available Energy
Continued on page 212.


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








New
for 1981
PROCESS
ANALYSIS AND
DESIGN FOR
CHEMICAL
ENGINEERS
William Resnick, Technion-
Israel Institute of Technology
400 pages (tent.), $26.50 (tent.)
This new book combines the
elements of modern process
engineering and design with
those aspects of traditional
chemical engineering that need
emphasis in light of the design
and analysis functions of the I
chemical engineer.
PRINCIPLES OF
POLYMER
SYSTEMS, 2/e
Ferdinand Rodriguez, Cornell
University
576 pages (tent.), $28.50
Emphasizing quantitative
description of polymers and
manipulation of data to predict
and correlate the behavior of real
polymer systems, the new
second edition includes the most
current figures, references, and
text material.
CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING
KINETICS, 3/e
J.M. Smith, University of
California, Davis
736 pages (tent.), $26.50 (tent.)
Thoroughly
revised and
updated, the
new edition
of this
successful
text
continues to
emphasize l
the application of the
principles of reactor design to
real chemical systems.
COLLEGE DIVISION
McGraw-Hill Book Company
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, N.Y. 10020


Oy@ U



09








pniIEi
WGO
v~O

OO 1


From the McGraw-Hill
Advanced Book Program
ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL
W. Harmon Ray, University of Wisconsin, Madison
416 pages, $29.50
Appropriate for advanced undergraduate and
graduate students as well as practicing control
engineers who must design economically optimal
process control schemes, this book presents a
comprehensive introduction to the theory and
practice of modern computer process control.
From Our 1980 List


SEPARATION PROCESSES, 2/e
C. Judson King, University of California, Berkeley
864 pages, $28.95
PLANT DESIGN AND ECONOMICS
FOR CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, 3/e
O3 Max S. Peters and Klaus D. Timmerhaus,
G, both of the University of Colorado, Boulder
II\V/ 944 pages, $28.50
SV HETEROGENEOUS
CATALYSIS IN PRACTICE
1 Charles N. Satterfield, Massachusetts
I Institute of Technology
S432 pages, $26.95
MASS TRANSFER
OPERATIONS, 3/e
The late Robert E. Treybal
800 pages, $26.50


illa aN






iir ing
14*rtncj


Prices subject to change










EDITORIAL AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 32611
Editor: Ray Fahien
Associate Editor: Mack Tyner
Editorial & Business Assistant:
Carole C. Yocum (904) 392-0861
Publications Board and Regional
Advertising Representatives:
Chairman:
Lee C. Eagleton
Pennsylvania State University
Past Chairman:
Klaus D. Timmerhaus
University of Colorado
SOUTH:
Homer F. Johnson
University of Tennessee
Ralph W. Pike
Louisiana State University
James Fair
University of Texas
Gary Poehlein
Georgia Tech
CENTRAL:
Darsh T. Wasan
Illinois Institute of Technology
J. J. Martin
University of Michigan
Lowell B. Koppel
Purdue University
WEST:
William H. Corcoran
California Institute of Technology
William B. Krantz
University of Colorado
C. Judson King
University of California Berkeley
NORTHEAST:
Angelo J. Perna
New Jersey Institute of Technology
Stuart W. Churchill
University of Pennsylvania
Raymond Baddour
M.I.T.
A. W. Westerberg
Carnegie-Mellon University
NORTHWEST:
Charles Sleicher
University of Washington
CANADA:
Leslie W. Shemilt
McMaster University
LIBRARY REPRESENTATIVE
Thomas W. Weber
State University of New York


Chemical Engineering Education


VOLUME XIV


NUMBER 4


FALL 1980


Research on
152 Polymer Fluid Dynamics, R. Byron Bird
156 In Situ Processing, T. F. Edgar,
R. S. Schechter

162 Wall Turbulence, Thomas J. Hanratty

Courses in
168 Chemical Reactors, C. N. Kenney
174 Systems Modelling and Control,
L. S. Kershenbaum, J. D. Perkins,
D. L. Pyle

184 Process Synthesis, Y. A. Liu
188 Polymerization Reaction Engineering,
Nicholas A. Peppas

193 Combustion Science and Technology,
Daniel E. Rosner

Programs
180 Plant Engineering at Loughborough,
Frank P. Lees

200 MIT School of Chemical Engineering
Practice: A Continuing Catalyst In
Engineering Effectiveness,
S. M. Senkan, J. Edward Vivian

Class and Home Problems
198 Solution: Prairie Dog Problem, and
Prairie Dog Appendix, R. L. Kabel

208 ChE News
205, 206, 208 Book Reviews
215 Books Received




CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION is published quarterly by the Chemical
Engineering Division, American Society for Engineering Education. The publication
is edited at the Chemical Engineering Department, University of Florida. Second-class
postage is paid at Gainesville, Florida, and at DeLeon Springs, Florida. Correspondence
regarding editorial matter, circulation and changes of address should be addressed
to the Editor at Gainesville, Florida 32611. Advertising rates and information are
available from the advertising representatives. Plates and other advertising material
may be sent directly to the printer: E. O. Painter Printing Co., P. O. Box 877.
DeLeon Springs, Florida 32028. Subscription rate U.S., Canada, and Mexico is $15 per
year, $10 per year mailed to members of AIChE and of the ChE Division of ASEE.
Bulk subscription rates to ChE faculty on request Write for prices on individual
back copies. Copyright 1980 Chemical Engineering Division of American Society
for Engineering Education. The statements and opinions expressed in this periodical
are those of the writers and not necessarily those of the ChE Division of the ASEE
which body assumes no responsibility for them. Defective copies replaced if notified
within 120 days.
The International Organization for Standardization has assigned the code US ISSN
0009-2479 for the identification of this periodical.


FALL 1980










A GPOLYe An


POLYMERIZATION REACTION ENGINEERING


NICHOLAS A. PEPPAS
Purdue University
West Lafayette, Indiana 47907
N RECENT YEARS POLYMER science and engineer-
ing has become an integral part of almost every
chemical engineering curriculum. The transition of
polymer education from chemistry to chemical
engineering and the significant interest in polymer
research within ChE Departments have been
explained in recent reports as a natural trend of
the interdisciplinary approach of chemical engi-
neering. A 1977 Chemical and Engineering News
report [1] points out that at least 30% of the
graduating chemical engineers will be employed
by industries involved in polymers. The annual
guide of the Plastics Institute of America [2]
reveals that chemical engineering is the center
of polymer activities in 65% of the universities
with active polymer programs. Even more surpris-
ing are the results of a recent survey of under-
graduate and graduate polymer education
conducted among chemical engineering depart-
ments [3]. Out of 88 ChE departments that replied
to this survey, 63 offer at least one polymer course,
while thirteen departments offer at least five
different polymer courses.
Most chemical engineering programs offering
one course in polymers concentrate on a survey
of polymer science and engineering, usually
emphasizing the basics of polymer characteriza-
tion, polymerization kinetics and polymer process-
ing. For programs offering more than one polymer
course, the natural trend is toward teaching of
separate courses on rheology and processing,
physical chemistry and mechanical behavior of
polymers [4]. However, polymerization reaction
engineering is less frequently taught as a separate
course. Turning again to the preliminary data of
the AIChE survey [3], it is noted that out of 188

. the natural trend is toward
teaching of separate courses on rheology and
processing, physical chemistry and
mechanical behavior of polymers.


Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


surveyed courses, only fourteen are courses
specializing in polymerization reaction engineer-
ing. This area is usually treated as a graduate
subject, and ten of the courses offered are
addressed to graduate students. Individual
questionnaires attribute this trend partially to
the apparent lack of an appropriate textbook in
this area and to the many complexities of poly-
merization reactions which require advanced
knowledge in related areas.
The rather unfortunate lack of emphasis on
the engineering aspects of polymerization re-
actions is of some concern, especially since re-
action engineering is a "natural" for chemical
engineers. Certain educators claim that a com-
bination of an undergraduate or graduate reaction
engineering course with basic knowledge of poly-
merization kinetics obtained in a general polymer
course adequately cover the needs in polymeriza-
tion reaction engineering. Our disagreement stems
from the fact that the study of polymerization re-
actions differs significantly from the study of
more conventional chemical reactions.
Reactions of macromolecules evince a range
of phenomena which are distinctly different to the
ones observed in most of the reactions of small
molecules. Kinetically the steps of initiation, pro-
pagation and termination may comprise a series
of reactions (characterized by distinct kinetic
constants) which contribute towards the forma-
tion and growth of a specific chain. The type of
initiation is of importance in most polymerization
rates. In addition, the termination step controls
important polymer properties. In some types of
polymerization reactions the termination step is
non-existent leading to non-terminated macro-
molecular chains constituting living polymers. Pre-
mature termination of growing chains can be ob-
served when chain transfer reactions to the
monomer, initiator or solvent prevail. Finally, im-
portant differences in the kinetic mechanism (e.g.
step versus chain polymerization) may lead to
considerable differences in reactor design.
It must be emphasized that understanding of
the reaction parameters is most important in
controlling polymerization rate, molecular weight
and molecular weight distribution, polymer


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION























Nicholas A. Peppas joined Purdue in September 1976 and he is
presently Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. He received
his Dipl. Eng. from N.T.U. Athens (1971) and his Sc.D. from M.I.T.
(1973). His current research interests are the structure of macromolecu-
lar networks, diffusion and permeation in polymer films and mem-
branes, and biomedical phenomena at polymer/liquid interfaces. He
is contributing editor of "Polymer News" and on the editorial boards
of "Biomaterials" and "Journal of Applied Polymer Science." At
Purdue he has developed courses in advanced mass transfer, in-
dustrial chemistry, biomedical engineering and various areas of
polymer science and engineering. For his teaching he was the re-
cipient of the 1980 ASEE Western Electric Fund Award, the 1978
A. A. Potter Award, and the 1978 and 1980 R. N. Shreve Awards.

particle size and its distribution, and structural
modification such as crosslinking and branching.
With very few exceptions polymerization re-
actions lead to macromolecular systems with a
wide distribution of molecular weights. The
mobility of growing macromolecular chains and/
or the lack thereof, is responsible for impediment
of termination, autoacceleration (Trommsdorff)
effects, diffusion-controlled effects etc. Side re-
actions in the presence of functional groups and
small quantities of crosslinking agents can lead
to highly branched and crosslinked polymers.
Thus, a phenomenon, which in "conventional"
chemical reactions could be considered highly un-
desirable, is effectively used to provide polymers
with important structural characteristics and de-
sirable properties. Finally, phenomena related to
continuous increase of the viscosity of the react-
ing medium affect mass and heat transfer, in turn
creating a series of challenging engineering
problems related to modelling, design and opera-
tion of polymerization reactors.
Although incomplete in many aspects, this
partial list of special phenomena observed in poly-
merization reactions shows that conventional
chemical reaction engineering cannot provide the
answers to all the challenging questions of this
area. In fact, polymer reaction engineering re-


quires background knowledge extracted from such
diverse fields as probability theory, organic and
physical chemistry, transport phenomena, control
theory etc.
Here we present a new polymer course which
was recently developed and favorably received by
both graduate students and qualified seniors in
chemical engineering. ChE 543, Polymerization
Reaction Engineering is a three credit-hour course
offered usually in the fall semester of the academic
year. At Purdue University a semester consists of
fifteen weeks and one week of final examinations.
Therefore, a maximum of forty five lecture hours
are available, with at least three hours reserved
for quizzes and examinations.
ChE 543 can be taken independently of other
polymer courses and no previous knowledge of
polymers is required. Prerequisites include organic
chemistry and an undergraduate course in reaction
engineering. The course emphasizes the funda-
mentals of polymerization kinetics, methods, and
reaction engineering and it includes topics on in-
dustrial operation. Kinetics and polymerization
methods are covered thoroughly in approximately
eight weeks in a rather fast pace. The reaction
engineering aspects are discussed in the last six

Reactions of macromolecules evince
a range of phenomena which are distinctly
different to the ones observed in most
of the reactions of small molecules.

weeks of the course. Table 1 gives a detailed out-
line of the course subjects pointing out the special
emphasis on reaction engineering topics.
Selection of an appropriate textbook for ChE
543 or similar courses is a rather difficult task.
The textbook by G. Odian, Principles of Polymeri-
zation, McGraw-Hill, 1971 is highly recommended
as the basic reference for the kinetics portion of
the course. Topics covered in Odian's book (ex-
cluding Chapters 7 and 9) are extensively dis-
cussed in the first eight weeks. Notes and review
articles (see Table 2) are presented where we feel
that additional emphasis is required. Typically five
to seven articles of this list will be used in a
semester as additional reading material. For
example, subjects covered in depth include molecu-
lar weight distributions, Markov chains and sto-
chastic processes, gelation theory, Z-transforms,
fundamentals of copolymerization reactions, and
the kinetics of emulsion polymerizations. Ad-
ditional reference books on reserve for this course


FALL 1980









are listed below, with reference to the chapters
covered in ChE 543.

* A. E. Hamielec, Polymerization Reaction Engineering,
four volumes, McMaster University, 1977; Chapters
covered include 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6.
* H. Sawada, Thermodynamics of Polymerization,
Dekker, 1976; selected topics.
* G. G. Lowry, Markov Chains and Monte Carlo Calcu-
lations in Polymer Science, Dekker, 1970; selected
topics.

Coverage of the reaction engineering aspects
of polymerization is achieved mainly through
notes. No book presents a thorough analysis of
these subjects, although Hamielec's book (mostly
in the form of chapters written by various
academic and industrial authors) covers some of
the basic needs for this portion of the course. J.
Throne's textbook on Plastics Process Engineer-
ing, Dekker, 1979, appeared late in 1979 and his
chapters 2 and 3 have not been tried yet in ChE
543. It is worth noting that the lack of an ap-
propriate textbook on reaction engineering aspects


of polymerization has also been noted by other
educators. Out of the fourteen courses surveyed
recently [3], eight use personal notes throughout
the course; the only textbook with more than one
user is Odian's (four courses), although the engi-
neering aspects are again covered by notes and
review articles. Preliminary notes on this subject
from three different authors are used on a limited
basis, and it is now known that two of these sets
of notes will be published as books during 1981.
After an introductory review of chemical and
physical structure of polymeric materials, a
thorough analysis of molecular weights and
molecular weight distributions is presented with
emphasis on theoretical and empirical distribu-
tions such as the Flory, Schulz, Wesslau and other
distributions. In the analysis of polycondensation
kinetics, we emphasize the use of Markov chains
to statistically describe polycondensation reactions.
The degree of polycondensation is treated as the
fundamental random variable. The probability
distributions and first and second moments of the


TABLE 1: Course Outline
I. Introduction to polymer science (3 lectures) 6. Stereospecific polymerizations
1. Chemical Structure, physical behavior 6a. Ziegler-Natta catalysts
2. Molecular weights, molecular weight 6b. Heterogeneous catalytic reactions
distributions 6c. Other reactions
II. Polymerization kinetics (20 lectures) III. Polymerization methods (5 lectures)
1. Polycondensation reactions 1. Bulk polymerization
la. Kinetics, molecular weight distributions 2. Solution polymerization
lb. Markov chains and stochastic processes 3. Suspension polymerization
2. Multichain polymerization 3a. Particle size distribution and its control
2a. Gelation theory 4. Emulsion polymerization
2b. Crosslinking reactions, kinetics 5. Gaseous and plasma polymerizations
2c. Real networks IV. Polymerization reaction engineering (12 lectures)
3. Radical polymerizations 1. Modelling of polymerization reaction systems
3a. Kinetics, initiation effects, chain transfer la. Batch and semibatch operation
3b. Inhibition and retardation lb. Tubular reactors
3c. Autoacceleration ic. Continuous stirred tank reactors
3d. Moment distribution functions Id. Uniqueness and multiplicity of steady
(Z-transforms) states, stability analysis
3e. Thermodynamics, ceiling temperature, de- le. Copolymerization reactor design
polymerization If. Heterogeneous catalytic polymerization re-
3f. Pressure effects Pction engineering
4. Ionic polymerizations 2. Modelling of emulsion polymerization reactions
4a. Cationic polymerizations 2a. Modelling characteristics
4b. Anionic polymerizations 2b. Control of molecular weight distribution
4c. Reactions without termination, mono- 2c. Control of particle size distribution
dispersity V. Problems of industrial operation (5 lectures)
4d. Solvent polarity effects 1. Industrial problems with reactor design
5. Copolymerizations la. Heat and viscosity effects, hot-spots and
5a. Kinetics, chain transfer, depolymerization, thermal runaways, heat transfer
penultimate effects lb. Polymer build-up, agitation
5b. Multicomponent copolymerization 2. Product purification
5c. Q-e schemes 2a. Separation and drying equipment
5d. Statistical methods of determination of re- 2b. Size reduction, pelletizers
activity ratios 3. Computer control of polymerization reactors
4. On-line testing of polymer properties


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









distribution are determined. This analysis is
applied to difunctional monomers. Multichain poly-
merizations, branching and crosslinking reactions
are analyzed using probability theory; the Stock-
mayer gelation theory is also presented and
analyzed.
The lectures on radical polymerizations are
straightforward, although emphasis is placed on
the thermodynamics of polymerization reactions
and the importance of ceiling temperatures. The
kinetics of the Trommsdorff effect are analyzed in
view of recent experimental results and their im-
portance in reactor design is stressed.
Discrete moment generation functions (Z-
transforms) are introduced at this point and
their importance in determining the moments of
a discrete distribution with applications to addi-
tion polymerization is analyzed. Other topics
where special emphasis is placed include the effect
of solvent polarity on ionic polymerization kinetics
(cage effect) and the kinetic analysis of copoly-
merizations where penultimate groups effects are
important. Stereospecific polymerizations are
covered to considerable extent and their rather
complicated kinetics are discussed.
After an analysis of the various polymeriza-
tion methods (Table 1) where the student is
exposed to the special characteristics of each
technique and to the major difference in kinetics
of each polymerization, the basics of the modelling
of polymerization reactions systems are intro-
duced. Topics of special interest include the
mathematical analysis of semibatch operations,
tubular reactors and copolymerization reactors.
Techniques for the prediction and control of
molecular weight and particle size distribution
are analyzed.
The final part of this course concentrates on
the analysis of heat and mass transfer related
problems and computer control of polymerization
reactors. Basic information on product purifica-
tion is also presented to some extent.
ChE 543 presents an integral view of poly-
merization reactions with strong emphasis on the
transition from the kinetic expressions to the
design of the proper reactor. This course consti-
tutes one of three main courses in our graduate
polymer program and it is recommended in addi-
tion to ChE 544, Structure and Physical Behavior
of Polymer Systems, (a course on statistical me-
chanics, physical chemistry, elasticity, visco-
elasticity and diffusion in polymers) and ChE
697B, Rheology of Macromolecular and Other


TABLE 2
Review Articles for ChE 543
R. Shinnar and S. Katz, Polymerization Kinetics and Re-
actor Design, in K. B. Bischoff, ed., "Chemical Reaction
Engineering," 56-74, Advances in Chemistry Series, Vol.
109, ACS, Washington, 1972.
D. C. Pepper, Analogies and Discrepancies between
Cationic and Anionic Polymerizations, J. Polym. Sci.,
Symp., 50, 51-69, (1975).
A. T. Bell, Fundamentals of Plasma Polymerization, J.
Macromol. Sci., Macromol. Chem., A10, 369-381, (1976).
J. Ugelstad and F. K. Hansen, Kinetics and Mechanisms
of Emulsion Polymerization, Rubb. Chem. Techn., 49, 536-
609, (1976).
W. H. Ray, On the Mathematical Modelling of Polymeriza-
tion, J. Macrom. Sci., Revs. Macromol. Chem., C8, 1-56,
(1972).
R. J. Zeman and N. R. Amundson, Continuous Polymeriza-
tion Models. Part I, II, Chem. Eng. Sci., 20, 331-361, 637-
664, (1965).
J. A. Biesenberger, R. Capinpin and D. Sebastian, Thermal
Ignition Phenomena in Chain Addition Polymerizations,
Appl. Polym. Symp., 26, 211-236, (1975).
R. P. Goldstein and N. R. Amundson, An Analysis of
Chemical Reactor Stability and Control. Parts Xa, Xb, XI,
XII, Chem. Eng. Sci., 20, 195-236, 449-476, 477-479, 501-
527, (1965).
K. W. Min and W. H. Ray, On the Mathematical Modelling
of Emulsion Polymerization Reactors, J. Macrom. Sci.,
Revs. Macromol. Chem., C11, 177-255, (1974).

Non-Newtonian Fluids. Topics on reactive pro-
cessing of polymers (e.g. reaction injection mold-
ing) are not covered in ChE 543, but rather in
ChE 597N, Processing of Polymer Solids and
Fluids. A limited number of laboratory experi-
ments, mostly on polymerization kinetics are in-
cluded in a Polymer Laboratory course, ChE 597 0,
which will be offered this academic year. O

REFERENCES
1. R. L. Rawls, "Polymer Education Edges Away from
Chemistry," Chem. Eng. News, 55 (21), 19, (1977).
2. "Polymer Science and Engineering Programs,"
Plastics Institute of America, Hoboken, NJ 1978.
3. N. A. Peppas, "Teaching of Polymer Science and
Engineering Courses in Chemical Engineering De-
partments," a report prepared under the auspices of
the AIChE Chemical Engineering Educational Proj-
ects Committee, to be presented at the 73rd Annual
Meeting, Chicago, November 1980.
4. R. G. Griskey, "A New Polymer Department-An
Option Within an Existing Department of an Inter-
disciplinary Program: Which Route for Polymer
Education?" S.P.E. Techn. Papers, 26, 663, (1980).


FALL 1980


I





J;
eei~'
I
ci


IN











COMBUSTION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

COMBUSTION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY


DANIEL E. ROSNER
Yale University
New Haven, CT 06520
1. INTRODUCTION

B ECAUSE "COMBUSTION" is usually defined as a
rapid, net-exoergic, oxidation reaction (often
accompanied by light), from a ChE's perspective
the subject can be regarded as the exoergicc
branch of chemical reaction engineering" (CRE),
or perhaps as high temperature chemical re-
action engineering (HTCRE). However, whereas
CRE is presently focused on chemical synthesis
as the objective, combustion (when not inad-
vertant!) is carried out for much more diverse
purposes (see Section 2.1 below). If the ChE's
"charge" and forte is to cleverly control and ex-
ploit chemical change (inevitably coupled with
physical change) in the service of humans, then
surely combustion should be closer to the center
of the attention of ChEs than it is at present.
Indeed, one finds that while ChEs have made im-
portant contributions to Combustion Science and
Technology (CST) (see, e.g., Section 3), the
subject is dominated by mechanical engineers
(MEs) and aeronautical engineers (AEs) (on
the applied side), and chemists (on the basic
side). At the risk of oversimplifying, it is as
though ChEs have been content to "supply the
fuels," and let others decide how effectively they
are used! One of the purposes of this paper is to
focus the attention of ChE students and faculty
members on a subject which is simultaneously:
* Of enormous strategic importance (since more effec-
tive fossil fuel utilization will determine the extent
and duration of our precarious dependence on im-
ported oil)
* In need of insights that can be provided by ChEs (who
have perhaps the best undergraduate preparation to
contribute to this field)

Editor's Note: Professor Rosner's talents
extend far beyond the classroom and labora-
tory. His collograph Refinery II (1977) on the
facing page is an outstanding example of his
professionally recognized talent in the field
of graphic arts.


* The source of many recent results and techniques
(theoretical and experimental) which could benefit
ChEs in other areas of CRE
* Actually more general (in the sense above) than CRE
(as presently taught in ChE departments throughout
the world).
The perceptive future graduate student will
recognize that this adds up to exciting research
and employment opportunities, accessible through
those ChE departments who interpret chemical
engineering in its broader sense.
The graduate course described below [1] was
developed and taught at Yale University in the
Fall of 1978, and, together with other advanced
courses in CRE and Transport Phenomena, will
be offered at least once in the residence time (ca.
3-4 years) of each graduate student. While in-
tended primarily for ChEs (in the sense that it
fully utilizes the CRE-perspective and ChE back-
ground in the underlying subjects of thermo-
chemistry, chemical kinetics and mass transfer),
it has proven to be of value also to MEs, AEs and
Applied Science majors planning to contribute to
this rapidly advancing field.

2. SCOPE OF SUBJECT AND COURSE OUTLINE
2.1 Scope of Combustion Science and Technology (CST)
The breadth of CST is evident from the follow-
ing major combustion application areas. Thus, our
lecture sequence (Section 2.2) was developed to
embrace the essential features of:
Al. Combustion for High Temperature Process Heat,
Welding, Cutting,... (e.g., pyrometallurgy, glass-
making, chemical torches (oxyacetylene), drying,
sintering, etc.).
A2. Combustion in Chemical Syntheses
(e.g., H2SO, via S(1)-combustion, carbon black
production, HC1 via H2+C12, production of sub-
micron TiO2 pigments and SiO2- viscosity modi-
fiers, Si(l) production via SiCl4(g) + Na(g),
etc.).
A3. Combustion for Power Generation and/or Propul-
sion (e.g., stationary boilers (oil, pulverized coal
jet and fluidized bed combustion (FBC)), mobile
power plants (piston, gas turbine (GT) and
rocket engines)).
A4. Combustion as a Separation Technique (e.g.,
uranium recovery (HTGR fuel elements) from

Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


FALL 1980









encapsulated pyrolytic carbon, "ashing," etc.).
A5. Combustion Hazard Evaluation/Loss Prevention
(e.g., chemical process explosion hazards, trans-
portation/storage precautions for chemicals/fuels
(LNG, chemical tankcars, lab refrigerators),
product flammability (synthetic fabrics), fires in
buildings).
A6. Combustion for Pollution Control (e.g., homo-
geneous and heterogeneous (catalytic) incinera-
tion of trace solvent vapors, toxic or carcinogenic
compounds)).
A7. Combustion for Radiation (Photon) Production
(e.g., luminous (soot-laden) combustion products,
chemical flash tubes, flares (pyrotechnics), and
high power chemical lasers).

Of course, each of these applications was not
the subject of a separate lecture. Rather, the lec-
tures were organized about fundamental types of
combustion, and their distinguishing character-
istics (exploited in the areas given above). Thus,
the course was advertised as including:
"A coherent series of lectures on the role of chemical
and physical phenomena in the combustion of vapors,
liquids and solids. Ignition, propagation and extinction
in engineering and natural environments will be
quantitatively treated."
2.2 Lectures
As developed in the Fall of 1978 the Yale
course consisted, in part, of the following 18 lec-
tures, each prepared by a faculty or staff member
with highly relevant research and/or industrial
experience:


Daniel E. Rosner is Professor of Chemical Engineering and Applied
Science, Yale University, Director of the Yale High Temperature
Chemical Reaction Engineering (HTCRE) Laboratory, and an engineer-
ing consultant to EXXON, General Electric and AeroChem Corpora-
tions. His research interests include convective energy and mass
transport, interfacial chemical reactions, phase transformations, aerosol
phenomena and combustion, subjects on which he has published over
100 papers. He joined the Yale University engineering faculty after
11 years of industrial research experience, having completed his
undergraduate and Ph.D. engineering degrees at City College of
New York and Princeton University, respectively.


If the ChE's "charge" and forte is to
cleverly control and exploit chemical change
... in the service of humans, then surely combustion
should be closer to the center of the attention
of ChEs than it is at present.



L1 Introduction: Scope and ChE Importance
L2 Conservation and Transport Laws ("Combustion
Gas Dynamics")
L3 Kinetics of Combustion and Pollutant Reactions
L4 Combustion Temperatures and Compositions:
Measurement Techniques and Calculations
L5 Laminar Premixed Flames
L6 Laminar Diffusion Flames
L7 Detonations
L8 Ignition/Extinction of Premixed and Diffusion
Flames; Explosion and Flammability Limits
L9 Droplet Combustion: Bi-propellant and Monopro-
pellant
L10 Spray Combustion
Lll Heterogeneous Combustion: A. Surface Combustion
of Coal (Single Particles, Fluidized Beds)
L12 Heterogeneous Combustion: B. Solid Propellants,
Ablation with Chemical Reaction (Erosive Burn-
ing, etc.)
L13 Surface-Catalyzed Combustion
L14 Combustor Configurations and their Instabilities
L15 Flame Spread: Fires
L16 Chemical Reactions in Turbulent Flows
L17 Chemical Lasers
L18 Heat and Mass Transfer from Flames

Each lecturer distributed (usually 1 week in ad-
vance) a reference/reading list and detailed out-
line [1], as well as one or more instructive quanti-
tative exercises to illustrate the implications of
the principles stressed in the lecture to some of
the application-areas given above. These home-
work sets were corrected, graded and returned to
each student along with helpful comments and
queries.

2.3 Report

To help tie together the principles of this CST
Course, students were asked to select one of the
topics listed below on which to report, in writing,
at the completion of the course. In this way the
principles transmitted during the lectures were
brought to bear on a specific topic important to
each individual student. Where applicable, and
as quantitatively as possible, each topic was con-
sidered from the points of view of:
* balance of empiricism ("art") and rational theory
("science") in the design of equipment
* role of the underlying sciences of thermodynamics,


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









chemical kinetics and fluid (gas) dynamics
* efficiency of fuel utilization
* alternate fuel types (availability, costs)
* pollutant formation and control.

Our initial list of topics included:


Internal Combustion
(Piston) Engines
Gas Turbine (Continuous
Combustion)
Solid Propellant Rocket
Liquid Propellant Rocket
Ramjet
Pulverized Fuel Furnace
Oil-fired Furnace
Gas-fired Furnace
Surface-catalyzed
Combustion
Fluidized Bed
Combustion
Incineration
Forest Fire (Prevention/
Control)
Intrabuilding Fire Spread
Interbuilding Fire Spread
Non-flammable Materials,
Fire Suppression


Fire, Explosion Hazards:
Mines
Fire, Explosion Hazards:
Industrial Operations
Fire, Explosion Hazards:
Fuel Transport, Storage
Fuel Extraction: Under-
Ground Coal Gasification
Light Sources (Flares,
Flash Lamps)
Guns, Artillery
Cutting and Welding
Chemical Reactor
Applications
Controlled Explosions
(Excavation, Size Reduc-
tion, etc.)
Singular Perturbation
Techniques in Combustion
Theory
Similitude and Scale-up
Principles in CST


Bibliographies for all of these reports were pooled,
copied and distributed to each student for possible
future use.

2.4 Exam
Apart from each student's performance on the
abovementioned report and homework sets, his/
her grade was determined in part by a short (30
min.) in-class mid-term exam. Part 1 of this exam
asked for a brief definition of important CST
terms such as:


equivalence ratio
explosion peninsula
quenching diameter
detonation wave
flash-back
blow-off
(etc.)


emission index
branching reaction
combustion efficiency
flame thickness
droplet "slip"
pyrophoricity


Part 2 gave a number of important formulae (e.g.,
relation for the time dependence of a fuel droplet's
area during combustion (see Section 3.2), steady
state combustion catalyst surface temperature,
Chapman-Jouget detonation speed, etc.) and
asked the student to a) identify the equation,
and b) enumerate two essential underlying as-
sumptions. While alternate exam-types were
considered, this provided an ample supplement to
our other indicators of student comprehension,
without excessive time demands.


2.5 Textbooks

Because of the orientation and scope of this
course no single available textbook proved suit-
able. Rather, a bibliography was distributed [1]
and the corresponding set of books and reports
was made available on the reserve shelf of our
engineering library.

3. ChE VIEWPOINT AND IMPORTANT COMBUSTION
PROBLEMS

A list of early combustion researchers reads
like a Who's-Who of pure and applied chemistry,
including A, Lavoisier, H. Davy, M. Faraday,*
M. Berthelot, H. L. LeChatlier, R. Bunsen, J. H.
Van't Hoff, O. Boudouard and, in the early 1900's,
F. Haber, K. F. Bonhoeffer, W. Nernst, W. Nusselt,
A. Eucken, E. Schmidt, N. Semenoff, H. S. Taylor


Recent flame structure and speed
calculations have been remarkably successful
and are, in fact, equivalent to short plug flow
reactor calculations with "axial" (in this
case molecular) dispersion.


and G. Damkohler. That a wealth of challenging,
important problems remain (and multiplies
daily!) in the face of this early attack by some
of the giants of chemistry/ChE, is ample testi-
mony to the richness and subtleties of this field,
as well as a) the existence of time-dependent
technological constraints, and b) the availability
of new and more powerful experimental and com-
putational techniques.

3.1 Flame Propagation and Stabilization in
Premixed Gases

One of the most fundamental problems in com-
bustion concerns the rate of propagation of a com-
bustion zone ("deflagration wave") across a non-
turbulent, premixed (fuel + oxidizer + "inert")
gas. While in many practical applications such a

*It is interesting to note [2] that in 1816 the young M.
Faraday cited as evidence of French chemists' "prejudice"
the fact that they refused to call the rapid exoergic re-
action of sulfur with iron by the name of combustion be-
cause it involved no oxygen! Indeed, today "combustion"
embraces all fuels and oxidizers (chemical type and physi-
cal state), as well as exoergic decompositions of oxygen-
free compounds (e.g., monopropellants such as hydrazine).
Thus, the subject of combustion (or CST) differs from
chemical reaction engineering often only in "purpose"
(see Section 1).


FALL 1980








2000

T(K)


1000


c. -- ----- 0 S 0
0 2 2 2 0
S( Ato bo w o 6MrbO f
FIGURE 1. Comparison of predicted and experimental
(Peeters and Mohnen (1973) structure of a
premixed laminar flame (deflagration
wave): methane vapor burning in air [5].

flame is thin enough to be treated as a gas-dynamic
discontinuity [3] relative to the scale of the com-
bustor, experiments (Fig. 1) reveal that it is thick
enough (measured in mean-free-paths) to be ade-
quately described using reactive continuum con-
cepts, albeit in one dimension (normal to flame).
Indeed, early theoretical models revealed that the
laminar flame speed S, and wave structure are
interrelated in the sense that a flame structure
satisfying appropriate upstream and downstream
boundary conditions can only be found for one
value (an "eigen-value") of the dimensionless
flame speed [4]. Recent flame structure and speed
calculations [5] have been remarkably successful
(cf. experiment and theory compared in Figs. 1,
2) and are, in fact, equivalent to short plug flow
reactor (PFR) calculations with "axial" (in this
case molecular) dispersion.
In steady-flow ducted devices (e.g., GT after-
burners) it is possible to "anchor" such flames at

EExPrtmeonal_ .
S(s Andrews O. Bradl.)




tit 1 I \\ 's
0 V
1 293K K
VOL %CHI -
06 06 1.0 1.2 1 16
EQUIVALENCE RATIO -
FIGURE 2. Comparison of predicted [5] and experi-
mental (see Andrews, Bradley, et al. (1972))
methane-air laminar flame speeds at
various fuel/air equivalence ratios, 0 (4)
> 1 corresponds to fuel-rich combustion).


mean-gas-velocities far greater than S. using so-
called bluff-body "flame-holders." It has been
demonstrated [6] that the stabilization mechanism
and stability limits ("blow-off") can be understood
by considering the recirculating wake region of
each stabilizer as a continuous stirred tank reactor
(CSTR) (see also Section 3.3).

3.2 "Heterogeneous" Combustion: Individual Fuel
Droplet and Droplet Sprays

Many useful fuels are not only conveniently
stored as liquids, but they can be effectively burned
(without complete "pre-vaporization") by spray-
ing them directly into the combustion space (e.g.,
oil fired furnaces, diesel engine cylinders). To
estimate the lifetime of a typical fuel droplet,
early theoretical models visualized each droplet
surrounded by an "envelope" flame sheet (Fig. 3)


I



PT.NlUcI '%
Y31 ~ -- v -


/ /..- namC ro*r
",rI "I

.." /^ Oxidlzer
Svapor


FIGURE 3. Envelope flame (two-"film") model of in-
dividual fuel droplet combustion at sub-
critical chamber pressures in the absence
of appreciable forced or natural convection
relative to the droplet [7].

acting both as a heat source (to sustain droplet
vaporization) and as a (fuel + oxidizer vapor)
sink [7]. ChEs will recognize this as a non-iso-
thermal "two-film" model; indeed, the localized
diffusion-controlled chemical reaction enhances the
quasi-steady (QS) rate of diffusional mass trans-
port, leading to droplet lifetimes considerably
shorter than a "nonignited" droplet evaporating
into the same ambient medium.
ChEs are in an excellent position to deal with
the behavior of oxidizers and/or fuels under ex-
treme conditions, such as pressures comparable to
Continued on page 209.


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








You know about

Atlantic Richfield Company.


Now start reading

between the lines.

ARCO Oil and Gas Company 0
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany
ARCO Petroleum Products Company 4)
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany
ANACONDA Industries 4
Division of The ANACONDA Company
ARCO Transportation Company 0F
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany
ARCO Chemical Company O,
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany

ANACONDA Copper Company 4
Division of The ANACONDA Company
ARCO International Oil and Gas Company 0
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany
ARCO Coal Company 40
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany

ARCO Ventures Company 0
Division of AtlanticRichfieldCompany

With all the companies you should be talking to, why not
meet nine with one interview? For more information regarding
career opportunities with us, see your Placement Office.

AtlanticRichfieldCompany "N

Atlantic Richfield is a practicing equal opportunity employer,










Class and home problemsI

The object of this column is to enhance our readers' collection of interesting and novel problems in
Chemical Engineering. Problems of the type that can be used to motivate the student by presenting a
particular principle in class or in a new light or that can be assigned as a novel home problem are re-
quested as well as those that are more traditional in nature that elucidate difficult concepts. Please sub-
mit them to Professor H. Scott Fogler, ChE Department, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109.




SOLUTION: PRAIRIE DOG PROBLEM


Editor's Note: Professor Kabel presented the
"Prairie Dog Problem" to our readers in the
Spring 1980 (Volume XIV, No. 2) issue of Chemi-
cal Engineering Education. The following is his
solution to that problem. It is followed by Pro-
fessor Kabel's new, but similar, "Prairie Dog
Appendix" problem statement, for which we
invite student solutions.


R. L. KABEL
Pennsylvania State University
University Park, PA 16802

The key point is the Bernoulli effect* and the
solution given here pertains to that effect. Of
course, students often pursue other mechanisms
which lead to good class discussions.
Take the total path length
2 + 15 + 3 = 20m
Assume path cross-sectional area is uniform
1 x 10-2 m2
Assume laminar flow in burrow and use the
Hagen-Poiseuille equation to obtain the flow result-
ing for a given pressure drop.
Use the Bernoulli equation to relate pressure
drop to velocity difference. Bird, Stewart, & Light-
foot (p. 212-213) gives Eq. 7.3-2 as Bernoulli equa-
tion with friction included. (This equation is also
given as Eq. 2.5-5, p. 30, of Himmelblau and Bis-
choff.)

*See Vogel, S., and W. L. Bretz, Science 175, 210-211
(1972), the original reference on this and other similar
situations, or Chem. & Eng. News, May 1, 1972, where I
first came across the idea.


1
2 <->


P2

+ A+ P dp + W + Ev = 0
pi


A A
Neglecting work W, friction Ev, and potential

energy change A (A, we get


1
2


P2
1
f dp =0


For flat velocity profiles / -
2. Note air flow is characteristically turbu-
lent in open spaces, but the velocity is not really
uniform in the region of interest.
Also, for ordinary velocities and pressure, air
is incompressible (i.e. p = constant). Hence,
[A1/2 + (p2-p)/p = 0
[< 2>2 2/2 + (p pI)/p = 0
Take a very light wind of 0.2 m/sec (= 0.45
mile/hr) at the high port and one-half that at the
low port (0.1 m/sec). This selection of condi-
tions is somewhat arbitrary but the magnitude
is low enough that such winds can be expected
at least on a day-night basis. The factor of 2 is
supported by Bird, et. al., p. 136-7, in an example
on ideal flow around a cylinder v2 = 4 v,2 sin2 0.
If the prairie dog mound were a cylinder, the
top would be at 0 = ir/2, hence sin 0 = 1 and v =
2 v.. Thus the velocity at the top is twice the ap-
proach velocity in this case.
Density of air = 1.2928 g.l-1 = 1.2928 kg.m-3
at 0C, 1 atm or 273.20K, 1(10S) N.m-2
Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









-(P2-pt) = P(<>2 2- 2)
2
0;.22 0.12
= 1.2928 kg-m-3 m'2s-2
2
= 0.0194 kg.m-l.s-2
1 newton = 1 kg (1)m*s-2 or 1 kg*s-2 = N-m-1
-(P2 p) = 0.0194 N*m-2 p P2
= 2.8(10-6) psi = 1.45(10-4) mm Hg
As a matter of interest one student calculated
static pressure difference between points 1 and 2
to be 0.0267 N.m-2.
The Hagen-Poiseuille equation (Eq. 2.3-19,
Bird, Stewart, & Lightfoot) gives the air flow
rate as

Q 7r (P- PL) R4
8uL
where
Po PL = Pi P2
L = 20m
rR2 = 1(10-2)m2, R = 0.0564 m (= 2.22 in)
air(00C, latmi) = 0.01716 cp = (1.716)
(10-5) kg*m-.s-1 = (1.716) (10-5) N*s*m-2
Q 7 r(p p2)R4 7r(0.0194) (0.05644)
81AL 8(1.716) (10-5) (20)
= (2.246) (10-4) m3*s-1


Volume of tunnel = (20)m(1) (10-2)m2 = 0.2m3
0.2 m9
Air turnover = 0. m = 890 s
(2.246) (10-4) m3*s-1
= 14.8 min = 0.247 hr
This answer does not check with the paper
exactly since the paper specified turnover every
10 minutes. The difference could be in physical
properties but the agreement is close enough and
the main point is clear.

NR, = D p/ip

10- m s m
2 (0.0564)m [ 2.2 M2

1.716 (10-5) kg.m-1.s-
= 191, so laminar flow does exist in the
as assumed.
As a matter of interest the velocity in the
tunnel is
2.246 (10-4) m'.s-1
in channel = 10-2 2
10-2 m2
= 2.246 (10-2) m.s-1 = 0.05 miles-hr-1
about a factor of 10 slower than outside velocity.
It is clear that by building his mound and
burrow properly, the prairie dog will have enough
air to breathe even when hibernating. O


A PRAIRIE DOG APPENDIX

Our student readers, both graduate and undergraduate, are encouraged to submit their solution to the
following problem to Prof. Robert L. Kabel, ChE Dept., Pennsylvania State University, University Park,
PA 16802, before Dec. 31, 1980 (please designate your student status on your entry). A complimentary
subscription to CEE will be awarded in each category, to begin immediately or, if preferred, after gradua-
tion, for the first correct solution submitted. (Penn State students are not eligible.) We will publish Prof.
Kabel's solution in a subsequent issue.


The following numerical example illustrates
the effects discussed in the Prairie Dog Problem.
An open vertical tube, 2 m long and 0.01 m
in diameter, is to be used as a wind gauge. In
a particular experiment the base of the tube
was located 0.5 m above ground and an aver-
age vertical velocity through the tube was ob-
served to be 1 ms-1. Find the horizontal
velocity of the wind at 3 m above the ground.
A numerical answer is required.
Other pieces of information which may be
helpful are the air density, p = 1.2 kg m-3, and
viscosity, t = 1.8(10-5kg m-1 s-). Also there


is a well-known correlation for the horizontal
wind velocity, U, as a function of height above
the earth's surface, z.
U(z) 1 z
U. k Zo
In this correlation, k is the von Karmin
constant and is usually taken equal to 0.4.
The roughness height, zo, for this particular
location is 0.04 m. The friction velocity, U., is
a constant related to the shear stress at the
surface which in turn depends on the wind
speed.


FALL 1980










4 Pw 4am in4


MIT SCHOOL of CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE*

A Continuing Catalyst in Engineering Effectiveness


SELIM M. SENKAN
J. EDWARD VIVIAN
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Cambridge, MA 02139

C CHEMICAL ENGINEER'S ASSIGNMENTS are today
more diverse and complex than ever before and
result in even more unanticipated problems. We
live in a highly complicated and controversial
world, and chemical engineers face considerable
uncertainty with respect to energy, environment,
health, food, and raw materials supply. The
problems are diverse, complex, and multifaceted
challenges in an environment complicated by
changing energy costs, material shortages, en-
vironmental regulations, social awareness, and
domestic and international politics.
To meet these challenges, a strong back-
ground in chemical engineering fundamentals is
not enough. Chemical engineers are expected to
function as a team with other professionals,
making goal-oriented and timetable-conscious ap-
proaches to identifying and solving current and
future problems. They are expected to be creative,
productive, and effective in applying their
knowledge to the solution of these problems and
to be alert to the needs of sophisticated industrial
operations and the dynamic society in which they
live. They are expected to have excellent oral and
written communication skills, to help influence
action and motivate individuals, and to dissemin-
ate the results of their findings.
Last but not least, they are expected to respond
to needs of their communities and to be proficient
in human relations.
Though they could hardly have foreseen the
complexities of today, some of these ideas clearly

*Portions of this article are reprinted from Technology
Review, Vol. 81, No. 5 (Copyright 1979) by special per-
mission of the Alumni Association of the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.

C Copyright ChE Division, ASEE, 1980


were in the minds of Arthur D. Little, '85, and
William H. Walker when they established the
School of Chemical Engineering Practice in 1916.
It integrated classroom experience and practical
work by providing students with an intensive, in-
dustrial- and research-oriented internship away
from the campus, under the direct supervision of
M.I.T. faculty members [4].
Since then, the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology School of Chemical Engineering
Practice has been a major feature of the gradu-
ate program in chemical engineering education at
MIT.
Presently, MIT operates Practice School
Stations at two locations: one at Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, a dynamic research and de-


J. Edward Vivian obtained his BS degree from McGill University,
and his MS and ScD (1945) from the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology. He has been very active in the School of Chemical Engineering
Practice, served as director of a number of stations, as well as the
overall program. His research activities are in the areas of gas-liquid
reactions, and separation processes. He is Professor of Chemical
Engineering. (L)
Selim M. Senkan received his BS degree from METU Ankara, Turkey
and his MS and ScD (1977) from the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. After completing a two year stint as director of the
School of Chemical Engineering Practice at Oak Ridge, Tennessee he
returned to Cambridge. His current research activities are in the
areas of chemical reaction engineering and hazardous chemical waste
management. He is presently an Assistant Professor of Chemical
Engineering. (R)


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION










Presently, MIT operates Practice School Stations at two locations: one at Oak
Ridge National Laboratory and the other at General Electric Company's modern plastics
and silicone production facilities at Albany, New York.


velopment organization operated by the Nuclear
Division of the Union Carbide Corporation at Oak
Ridge, Tennessee, under contract to the Depart-
ment of Energy, and the other at General Electric
Company's modern plastics and silicone production
facilities at Albany, New York. The widely differ-
ent operations of these plants provide a good basis
for problem solving and the opportunity for ex-
posure to a large variety of technical activities in
which the engineering students will find them-
selves engaged during later stages of their careers.
In response to the evolution of the chemical
engineering profession, Practice School stations
have been located at 18 different plants over the
program's 60-year history. Continuous evalua-
tion of the program by graduates, faculty, and in-
dustry (industry is a strong proponent of the pro-
gram) has kept it as an elite program of engineer-
ing education at MIT. This dynamic and
continuously renewing character of the program is
particularly important to the expanding engineer-
ing profession today [1].
In evaluating the first year of operation of
MIT's School of Chemical Engineering Practice,
W. H. Walker wrote in 1917 [3]:

"It is a truism to say that it is easier to acquire a
knowledge of science than it is to apply intelligently
and successfully this knowledge to the solution of
technical problems."

He also noted that the most far-reaching benefit
accruing to experience in the School of Chemical
Engineering Practice is that it develops within the
student the convictions:
* "That he must acquire a sounder knowledge of existing
science.
* That he must aid in creating or enlarging the field of
science.
* That he must continue to apply science to industry for
the ultimate good of mankind."

In commenting on the value of the Practice School,
W. K. Lewis wrote in 1951 [2]:

"Three things are essential for the young technical
man in industry. First he must recognize the rele-
vance of the theory which he has learned in class
and laboratory to the solution of practical problems,
and he must master the methods of using theory in
handling such problems. Second he must appreciate


the complexity of the economic factors that play
such a predominant part in the problems of in-
dustry. Finally, he must understand the character,
complexity, and importance of human relationships
involved in industry and know how to handle them."

Clearly these comments, which, incidentally, are
very similar to the ones made almost 30 years
earlier by Walker, are more to the point today than
ever before.

GOALS

The aim of Practice School is to accelerate the
development of highly competent engineers by
broadening their experience, not only in technical
aspects of the profession but also in communica-
tion and human relations (which are frequently
decisive in the success of an engineering enter-
prise). It is an intensive and guided program in
which qualities such as leadership, organization
and planning, team-work, and communication
skills are developed. These are crucial attributes
which a competent engineer should possess, yet
which are difficult to acquire in the classroom.
To reach these goals, the Program stresses four
main issues (see Figure 1) ;


TO DEVELOP SELF-RENEWING,
GOAL-ORIENTED, TIMETABLE-
CONSCIOUS, CHEMICAL ENGIN-
EERS TO HANDLE COMPLEX
SOCIO-ECONOMIC, TECHNICAL
PROBLEMS.


TO DEVELOP AN
ABILITY TO APPLY
ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES TO A
' IDE RANGE OF
PROBLEMS.


TO BE MADE AIARE
THAT EDUCATION
MUST PROCEED WITH
RENEWED VIGOR
BEYOND THE CLASS-
ROOM.


FIGURE 1. Intent Diagram for the Practice School.

1. Development of an ability to apply engi-
neering principles to a wide range of problems.
Students at the graduate level already have
command of most of the fundamentals. However,
the application of these basic principles to the
solution of today's problems is perhaps more
difficult than ever before. In addition, chemical
engineers frequently contribute to a wide variety
of disciplines which were once thought outside
their purview. By design, Practice School permits
the students to face many kinds of unique in-
dustrial- and research-related problems in a


FALL 1980








variety of disciplines. The nature of the projects
ranges from fusion-energy research, coal gasifica-
tion and liquefaction, and nuclear medicine, to
technical and economic feasibility analysis, design,
operation and optimization of chemical processes,
to name a few. Every new problem (new problems
are assigned every four weeks) is presented as a
challenge to the ability of the students. By stimu-
lating students to meet these challenges, the
Practice School catalyzes creativity and fosters
the sense of achievement that accompanies the
successful completion of any problem.

The opportunity to help solve some
problems of concern to plant personnel or to
contribute to the understanding of a phenomenon at
the forefront of a research program motivates
the student to accomplish a great deal of
work in a surprisingly short time.

2. Development of the awareness that educa-
tion must proceed with renewed vigor beyond
classroom teaching. Since chemical engineers are
facing problems which are increasingly inter-
disciplinary and of ever-increasing complexity, it
is important to create an atmosphere in which in-
dividuals are motivated to become familiar with
other disciplines, concepts, and ideas. The large
variety of projects offered at Practice School
brings about the realization of this need and
provides students with relevant experience in
handling new situations with caution and confi-
dence.
3. Development of a proficiency in human
relations. To emphasize the co-operative nature of
engineering tasks, Practice School projects are
always assigned to student groups of two to four.
This results in improved thinking and decision
making by group members, and usually a small
group decision is superior to that of an individual
working alone. Small-group communication is also
conducive to changing group members' attitudes.
Groups and designated group leaders change with
each project, giving each student a chance to be-
come a group leader and an opportunity to work
with others. Emphasis is placed on developing
effective leadership and organization skills in
handling complex engineering assignments.
4. Development of a proficiency in effective
oral and written communication skills. Results of
a technical investigation have little utility unless
they can be understood and used by others. A
technical achievement can be outstanding, but


unless the results are communicated effectively and
persuasively, the value of the achievement is less
likely to be appreciated. Practice School provides
the students with excellent experience in develop-
ing these skills.
Students get realistic experience in oral report-
ing during the projects. On a weekly basis, one
member of each group gives an oral presentation
outlining the progress and future plans of the
group. These sessions are attended by all par-
ticipating students, plant personnel, and Practice
School staff. In addition to the talks on problem
assignments, scheduled oral seminars are held
throughout the term on assigned and optional
subjects. Frequently, students are also asked to
present their work at symposia organized by pro-
fessional societies such as The American Chemical
Society, The American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, and The American Nuclear Society.
Technical report writing is also an essential
attribute of a competent engineer, although often
not sufficiently emphasized at school, and Practice
School provides excellent experience. An assign-
ment is not considered complete until an acceptable
written account of the work has been prepared.
The program emphasizes the need for a precise
and concise report of the effort in which straight-
forward development of the logic of approach,
perspective in relating the importance of the
results, and critical and candid evaluation of the
strengths and weaknesses of the technical argu-
ments are documented. These are important
factors in establishing the credibility of the ac-
complishments as well as the credibility of the
engineers who did the work.

STATION OPERATION

G OALS OF THE PRACTICE SCHOOL are attained
in an unusual way. Each Practice School
station is directed by two resident chemical engi-
neering department staff members. The student-
to-faculty ratio is kept around six so that students
may receive a high degree of individual instruc-
tion and evaluation, and also so that their potential
ability may be recognized and developed at the
Practice School.
The operation of the Practice School is quite
similar to a small consulting company. The MIT
staff works closely with the technical staff of the
host company in identifying and arranging the
problems, with student groups serving as plant-
wide task forces on the projects. At the beginning


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








of each term the technical staff of the host-
company is invited to submit problem suggestions
to the Practice School. After problem suggestions
are received, the station staff reviews them and
contacts the individuals with whom suitable proj-
ects appear possible. The most important criteria
used in problem selection are: first, problems must
be of educational value to the student group;
second, the solution can be expected to require in-
depth application of a broad variety of technical
skills, original thought, initiative, and judgment
on the part of the student group; and third, solu-
tions of the problem will result in a worthy contri-
bution to the host-plant operation and/or to the
understanding of a phenomenon in the profession.
The technical staff of the company who suggested
the problem is then asked to make itself available
as consultants.
The opportunity to help solve some problems
of concern to plant personnel or to contribute to
the understanding of a phenomenon at the fore-
front of a research program motivates the student
to accomplish a great deal of work in a sur-
prisingly short time. This attitude provides the
key to Practice School operations and results in
the production of widely recognized high-quality
work. Since the time available for solving the
problems is short, the group finds itself under
considerable pressure to accomplish its goals. Al-
though the student group bears prime responsi-
bility for solving the problem, the members are
encouraged to draw on advice of the Practice
School staff, project consultants, and other in-
dividuals both on plant-site and at MIT, all of
whom are considered part of a team whose job it
is to solve the problem (see Fig. 2). The group
leader organizes the effort and keeps all the
interested individuals informed on group progress.
Nevertheless, the successful completion of the
project hinges on the cooperative effort of the
entire group in planning and executing the task.
As the first step in solving the problem, the
group members collect pertinent information and
become acquainted with the current theory, opera-
tions, and equipment. Then they define the exact
nature of the problem, generate as many alter-
native approaches as possible, and determine the
alternatives with the minimum set of objectives
to reach their goal. They defend their approach in
the formal preliminary conference before the
Practice School staff, consultants, plant personnel,
and, on many occasions, visiting members of the
MIT chemical engineering department faculty.


FIGURE 2. Problem Solving at MIT School of Chemical
Engineering Practice.

Undoubtedly, the preliminary conference is the
most important of a series of interactions aimed
at sharpening and perfecting the approach to solu-
tion of the problem and requires the participation
of everyone involved.
Following the preliminary conference and pro-
gram approval, the main body of the project work
begins, during which continuous re-evaluation of
objectives, methods of approach, results, and
schedule are also undertaken. Since the atmosphere
is informal, everyone participates in extensive
discussions pertinent to the successful completion
of the group's objectives. When there are dis-
agreements (and disagreements are very common)
they are not suppressed; the group seeks to resolve
them rather than to dominate the dissenter.
Formal progress reports are also made every
week, with participation similar to that of the
preliminary conference. Progress reports are de-
signed to serve three important purposes: (1) to
inform the participants about the progress of the
project, provide intermediate results, and discuss
new changes, (2) to provide a basis for ex-
changing ideas to solve problems encountered, and
(3) to provide an opportunity for the students to
improve their oral presentation skills. Students
are encouraged to use the conference room as
ground on which they can extract information
from the audience as well as provide it. An im-
portant part of these meetings is the question-and-
answer period which follows, for it tests the
speaker's understanding of the subject and his
ability to handle audiences and reply to a range
of questions promptly and directly. These talks


FALL 1980









are also constructively criticized by the staff and
students for the benefit of the speaker.
The assignment is not considered complete
until all results have been analyzed, the con-
clusions and recommendations have been properly
presented in a written report, and a final oral
presentation has been made. Each report is evalu-
ated for its accuracy, technical content, imparti-
ality, organization, literary style, coherence, and
conciseness. When necessary, the report is re-
turned to the group for revision and this pro-
cedure is repeated until a satisfactory report is
produced. Student performance is then evaluated
by the staff, with contributions from fellow
students and consultants. The ability to work with
people, leadership, and other such qualities are
considered in addition to technical competence.
Other activities during the semester include
field trips to nearby industrial plants and research
centers, attendance at seminars and symposia, and
participation in periodic staff conferences in which
students rate each other, and where consultants
and staff rate the students. The students thus have
the opportunity to see themselves as others do.
The staff member who handles the conference
discusses the student's abilities and liabilities from
a friendly point of view. Most students respond
well and react quickly to such a conference because
in most cases it is the first time that such a candid
evaluation has been presented.

DESCRIPTION OF FIELD STATIONS

FACILITIES AT EACH STATION include a library,
student offices, conference rooms, and computer
facilities. Additional help is provided by a full-
time secretary maintained at each station. The
two Practice School stations will be briefly de-
scribed below, together with the nature of projects
undertaken by MIT students.

Albany Station
The Albany Station is operated by General
Electric Company's Noryl Products facility at Sel-
kirk, New York, and the Silicone Products Plant
at Waterford, New York. At this station students
obtain an intensive exposure to a chemicals manu-
facturing environment. Technical emphasis is
placed on economic analysis, design, process de-
velopment and improvement, and the relationship
of product properties to production operation.
Strong emphasis is placed on having the students
work in at least one of the production areas.


Both batch and continuous processes are used
in producing chemicals, and students are involved
with virtually all kinds of large-scale chemical
engineering unit operations. This gives them an
opportunity to evaluate and compare the merits
of each operation.
Some past projects at the Albany Station have
been:
* Wastewater clarification
* Physical-mechanical model of intermediates reactor
* Design of remote sampling system for resin reactors
and statistical analysis of resin properties
* The effect of processing variables on theological
properties
* Determination of economic feasibility of rubber
reclamation
* Dryer vent system analysis and modification
* Detailed design of extractive dehydration pilot plant
unit
* Computer modelled optimization of plastics manufactur-
ing operations
* On-line solids analysis for silicone emulsions
* Improvement of crystalline product yield from process
mother liquors

Oak Ridge Station
The field station at Oak Ridge National Labora-
tory (ORNL) is located in one of the largest
energy research and development institutions in
the nation and also one of the most diverse in the
range of scientific and technological disciplines
represented. ORNL is operated by the Union
Carbide Corporation, Nuclear Division under
contract with the U.S. Department of Energy.
Laboratory specialties, once limited to nuclear
energy development, now extend into other
disciplines of physical and life sciences, mathe-
matics and engineering, as well as economics and
social sciences. The laboratory operates in a way
that provides the flexibility necessary to attack
large problems that require broadly-based efforts
on the part of multi-disciplinary teams, and the
MIT Practice School has been involved with
virtually all of the unclassified programs.
Some past projects at Oak Ridge station have
been:
* Mass transfer in three phase fluidized beds
* Freezing of living cells and tissues
* Surface properties and reactions of coal
* Dispersion of miscible fluids in porous media
* Design of a IsF production system for ORNL cyclotron
facility (nuclear medicine)
* Radiation cooling in liquid metal fast breeder reactor
(LMFBR) cores
* Super cooling of water in annual cycle energy system
(ACES) heat exchangers


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


204








* Hydrodynamics of a recirculating fluidized bed
* UF, formation from the surface reactions of uranium
and fluorine
* Auxiliary power recovery from coal gasification
processes
The projects at Oak Ridge are oriented toward
laboratory-type research and development work,
complementing the industrial nature of the
problems at the Albany Station.

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

EACH TERM, A SELECT number of graduate
students (presently the enrollment is limited
to 24) are admitted to the School. Since the pro-
gram is highly demanding, self-motivation, in-
dustriousness, and other such qualities are also
sought in addition to exceptional academic achieve-
ments. The requirements for the Master of Science
in Chemical Engineering Practice (Course X-A)
are the same as those for the Master of Science in
Chemical Engineering, except that 24 units of
Practice School experience is accepted in lieu of
the Master's thesis.
Bachelor of Science graduates of the depart-
ment ordinarily meet the requirements of the pro-
gram in two terms. Beginning in September
following their graduation, students spend the
semester at the Practice School; half at Albany,
New York, and the other half at Oak Ridge,
Tennessee. Then they return to the Institute to
complete the program during the Spring term.
A similar program also begins in February and
extends to the end of May.
For the students who have graduated in chemi-
cal engineering from other schools, the usual pro-
gram of study involves one or two terms at the
Institute followed by the field station work in the
Practice School. Students with chemistry majors
usually require an additional term at the Institute.
Although there are no specific course require-

TABLE I
Suggested Prerequisite Courses.


FALL
ChE Thermodynamics
Advanced Heat Transfer
Industrial Chemistry
Catalysis and Catalytic
Processes
Analytical Treatment of
ChE Processes
Structure and Properties
of Polymers


SPRING
Same
Heat and Mass Transfer
Same
Chemical Reaction
Engineering
Advanced Calculus for
Engineers
Physical Chemistry of
Polymers


ments for the Practice School program (beyond
the usual S.M. degree course requirements) the
courses listed in Table 1 have been found to be
particularly beneficial according to the students
who participated in the program. E

REFERENCES
1. King, C. J., and A. S. West, "The Expanding Domain
of Chemical Engineering," Chem. Eng. Progr., 72, 35
(1976).
2. Lewis, W. K., "Practice Training in Universities,"
Chem. Eng. News, 29, 1397 (1951).
3. Walker, W. H., "The School of Chemical Engineering
Practice. A Year's Experience," Ind. Eng. Chem., 9,
1087 (1917).
4. Walker, W. H., "A Master's Course in Chemical Engi-
neering," Ind. Eng. Chem., 8, 746 (1916).


l3j book reviews

APPLIED CHEMICAL PROCESS DESIGN
By Frank Aerstin and Gary Street
Plenum Press, 1978, 294 pages.
Reviewed by Frank J. Lockhart
University of Southern California, L.A.

This is not a textbook. Developments, discus-
sions and derivations have been eliminated, leav-
ing a concise presentation of methods and correla-
tions useful in process design, pilot plants or
production. Some of the methods are theoretical,
some are not; but they all are empirical in that
they can be used satisfactorily in the real world.
Explanations are scarce, which means the user
needs prior education in the basics of topics such
as fluid flow, heat transfer, and distillation. A
critical user will check the validity of various di-
mensional equations which probably have not
been seen before. For example, page 16 has a di-
mensional equation for Reynolds number in a
circular pipe. It is correct, but it looks most un-
usual as NRo = 6.31 W/jD.
Some useful topics are included which are
seldom found in conventional chemical engineer-
ing textbooks. For example: relief valves, rupture
discs, vapor-liquid separators, and details on air-
cooled heat exchangers. Continued, next page.
I s ~


OMNI and MINI adoptions
come with solution books


ADVERTISEMENT


FALL 1980








The authors are to be commended for giving
stepwise procedure, followed by "sample deter-
mination" (i.e. an example), and at the end of
each chapter its nomenclature, references to the
particular methods and some selected readings.
This book covers the topics the authors con-
sider important, and the published correlations
they prefer. Other engineers may select different
topics and correlations based upon their own ex-
periences. I consider they have covered the most
important topics and usually, acceptable correla-
tions. However, the graphical correlation on page
42, labeled the "optimum-minimum reflux rela-
tionship ..." and being around 1.2-1.5, must truly
be the "typical design-minimum reflux relation-
ship." The ratio of optimum to minimum reflux
ratio for about 25 years has been less than 1.15,
which is essentially off the graph. And this ratio
is decreasing more with increasing cost of energy.
Line 4, page 277 says, "A vapor-liquid separa-
tor is a drum where entrainment is generated," a
statement which I do not believe.
Where does this book fit? Possibly as an ap-
pendage to a chemical plant design course in a
university, but not as a textbook. Possibly as a
reference for an engineer who is away from the
office, but not as a typical office-reference book. O


SAdopt an OMNIBOOK and its solution
manual of 543 problems is yours

ADVERTISEMENT
STATISTICS FOR EXPERIMENTERS. AN IN-
TRODUCTION TO DESIGN, DATA ANALYSIS,
AND MODEL BUILDING
By George E. P. Box, William G. Hunter, and
Stuart Hunter
John Wiley and Sons, Inc. NY, 1978. xviii
+ 653 pp.
Reviewed by Robert J. Buehler
University of Minnesota
This book is aimed at persons who collect and
analyze data, including, in particular, engineers,
chemists, biologists and statisticians. It claims to
be "neither a cookbook nor a textbook on mathe-
matical statistics. It is an introduction to the
philosophy of experimentation and the part that
statistics plays in experimentation." The book is
intended for use as a text, but could also be used
for self-instruction. No knowledge of calculus is
assumed.


There are four parts: I. Comparing two treat-
ments; II. Comparing more than two treatments;
III. Measuring the effects of variables; IV. Build-
ing models and using them. To give an idea of
the coverage (but not the flavor) : Part I: Signifi-
cance tests; confidence intervals; normal, t, bi-
nomial and Poisson distributions; randomization;
replication; blocking. Part II: Analysis of vari-
ance; factorial designs; transformations; random-
ized blocks; incomplete blocks; Latin squares. Part
III: Factorial designs at two levels; normal prob-
ability plots; fractional factorials. Part IV: Re-
gression models; response surfaces; mechanistic
models; control charts; variance components;
modeling and forecasting with time series.
The flavor of this book is totally practical.
New topics are invariably introduced by example.
The authors draw on their very considerable real
world experience to emphasize the concepts and
techniques of greatest utility. Over and over they
stress the importance of finding appropriate
models and of checking the adequacy of any as-
sumed model (making "diagnostic checks"),
usually by inspection of residuals. Many common
pitfalls are pointed out: assuming independence
when serial correlation is present; mistaking as-
sociation for causation; confusing statistical sig-
nificance with practical significance; dangers of
"happenstance data;" dangers of letting the com-
puter replace the human brain where the brain is
superior. Limitations of rigid mathematical
theories such as "optimal design" are indicated
(p. 472). In keeping with the more casual "data
analytic" approach as opposed to a theoretical
mathematical approach, hypotheses are not re-
jected but "discredited," and reporting observed
significance levels or confidence intervals is
favored over a pure accept-reject procedure.
This is clearly an authoritative book. I found
it also to be tightly and clearly written, with very
good use of figures, suitable problems, and ade-
quate references for further study. The geometric
concept of orthogonality in the analysis of vari-
ance is an example of a topic well described at an
elementary level which is usually found only in
more advanced texts.
Not wishing to imply that the book is flawless,
let me say in closing that while the authors
correctly emphasize the fundamental contributions
of the incomparable R. A. Fisher, they need not
have followed his example in spelling Gosset
("Student") both correctly (p. 15) and incorrectly
(Gossett, p. 49). 0


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION





"Du Pont gives me

a chance to use all my


professional skills:'
J. Susan Morgan BS, Chemical Engineering

"I wanted variety and respon-
sibility, and at Du Pont I got it.
"While still at the U. of Kansas
I worked a summer at a Du Pont
plant in Delaware and, during my
senior year, two days a week at a
nearby Kansas plant.
"After graduation, I worked full
time for Du Pont in the Engineering
Department in Delaware in a Con-
sultants Section on heat and mass
transfer problems. I specified equip-
ment and process parameters for
new processes and plant expansions.
"From pure engineering I
moved to college recruiting. Based
in Wilmington, I travelled to college
campuses all over, interviewing
candidates and speaking to student
groups. I also organized programs
like the Summer Employment
Program I was in at college.
"Now I'm at a photographic
products plant in New Jersey on
process improvements for a relative-
ly new and exciting product. The
tremendous variety in my projects
requires daily interaction with people
throughout the plant. I use both my
engineering and people skills."
Whatever your specialty, you
have a big choice of careers at
Du Pont. Talk to our campus
representative. Or write: Du Pont
Company, Room 37755,
Wilmington, DE 19898.
At DuPont...there's a
world of things you can
do something about.



Are us ParTaM OF
An Equal Opportunity Employer, M/F









ra news
NOBLE RECEIVES AWARD
Recipients of special awards given at the
ASEE meeting in Amherst, MA, on June 25, 1980,
were listed in the Summer 1980 issue of CE.
That list of outstanding ChEs should have in-
cluded Richard D. Noble of the University of
Wyoming, who received the Outstanding Zone
Campus Activity Coordinator Award, Zone IV.

[0 I p book reviews
SCIENTISTS MUST WRITE
By Robert Barrass
Chapman and Hall, London, 1978
Reviewed by Michael E. Leesley
University of Texas at Austin
When asked to review this book I kept putting
it off thinking it would be just one more sermon
on the need for engineers and scientists to write
good English. By now there can hardly be an
engineer or scientist in industry or academia who
is not fully aware of the deplorable level of the
communication skills of graduating students.
Finally and reluctantly I picked it up. I was
amazed. Mr. Barrass has packed a huge amount
of common sense into this tiny text. Unequivoc-
ably it is the best condensation of written com-
munication know-how that I have ever seen.
Mr. Barrass must be a most astute observer of
both written and verbal communication. He picks
out examples of misuse of English and then shows
how they could have been improved. Furthermore,
in some cases, he suggests reasons why the
writer had used the poor English of the examples.
He gives useful hints for writing summaries,
precis, letters, memoranda, reports, essays, theses
and even book reviews. He lists tricks, some old
some new, which will help a writer gain and
keep a reader's interest. Of course, being British,
Mr. Barrass has stated the normal rules of
English for his country and these do not always
apply in the United States. Perhaps an American
version could be published: it certainly would be a
most useful text in this country.
Teachers will find that it provides many illus-
trative examples of misuse of English. The sources
of his examples and the delightful anecdotes
could not be more wide-ranging: from Patrick
Dennis's Aunt Mame to Rudyard Kipling's letters
to technical journals, the chosen passages are


witty and entertaining.
However, it is difficult to see just how this
book could be used in a formal science or engi-
neering education unless in the curriculum there
is a course designed to improve writing skills of
attendees. Even then, a professor would be more
likely to choose as required text the Harbrace
College Handbook or one of the similar hand-
books currently available. It's not that the book
fails as a teaching aid: rather, it is insufficiently
structured and does not contain a coded feedback
mechanism to use when grading students' written
work.
He does discuss some controversial issues. One
minor one is his reminder that the word "com-
prise" does not need the word "of" between it
and a list: a common error in American use of
English. More important, he tackles the question
of the use of active mood, first person reporting
of technical work. After a brief history of views
on this topic he comes down on the side of first
person active. I wish most sincerely that his advice
and exhortation would change the stuffy attitude
which is currently prevalent in the U.S. "I found"
is far more concise than the clumsy "it was found
that" which always seems evocative of a lack of
confidence in one's work. Further there is nothing
whatsoever untrue or deceitful in saying "I con-
clude that" instead of the awkward "it can be
concluded that" which is far more common.
As efficient as the rest of the book, the sections
on recommended reading are well presented and
include the United States' and United Kingdom's
Standards (ANSI and BBS) for written media
and numerous handbooks, directories, indexes
and abstracting journals. I like, too, the extra
chapter at the end where he complements the main
body of the book with some useful hints on tech-
nique for people talking about science and engi-
neering.
After all this praise of what is really quite a
small book, I have one negative point to raise.
The book would have been just that little bit
better if the asinine cartoons had been left out.
All in all, this is an excellent book which could
be revised very simply for the American market,
but which is unlikely to be used in colleges and
universities except, perhaps, as an entry in lists of
recommended reading. E

S Solution manuals for the OMNIBOOK
cost $543 ... without an adoption
ADVERTISEMENT
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









COMBUSTION TECHNOLOGY
Continued from page 196
the thermodynamic critical pressure of the fuel.
In such cases (commonly encountered in diesel and
rocket engines) a) the QS assumption breaks
down because the droplet density no longer greatly
exceeds that of the surrounding vapors, and b) the
latent heat of vaporization of the liquid becomes
strongly temperature dependent (as the critical
temperature of the fuel is approached). In Ref.
[8] it was shown that ChE calculations of transient,
diffusion-controlled sphere dissolution [9] could be
transformed to estimate droplet burning times
under these conditions; and, as a consequence of
b), there are actually two droplet ("wet bulb")
temperatures under some ambient conditions, only
one of which (the lower) is statically stable (cf.
Fig. 4). There results an overall picture of the
initial droplet conditions causing either (i) ulti-
mate droplet evaporation (with or without com-
bustion) at a subcritical droplet temperature
(even at supercritical chamber pressures) or (ii)
transient heating leading a droplet to seek its
critical temperature during transient evapora-
tion [8].


T (*K)- 600


0.7 0.8 Tw/T 0.9 1.0
DROPLET TEMPERATURE -*
FIGURE 4. Droplet vaporization at chamber pressures
comparable to the fuel's thermodynamic
critical point. Multiplicity of "wet bulb"
temperatures, and domains of droplet
heating and cooling near the critical
temperature. Chamber gas temperatures
are those corresponding to isentropic com-
pression from 300 K, 1 atm to the stated
pressures. (after Rosner and Chang [8]).


0 0 0 0 0



e 00 0

0 0 0 0 o


oi)


0 0 0 0




o o
0 0 0 0 0
1C)


0 o 0 0 0


o 0()o0


o o () 0 o


e B 0
{b}


0 0


+


[d]


FIGURE 5. Superposition calculations of flame loca-
tions for small arrays of fuel droplets [11]
reveal the onset of flame "sharing" by sub-
groups of droplets in the interior of the
droplet cloud. For larger clouds a contin-
uum model (analogous to that used for
predicting catalyst effectiveness factors)
quantitatively describes "group combus-
tion" phenomena, based on oxidant access
limitations [11].

In actual fuel spray combustion individual en-
velope flames (cf. Fig. 3) are rarely seen; rather,
a spray "core" consisting of many droplets supplies
fuel vapor to a "single" outer diffusion flame. This
flame "sharing" or "group combustion" behavior
can be explained in terms of the difficulty of
oxidizer transport into (and combustion product
transport out of) the interior of the droplet cloud
(see Fig. 5). This is the combustion analog of
the catalyst "effectiveness factor" problem [10]-
indeed, the criterion for group (cf. individual
droplet) combustion is expressible in terms of a
Thiele modulus (Damkohler number) based on
cloud radius [11].

3.3 Modeling Combustor Pollutant Emission/Control
Chemical synthesis and reactor selectivity are
the essence of the combustor pollutant problem
(e.g., emissions of NO(g), SO2(g), soot, etc.).
Here, the kinetic details of many competing chemi-
cal reactions, occurring in local environments and
residence times influenced by compressible gas


FALL 1980


I









dynamics and turbulent mixing [12], determine,
say, what fraction of the nitrogen in coal will
appear at the combustor exit as NO or N2; what
fraction of the carbonaceous condensate inter-
mediate (called soot) in an oil-fired furnace will
survive oxidation and be emitted as black smoke,
etc.
In an interesting ChE approach to the problem
of modeling and predicting emissions from a high
intensity spray combustor, Munz and Eisenklam
[13] have used tracer-stimulus response/residence
time distribution (RTD)-techniques to arrive at
an equivalent PFR/CSTR network (with internal
recycle) to represent the behavior of the actual
combustor (see Fig. 6). This equivalent network
was then analyzed using a 22-step kinetic reaction
mechanism for NO production/consumption.


ATOMISER


_ SECONDARY
FORWARD AIR


SECONOAP'R CRWARO AR
FIGURE 6. "Equivalent" idealized chemical reactor
flow network to simulate the pollutant
emission characteristics of the forward
chamber region of a high intensity spray
(gas oil) combustor. System "identification"
accomplished via tracer RTD techniques
(after [13]).


Methodologically similar "lumped" models with
simpler ("global") kinetics have been used to
understand the chemical thermal energy
efficiency of GT-combustors [14].
In the long-run an increasing fraction of com-
bustor performance predictions for design will
be made using "direct solution techniques." These
will involve deterministic a priori predictions of
the detailed velocity, temperature and species con-
centration fields (time-averaged values as well as
fluctuation intensities for steady turbulent flow
[15]) within the combustion space, using suitable
finite difference (or finite element) numerical
methods [16]. For transient, 3-dimensional, multi-
component, multiphase turbulent flows with re-
circulation this is still rather impractical, based
on both computational limitations and modeling
uncertainties (e.g., chemistry in a turbulent flow).
For a recent summary of advances in this line of
attack, equivalent to the ChE modeling of "non-
ideal" reactors, see Ref. [17].

3.5 Fluidized-Bed Combustion (FBC) of Coal
Fluidized bed reactor technology, which revolu-
tionized the process of catalytic cracking of
petroleum feedstocks in the USA just in time to
supply us with the high grade fuels necessary to
escape fascist subjugation in World War 2, could
play a comparable role in the way we extract
energy from our coal reserves in the near future.
This is because current and future constraints on
emissions (ash, SO,, NO, alkali sulfates, etc.) and
capital investment may render FBC more cost-
effective than its well-established rival: the pul-
verized coal-fired furnace (with all of its required
upstream and downstream "add-ons" [18]). If
currently visualized pressurized FBC proves tech-
nologically feasible (see Fig. 7), it offers the
following advantages:
* much higher volumetric heat release rates (hence
smaller plant size for same output power);
* in situ sulfur and ash removal via fluidized sorbents
(e.g., CaCO,);
* ability to operate with a wide variety of coal types at
temperatures low enough to minimize production and
carryover of NO, salt and ash vapors; and
* possibility of energy extraction via both in-bed heat
exchangers as well as direct drive of gas turbines using
the FBC products (provided deposition [19], erosion
and corrosion problems can be solved).

This is an area of combustion to which ChEs will
clearly make an enormous contribution. It is a par-
ticularly formidable one from the viewpoint of


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









to cyclones
and GTr


H20


aorbent
Fin es
Recycle
Coo'


Spent
Sorbenl


FIGURE 7. Schematic of pressurized fluidized-bed com-
bustor (FBC) for efficient power extraction
from coal subject to present-day environ-
mental constraints (see Section 3.5).

direct computational modeling using a generalized
continuum mechanics approach, yet progress is
being made [20].

4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Combustion is seen to be chemical reaction
engineering (CRE) with objectives that include
but, more often, differ from that of the synthesis
of volume chemicals (Section 2.1). Accordingly,
ChEs, because of their breadth and understanding
of coupled chemical and physical change, are in
an excellent position to contribute directly to com-
bustion science and technology (CST)-a subject
of vital current and future interest to our economy,
standard of living and even political independence.
Reciprocally, recent advances in CST will be of
considerable interest to ChEs concerned with CRE
in exo-ergic systems. For these reasons we have
introduced into our ChE graduate program the


CST course described in Section 2. We hope this
brief account proves useful to graduate students
and ChE faculty alike, and will be especially
pleased if our discussion (Sections 1, 3) con-
tributes to the increased participation of ChEs
in teaching and research in combustion science
and technology. Indeed, as we enter a "synthetic
fuels" era there will have to be a closer coupling
between fuel users and formulators. What better
way to accomplish this than for the ChE com-
munity to become as actively involved in R & D
on the optimum utilization of these fuels? E
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to thank Drs. K. Seshadri, M. Labowsky,
B. T. Chu, R. Chang and W. Reifsnyder for their
assistance in planning and teaching this graduate
course in CST at Yale. I am also indebted to Drs.
Richard Wilhelm, Irvin Glassman, Hartwell Cal-
cote, and John Fenn, all ChEs, for "igniting" my
research interest in combustion as a graduate
student, and calling to my attention the relevant
early literature of D. A. Frank-Kamenetskii and
G. Damk6hler.
REFERENCES
1. Rosner, D. E.: "Combustion Science and Technology"
(EAS 607 Course Syllabus); Department of Engi-
neering and Applied Science/ChE Section, Yale Uni-
versity (January 1979).
2. Agassi, J.: Faraday as a Natural Philosopher, Uni-
versity of Chicago Press (Chicago) 1971, 26.
3. Rosner, D. E.: "Energy, Mass and Momentum Trans-
port-The Treatment of Jump Conditions at Phase
Boundaries and Fluid-dynamic Discontinuities,"
Chemical Engineering Education, Vol. X, No. 4, 190-
194 (Fall 1976).
4. Williams, F. A.: Combustion Theory, Addison-Wesley,
Reading, MA (1965).
5. Luck, K. C. and G. Tsatsaronis, "A Study of Flat
Methane-Air Flames at Various Equivalence Ratios"
in Gaadynamics of Explosions and Reactive Systems
(A. K. Oppenheim, ed.), Pergamon Press, (Oxford,
UK), 467-475 (1980).
6. Longwell, J. P., et al.: "Flame Stabilization by Baffles
in High Velocity Gas Streams," Third (International)
Symposium on Combustion, Flame and Explosion
Phenomena, Williams and Wilkins Co. (Baltimore,
MD), 40 (1949).
7. Rosner, D. E.: "Liquid Droplet Vaporization and
Combustion," in Liquid Propellant Rocket Combustion
Instability, NASA Scientific and Technical Informa-
tion Office, Chap. 2.4, pp. 74-100, NASA SP-194
(1972).
8. Rosner, D. E. and Chang, W. S.: "Transient Evapora-
tion and Combustion of a Fuel Droplet Near its
Critical Temperature," Combustion Science and Tech-
nology 7, 145-158 (1973).
9. Duda, J. L. and J. S. Vrentas: "Heat or Mass Trans-


FALL 1980


211









fer Controlled Dissolution of an Isolated Sphere,"
Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 14, 395 (1971).
10. Aris, R.: The Mathematical Theory of Diffusion and
Reaction in Permeable Catalysts, Vol. 1, Clarendon
Press (Oxford, UK) 1975.
11. Labowsky, M. and D. E. Rosner: "Conditions for
'Group' Combustion of Droplets in Fuel Clouds. I.
Quasi-Steady Predictions," in Proc. Symposium on
Evaporation/Combustion of Fuel Droplets, Amer.
Chem. Soc., Adv. in Chem. Series, No. 166, 63-69
(1978).
12. Rosner, D. E.: "Governing Conservation Principles
and Constitutive Laws," Chapter 2 of Short Course:
Introduction to the Fluid Mechanics of Combustion,
EXXON Research and Engineering Co., Florham
Park, NJ (December, 1980).
13. Munz, N. and P. Eisenklam: "The Modelling of a
High Intensity Spray Combustion Chamber,"
Sixteenth Symposium (International) on Combustion,
The Combustion Inst. (Pittsburgh, PA), 593-604,
1976.
14. Swithenbank, J., I. Poll, D. D. Wright and M. W.
Vincent: "Combustor Design Fundamentals," 14th
Symposium (International) on Combustion, The
Combustion Inst., Pittsburgh, PA 627-638 (1973).
15. Long, M. B., B. F. Webber, and R. K. Chang: "In-
stantaneous Two-Dimensional Concentration Measure-
ments in a Jet Flow by Mie Scattering," Appl. Phys.
Letters 34, 22-24 (1979); see also M. B. Long, B. T.
Chu, and R. K. Chang: "Instantaneous Two-Di-
mensional Gas Concentration Measurements by Light
Scattering," paper AIAA-80-1370, presented at the
AIAA 13th Fluid & Plasma Dynamics Conference,
14-16 July 1980, Snowmass, CO, AIAA J. (in press).
16. Gosman, A. D., et al.: Heat and Mass Transfer in
Recirculating Flows, Academic Press (New York,
NY), 1969; see also: Proc. Third Int. Conf. on
Numerical Methods in Fluid Mechanics, Springer-
Verlag, 60, 1973.
17. Caretto, L. S.: "Mathematical Modeling of (Com-
bustor) Pollutant Formation," in Energy and Com-
bustion Science (N. Chigier, ed.), Pergamon Press
(Oxford, UK), 1979, 44-73.
18. Squires, A. M.: "Clean Power from Coal," Science
169, 821-828 (1970).
19. Rosner, D. E.: "Mass Transfer from Combustion
Gases," Presented at the AIChE 73rd Annual Meet-
ing, 16-20 November 1980, Chicago, IL (session on
Combustion Fundamentals). Ms. No. 4606.
20. Pritchett, J. W., T. R. Blake and S. K. Garg: "A
Numerical Model of Gas Fluidized Beds," AIChE
Chemical Engineering Progress Symposium Series
(in press 1980).




PROCESS SYNTHESIS
Continued from page 186.
7.3 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis and Its Ap-
plications to Energy Conversion and Conservation
and to Process Design and Evaluation (85, 86, 92-102)
7.4 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis of Heat-Ex-


Solution books to the OMNI and to the
MINI are now available
ADVERTISEMENT
change Process and Its Applications to the Synthesis
of Energy-Optimum Heat Exchanger Networks (44,
60, 63-65, 103)
7.5 Thermodynamic Analysis of Energy Consumption of
Separation Processes of Relevance to the Synthesis
of Energy-Efficient Separation Processes (14, 104-
106).
7.6 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis of Distillation
Systems and Its Application to the Synthesis of
Energy Conservation (Integration) Schemes in Dis-
tillation Systems (107-109)
A. Thermodynamic Availability Diagram for Repre-
senting Distillation Systems (107)
B. Minimization of the Available Energy Loss
Through Energy Integration (107-109)
C. Approximate Minimization of the Available
Energy Loss on the Temperature-Enthalpy Dia-
gram (107)
D. Synthesis of Energy Conservation (Integration)
Schemes for Multicomponent Distillation Systems
through Systematic Manipulations on the
Temperature-Enthalpy Diagram (107)
7.7 Analysis and Synthesis of Energy Conservation (In-
tegration) Schemes in Distillation Systems
A. Multieffect Distillation (Cascade Columns) (14,
110)
B. Use of Feed as a Reboiling or Condensing Medium
(14)
C. Heat Pumps (14, 105, 106, 111, 112)
D. Intermediate Reboilers (Interreboilers) and
Condensers (Intercondensers) (14, 104, 106)
E. Combined Use of Heat Pumps and Intermediate
Reboilers/Condensers (113, 114)
F. Distillation with Secondary Reflux and Vapori-
zation: SRV Distillation (115-117)
G. Heat-Exchange Integration (Use of Heat Ex-
changer Networks): Decomposition Approach to
the Optimal Synthesis of Heat-Integrated Multi-
component Separation Sequences (10, 31-33)
7.8 Applications of Thermodynamic Approach to Other
Process Synthesis Problems (9, 12, 40, 50, 118, 119)
Typical Homework: Synthesis of Energy Conservation
(Integration) Schemes of Multicomponent Distilla-
tion Systems
8. A Survey of Other Process Synthesis Problems and
Solution Methods: Current Trends in Research and
Developing Prospects for Industrial Applications
8.1 An Introduction to Fault Tree Synthesis of Chemical
Processes (120-126)
8.2 An Introduction to the Structure Parameter Ap-
proach for Solving Steady-State and Dynamic Pro-
cess Synthesis Problems (127-133)
8.3 Current Status of Development and Applications of
Process Synthesis Techniques: Research Needs and
Opportunities
Typical Homework: Comprehensive Term Papers on Such
Topics as (1) Ordered Heuristic Procedures for the
Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


212









Sequences; (2) Heuristic Synthesis of Reaction Paths
for the Manufacture of Industrial Chemicals; (3)
Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis of Large-Scale
Process Flowsheets; (4) Applications of Thermo-
dynamic Principles to Process Synthesis; and (5)
Analysis and Synthesis of Energy Conservation
Schemes in Distillation Systems.

REFERENCES

1. Rudd, D. F. and C. C. Watson, Strategy of Process
Engineering, Wiley (1968), Chap. 8, pp. 212-250.
2. Roberts, S. M., Dynamic Programming in Chemical
Engineering and Process Control, Academic Press
(1964).
3. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chapters 2 and 5,
pp. 23-57 and pp. 155-208.
4. Hendry, J. E. and R. Hughes, Chem. Eng. Prog., 68,
No. 6, 20 (1972).
5. Hendry, J. E., D. F. Rudd and J. D. Seader, AIChE
J., 19, 1 (1973).
6. Lee, K. F., A. H. Masso and D. F. Rudd, Ind. Eng.
Chem. Fund., 9, 48 (1970).
7. Westerberg, A. W. and G. Stephanopoulos, Chem.
Eng. Sci., 30, 963 (1975).
8. Powers, G. J. and R. L. Jones, AIChE J., 19, 1204
(1973).
9. Barnes, F. J. and C. J. King, Ind. Eng. Chem. Proc.
Des. Dev., 18, 421 (1974).
10. Rathore, R. N. S., K. A. Van Wormer and G. J.
Powers, AIChE J., 20, 491 and 940 (1974).
11. Hlavacek, V., Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 2, 76
(1978).
12. Cheng, W. B. and R. S. H. Mah, Ind. Chem. Proc.
Des. Dev., 19, 410 (1980).
13. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 5, pp. 155-
208 and Chap. 8, pp. 281-239.
14. King, C. J., Separation Processes, 2nd Edition, Chap.
13, "Energy Requirements of Separation Processes."
McGraw-Hill, New York (1980).
15. Lockhart, F. J., Petrol. Refiner, 26, No. 8, 105
(1947).
16. Harbert, W. D., Petroleum Refiner, 36, No. 3, 169
(1957).
17. Souder, M., Chem. Eng. Prog., 60, No. 2, 75 (1964).
18. Heaven, D. L., "Optimum Sequencing of Distillation
Columns in Multicomponent Fractionation," M. S.
thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1970.
19. Nishimura, H. and Y. Hiraizumi, Intern. Chem. Eng.,
11, 188 (1971).
20. Thompson, R. W. and C. J. King, Synthesis of Sepa-
ration Schemes, Technical Report No. LBL-614,
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, CA, 1972.
21. Thompson, R. W. and C. J. King, AIChE J., 18, 941
(1972).
22. Tedder, D. W., "The Heuristic Synthesis and Top-
ology of Optimal Distillation Networks," Ph.D. dis-
sertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis-
consin, 1976.
23. Tedder, D. W. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 24, 303,


315 and 323 (1978).
24. Seader, J. D., and A. W. Westerberg, AIChE J., 23,
951 (1977).
25. Nath, R., "Studies in the Synthesis of Separation
Processes," Ph.D. Dissertation, University of
Houston, Houston, Texas, 1977.
26. Nath, R. and R. L. Motard, "Evolutionary Synthesis
of Separation Processes," 85th National Meeting,
AIChE, Philadelphia, June 4-8, 1978.
27. Liu, Y. A., V. Nadgir and D. Ricks, "A Simple
Heuristic Procedure for the Optimal Synthesis of
Multicomponent Separation Sequences," Department
of Chemical Engineering, Auburn University (1980).
28. Rod, V. and J. Marek, Collect. Czech, Chem. Comm.,
24,3240 (1959).
29. Petlyuk, F. B., V. M. Platonov and D. M. Slavinskii,
Inter. Chem. Eng., 5, 555 (1965).
30. McGalliard, R. L. and A. W. Westerberg, Chem.
Eng. J., 4, 127, (1972).
31. Stupin, W. J. and F. J. Lockhart, Chem. Eng. Prog.,
68, No. 10, 71 (1972).
32. Freshwater, D. C. and B. D. Henry, The Chem.
Engr. (London), No. 201, 533 (1975).
33. Freshwater, D. C., and E. Ziopou, Chem. Eng. J., 11,
215 (1976).
34. Rodrigo, B. F. R. and J. D. Seader, AIChE J., 21, 885
(1975).
35. Gomez, M. A. and J. D. Seader, AIChE J., 22, 970
(1976).
36. Bakhshi, V. S. and J. L. Gaddy, "Optimal Synthesis
of Separation Systems by Flowsheet Simulation,"
70th Annual Meeting of AIChE, New York, Nov.,
1977.
37. Siirola, J. J., "Progress Toward the Synthesis of
Heat-Integrated Distillation Schemes," paper 47a,
85th National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, June
4-8, 1978.
38. Stephanopoulos, G., and A. W. Westerberg, Chem.
Eng. Sci., 31, 195 (1976).
39. Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem.
Eng. J., 1, 149 (1977).
40. King, C. J., D. W. Gantz and F. J. Barnes, Ind.
Eng. Chem. Proc. Des. Dev., 11, 271 (1972).
41. Rudd, D. F. and C. C. Watson, Strategy of Process
Engineering, Wiley (1968) pp. 40-42, 93-97 and
137-141.
42. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 6.
43. Takamatsu, T., I. Hashimoto and K. Nishitani,
Japanese Systems and Control, 19, 409 (1975).
44. Nishida, N., Y. A. Liu and Leon Lapidus, AIChE J.,
23, 77 (1977).
45. Hwa, C. S., AIChE-IChE Symp. Ser., No. 4, 101
(1965).
46. Kesler, M. G. and R. O. Parker, Chem. Eng. Symp.
Ser., No. 92, 111 (1969).
47. Masso, A. H. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 15, 10
(1969).
48. Nishida, N., S. Kobayashi and A. Ichikawa, Chem.
Eng. Sci., 26, 1841 (1971).
49. Kobayashi, S., T. Umeda and A. Ichikawa, Chem.
Eng. Sci., 26, 1367 (1971).
50. Menzies, M. A. and A. I. Johnson, Can. J. Chem.


FALL 1980










Eng., 50, 290 (1972).
51. Pho, T. K. and L. Lapidus, AIChE J., 19, 1182
(1973).
52. Ponton, J. W. and R. A. B. Donaldson, Chem. Eng.
Sci., 29, 3275 (1974).
53. Siirola, J. J., "Status of Heat Exchanger Network
Synthesis," paper 42a, 76th National AIChE Meet-
ing, Tulsa, Oklahoma (1974).
54. Rathore, R. N. S. and G. J. Powers, Ind. Eng. Chem.
Proc. Des. Dev., 14, 175 (1975).
55. Shah, J. V. and A. W. Westerberg, "Evolutionary
Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks," Paper
60c, AIChE Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, Nov.
(1975).
56. Hohmann, E. C. and F. J. Lockhart, "Optimum
Heat Exchanger Network Synthesis," paper 22a,
AIChE National Meeting, Atlantic City, N.J., Sep-
tember (1976).
57. Hwang, F. and R. Elshout, Chem. Eng. Prog., 72,
No. 7, 68 (1976).
58. Kelahan, R. C. and J. L. Gaddy, "Synthesis of Heat
Exchange Networks by Mixed Integer Optimiza-
tion," paper 22c AIChE National Meeting, Atlantic
City, N.J., September (1976).
59. Elshout, R. V. and E. C. Hohmann, "Energy Con-
servation by Computer Simulation," paper 34b, 85th
National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, PA, June
(1978).
60. Flower, J. R. and B. Linnhoff, "A Thermodynamic-
Combinational Approach to the Design of Optimum
Heat Exchanger Networks," paper 34e, 85th Na-
tional AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, PA, June
(1978).
61. Hohmann, E. C. and D. B. Nash, "A Simplified Ap-
proach to Heat Exchanger Network Analysis," paper
34a, 85th National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia,
PA, June (1978).
62. Grossmann, I. E. and R. W. H. Sargent, Computers
and Chem. Eng. J., 2, 1 (1978).
63. Linnhoff, B. and J. R. Flower, AIChE J., 24, 633
and 642 (1978).
64. Umeda, T., J. Itoh and K. Shiroko, Chem. Eng.,
Prog., 74, No. 7,70 (1978).
65. M. Elliott, "Applications of the Evolutionary Block
Matching Method to the Optimal Synthesis of Com-
plex Heat Exchanger Networks," Department of
Chemical Engineering, Auburn University, (1980).
66. Rudd, D. F. and C. C. Watson, Strategy of Process
Engineering, Wiley (1968), Chap. 10, pp. 282-305.
67. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chapters 1 and 6.
68. Rudd, D. F., AIChE J., 14, 343 (1968).
69. Umeda T., A. Shindo and A. Ichikawa, Chem. Eng.
Sci., 29, 2033 (1974).
70. Umeda, T. and A. Ichikawa, Chem. Eng. Sci., 80, 699
(1975).
71. Liu, Y. A., D. C. Williams, N. Nishida and Leon
Lapidus, "Studies in Chemical Process Design and
Synthesis: IV. Optimal Synthesis of Process Systems
with Vector-Valued or Multiple Performance
Indices," Paper No. 23b, AIChE National Meeting,
Atlantic City, NJ, September (1976).
72. Weissermel, K. and H. J. Arpe, Industrial Organic


Chemistry, Verlag-Chemic, New York, (1978), pp.
192-196.
73. Shreve, R. N. and J. A. Brink, Jr., Chemical Process
Industries, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1979), pp.
288-289.
74. Powers, G. J., Chem. Eng. Progr., 68, No. 8, 88
(1972).
75. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 8, pp. 281-303.
76. Siirola, J. J. and D. F. Rudd, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fund.,
10, 353 (1971).
77. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), pp. 40-47.
78. Waddams, A. L., Chemicals from Petroleum, John
Murray, London (1973).
79. Wiseman, P., An Introduction to Industrial Organic
Chemistry, 2nd Edition Applied Science Publishers,
Ltd., London (1979).
80. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), pp. 82-92 and
problem 32, pp. 103-104.
81. Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem.
Eng. J., 1, 57 (1977).
82. Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem.
Eng. J., 1, 149 (1977).
83. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process
Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), problems 12 and
15, pp. 256-257 and problem 1, p. 303.
84. Keenan J. H., Thermodynamics, Wiley (1944),
Chapter XVII, "Availability."
85. Bruges, E. A. Available Energy and the Second Law
Analysis, Butterworths, London, (1959).
86. Gaggioli, R. A., Editor, Thermodynamics: Second
Law Analysis, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 122, American
Chemical Society, Washington, D. C. (1980).
87. Denbigh, D. G., Chem. Eng. Sci., 6, 1 (1956).
88. Gaggioli, R. A., Chem. Eng. Sci., 16, 87 (1961).
89. Gaggioli, R. A., Chem. Eng. Sci., 17, 523 (1962).
90. Haywood, R. W., J. Mech. Eng. Sci., 16, 160 and 258
(1974).
91. Sussman, M. V., Chem. Eng. Prog., 76, No. 1, 37
(1980).
92. Riekert, L., Chem. Eng. Sci., 29, 1613 (1974).
93. Riekert, L., Chemical Engineering in a Changing
World: Proceedings of the Plenary Sessions of the
First World Congress on Chemical Engineering,
Edited by W. T. Koetsier, Elsevier, Amsterdam
(1976), pp. 483-494.
94. Berg, C. A., Technology Review, 96, February
(1974); also in Mech. Eng., 96, No. 5, 30-42 (1974).
95. Ford, K. W., G. I. Rochlin and R. H. Socolow,
Efficient Use of Energy API Conference Proceed-
ings, No. 25, American Institute of Physics, New
York (1975), Part I.
96. Hamel, B. B. and H. L. Brown, NBS Publication
No. 403, National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
DC, June (1976), pp. 57-64.
97. Chiogioli, M. H., Energy Conservation, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York (1979), Chap. 3.
98. Bailie, R. C., Energy Conversion Engineering, Addi-
sion-Wesley, Reading, MA (1978), pp. 110-117.
99. Gaggioli, R. and P. J. Petit, Chemtech, 7, 495 (1977).
100. Michaelides, E. E., Proceedings of the 14th Inter-


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









society Energy Conversion Engineering Conference,
Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC
(1979), pp. 1762-1766.
101. Meckler, M., Proceedings of the 14th Intersociety
Energy Conversion Engineering Conference, Vol. 2,
American Chemical Society, Washington, DC (1979),
pp. 1780-1787.
102. Tabi, R. and J. E. Mesko, Proceedings of the 14th
Intersociety Energy Conversion Engineering Con-
ference, Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Wash-
ington, DC (1979), pp. 1767-1773.
103. Bett, K. E., J. S. Rowlinson and G. Saville, Thermo-
dynamics for Chemical Engineers, MIT Press, Cam-
bridge, MA (1975) pp. 108-120, and 354-369.
104. Pratt, H. R. C., Countercurrent Separation Processes,
Elsevier Publishing Company, New York (1967),
pp. 16-23, 159-171, 238-241, 296, 317-318 and 333.
105. Shinskey, F. G., Distillation Control for Productivity
and Energy Conservation, McGraw-Hill, New York
(1977), Chapters 6 and 7.
1C6. Henley, E. J. and J. D. Seader, Equilibrium-Stage
Separation Processes, Department of Chemical Engi-
neering, University of Houston, Houston, Texas
(1979), Chap. 17, "Energy Conservation and
Thermodynamic Efficiency."
107. Umeda, T., K. Niida and K. Shiroko, AIChE J., 25,
423 (1979).
108. Mix, J. J., J. S. Dwieck, M. Weinberg and R. C.
Armstrong, Chem. Eng. Progr., 74, No. 4, 49, (1978).
109. Petterson, W. C. and T. A. Wells, Chem. Eng., 84,
No. 20, 78 (1977).
110. Tyreus, B. D. and W. L. Luyben, Hydrocarbon Pro-
cessing, pp. 93-96, July (1975).
111. Null, H. R., Chem. Eng. Progr., 71, No. 7, 58 (1976).
112. Danziger, R., Chem. Eng. Progr., 74, No. 9, 58 (1979).
113. Freshwater, D. C., Brit. Chem. Eng., 6, 388 (1961).
114. Flower, J. R. and R. Jackson, Trans. Inst. Chem.
Engr., 42, T249 (1964).
115. Mah, R. S. H., J. J. Nicholas and R. B. Wodnik,
AIChE J., 23, 651 (1977).
116. Mah, R. S. H., and R. B. Wodnik, Chem. Eng. Comm.,
3, 59 (1979).
117. Fitzmorris, R. E. and R. S. H. Mah, AIChE J., 26,
265 (1980).
118. Nishio, M., J. Itoh, K. Shirkoko and T. Umeda, Pro-
ceedings of the 14th Intersociety Energy Conversion
Engineering Conference, Vol. 2, American Chemical
Society, Washington, DC (1979), pp. 1751-1757.
119. Sophos, A., E. Rotstein and G. Stephanopoulos,
Chem. Eng. Sci., 35, 1049 (1980).
120. Powers, G. J. and F. C. Tompkins, AIChE J., 29,
376 (1974).
121. Lapp, S. A. and G. J. Powers, IEEE Trans. Re-
liability, R-26, 2-13, April (1977).
122. Powers, G. J. and S. A. Lapp, Chem. Eng. Progr., 72,
No. 4, 89-93 (1976).
123. King, C. F. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 18, 257
(1971).
124. Lapp, S. A., "Computer-Aided Fault Tree Synthesis,"
Ph.D. dissertation Carnegie-Mellon University, Pitts-
burgh, PA (1978).
125. Himmelblau, D. M., Fault Detection and Diagnosis
in Chemical and Petrochemical Processes, Elsevier,


New York, New York (1978).
126. Flournoy, P. A. and D. E. Hazlebeck, DuPont In-
novations, 6, No. 3, 1 (1975).
127. Ichikawa, A. and L. T. Fan, Chem. Eng. Sci., 28,
357-373 (1975).
128. Nishida, N., Y. A. Liu and A. Ichikawa, "Studies in
Chemical Process Design and Synthesis I. Optimal
Synthesis of Dynamic Process Systems," Paper No.
57d, AIChE Boston Meeting, Sept. (1975).
129. Nishida, N., Y. A. Liu and A. Ichikawa, AIChE J.,
22, 539 (1976).
130. Osakada, K. and L. T. Fan, Can. J. Chem. Eng., 51,
94 (1973).
131. Ostrovskii, G. M. and A. L. Shevchenko, Chem. Eng.
Sci., 34, 1234 (1979).
132. Mehrotra, S. P. and P. C. Kapur, Separation Sci.,
9, No. 3, 167 (1974).
133. Buch, M. J. and P. L. Silveston, "Optimal Synthesis
of Waste Treatment Plants," paper No. 23d. AIChE
National Meeting, Atlantic City, NJ September
(1976).




books received

"Operations Research Support Methodology (Industrial
Engineering Series, Volume 2)," Edited by A. G. Holz-
man. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1979. 664 pages, $39.75.
Topics covered in this book include mathematical
foundations and methods, OR related concepts and
solution methodology, and linguistics and behavioral
concepts. The material is directed toward a broad
spectrum of people involved with many different kinds
of OR related activities.
"Chemindustry Experiments and Chemindustry Experi-
ments-Instructor's Manual," B. W. Hill, Franklin Insti-
tute Press, Philadelphia, 1979, 213 pages.
This book of general chemistry laboratory experiments
is designed to familiarize students with some of the
applications of theoretical and descriptive general
chemistry.
"The Molten State of Matter," A. R. Ubbelohde. John
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1978, 454 pages, $58.95.
Melting is a function of the detailed structure of the
crystalline state and because of the diversity of crystal
chemistry diverse laws of melting must be looked for.
In this book the author's aim has been to describe
fully the established present developments in the molten
state of matter and to include what may become
effective lines of research in the future.
"Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards" 2nd Edition,
by L. Bretherick. Butterworth, Inc., 19 Cummings Park,
Woburn, MA, 01801, 1979. 1281 pages, $115.
This handbook gives the experimentalist and the
safety officer documented information on the likely re-
action hazard-potential associated with a chemical
compound or reaction system. It should encourage in-
creased awareness of potential chemical reactivity
hazards in plants and laboratories and help dispel
ignorance of such matters in the area of safety train-
ing.


FALL 1980










THE UNIVERSITY OF flKRON S






DEPARTMENT OF

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING




GRADUATE PROGRAM


FACULTY RESEARCH INTERESTS
G. A. ATWOOD _____-___- Digital Control, Polymeric Diffusivities, Multicomponent Adsorption.
J. M. BERTY ___.___. Reactor Design.
L. G. FOCHT ------_________----- Fixed Bed Adsorption, Design and Process Analysis.
H. L. GREENE ___Biorheology, Kinetic Modeling, Contaminant Removal from Coal Gasification.
S. LEE -- ---______Coal Gasification, Kinetic Modeling, Digital Simulation.
J. P. LENCZYK _____ High Pressure Kinetics, Activity and Diffusion Coefficients via Ultracentrifuge.
R. W. ROBERTS ______ --....Atomization Processes, Fusion and Adhesion Characteristics of Polymer Powders.
R. F. SAVINELL __Electrochemical Phenomena.
M. S. WILLIS -Multiphase Theory, Filtration and Diffusion in Foamed Plastics.




Graduate assistant stipends for teaching and research start at $3,900. Industrially
sponsored fellowships available up to $9,000. These awards include waiver of
tuition and fees. Cooperative Graduate Education Program is also available. The
deadline for assistantship application is March 1.





ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WRITE:
Dr. Howard L. Greene, Head
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Akron
Akron, Ohio 44325


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION









UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA

EDMONTON, CANADA


Faculty and Research Interests Graduate Study


1. G. DALLA LANA, Ph.D. (Minnesota): Kinetics, Hetero-
geneous Catalysis.
D. G. FISHER, Ph.D. (Michigan): Process Dynamics and
Control, Real-Time Computer Applications, Process De-
sign.
C. KIPARISSIDES, Ph.D. (McMaster): Polymer Reactor
Engineering, Optimization, Modelling, Stochastic Control,
Transport Phenomena.
J. H. MASLIYAH, Ph.D. (Brit. Columbia): Transport Pheno-
mena, Numerical Analysis, In situ Recovery of Oil Sands.
A. E. MATHER, Ph.D. (Michigan): Phase Equilibria, Fluid
Properties at High Pressures, Thermodynamics.
W. NADER, Dr. Phil. (Vienna): Heat Transfer, Air Pol-
lution, Transport Phenomena in Porous Media, Applied
Mathematics.
F. D. OTTO, (Chairman), Ph.D. (Michigan): Mass Transfer,
Computer Design of Separation Processes, Environmental
Engineering.
D. B. ROBINSON, Ph.D. (Michigan): Thermal and Volu-
metric Properties of Fluids, Phase Equilibria, Thermo-
dynamics.
J. T. RYAN, Ph.D. (Missouri): Process Economcis, Energy
Economics and Supply.
S. SHAH, Ph.D. (Alberta): Linear Systems Theory, Adap-
tive Control, System Identification.
S. E. WANKE, Ph.D. (California-Davis): Catalysis, Kine-
tics.
R. K. WOOD, Ph.D. (Northwestern): Process Dynamics
and Identification, Control of Distillation Columns,
Modelling of Crushing and Grinding Circuits.
Applications
For additional information write to:
Chairman
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Alberta
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2G6
FALL 1980


U of A's Chemical Engineering graduate
program offers exciting research opportunities
to graduate students motivated towards
advanced training and research. Graduate
programs leading to the degrees of Master
of Science, Master of Engineering and Doctor
of Philosophy are offered. There are currently
12 full-time faculty members, a few visiting
faculty, several post-doctoral research associ-
ates and 35 graduate students.

Financial Aid
Financial support is available to full-time
graduate students in the form of fellowships,
teaching assistantships and research assistant-
ships.

The University of Alberta
U of A is one of Canada's largest Universi-
ties and engineering schools with total enroll-
ment of over 25,000 students. The campus is
located in the city of Edmonton and overlooks
the scenic North Saskatchewan River Valley.
Edmonton is a cosmopolitan modern city
of over 600,000 people. It enjoys a renowned
resident professional theatre, symphony or-
chestra and professional football, hockey and
soccer leagues. The famous Banff and Jasper
National Parks in the- Canadian Rocky
Mountains are within easy driving distance.







THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA

TUCSON, AZ



The Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Arizona is young and dynamic with a fully accredited
undergraduate degree program and M.S. and Ph.D. graduate programs. Financial support is available through gov-
ernment grants and contracts, teaching, and research assistantships, traineeships and industrial grants. The faculty
assures full opportunity to study in all major areas of chemical engineering.
THE FACULTY AND THEIR RESEARCH INTERESTS ARE:


JOSEPH F. GROSS, Professor and Head
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1956
Boundary Layer Theory, Pharmacokinetics, Fluid Me-
chanics and Mass Transfer in The Microcirculation,
Biorheology

ALAN D. RANDOLPH, Professor
Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1962
Simulation and Design of Crystallization Processes,
Nucleation Phenomena, Particulate Processes, Explo-
sives Initiation Mechanisms

THOMAS R. REHM, Professor
Ph.D., University of Washington, 1960
Mass Transfer, Process Instrumentation, Packed Column
Distillation, Applied Design

JOST O.L. WENDT, Professor
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1968
Combustion Generated Air Pollution, Nitrogen and Sul-
fur Oxide Abatement, Chemical Kinetics, Thermody-
namics Interfacial Phenomena


DON H. WHITE, Professor
Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1949
Polymers Fundamentals and Processes, Solar Energy,
Microbial and Enzymatic Processes


WILLIAM P. COSART, Assoc. Professor
Ph.D. Oregon State University, 1973
Transpiration Cooling, Heat Transfer
teams, Blood Processing


in Biological Sys-


JAMES WM. WHITE, Assoc. Professor
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968
Real-Time Computing, Process Instrumentation and Con-
trol, Model Building and Simulation

THOMAS W. PETERSON, Asst. Professor
Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1977
Atmospheric Modeling of Aerosol Pollutants,
Long-Range Pollutant Transport, Particulate
Growth Kinetics.


FARHANG SHADMAN, Asst. Professor
Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley, 1972
Reaction Engineering, Kinetics, Catalysis


Tucson has an excellent climate and
many recreational opportunities. It
is a growing, modern city of
450,000 that retains much of the
old Southwestern atmosphere.




For further information,
write to:
Dr. James Wm. White
Graduate Study Committee
Department of
Chemical Engineering
University of Arizona
Tucson, Arizona 85721


The University of Arizona is an
equal opportunity educational
institution/equal opportunity employer


1











ARIZONA STATE

UNIVERSITY

Graduate Programs
for M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees
in Chemical and Bio Engineering



Research Specializations Include:
ENERGY CONVERSION ABSORPTION/SEPARATION
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING *TRANSPORT PHENOMENA*
SURFACE PHENOMENA REACTION ENGINEERING*
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL* ENGINEERING DESIGN*

Our excellent facilities for research and teaching are complemented
by a highly-respected faculty:
James R. Beckman, University of Arizona, 1976
Lynn Bellamy, Tulane University, 1966
Neil S. Berman, University of Texas, 1962
William J. Crowe, University of Florida, 1969 (Adjunct)
William J. Dorson Jr., University of Cincinnati, 1967
Eric J. Guilbeau, Louisiana Tech University, 1971
James T. Kuester, Texas A&M University, 1970
Castle 0. Reiser, University of Wisconsin, 1945 (Emeritus)
Vernon E. Sater, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1963
Robert S. Torrest, University of Minnesota, 1967
Bruce C. Towe, Pennsylvania State University, 1978 (Adjunct)
Imre Zwiebel, Yale University, 1961

Fellowships and teaching and research assistantships are available to
qualified applicants.

ASU is in Tempe, a city of 120,000, part of the greater Phoenix
metropolitan area. More than 38,000 students are enrolled in ASU's
ten colleges; 10,000 of whom are in graduate study. Arizona's year-
round climate and scenic attractions add to ASU's own cultural and
recreational facilities.

FOR INFORMATION, CONTACT:
Imre Zwiebel, Chairman,
Department of Chemical and Bio Engineering,
Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85281



1 111









AUBURN UNIVERSITY

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDIES
I I


Graduate Degrees
The Department of Chemical Engineering
at Auburn University offers graduate work
leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in
chemical engineering. The research empha-
sizes experimental and theoretical work in
areas of current national interest. Modern
research equipment is available for ana-
lytical, process and computational studies.
Auburn University is an equal opportunity
Institution.

Area Description
Auburn University, which has 18,000
students, is located in Alabama between
Atlanta and Montgomery, Ala., with Co-
lumbus, the second largest city in Georgia,
only 35 miles away. The local population
is about 75,000. University-sponsored activi-
ties include a lecture series with nationally
known speakers, a series of plays and
artistic and cultural presentations of all
kinds. Recreational opportunities include
equipment at the University for participation
in almost every sport.


Research Areas
COAL: Coal liquefaction, magnetic de-
sulfurization and beneficiation, solvent re-
fining.
BIOMASS: Chemical and enzymatic con-
version of forest and agricultural waste to
fuels, petrochemicals and animal feed.
FUNDAMENTALS: Kinetics, catalysis, en-
zymatic and fermentation reactors, high
gradient magnetic separation, transport
phenomena, solid-liquid separation, bio-
medical engineering.
ENVIRONMENTAL: Air and water pollu-
tion control processes.
NEW TECHNOLOGY: Advanced coal con-
version, novel enzymatic reactors, applica-
tions of high gradient magnetic separation,
photography by immobilized enzymes,
novel thickener design, polymeric replace-
ment of textile size, enzymatic artificial
liver.
PROCESS SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL:
Design of optimal energy-integrated pro-
cesses and control of interactive, multivari-
able, nonlinear processes.






For financial aid and admission
application forms write:

Dr. R. P. Chambers, Head
Chemical Engineering
Auburn University, AL 36849


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


3








BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY

PROVO,UTAH


* Ph.D., M.S., & M.E.
* Ch.E. Masters for Chemists Program
* Research


Biomedical Engineering
Catalysis
Coal Gasification
Combustion


Electrochemical Engineering
Fluid Mechanics
Fossil Fuels Recovery
High Pressure Chemistry
Thermochemistry & Calorimetry


Beautiful campus located in the rugged Rocky
Mountains
Financial aid available

Address Inquiries to: Brigham Young University Dr. Richard W. Hanks,
Chairman Chemical Engineering Dept. 350 CB Provo, Utah 84602
FALL 1980


221











The University of Calgary


Program of Study

The Department of Chemical Engineering provides unusual opportunities for research and study leading to the M.Eng., M.Sc. or Ph.D. degrees.
This dynamic department offers a wide variety of course work and research in the following areas: Petroleum Reservoir Engineering, Environ-
mental Engineering, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Mass Transfer, Process Engineering, Rheology and Thermodynamics. The University operates
on an eight-month academic year, thus allowing four full months per year for research.
The requirements for the M.Eng. and M.Sc. degrees are 4 to 8 courses with a B standing or better and the submission of a thesis on a
research project.
The requirements for the Ph.D. degree are 6 to 10 courses and the submission of a thesis on an original research topic for those with a B.Sc.
degree.
The M.Eng. program is a part-time program designed for those who are working in industry and would like to enhance their technical educa-
tion. The M.Eng. thesis is usually of the design type and related to the industrial activity in which the student is engaged. Further details of this
program are available from the Department Head, or the Chairman of the Graduate Studies Committee.
Research Facilities

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies one wing of the Engineering Complex. The building was designed to accommodate the
installation and operation of research equipment with a minimum of inconvenience to the researchers. The Department has at its disposal an
EAl 690 hybrid computer and a TR48 analog computer an Interdata 7132 mini computer for data acquisition and control and numerous direct
access terminals to the University's Honeywell level 68 DPS computing system. In addition, a well equipped Machine Shop and Chemical
Analysis Laboratory are operated by the Department. Other major research facilities include a highly instrumented and versatile multiphase pipeline
flow loop, an automated pilot plant unit based on the Girbotol Process for natural gas processing, an X-ray scanning unit for studying flow in
porous media, a fully instrumented adiabatic combustion tube for research on the in-situ recovery of hydrocarbons from oil sands, a laser ane-
mometer unit, and environmental research laboratories for air pollution, water pollution and oil spill studies.
Financial Aid

Fellowships and assistantships are available with remuneration of up to $11,000 per annum, with possible remission of fees. In addition, new
students may be eligible for a travel allowance of up to a maximum of $300. If required, loans are available from the Federal and Provincial
Governments to Canadian citizens and Landed Immigrants. There are also a number of bursaries, fellowships, and scholarships available on a
competition basis to full-time graduate students. Faculty members may also provide financial support from their research grants to students
electing to do research with them.
Cost of Study

The tuition fees for a full-time graduate student are $756 per year plus small incidental fees. Most full-time graduate students to date have had
their tuition fees remitted.
Cost of Living

Housing for single students in University dormitories range from $259/mo. for a double room, to $320/mo. for a single room, including board.
There are a number of new townhouses for married students available, ranging from $240/mo. for a 1-bedroom, to $259/mo. for a 2-bedroom
and to $278/mo. for a 3-bedroom unit, including utilities, major appliances and parking. Numerous apartments and private housing are within
easy access of the University. Food and clothing costs are comparable with those found in other major North American urban centres.
Student Body

The University is a cosmopolitan community attracting students from all parts of the globe. The current enrollment is about 11,000 with ap-
proximately 1,280 graduate students. Most full-time graduate students are currently receiving financial assistance either from internal or external
sources.
The Community

The University is located in Calgary, Alberta, home of the world famous Calgary Stampede. This city of half a million combines the traditions of
the Old West with the sophistication of a modern, dynamic urban centre. Beautiful Banff National Park is 60 miles from the city and
the ski resorts of the Banff and Lake Louise areas are readily accessible. Jasper National Park is only five hours away by car via one of
the most scenic highways in the Canadian Rockies. A wide variety of cultural and recreational facilities are available both on campus and in
the community at large. Calgary is the business centre of the petroleum industry in Canada and as such has one of the highest concentrations
of engineering activity in the country.
The University

The University operated from 1945 until 1966 as an integral part of the University of Alberta. The present campus situated in the rolling hills
of northwest Calgary, was established in 1960, and in 1966 The University of Calgary was chartered as an autonomous institution by the
Province of Alberta. At present the University consists of 14 faculties. Off-campus institutions associated with The University of Calgary include
the Banff School of Fine Arts and Centre of Continuing Education located in Banff, Alberta, and the Kananaskis Environmental Research Station
located in the beautiful Bow Forest Reserve.
Applying

The Chairman, Graduate Studies Committee
Department of Chemical Engineering
The University of Calgary
Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4
Canada

222 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION








UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA


RESEARCH

ENERGY UTILIZATION

ENVIRONMENTAL

KINETICS AND CATALYSIS

THERMODYNAMICS

ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING

PROCESS DESIGN
AND DEVELOPMENT

BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING

MATERIAL ENGINEERING

FLUID MECHANICS
AND RHEOLOGY


FOR APPLICATIONS AND FURTHER INFORMATION, WRITE:


FACULTY
Alexis T. Bell
Harvey W. Blanch
Elton J. Cairns
Alan S. Foss
Simon L. Goren
Edward A. Grens
Donald N. Hanson
Dennis W. Hess
C. Judson King (Chairman)
Scott Lynn
David N. Lyon
John S. Newman
Eugene E. Petersen
John M. Prausnitz
Clayton J. Radke
Edward K. Reiff, Jr.
David S. Soong
Charles W. Tobias
Theodore Vermuelen
Charles R. Wilke
Michael C. Williams

Department of Chemical Engineering
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
Berkeley, California 94720








UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA


DAVIS


Course Areas
Applied Kinetics and Reactor Design
Applied Mathematics
Biomedical, Biochemical Engineering
Catalysis
Fluid Mechanics
Heat Transfer
Mass Transfer
Process Dynamics
Separation Processes
Thermodynamics
Transport Processes in Porous Media

Faculty
R. L. BELL, University of Washington
Mass Transfer, Biomedical Applications
RUBEN CARBONELL, Princeton University
Enzyme Kinetics, Applied Kinetics, Quantum
Statistical Mechanics, Transport Processes in
Porous Media
ALAN JACKMAN, University of Minnesota
Environmental Engineering, Transport Phenomena
B. J. McCOY, University of Minnesota
Separation and Transport Processes
DAVID F. OLLIS, Stanford University
Catalysis, Biochemical Engineering
J. M. SMITH, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Applied Kinetics and Reactor Design
STEPHEN WHITAKER, University of Delaware
Fluid Mechanics, Interfacial Phenomena, Transport
Processes in Porous Media


Degrees Offered
Master of Science
Doctor of Philosophy


Program
UC Davis, with 17,500 students, is one of the major
campuses of the University of California system and
has developed great strength in many areas of the
biological and physical sciences. The Department of
Chemical Engineering emphasizes research and a pro-
gram of fundamental graduate courses in a wide variety
of fields of interest to chemical engineers. In addition,
the department can draw upon the expertise of faculty
in other areas in order to design individual programs
to meet the specific interests and needs of a student,
even at the M.S. level. This is done routinely in the areas
of environmental engineering, food engineering, bio-
chemical engineering and biomedical engineering.
Excellent laboratories, computation center and
electronic and mechanical shop facilities are available.
Fellowships, Teaching Assistantships and Research
Assistantships (all providing additional summer support
if desired) are available to qualified applicants.


Davis and Vicinity
The campus is a 20-minute drive from Sacramento
and just over an hour away from the San Francisco
Bay area. Outdoor sports enthusiasts can enjoy water
sports at nearby Lake Berryessa, skiing and other alpine
activities in the Sierra (2 hours from Davis). These rec-
reational opportunities combine with the friendly in-
formal spirit of the Davis campus to make it a pleasant
place in which to live and study.
Married student housing, at reasonable cost, is
located on campus. Both furnished and unfurnished
one- and two-bedroom apartments are available. The
town of Davis (population 36,000) is adjacent to the
campus, and within easy walking or cycling distance.






For further details on graduate study at Davis, please
write to:
Chemical Engineering Department
University of California
Davis, California 95616
or call (916) 752-0400


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


224












UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA


SANTA BARBARA


FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTS PROGRAMS AND FINANCIAL SUPPORT


SANJOY BANERJEE
Ph.D. (Waterloo)
Two Phase Flow, Reactor Safety,
Nuclear Fuel Cycle Analysis
and Wastes

H. CHIA CHANG Ph.D. (Princeton)
Chemical Reactor Modeling,
Applied Mathematics
HENRI FENECH Ph.D. (M.I.T.)
Nuclear Systems Design and Safety,
Nuclear Fuel Cycles, Two-Phase Flow,
Heat Transfer.
HUSAM GUROL Ph.D. (Michigan)
Statistical Mechanics, Polymers,
Radiation Damage to Materials,
Nuclear Reactor Theory.
OWEN T. HANNA Ph.D. (Purdue)
Theoretical Methods, Chemical
Reactor Analysis, Transport
Phenomena.
GLENN E. LUCAS Ph.D. (M.I.T.)
Radiation Damage, Mechanics of
Materials.
DUNCAN A. MELLICHAMP
Ph.D. (Purdue)
Computer Control, Process
Dynamics, Real-Time Computing.


JOHN E. MYERS
Ph.D. (Michigan)
(Dean of Engineering)
Boiling Heat Transfer.

G. ROBERT ODETTE
Ph.D. (M.I.T.)
(Vice Chairman, Nuclear Engineering)
Radiation Effects in Solids, Energy
Related Materials Development.

A. EDWARD PROFIO
Ph.D. (M.I.T.)
Bionuclear Engineering, Fusion
Reactors, Radiation Transport
Analyses.

ROBERT G. RINKER
Ph.D. (Caltech)
Chemical Reactor Design, Catalysis,
Energy Conversion, Air Pollution.

ORVILLE C. SANDALL
Ph.D. (Berkeley)
Transport Phenomena, Separation
Processes.

DALE E. SEBORG
Ph.D. (Princeton)
(Chairman)
Process Control, Computer Control,
Process Identification.


The Department offers M.S. and Ph.D. de-
gree programs. Financial aid, including
fellowships, teaching assistantships, and re-
search assistantships, is available. Some
awards provide limited moving expenses.


THE UNIVERSITY
One of the world's few seashore campuses,
UCSB is located on the Pacific Coast 100
miles northwest of Los Angeles and 330
miles south of San Francisco. The student
enrollment is over 14,000. The metropoli-
tan Santa Barbara area has over 150,000
residents and is famous for its mild, even
climate.


For additional information and applications,
write to:

Professor Dale E. Seborg, Chairman
Department of Chemical & Nuclear
Engineering
University of California,
Santa Barbara, CA 93106


FALL 1980











CHEMICAL ENGINEERING C L A CHEMICAL ENGINEERING


_9-Areas Experiencing One
Or More Stage Two Episodes


The isopleths show the number of days of Stage 1
smog episodes experienced in various regions of the Los
Angeles area in 1977. The crosshatched areas indicate those
regions experiencing one or more of the more serious Stage
2 episodes. UCLA is located in West Los Angeles. Its


proximity to the Pacific Ocean provides for access to many
advantages of Southern California living but with a rela-
tively smog-free atmosphere throughout most of the year.
Drawing courtesy Los Angeles Times.


RESEARCH AREAS


Rheology
Reverse Osmosis
Membrane Transport
Electrochemical Engineering
Electroorganic Synthesis
Corrosion
Catalysis
Cryogenics



Douglas N. Bennion
Steven M. Dinh
Traugott H. K. Frederking
Sheldon K. Friedlander
Eldon L. Knuth
Joseph W. McCutchan
Ken Nobe


Aerosol Physics and Chemistry
Biochemical Engineering
Biomedical Engineering
Chemical Reaction Engineering
Combustion
Molecular Dynamics
Polymer Processing
Thermodynamics


FACULTY


Lawrence B. Robinson
Owen I. Smith
William D. Van Vorst
Vince L. Vilker
Manuel M. Baizer
F. Eugene Yates
Saeed Fathi-Afshar


For information on admission and financial aid write:
Chemical Engineering
Boelter Hall 5405
UCLA
Los Angeles, CA 90024



































PROGRAM OF STUDY Distinctive features of study in
chemical engineering at the California Institute of Tech-
nology are the creative research atmosphere in which the
student finds himself and the strong emphasis on basic
chemical, physical, and mathematical disciplines in his
program of study. In this way a student can properly pre-
pare himself for a productive career of research, develop-
ment, or teaching in a rapidly changing and expanding
technological society.
A course of study is selected in consultation with one
or more of the faculty listed below. Required courses are
minimal. The Master of Science degree is normally com-
pleted in one academic year and a thesis is not required.
A special terminal M.S. option, involving either research
or an integrated design project, is a newly added feature
to the overall program of graduate study. The Ph.D. de-
gree requires a minimum of three years subsequent to
the B.S. degree, consisting of thesis research and further


advanced study.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Graduate students are sup,
ported by fellowship, research assistantship, or teaching
assistantship appointments during both the academic
year and the summer months. A student may carry a
full load of graduate study and research in addition to
any assigned assistantship duties. The Institute gives
consideration for admission and financial assistance to
all qualified applicants regardless of race, religion, or sex.
APPLICATIONS Further information and an application
form may be obtained by writing
Professor L. G. Leal
Chemical Engineering
California Institute of Technology
Pasadena, California 91125
It is advisable to submit applications before February
15, 1981.


FACULTY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING


JAMES E. BAILEY, Professor
Ph.D. (1969), Rice University
Biochemical engineering; Chemical reaction
engineering.
WILLIAM H. CORCORAN, Institute Professor
Ph.D. (1948), California Institute of Technology
Kinetics and catalysis; biomedical engineering;
air and water quality.
G RGRE R. GAVALAS, Professor
Ph.D. (1964), University of Minnesota
Applied kinetics and catalysis; process control
and optimization; coal gasification.
ERIC HERBOLZHEIMER, Assistant Professor
Ph.D. (1979), Stanford University
Fluid mechanics and transport phenomena
L. GARY LEAL, Professor
Ph.D. (1969), Stanford University
Theoretical and experimental fluid mechanics;
heat and mass transfer; suspension rheology;
mechanics of non-Newtonian fluids.
CORNELIUS J. PINGS, Professor,
Vice-Provost, and Dean of Graduate Studies
Ph.D. (1955), California Institute of Technology.


JOHN H. SEINFELD, Louis E. Nohl Professor,
Executive Officer
Ph.D. (1967), Princeton University
Air pollution; control and estimation theory.
FRED H. SHAIR, Professor
Ph.D. (1963), University of California, Berkeley
Plasma chemistry and physics; tracer studies
of various environmental problems.
GREGORY N. STEPHANOPOULOS, Assistant Pro-
fessor Ph.D. (1978), University of Minnesota
Biochemical engineering; chemical reaction
engineering.
NICHOLAS W. TSCHOEGL, Professor
Ph.D. (1958), University of New South Wales
Mechanical properties of polymeric materials;
theory of viscoelastic behavior; structure-
property relations in polymers.
W. HENRY WEINBERG, Professor
Ph.D. (1970), University of California, Berkeley
Surface chemistry and catalysis.





DON'T GAMBLE
WITH
GRAD SCHOOLS


Play With a Pat Hand


WRITE


GRADUATE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
CARNEGIE-MELLON UNIVERSITY
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 15213































IS THERE LIFE
AFTER GRADUATE STUDY?
Want to find out? Heaven can't wait!
Write to:
Graduate Coordinator
Chemical Engineering Department
Case Western Reserve University
Cleveland, Ohio 44106
FALL 1980 229







The

UNIVERSITY

OF

CINCINNATI

Q


;~


Research Faculty


Air Pollution Control
Biochemical Engineering
Biomedical Engineering
Electrochemical Engineering
Energy Utilization
Environmental Engineering
Heat Transfer
Kinetics & Catalysis
Polymers & Rheology
Process Dynamics & Control


James N. Anno
John M. Christenson
Stanley L. Cosgrove
Robert M. Delcamp
Leroy E. Eckart
Kenneth M. Emmerich
Joel R. Fried
Rakish Govind


David B. Greenberg
Daniel Hershey
Yuen-Koh Kao
Soon-Jai Khang
Robert Lemlich
William Licht
Alvin Shapiro
Joel Weisman


For Admission Information
Chairman
Graduate Studies Committee
Chemical and Nuclear Engineering (171)
University of Cincinnati
Cincinnati, Ohio 45221


GRADUATE STUDY in

Chemical Engineering

M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees













Graduate Study
in Chemical Engineering




Cldrkson

* M.S. and Ph.D. Programs
* Friendly Atmosphere
" Freedom from Big City Problems
* Personal Touch
* Vigorous Research Programs Supported by
Government and Industry
Faculty with International Reputation
Skiing, Canoeing, Mountain Climbing and
Other Recreation in the Adirondacks
Variety of Cultural Activities with Two
Liberal Arts Colleges nearby

Faculty
W. L. Baldewicz D. H. Rasmussen
Der-Tau Chin Herman L. Shulman
Robert Cole R. Shankar Subramanian
David O. Cooney Peter C. Sukanek
Sandra Harris Ross Taylor
Richard J. McCluskey Thomas J. Ward
John B. McLaughlin Ralph H. Weiland
Richard J. Nunge William R. Wilcox
Nsima Tom Obot Gordon R. Youngquist

Research Projects are available in:
Energy
Materials Processing in Space
Multiphase Transport Processes
Health & Safety Applications
Electrochemical Engineering and Corrosion
Polymer Processing
Particle Separations
Phase Transformations and Equilibria
Reaction Engineering
Optimization and Control
Crystallization
And More....

Financial aid in the form of fellowships,
research assistantships, and teaching
assistantships is available. For more
details, please write to:

DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
CLARKSON COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY
POTSDAM, NEW YORK 13676







Chemical Engineering at


CORNELL

UNIVERSITY


A place to grow...


with active research in

biochemical engineering
applied mathematics/computer simulation
energy technology
environmental engineering
kinetics and catalysis
surface science
heat and mass transfer
polymer science
fluid dynamics
rheology and biorheology
microscopy
reactor design
thermodynamics

with a diverse intellectual climate-graduate students arrange
individual programs with a core of chemical engineering
courses supplemented by work in other outstanding Cornell
departments including

chemistry
biological sciences
physics
computer science
food science
materials science
mechanical engineering
business administration
and others

with excellent recreational and cultural opportunities in one
of the most scenic regions of the United States.

Graduate programs lead to the degrees of Doctor of
Philosophy, Master of Science, and Master of Engineering
(the M.Eng. is a professional, design-oriented program).
Financial aid, including attractive fellowships, is available.

The faculty members are:
Joseph F. Cocchetto, George G. Cocks, Claude Cohen, Robert
K. Finn, Keith E. Gubbins, Peter Harriott, Robert P. Merrill,
William L. Olbricht, Ferdinand Rodriguez, George F. Scheele,
Michael L. Shuler, Julian C. Smith, William B. Street, Ray-
mond G. Thorpe, Robert L. Von Berg, Herbert F. Wiegandt.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION: Write to
Professor Keith E. Gubbins
Cornell University
Olin Hall of Chemical Engineering
Ithaca, New York 14853













I



I


The &
University
of awaree
awards three


graduate
degrees for
studies and
practice in
the art and
science of
chemical
engineering.


An M.Ch.E. degree based upon course work and a thesis problem.
An M.Ch.E. degree based upon course work and a period of in-
dustrial internship with an experienced senior engineer in the
Delaware Valley chemical process industries.
A Ph.D. degree for original work presented in a dissertation.


The regular faculty are:
Gianni Astarita (/2 time)
C. E. Birchenall
K. B. Bischoff (Chairman)
M. M Denn
C. D. Denson
B. C. Gates
J. R. Katzer
M. T Klein
R. L. McCullough
A. B Metzner
J. H Olson
M E. Paulaitis
R. L. Pigford
T. W. F. Russell
S. I. Sander
G. C. A. Schuit (/2 time)
J. M. Schultz
L. A Spielman
A. B. Stiles (Y2 time)


Current areas of research include:
Thermodynamics and Separ-
ation Process
Rheology, Polymer Science
and Engineering
Materials Science and
Metallurgy
Fluid Mechanics, Heat and
Mass Transfer
Economics and Management
in the Chemical Process
Industries
Chemical Reaction Engi-
neering. Kinetics and
Simulation
Catalytic Science and
Technology
Biomedical Engineering-
Pharmacokinetics and
Toxicology


For more information and admissions
materials, write:
S.I. Sandler, Graduate Advisor
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Delaware
Newark, Delaware 19711


"' "' "
41%


I


i
























Only the

University
of Florida's

Department

of Chemical

Engineering
gives you both
outstanding
academic
challenge
and all the
advantages of
the Florida climate.


Ii


The academic opportunities offer you
a four-quarter (12 month) Master's degree
program with research;
an unusually broad program in enhanced
oil recovery by surfactant-polymer flooding,
solution interfacial and phase behavior
and rock-fluid interactions;
special expertise in applied molecular
theory, catalysis, semiconductors, interfaces,
reactors and biomedical engineering;
excellent facilities in a large, modern, fully-
equipped chemical engineering building.
The Gainesville, Florida location offers you
natural, blue water springs only 30 minutes away;
fishing and water sports most of the year;
Daytona Beach, Disney World, St. Augustine,
other resorts;
concerts, plays, dance, theater and lectures
possible only at a major university.


For more information, contact
John C. Biery, Chairman
Chemical Engineering Department
University of Florida
Gainesville, FL 32611
904/392-0881.


An equal opportunity/affirmative action employer










Graduate Programs in Chemical Engineering at the...


University of Houston

The Department of Chemical
Engineering at the University of
Houston Central Campus has
developed five areas of special
research strength:
> chemical reaction engineering
> applied fluid mechanics and transfer
processes
> energy engineering
> environmental engineering
> process simulation and
computer-aided design
The department occupies more than
52,000 square feet and is equipped
with more than $1.5 million worth of
experimental apparatus.
The faculty:
N.R. Amundson
E.L. Claridge
J.R. Crump
A.E. Dukler
R.W. Flumerfelt
E.J. Henley
C.J. Huang
R. Jackson
D. Luss
A.C. Payatakes
R. Pollard
H.W. Prengle, Jr.
J.T. Richardson
F.M. Tiller
J. Villadsen
F.L. Worley, Jr. d F p Financial support is available to full-time
Graduate students with stipends ranging
from $6,000 to $7,800 for twelve months.
For more information or application
V. ,forms write:
Director, Graduate Admissions
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of Houston Central
Campus
Houston, Texas 77004
(Phone 713/749-4407)






GRADUATE STUDY AND RESEARCH


The Deparlmenl of Energy Engineering


UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO CIRCLE




Graduate Programs in

The Department of Energy Engineering

leading to the degrees of

MASTER OF SCIENCE and

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY


Faculty and Research Activities in
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Raffi M. Turian
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964
Professor and Head of the Department
Paul M. Chung
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1957
Professor and Dean of the College of Engineering
David S. Hacker
Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1954
Associate Professor
John H. Kiefer
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1961
Professor
G. Ali Mansoori
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1969
Professor
Francisco J. Brana-Mulero
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1980
Assistant Professor
Sohail Murad
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1979
Assistant Professor

Satish C. Saxena
Ph.D., Calcutta University, 1956
Professor
Stephen Szepe
Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966
Associate Professor
The MS program, with its optional
thesis, can be completed in one year.
Evening M.S. can be completed
in three years.
The department invites applications for
admission and support from all qualified
candidates. Special fellowships are
available for minority students. To obtain
application forms or to request further
information write:


Slurry transport, suspension and complex fluid flow
and heat transfer, porous media processes,
mathematical analysis and approximation.
Fluid mechanics, combustion, turbulence,
chemically reacting flows

Chemical kinetics, mass transport phenomena, chemical
process design, particulate transport phenomena

Kinetics of gas reactions, energy transfer processes,
molecular lasers
Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics of fluids,
solids, and solutions, kinetics of liquid reactions,
solar energy
Process synthesis, operations research, optimal
process control, optimization of large systems,
numerical analysis, theory of nonlinear equations.
Thermodynamics and transport properties of
fluids, computer simulation and
statistical mechanics of liquids and
liquid mixtures
Transport properties of fluids and solids, heat and
mass transfer, isotope separation, fixed and fluidized
bed combustion

Catalysis, chemical reaction engineering, energy
transmission, modeling and optimization


Professor J. C. F. Chow, Chairman
The Graduate Committee
Department of Energy Engineering
University of Illinois at Chicago Circle
Box 4348, Chicago, Illinois 60680









UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS

URBANA, CHAMPAIGN

ACTIVE, RESPECTED, ACCESSIBLE FACULTY
The Department is deeply committed to teaching and research. Everyone
is expected to maintain an active, first-class research program. Administrators
or "older members" are not exceptions. The standards are high. A third of
the faculty are members of the National Academy of Engineers or the
National Academy of Sciences. The Department prides itself on the large
number of major national or international awards its members have won,
an average of 3 awards per tenured faculty member.
Even so, the faculty is accessible. The Department views research as the
highest form of teaching, where students and faculty work together on a
joint project. It is not unusual to find faculty members in the lab, and
doors are always open for questions, comments or help.

EXCEPTIONAL FACILITIES
The Department, as a part of the School of Chemical Sciences maintains
some of the most up-to-date facilities in the country, including for example
a multichannel analyser capable of counting the nanosecond range, and
pressure and vacuum equipment giving a useful operating range of 101 to
10-'3 atm. The School has extensive service facilities including a glass shop,
electronic shop, machine shop, electronic design facility, analytical and laser
labs. The shops are some of the best in the country, and the analytical and
laser labs are truly exceptional. The campus library is one of the largest in
a major university with over 5,000,000 items in its collection including
more complete run journals in the chemical sciences than can be found
in any other education institution. The School is committed to keeping its
equipment up to the state of the art, and so for example, we have just
received a VAX 11/780 to replace our IBM 1800, and are in the process
of purchasing NMR capabilities beyond our 200 MHZ machine.


* A DIVERSITY OF RESEARCH INTERESTS
Applied Mathematics High Pressure
Biological Application of Interfacial Phenomena
Chemical Engineering Mass Transfer
Catalysis Materials Science and Engineering
Colloidal Phenomena Molecular Thermodynamics
Computer-Aided Process Phase Transformations
Simulation and Design Polymer Crystallization
Corrosion Reaction Rate Theory
Electronic Structure of Matter Resource Management
Electrochemical Engineering Statistical Mechanics
Energy Sources and Conservation Surface Science
Environmental Engineering Transport of Particles
Fluid Dynamics Two-Phase Flow
Heat Transfer
FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATIONS: Professor C. A. Eckert
Department of Chemical Engineering
113 Adams Laboratory
University of Illinois
Urbana, Illinois 61801


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION
















II1INOIS


Institute of Technology




M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Chemical Engineering and Inter-
disciplinary Areas of Polymer Processes, Chemical Plant Opera-
tions and Management, Energy Conversion and Resources.


D. GIDASPOW
J. R. SELMAN
B. S. SWANSON
L. L. TAVLARIDES
D. T. WASAN
C. V. WITTMANN


Heat Transfer and Energy Conversion
Electrochemical Engineering
Process Dynamics and Controls
Reactor Design and Dispersed Phase Systems
Mass Transfer and Surface and Colloid Phenomena
Chemical Reaction Engineering Analysis


FOR INQUIRIES, WRITE
D. T. Wasan
Chemical Engineering Dept.
Illinois Institute of Technology
10 West 33rd St.
Chicago, IL 60616


FALL 1980


















0
i


r..


A ,i ""'
I


15-
.



U .. ,
"'V.'' < Vi ^ -,,.
o -- ,,; ;,=.- ,, 1 ;,z ,


4"


Institute research activity spans the breadth
of the papermaking process.


Current research programs are underway in:
Cell Fusion Surface and Colloid Chemistry
Fluid Mechanics Environmental Engineering
Polymer Science Heat and Mass Transfer
Process Engineering Simulation & Control
Laser, Raman and X-Ray Diffraction Studies


For further information contact:


Director of Admissions
The Institute of Paper Chemistry
P.O. Box 1039
Appleton, WI 54912
Telephone...414/734-9251


jr'-''-




























fl __


'Williharles
SJames .CI'BIr Ig
Rtichird C S agn


Process Chemistry and-
:- ertiliVfzer Tech -_ .-

G dorge:b iii e.:
S-MuiBce A. Lrson ;- *



Ato mic ergy) -- .
Reiata, GBautita >

rieiRBureinet -l h
Ai en H.-Pulsi(ei e --
-_ Dean L. Ulricklon
Thomas D. Wheelock


Biomedical Engin
( --(System Modelig, -
Transport. p-broes)
: c' hard C. SeagraTe
--. Charles E. Glat.


.-.
..JSA..
wnauvu; A:


.. i ._ ._p.rt-++, ,-:


~- ;- .F .... -4... .: -o


..--. -c -^.^ '-
_-, : + .- +..= -: .... : : .. : + _+-
_- ++=- : _. .. .m __ ] + +: z "- -- + :


..-- s


-.-t








Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering


KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY


DURLAND HALL-New Home of Chemical Engineering


M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Chemical
Engineering and Interdisciplinary
Areas of Systems Engineering, Food
Science, and Environmental Engi-
neering.

Financial Aid Available
Up to $10,000 Per Year
FOR MORE INFORMATION WRITE TO
Professor B. G. Kyle
Durland Hall
Kansas State University
Manhattan, Kansas 66506


AREAS OF STUDY AND RESEARCH
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
ENERGY ENGINEERING
COAL AND BIOMASS CONVERSION
THERMODYNAMICS AND PHASE EQUILIBRIUM
BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING
MATERIALS SCIENCE
SOLID MIXING
CATALYSIS AND FUEL SYNTHESIS
OPTIMIZATION AND PROCESS SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
FLUIDIZATION
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION











University of



MASSACHUSETTS


Amherst

The Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Massachusetts offers graduate programs
leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Chemical Engineering. Active research areas include polymer
engineering, catalysis, design, and basic engineering sciences. Research in polymers can be coordinated
with the faculty of the Department of Polymer Science and Engineering. Financial aid in the form of
research assistantships and teaching assistantships isavailable. Course of study and area of research
are selected in consultation with one or more of the faculty listed below.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING *


W. C. CONNER
Catalysis, Kinetics, Surface diffusion
M. F. DOHERTY
Distillation, Thermodynamics, Design
J. M. DOUGLAS
Process design and control, Reactor engineering
J. W. ELDRIDGE
Kinetics, Catalysis, Phase equilibria
V. HAENSEL
Catalysis, Kinetics
R. S. KIRK
Kinetics, Ebullient bed reactors
J. R. KITTRELL
Kinetics and catalysis, Catalyst deactivation


R. L. LAURENCE*
Polymerization reactors, Fluid mechanics
R. W. LENZ*
Polymer synthesis, Kinetics of polymerization
M. F. MALONE
Rheology, Polymer processing, Design
K. M. NG
Enhanced oil recovery, Two-phase flows,
Fluid mechanics
J. M. OTTINO*
Mixing, Fluid mechanics, Polymer engineering
M. VANPEE
Combustion, Spectroscopy
H. H. WINTER
Polymer rheology and processing, Heat transfer


* POLYMER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 0


J. C. W. CHIEN
Polymerization catalysts, Biopolymers,
Polymer degradation
R. FARRIS
Polymer composites, Mechanical
properties, Elastomers
S. L. HSU
Polymer spectroscopy, Polymer structure analysis
F. E. KARASZ
Polymer transitions, Polymer blends,
Conducting polymers


R. S. PORTER
Polymer rheology, Polymer processing
R. STEIN
Polymer crystallinity and morphology,
Characterization
E. L. THOMAS*
Electron microscopy, Polymer morphology,
Polyurethanes
O. VOGL
Polymer synthesis, degradation and stabilization
of polymers


W. J. MacKNIGHT
Viscoelastic and mechanical properties of polymers

*Joint appointments in Chemical Engineering and Polymer Science and Engineering

For further details, please write to:


Prof. J. W. Eldridge
Dept. of Chemical Engineering
University of Massachusetts
Amherst, Mass. 01003


Prof. R. Farris
Dept. of Polymer Science and Engineering
University of Massachusetts
Amherst, Mass. 01003


FALL 1980






SMcMASTER UNIVERSITY


M. ENG.
AND
/ PH.D.
PROGRAMS
PROCESS AND ENERGY
ENGINEERING
CHEMICAL REACTION
ENGINEERING AND CATALYSIS
COMPUTER CONTROL,
SIMULATION AND
Y OPTIMIZATION
POLYMER ENGINEERING
~ .BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
WATER AND WASTEWATER
TREATMENT
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION,
PLEASE CONTACT:
CHAIRMAN
DEPT. OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
McMASTER UNIVERSITY
HAMILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA L8S 4L7


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION






A
it

~1


'-': '.
S-. -
Ix-;^
.= "._;' -;
*-** ,; :.


Chemical


En gineeringi


at MIT


Faculty:


.4.


Research Areas:

' Biochemical and Biomecjga,
Combustion
Computer Aided..Design
Electrochemistry
Energy Conversion
Environmental
Kinetics and Catalysis
Polymers
SProcess Dynamics
Su*A B and Colloids
STrWasport Phenomena -





r';-- '





4 4." u .. 4

S*.,, ^it 1.;. : *
.: i'z'* *-^ B5i


R.C. Armstrong
R.F. Baddour
J.M. Be6r
R.A. Brown
R.E. Cohen
C.K. Colton
W.M. Deen
L.B. Evans
F.W. Gelbard
C. Georgakls
H.C. Hottel
J.B. Howard
J.P Longwell
M.P. Manning
H.P Meissner
E.W. Merrill
M. Modell
C.M. Mohr
F.A. Putnam
R.C. Reid
A.F. Sarofim
C.N.Satterfield
H.H.Sawin
S.M. Senkan
K.A. Smith
J.W. Tester
C.G. Vayenas
P.S. Virk
J.E. Vivian
SJ.Wei
SG.C. Williams
S-_ *.'


MITaalso'operates
jhe Schoolof r
Cheitcal Ertifneering ,,
* Practice, with field .
stations atth6 J
General Electric ., /
CorifpanV in Alt'ny, .
NBw York, ~i :at the
OakRidge Natina; .
Laboratr& ak
Ridge,t neee'. .iy," .

For Infoortion:'

Chemical Engineering
Headquarters
.Room i&350 -"B,
Massachlsetts Institb$-?_ t
ofTecIfhlogy. ,' ._.,
Cambridge, Maisachje:i
02139


44
44?
.~, 4* 1.41/
F -M



-.
ic- -4 4"?


----










Chemical

Engineering

At The

University

Of Michigan


THE FACULTY


THE RESEARCH PROGRAM


Dale Briggs
Louisville, Michigan
Brice Carnahan
Case-Western, Michigan
Rane Curl
MIT
Francis Donahue
LaSalle, UCLA
H. Scott Fogler
Illinois, Colorado
Erdogan Gulari
Roberts, Cal Tech
James Hand
NJIT, Berkeley
Robert Kadlec
Wisconsin, Michigan
Donald Katz
Michigan
Lloyd Kempe
Minnesota
Joseph Martin
Iowa, Rochester, Carnegie
John Powers
Michigan, Berkeley
Jerome Schultz, Chairman
Columbia, Wisconsin
Johannes Schwank
Innsbruck
Maurice Sinnott
Michigan
Henry Wang
Iowa State, MIT
James Wilkes
Cambridge, Michigan
Brymer Williams
Michigan
Gregory Yeh
Holy Cross, Cornell, Case
Edwin Young
Detroit, Michigan
246


Laser Light Scattering
Reservoir Engineering
Heterogeneous Catalysis
Thrombogenesis
Microemulsions
Applied Numerical Methods
Dynamic Process Simulation
Ecological Simulation
Electroless Plating
Electrochemical Reactors
Polymer Physics
Polymer Processing
Composite Materials
Coal Liquefaction
Coal Gasification
Acidization
Biochemical Engineering
Periodic Processes
Tertiary Oil Recovery
Transport In Membranes
Flow Calorimetry
Ultrasonic Emulsification
Heat Exchangers
Renewable Resources


For

Tomorrows

Engineers

Today.


THE PLACE

Department Of Chemical Engineering
THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48109

For Information Call 313/763-1148 Collect


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION


__




Full Text

PAGE 1

.,_ 0 % 0 ;; > 0 C, z i2 w w z j w % u VOLUME XIV NUMBER4 GRADUATE EDUCATION ISS UE R~ru,, ... Polymer Fluid Dynam ics In S i tu Processing Wall Turbuhtnce e~""Chemical Reactors Process Synthesis P~ui ... Plant Engineering Chemical Engineering Practice Prairie Dog Solution FAU 1980

PAGE 2

-FMC FMC is an equal opportunity employer, M/F. Good engineers are in a position to choose. So why choose FMC? ,, At the outset, I knew that working for FMC would mean becoming a valued member of their team. FMC is recog nized as a large corporation, and it is-in terms of size, varied product lines and growth opportunities. Yet, the people are warm and friendly, and creativity is encouraged. At FMC, people count, and that has made the difference to me." "I was really impressed by FMC's involvement in so many types of products and processes. Here, there is always the chance to work on optimizations and designs. Learning day-to-day opera tions from FMC experts and assuming major responsibil ity for projects have been great challenges. I'm looking forward to even greater ones in the future." "FMC offered me the best opportunities for advance ment in a variety of situa tions. Working in four dif ferent departments has increased my knowledge enormously. At FMC, I've been able to explore manu facturing and production engineering. It gives me great satisfaction to know that I am a major contributor to our overall plant operations.'' Choosing FMC means ... Larry Ligawa earned his BS in Industr i al Technology at Ind i ana State University in 1974 and went on to complete his MS in Industrial Profess i onal Technology a t ISU in 1976 before joining FMC As an Industrial Engineer with the Chain Division i n Indianapol i s Ind Larry studies and audits both lab orand cap it ali ntensive work processes and recommends methods to i ncrease product ivi ty Helen E Bilson joined the Technical Department of the FMC Agricultural Chemica l Group s plant in Baltimore Md ., after earning her BS i n Chemical Enginee ri ng from V ir g i nia Polytechnic Institute and State Univers i ty in 1978. Beth s fir st assignment was to implement a wastewater treatment tec hni que developed in FMC s own labs She s present l y working on a project team to design and enginee r a production plant for one of our imp ortant chemica l intermediates In four years at FMC Stan Butkivich progressed from an assoc i ate to a sen i or l evel Industr i al Eng in eer. Now as the Assistant Superviso r in the Cost Control Engineer i ng Depart ment of FMC's San Jose Ordnance Plant in California he is d ir ectly involved with a most important aspect of production-its costs. Stan received his BS in Eng i neering Tech nology from California Polytechnic State University in 1975 . joining a major international producer of mach i nery and chem ical s for industry and agriculture with 1978 sales of $2.91 billion FMC Corporation, headquartered in Chicago has more than 45 000 employees wo r ldwide located at 136 manufac turing facilities in 33 states and 15 othe r nat i ons. FMC products include food and agricultural machinery and chemicals i ndustrial chemicals material and natural resource handling equipment construction and power transmission products, government and municipal equ i pment. We offer a range of rewarding careers for engineers and other techn ical gradu ates. See us on campus or contact your placement office

PAGE 3

A Letter to Chemical Engineering Seniors This is the 12th Graduate Issue to be published by CEE and distributed to chemical engineering s eniors interested in and qualified for graduate school. As in our previous issues, we include articles on graduate courses that are taught at various universities and ads of departments on their graduate programs. However, this year we have also included some papers from departments in the United Kingdom as well as papers on research being carried out by certain outstanding chemical engineering professors. In order for you to obtain a broad idea of the nature of graduate work, we encourage you to read not only the articles in this issue, but also those in previous issues. A list of the papers from recent years follows. If you would like a copy of a previous Fall issue, please write CEE. AUTHOI.!,' -Culberson Davis Frank Morari, Ray Ramkrishna Russel, Saville, Ollis, Schowalter Russell Vannice Varma Yen Aris Butt & Peterson Kabel Middleman Perlmutter Rajagopalan Wheelock Carbonell & Whitaker Dumesic Jorne Retz off Blanch, Russell Chartoff FALL 1980 Ray Fahien, Editor, CEE TITLE Fall 1980 "Doctoral Level ChE Economics" "Molecular Theory of Thermodynamics' ~ "Courses in Polymer Science" "Integration of Real-Time Computing Into Process Control Teaching" "Functional Analysis for ChE's" "Colloidal Phenomena" "Structure of the Chemical Processing Industries "Heterogeneous Catalysis" "Mathematical Methods in ChE" "Coal Liquefaction Processes" Fall 1978 "Horses of Other Colors-Some Notes on Seminars in a ChE Department' "Chemical Reactor Engineering" "Influential Papers in Chemical Re action Engineering" "A Graduate Course in Polymer Pro cessing" "Reactor Design From a Stability Viewpoint" "The Dynamics of Hydrocolloidal Systems" "Coal Science and Technology" "Tr ansport Phenomena in Multicom ponent, Multiphase, Reacting Systems" Fall 1977 "Fundamental Concepts in Surface In teractions" "Electrochemical Engineering" "Chemical Reaction Engineering Sci ence" "Biochemical Engineering" "Polymer Science and Engineering" Alkire Bailey & Ollis DeKee Deshpande Johnson Klinzing Lemlich Koutsky Reynolds Rosner Astarita Delgass Gruver Liu Manning McCoy Walter Corripio Donaghey Edgar Gates, et al. Luks Melnyk & Prober Tavlarides Theis Hamdn, et, al. Merrill Locke & Daniels Moore Wei Hopfenberg Fricke Tierney Bell Chao& Greenkorn Cooney Curl & Kadlee Gainer Slattery Kelleher & Kafes Douglas & Kittrell Reid & Modell Theofanous Weller Westerberg Kabel Wen Beamer Himmelblau Fall 1976 "Electrochemical Engineering" "Biochemical Engr. Fundamentals" "Food Engineering" "Distillation Dynamics & Control" "Fusion Reactor Technology" "Environmental Courses" "Ad Bubble Separation Methods" "Intro. Polymer Science & Tech.'' "The Engineer as Entrepeneur" "Energy, Mass and Momentum Transport" Fall 1975 "Modern Thermodynamics" "Heterogeneous Catalysis" "Dynamical Syst. & Multivar. Control" "Digital Computations for ChE's" "Industrial Pollution Control" "Separation Process" "Enzyme Catalysis" Fall 1974 "Digital Computer Control of Process" "Solid-State Materials and Devices" "Multivariable Control and Est." "Chemistry of Catalytic Process" "Advanced Thermodynamics" "Wastewater Engineering for ChE's" "Enzyme and Biochemical Engr.'' "Synthetic & Biological Polymers" '. 'Energy Engineering" Fall 1973 "Applied Chemical Kinetics" "Corrosion Control "Digital Computer Process Control" "Economics of Chem. Processing Industries" "Polymers, Surfactants and Colloidal Materials" "Polymer Processing" "Staged Separations" Fall 1972 "Process Heat Transfer" "Equilibrium Theory of Fluids" "Biological Transport Pnenomena and Biomedical Engineering" "Modeling" "Applied Surface Chemistry" "Momentum, Energy and Mass Transfer" "Process and Plant Design Project" "Engineering Entrepeneurship" Fall 1971 "Thermo: Theory & Applications" "Transport Phenomena" "Heterogeneous Catalysis" "Computer Aided Process Design" "Mathematical Modeling "Noncatalytic Heterogeneous Reaction Systems" "Statistical Analysis and Simulation" "Optimization of Large Scale Systems" 149

PAGE 4

The l)e9ple behind these products still remember looking for their first job. They were people who wanted a good job with a good company. A chance to show what they could do. And to be recognized for doing it. They were people like you. The products they researched, produced and marketed have already touched every part of your life Food wrapping herbicides, antifreeze, medicine, packing mate rial home insulation paper, photo graphic chemicals, fertilizers and carpet backing, just to name a few The careers they took with Dow gave them a chance to do some thing To take responsibility. To set their own goals and plan their own schedules. And evaluate the results. It's an environment for people to develop themselves. And to develop the 2,200 products and services we offer. We need more people like that. Help us get in touch with them Because if you know one of the people we re looking for, we've 'Trademnr~ o l T he D ow Chemica,1 Comp~n y probably got the job he-or she is looking for. If you know of qualified graduates in engineering or the sciences, or with an interest in marketing finance or computer science, we hope you will encourage them to write us : Recru i ting and College Relations P O Bo x 1713-CE Midland Mich i gan 48640 Dow is an equal oppor tunity employermale/female common/uncommon sense/chemistry

PAGE 5

EDITORIAL AND BUSINESS ADDRESS Department of Chemical Engineering University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32611 Editor: Ray Fahien Associate Editor : Mack Tyner Editorial & Business Assistant: Carole C. Yocum (904) 392-0861 Publications Board and Regional Advertising Representatives : Chairman: Lee C. Eagleton Pennsylvania State University Past Chairman: Klaus D. Timmerhaus University of Colorado SOUTH: Homer F. Johnson University of Tennessee Ralph W. Pike Louisiana State University James Fair University of Texas Gary Poehlein Georgia Tech CENTRAL: Darsh T. Wasan Illinois Institute of Technology J. J. Martin University of Michigan Lowell B. Koppel Purdue University WEST: William H. Corcoran California Institute of Technology William B. Krantz University of Colorado C. Judson King University of California Berkeley NORTHEAST: Angelo J. Perna New Jersey Institute of Technology Stuart W. Churchill University of Pennsylvania Raymond Baddour M.I.T. A. W. Westerberg Carnegie-Mellon University NORTHWEST: Charles Sleicher University of Washington CANADA: L es lie W. Shemilt McMaster University LIBRARY REPRESENTATIVE Thomas W. Weber State University of New York FALL 1980 Chemical Engineering Education VOLUME XIV NUMBER 4 FALL 1980 Research on 152 156 162 Polymer Fluid Dynamics, R. Byron Bird In Situ Processing, T. F. Edgar, R. S. Schechte1 Wall Turbulence, Thomas J. Hanratty Courses in 168 Chemical Reactors, C. N. Kenney 174 Systems Modelling and Control, 184 188 L. S. Kershenbaum, J. D. Perkins, D. L. Pyle Process Synthesis, Y. A. Liu Polymerization Reaction Engineering, Nicholas A. Peppas 193 Combustion Science and Technology, Daniel E. Rosner Programs I SO Plant Engineering at Loughborough, Frank P. Lees 200 MIT School of Chemical Engineering Practice: A Continuing Catalyst In Engineering Effectiveness, S. M. Senkan, J. Edward Vivian Class and Home Problems 198 Solution: Prairie Dog Problem, and Prairie Dog Appendix, R. L. Kabel 208 ChE News 205, 206, 208 Book Reviews 215 Books Received CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION is published quarterly by the Chemical Engineering Division, American Society for Engineering Education. The publication is edited at the Chemical Engineering Department, University of Florida. Second-class postage is paid at Gainesville, Florida, and at DeLeon Springs, Florida. Correspondence regarding editorial matter, circulation and changes of address should be addreoaed to the Editor at Gainesville, Florida 32611. Advertising rates and information are available from the advertising representatives Plates and other advertising material may be sent directly to the printer: E. 0. Painter Printing Co., P. 0. Box 877 DeLeon Springs, Florida 32028. Subscription rate U.S., Canada, and Mexico is $15 per year, $10 per year mailed to members of AIChE and of the ChE Division of ASEE. Bulk subscription rates to ChE faculty on request Write for prices on individual back copies. Copyright 1980 Chemical Engineering Di visio n of American Society for Engineering Education. The statements a nd opinions expressed in this periodical are those of the writers and not necessarily those of the ChE Division of the ASEE which body assumes no responsibility for them. Defective copies replaced if notified within 120 days. The International Organization for Standardization has assigned the code US ISSN 0009-2479 for the identification of this periodical. 151

PAGE 6

POLYMER FLUID DYNAMICS: R. BYRON BIRD Uni v ersity of Wisconsin Madison, WI 53706 FLUID DYNAMICS IS A very old subject. The Navier-Stokes equations are about 150 years old, and libraries have shelves of books devoted to boundary-layer theory, turbulence, flow through porous media, gas dynamics, and other facets of this broad and useful discipline. Chemical engi neers share with other engineers their interest in the applications of fluid dynamics and their re sponsibility for the further development of the basic science of fluid dynamics. There are several subfields of fluid dynamics in which chemical engineers have particularly strong responsibilities : fluid dynamics of reactive systems, fluid dynamics of diffusing systems, two phase and multiphase flow systems, and polymer fluid dynamics. The flow of polymer solutions and polymer melts quite properly belong in the domain of chemical engineering for several reasons : Chemical engineers are normally charged with the de velopment of design procedures involving the "unit operations" of the polymer industry: extrusion, blow molding, fiber spinning, etc. Chemical engineers have the background in organic chemistry needed for understanding polymer synthesis, solvent effects, chemical degradation, and molecular weight distributions. Chemical engineers have sufficient training in physical chemistry to understand optical phenomena, polymer kinetic theory, surface tension, polyelectrolytes, and phase equilibria. Chemical engineers have sufficient background in transport phenomena to tackle problems in non-New tonian flow, viscous heating effects, mixing phenome na, and thermal dependence of transport properties. It is no wonder then that chemical engineers have in the past several decades developed strong research programs and new courses in polymer fluid dynamics. In so doing the chemical engineer ing professor has had to build strong bridges to adjacent disciplines, particularly continuum meCopyrigh t ChE D i v isi tm, ABEE, 1980 152 R. Byron Bird is currently Vilas Research Professor of Chemical Engineering at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He received his B.S in ChE at the University of Illinois in 1947 and his PhD in Chemistry at the University of Wisconsin in 1950 He held post doctoral appointments at University of Amsterdam (1950-51) and Un i versity of Wisconsin (1951-52 ) then taught at Cornell University (1952-53) A summer at the Dupont Exper i mental Station introduced him to polymer processing and rheology S i nce that time he has been on the staff at the University of Wisconsin in Chemical Engi neering and served as departmental chairman 1964-1968. He has co authored six books including Molecular Theory of Gases and liquids (Hirschfelder, Curtiss, and Bird), Transport Phenomena (Bird Stewart, and Lightfoot), and Dynamics of Polymeric liquids (Bird, Armstrong, Hassager, and Curtiss). chanics, polymer chemistry, and applied mathe matics. Chemical engineers are currently in volved in at least ten kinds of problems in polymer fluid dynamics, and in the following summary we try to indicate what the objectives and challenges are: Development of Constitutive Equations. It is well known that polymeric liquids do not obey Newton's law of viscosity; many simple experi ments show this conclusively [1]. The stress tensor (at the present time t) for fluids made up of small molecules is given simply in terms of the velocity gradients at the time t. For polymeric fluids, how ever, the stresses in a fluid element at the present time t depend in a complicated way on the velocity gradients experienced by that fluid element over all past times t'; that is, "memory effects" are inCHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 7

volved. One of the central problems of the field is to obtain expressions for the stress tensor (the "constitutive equation" or the "rheological equa tion of state"). This problem is still only partially resolved. We have fragmentary answers provided by rheometric experiments, by continuum me chanics, and by molecular theory. Rheometry. One cannot go into the laboratory and "measure the stress tensor" in an arbitrary flow system. The best we can do is to measure some of the stress tensor components in very carefully controlled flow fields ; this science of measurement is now called "rheometry" [2, 3]. There still remains much to be done in developing reliable instrumentation that can be used to measure viscosity, stress relaxation, elongational viscosity, complex viscosity, and a dozen or so other rheological properties. At the present we do not have nearly enough trustworthy rheometric data on carefully characterized samples (i.e., samples of known molecular weight, concentra tion, and molecular structure) to test the proposed constitutive equations and molecular theories. Kinetic Theory. If one is given the molecular weight, concentration, and polymer structure, there are no formulas that one can turn to to predict with confidence the rheological properties that one needs for doing analysis or design of polymer flow systems or processing units. The past several decades have produced many new kinetic theories for polymeric liquids [4] and these have been very helpful in suggesting useful forms for constitutive equations. Work along these lines is continuing, both for dilute solutions [5] and for polymer melts; for the latter, there are now two very different kinds of competing theories, the "network theories" [6, 7] and the "reptation theories" [8, 9]. A number of investigators are also approaching the structure-rheology relationship through the use of computer simulation tech niques, but this method is in its infancy. Solution of Flow Problems. Once one has settled on a reasonable constitutive equation (and there is at this moment still a great deal of subjective judgment as to what "reasonable" is) then one is faced with another enormous challenge, namely that of solving the equations of continuity and motion along with the constitutive equation in order to predict velocity profiles. There are a few trivial flows where one can get some analytical solutions, or possibly even solutions by use of perturbation theory [10]. But most problems of interest to the engineer necessarily require numerical analysis. Such numerical problem solving taxes even the biggest computers because of the necessity of taking into account the memory effects. Current efforts seem to have met only with moderate success; apparently computer solu tions break down when the Deborah number (ratio of the time constant of the fluid to the character istic time of the flow) becomes equal to about unity-and this is just the beginning of the excit ing region where the "elastic effects" begin to be important [11]. Flow Visualization. Because of the problems just mentioned it is of particular importance that polymer fluid dynamicists develop techniques for flow visualization and for the complete measure ment of velocity fields ( e.g., by using laser-doppler methods) in a variety of flow systems [12, 13]. We need to know much more about the various "flow regimes," particularly the conditions where various kinds of instabilities occur. It is important, too, that the fluids used in these flow visualizatiqn experiments be characterized rheometrically; that is, it is essential to know the non-Newtonian viscosity curves, the normal stress curves, and other material functions in order to be able to interpret the flow experiments. In many industrial problems, flow visualization is particularly im portant. Very little progress can be made in theorizing until the basic experimental facts are known. Heat Transfer Studies. Because of the very high viscosities of concentrated polymer solutions and melts, the viscous energy dissipation is, more often than not, non-negligible. Most high-speed extrusion processes, injection molding systems, and other industrial operations involve appre~i able viscous heating [14] and highly non-iso thermal conditions. As a result it is necessary to put temperature dependence into the constitutive relations [15] and to study the rheologi~al ma terial functions as a function of temperature. Once one has settled on a rea sonable constitutive eq ua tion .. then one is faced with another enormous challenge, namely that of solving the equations of continuity and motion along with the constitutive equation in order to predict velocity profiles. FALL 1980 1.53

PAGE 8

Flows with Phase Change. Not oniy does one have to study nonisothermal problems, but also problems in which solid-liquid or liquid-solid transitions are occurring. In extruder operation one has to melt the polymer pellets upstream from the extrusion device. In all plastics manufactur ing processes, one has to cool the molten polymer to obtain the finished product. In some instances the cooling and solidification occurs when the polymer is still in motion. Sui::h problems involve both the kinetics of phase ch~nge, crystallization, heat transfer, and two-phase :(low [16]. Two-Phase Flow. The widespread use of various kinds of fillers in the fabrication of composites brings up the subject of twq-phase flow: solids, liquids, or gases dispersed in a fluid which is visco elastic. Some of the most challenging problems facing the polymer fluid dynamicist in the polymer industry are those pertaining to the break-up of particle aggregates, mixing and blending, particle orientation in flow fields, distortion of gas bubbles, interfacial phenomena, and alteration of me chanical and optical properties of the melt and the solid finished product. Not nearly enough is known about the clustering of particles and the distribution of particles in concentrated two-phase systems [17]. Polymer Unit Operations. All of the topics listed above can be important in the development of a better understanding of the polymer unit operations. It is not enough, however, to analyze existing processes and equipment. The chemical engineer must also be concerned with improving the equipment design and the process operation. In addition, he has the even more challenging task of trying to develop totally new fabrication methods [16], often collaborating with mechanical and electrical engineers. Most of this kind of in ventive work has been done in industry, where personnel and equipment resources are more plentiful than in the university. However, co operative projects or consulting activities can be very important in bridging the gap between the academic fluid mechanicist and the industrial de signer. Drag Reduction. There are several phenomena pertaining specifically to dilute solutions that have been the subject of intensive research. The oldest and most important of these is "drag reduction" [18]. The addition of small amounts of a polymer to a Newtonian liquid can reduce significantly the friction factor in turbulent flow. The understand ing of this. phenomenon presents an enormous 154 challenge, since it combines two very difficult fields: turbulence, and viscoelasticity. Perhaps some of the recent advances in the kinetic theory of dilute solutions will be used to elucidate this fascinating phenomenon. I T SHOULD BE EVIDENT from the above listing of problem areas that the field of polymer fluid dynamics is enormous in extent and variety. All of the above topics are interrelated, and the study of any one part of the field invariably leads to some other part of the subject. In polymer fluid dynamics one can seek all kinds of challenges : mathematical, physical, chemical, process design, equipment design, computing, and instrumenta tion. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author wishes to thank the National Science Foundation and the Vilas Trust Fund (U. Wisconsin) for continued support of his research in polymer fluid mechanics and kinetic theory. REFERENCES 1. R. B. Bird, R. C. Armstrong, and 0. Hassager, "Dy namics of Polymeric Liquids, Vol. 1: Fluid Mechanics," Wiley, New York (1977) Ch. 3. 2. K. Walters, "Rheometry," Chapman and Hall, London (1975). 3. R. W. Whorlow, "Rheological Techniques," Wiley, New York (1980). 4. R. B. Bird, 0. Hassager, R. C. Armstrong, and C. F. Curtiss, "Dynamics of Polymeric Liquids, Vol. 2: Kinetic Theory," Wiley, New York (1977). 5. R. B. Bird, P J. Dotson, and N. L. Johnson, J. NonNewtonian Fluid Mech., 7, 213-235 (1980). 6. A. S. Lodge, Rheol. Acta, 7, 379-392 (1968). 7. M. H. Wagner, Rheol. Acta, 18, 33-50 (1979). 8. M. Doi and S. F Edwards, J. Chem. Soc., Faraday Trans., II, 74, 1789-1832 (1978); 75, 38-54 (1979). 9. C. F. Curtiss and R B. Bird, "A Kinetic Theory for Polymer Melts," U. Wisc. Theo. Chem. Inst. Reports 636 and 637, May, 19 80. 10. R. B. Bird, R. C. Armstrong, and 0. Hassager, op. cit., Chs. 5 through 9. 11. R. C. Armstrong, personal communication. 12. M. Gottlieb and R. B. Bird, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fund., 18, 357-368 (1979). 13. R. L. Christiansen, Ph.D. Thesis, U. Wisconsin (1980). 14. H. H. Winter, Adv. Heat Transfer, 13, 205-267 (1977). 15. G. Marrucci, Trans Soc. Rheol., 16, 321-330 (1972). 16. Z Tadmor and C. G. Gogos, "Principles of Polymer Processing," Wiley, N.Y. (1979). 17. A. L. Graham, PhD Thesi s, U. Wisconsin (1980). 18. H S Stephens and J. A. Clarke, eds., "Proc. Second International Conference on Drag Reduction at Cam bridge," BHRA Fluid Engineering, Cranfield (1977). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 9

Chevron === Chevron O ii Field Research Company PhD Chemical Engineers For Research And Development In Enhanced Oil Recovery Chevron s laboratory In La Habra Californ i a is engaged in research directed toward increased recovery of oil and gas from known subsurface reservoirs Chemical engineering technology is extremely Important In the very complicated business of recovering petroleum from known reservoirs-reservoirs of oil and gas already discovered and in quantities large enough to make a real difference in the United States domestic energy supply That is, if we can find more effective processes for breaking it free from the rocks and bringing it to the surface. The research the development and the field trials of new ideas for recovering oil carry high risks and high costs. But the stakes are high tool When you realize that typically twice as much oil is left behind as is produced by conventional methods it is easy to understand how large these stakes really are and the energy resources that will be available if we can find the unlocking processes. Our chemical engineers are also working on the problems of in situ recovery of heavy oils and oil from tar sands and shale. If you want to learn more about research in the more complex applications of chemical engineering send your resume to: J C Benjamin Chevron 011 Field Research Company P.O. Box446 La Habra CA 90631

PAGE 10

IN SITU PROCESSING T.F.EDGAR R. S. SCHECHTER University of Texas Austin, Texas 78712 THE DISPARITY BETWEEN ENERGY supply and demand in the United States has emphasized the need to utilize in situ technology for recovery of fossil fuels and minerals. This technology offers a way to extract reserves which are not technically or economically feasible to recover using con ventional mining and may provide a means of significantly increasing domestic fuel and feed stock production in the near future, thus reducing dependence on foreign oil. In situ processing combines extraction and conversion into a single step, and the various in situ processes ( oil shale, coal, oil sands, uranium and other minerals) share a number of desirable features: Many of the health and safety problems of conven tional mining are avoided; underground labor is eliminated altogether. Solid waste pollution is avoided since undesirable solid material is left underground. The amount of surface equipment for mining and processing is reduced, yielding economic leverage. These positive features must be weighed against potential problems, such as subsurface pollution of ground water, low recovery efficiencies, and sub sidence. The development of the emerging in situ technologies is interdisciplinary in scope, involving exchange of information among the fields of engi neering, earth sciences, chemistry, physics and en vironmental science. Chemical engineers are play ing a leading role because the concepts used to design and operate chemical plants can be fruit fully applied to subsurface processing. In this article we shall indicate the types of research in vestigations chemical engineering graduate students can carry out, emphasizing two inter disciplinary projects at the University of Texas at Austin. These two projects deal with under ground gasification of lignite, directed by T. F. Edgar, and in situ leaching of uranium, directed by R. S. Schechter 156 The ultimate goal of the research is to develop a set of laboratory and computer based tools which would allow site evaluation based on field and laboratory measurements of the mineral and associated overburdens. APPLICABLE RESOURCES AND COMMERCIAL EXPLOITATION THE DOMESTIC COAL SUPPLY is, of course, extremely large and will be the major resource for intermediate term energy production. In situ recovery of coal will increase the recoverable coal supplies to about 40 % of the national resource estimate (10 % is recoverable using conventional mining) Western coal can be successfully gasified in situ, but Eastern coals cannot be recovered easily because of their swelling characteristics. Texas lignite is the resource studied in the UT Austin research; it is estimated that nearly 20 billion tons of lignite lie at surface mining depths (down to 90 mete r s), but approximately 35 billion tons lie between depths of 90 and 600 meters in seam thicknesses between 1.5 m and 4.5 m, which are technically feasible ranges for underground coal gasification (UCG) [Al] There have been ten private sector and government-sponsored field tests, two of which are being performed in Texas. Demonstration-scale ( e.g., 25 MW equivalent of electricity or greater) tests have been performed in the USSR with air injection, and several U.S. tests of this magnitude are planned for the early 1980's, using steam / oxygen injection to produce a medium Btu gas. At the present time, in situ uranium leaching provides only a small fraction of domestic uranium requirements (less than 5 % ) but because of activity particularly in Texas and Wyoming the proportion can be expected to increase significantly in the future. A number of companies are now mining on a commercial scale in Texas. In 1979 there were 16 permits issued to five companies for approximately 1500 production acres. Seven addiCopy ri ght ChE D ivisi tm, ABEE 1980 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 11

tional permits were being processed for an addi tional 2000 acres of production [A2]. Despite this high level of industrial interest in both in situ gasification and uranium leaching, significant problems, especially environmental, still remain to be resolved. Failure to resolve them adequately will result in a severe curtailment of these rapidly emerging technologies. RESEARCH APPROACH AND SCOPE T HE PURPOSE OF THE UT-AUSTIN research on in situ processing is to develop the necessary theory and understanding of the underground process so that commerciali'zation can be facili tated for a wide range of mineral deposits. The ultimate goal of the research is to develop a set of laboratory and computer-based tools which would allow site evaluation based on field and laboratory measurements of the mineral and associated over burdens. Such an evaluation must of necessity be semi-quantitative since there are never enough data available about the subsurface to predict ac curately all physicochemical aspects of the re covery process. Laboratory screening is preferred because field testing is uneconomic for every po tential site; an engineering and geological design Thomas F. Edgar is Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering at The University of Texas at Austin, where he has been a faculty member since 1971. His research interests include chemical process control and coal combustion and gasification. He earned his B.S Ch.E. from the Univers ity of Kansas and Ph D in chemical engineering from Princeton University. He is editor of the technical journal In Situ. (L) Robert S Schechter is the E J Cockrell, Jr. Professor of Chemical and Petroleum Engineering at The University of Texas at Austin. His research interests are mainly concerned with surface and interfacial phenomena with particular emphasis on tertiary oil recovery and in situ uranium leaching. He is a graduate of Texas A&M University (BS) and the University of Minnesota (Ph D.) Professor Schechter was elected to the National Academy of Engineering in 1976 (R) FALL 1980 The research is strongly oriented toward developing mathematical models suitable for design and scale-up and for optimization of operation. basis, which presently is incomplete, must be de veloped before economic application of the technology can be realized. The research is strongly oriented toward de veloping mathematical models suitable for design scale-up and for optimization of operation. This entails development of a fundamental understand ing of the dominant physical and chemical pro cesses occuring in the subsurface. However, the research has pointed to the need for certain pro cess improvements, and efforts are now being made to effect these improvements. In order to develop successful techniques for scale-up from the laboratory to the field, both the coal and uranium projects have maintained close liaison with field personnel and other researchers in the field through biannual research review meet ings. Each project has a review board made up of professionals from industry and government laboratories who critically evaluate the research results presented at these meetings. At the University of Texas we are fortunate to have strong departments of chemical engineer ing, petroleum engineering, geology, and environ mental engineering in order to pursue this re search; there have been as many as ten staff and twenty students from the above departments in volved in the coal and uranium projects. Annual support for the projects combined has been more than $400,000 /year; funding agencies have in cluded the Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of HEW, National Science Foundation, Office of Surface Mining, De partment of the Interior, Texas Petroleum Re search Committee, and private companies. UNDERGROUND COAL GASIFICATION RESEARCH I N UCG, DRILLED HOLES ARE used to access the coal seam. After the coal seam is ignited, the permeability of the seam must be enhanced before actual gas production. This can be done by using a technique called counter-current or reverse com bustion, which pyrolyzes a narrow channel of high permeability between two boreholes, thus allowing directional control over gas flow. After this "link" between boreholes is achieved, co-current combus tion can be employed for gas production [A3]. 157

PAGE 12

Underground coal gasification systems repre sent a departure from conventional chemical re actors in that the internal geometry varies over time, and their boundaries are not fixed as in surface equipment. A number of specific models are needed to describe quantitatively the behavior of an underground coal gasification process. Such models can be subsequently used for process design and control. A model is needed to predict the chemical composition of the product gas as a function of the injected gas composition and rate as well as how product gas composition might vary with coal type, seam thickness, and water intrusion rate. There is a need to be able to predict the fraction of coal that will be recovered with a par ticular well pattern and to quantify the linking pattern. Also important are predictions of water influx and the potential of roof collapse and their effects on gas composition and sweep efficiency. Other predictive models can be used to quantify the environmental impact, such as subsidence and aquifer contamination. These physical and chemi cal models can be coupled with process economics models so that system design and operation can be optimized. The major emphasis of the chemical engineering research has been on predicting Underground coal gasification systems represent a departure from conventional chemical reactors in that the internal geometry varies over time, and their boundaries are not fixed as in surface equipment. product gas composition [A4] and sweep efficiency [Bl], [B2] for a range of coals and geological condi tions. There has been some success in using mathe matical models for interpreting field and labora tory data for in situ gasification. However, these models have employed of necessity tremendous simplifications in order to realize meaningful results for such a complex system [A5]. The in situ gasifier contains such components as a ;fixed bed, a channel, and a porous medium [B3]. The geometry of the gasifier may be irregular due to burning of the coal and resulting roof collapse. Complex heat transfer, mass transfer, and momen tum transfer phenomena occur simultaneously in different parts of the system. It is clear that "global" mathematical models are not practical for the purpose of simulation; the challenge is to determine which model elements are crucial for 158 matching the process performance. Even simpli fied models are often characterized by moving boundaries, split boundary conditions, and stiff differential equations. A useful one-dimensional conceptual model of UCG during co-current or forward combustion involves the existence of several distinct reaction zones, namely oxidation, reduction and pyrolysis/ drying [A3], [A4]. These are the same zones that occur in moving-bed surface gasifiers. One way to simulate UCG in the laboratory is to operate a combustion tube charged with pulverized coal similar to that used in petroleum recovery studies [B4], [B5], [B6]. Field gasification temperatures can be in excess of 1300 C, which creates extreme experimental difficulty in tube design; typical oil combustion tubes are operated at less than 800 C, well within the limits of steel alloy materials. There is some disagreement about the ultimate usefulness of such apparata for simulating the three-dimensional UCG process, but a combustion tube does provide the opportunity to study one level of scale-up. Modeling of such a system also implies reaction kinetics sub-models for oxidation [B7], [B8], gasification [B9], and pyrolysis [Bl0], [Bll], [B12], which can be developed for a given coal using a variety of microreactors. It can be argued that the basic reaction unit in UCG is a coal block rather than a coal particle, which would emphasize intra-particle heat and mass transfer effects [B13]. Self-gasification of the coal block by moisture transporation and cracking and gasification of pyrolysis products [B14], which must diffuse through the block, also occur. In a three-dimensional intrepretation of UCG, sweep efficiency and burning rates may be controlled by consolidated block transport phe nomena [B15]. Coal block experiments can illumin ate the effects of gas hydrodynamics, coal proper ties, and block transport phenomena on channel growth [B16], [Bl 7]. Gas composition probably is only secondarily controlled by block gasification, although more field and laboratory experiments and mathematical modeling for a variety of sites are necessary before definitive conclusions can be reached. Modeling of environmental effects, such as sub sidence and subsurface water pollution, is rela tively immature in development. Their predict ability is problematic because of the lack of in formation on geohydrology and rock behavior as well as chemical, physical, and biological pro cesses which occur in the subsurface. Natural CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 13

renovation of polluted groundwater has been re ported in several U. S. field tests. IN SITU URANIUM LEACHING RESEARCH T HE OBJECTIVES OF IN SITU leaching of uranium are to dissolve all the uranium-bearing miner als in place and to transport the dissolved uranium back to the surface in the fluid injected into the ore-bearing formation. In its simplest form, the chemical process consists of : ( 1) oxidiz ing the uranium-bearing species and (2) putting the uranium in solution in a chemical form which can be recovered at the surface. Both of these steps are to be accomplished while minimizing the effect of those reactions between the leach solution and the ore-bearing formation which are detrimental to the extraction process and minimiz ing the damage to the subsurface environment. The final stage of the mining process is to remove those pollutants introduced into the formation during the extraction stage. This is crucial since the zones which can be mined are in aquifers. The modeling of the production stage requires that the rates of heterogeneous reactions of oxi dant with uranium bearing minerals and with all the other minerals which compete for oxidant be established. This is a somewhat challenging step since there are often four or more minerals each competing for oxidant. Furthermore, the rates cannot be studied independently since only studies on carefully preserved field samples are meaning ful. In a study of acid leaching kinetics, Tatom found [Cl] that many of the heterogeneous re actions are initially mass transfer controlled so that during the early stages of leaching, the over all reaction depends on the local fluid velocity. As the quantity of unoxidized mineral decreases, there exists a point, different for each mineral, at which the intrinsic surface kinetics control the rate of reaction. Thus the reaction rate models tend to be more complex than that proposed by Galichon [C2], [ A6] and represent an interesting interplay between mass transfer and surface kinetics Models for the chemical reactions which take place during carbonate leaching are now being developed [C3] This research has the additional goal of comparing the reaction rates in ammonium carbonate solutions with those in potassium car bonate solutions. Ammonium carbonate has been the main ingredient in the leach solution used by most of the companies operating in Texas. How ever, many companies are now reluctant to use FALL 1980 this compound because of the severe requirements for NH 4+ removal after mining which have been imposed by state and national regulatory agencies [A2]. Sodium carbonate is sometimes used but in many cases will damage the formation perme ability so that fluid injection becomes virtually impossible. Potassium carbonate, which does not damage the formation permeability, has not been used because of its cost. However, the University of Texas research team has developed a procedure which utilizes a preflush that will reduce the cost of subsequently leaching with potassium carbonate by a factor of about four. This process [A7], for which patents are pending (assigned to the Bu reau of Mines) is now being readied for field testing. A second aspect of the research has been the development of re s toration procedures. The initial work focused on the recovering NH 4 + cations from the formation at the completion of the production stage. Thi s is essentially an ion exchange process [A8], [A9], complicated by the existence of multiple substrates having different free energies of ex change, interlayer mixing, axial dispersion, etc., [C4]. Process modeling indicated the desirability of utilizing special fluids of high ionic strength to flush ammonium; howeve r in some cases the ammonium cation was strongly adsorbed and difficult to remove. An interesting example of the type of problem which has been considered is the one-well test to evaluate the restoration parameters. This test involves the injection of relatively small volumes of leach solution and the subsequent production of a larger volume of fluid. Two important pa rameters-the cation exchange capacity and an average free energy-are to be determined by history matching the effluent composition. A study of this procedure revealed that this goal cannot be feasibly accomplished and alternate techniques were proposed [AlOJ, [C5]. Before this study, such tests were routinely performed, and in many cases, erroneous values of the parameters were adopted. Finally, all the detailed models for production and restoration must be imbedded into a simulator that can accommodate an arbitrary well pattern, formation heterogeneity and anisotropy, variable injection and production volumetric rates and transient solution and solid phase compositions. All these requirements have not yet been satisfied but Bommer [All], [C6] has reported a relatively comprehensive two-dimensional simulator which 159

PAGE 14

is now being used by severai operators to design optimum systems. In conclusion it should again be stressed that the most difficult problems are environmental in nature. There are many rules and regulations at the national, state and local levels which must be satisfied. Some of these rules are in conflict with others [CS]. Studies such as those now being con ducted by Chen [C7] will help regulatory agencies make rational decisions with regard to those standards which should be strictly enforced and those which can be relaxed to some extent without altering the quality of the water. A. LITERATURE CITED Al. Edgar, T. F., Kaiser, W. R. Humenick, M. J. and Charbeneau, R. J., "Environmental Effects of In Situ Gasification of Texas Lignite," Report to En vironmental Protection Agency, August, 1980. A2. Whittington, D. and Taylor, W. R., "Regulations and Restoration of In Situ Uranium Mining in Texas," Proceedings of the South Texas Uranium Seminar, Society of Mining Engineers of AIME (1979). A3. Gregg, D. W. and Edgar, T. F., "In Situ Coal Gasi fication," AIChE J., 24, 754 (1978). A4. Natarajan, R., Edgar, T. F. and Savins, J. G., "Pre diction of Product Gas Composition for UCG," Proc. Sixth Underground Coal Conversion Conference, Afton, Oklahoma, July, 1980. A5. Edgar, T. F., "Analysis and Modeling of Under ground Coal Gasification Systems," FOCAPD Engi neering Foundation Conference, Henniker, N. H., July, 1980. A6. Galichon, P., Breland, W. M., Cowley, A. H. and Schechter, R. S., "Chemical Factors in In Situ Uranium Leach Mining," In Situ, 1 (2), 125 (1977). A7. Tweeton, D., Guilinger, T. R., Breland, W. M. and Schechter, R. S., "The Advantages of Conditioning on Orebody with a Chloride Solution Before In Situ Uranium Leaching with a Carbonate Solution," SPE Preprint No. 9490, 55th Annual Technical Meeting, Dallas, Texas, Sept., 1980. AS. Hill, A. D., Walsh, M. P., Breland, W. M., Humen ick, M. J., Silberberg, I. H. and Schechter, R. S., "Restoration of Uranium In Situ Leaching Sites," Soc. of Petroleum Eilgr. J., 20, (1980). A9. Walsh, M. P., Humenick, M. J. and Schechter, R. S., "The Displacement and Migration of Ammonium Ions from Uranium In Situ Leaching Sites," in In Situ Uranium Mining and Groundwater Restora tion : W. J. Schlitt and D. A. Shock eds., Proc. of the New Orleans Symp., Soc. of Mining Engr. of AIME (1978) AlO. Kabir, M. I., Lake, L. W. and Schechter, R. S., "Evaluation of the One Well Uranium Leaching Test: Restoration," SPE Preprint 9486, 55th Annual Technical Conference, Society of Petroleum Engi neers of the AIME, Dallas, Texas, Sept. (1980). 160 Ail. Bommer, P. M., Schechter, R. S., "Mathematical Modeling of In Situ Uranium Leaching," Society of Petroleum Engineering Journal, 19, p 393 (1979). B. THESES-UNDERGROUND COAL GASIFICATION Bl. Dinsmoor, B. (1979), "The Modeling of Channel Systems in Underground Coal Gasification." B2. Johnson, C. (1980), "A Three Dimensional Numeri cal Simulation for Underground Coal Gasification." B3. Galland, J. (1974), "Analysis and Modeling of Underground Coal Gasification Systems." B4. Westbrook, D. (1976), "Design of a Combustion Tube for Experimentation on In Situ Gasification of Texas Lignite. B5. Cook, R. (1980), "Combustion Tube Studies of Texas Lignite Using Steam-Oxygen Injection." B6. Ponnamperuma, J. (1980) "Combustion Tube Studies of Air Gasification of Texas Lignite." B7. Tseng, H. (1981), "Pore Size Effects on Oxidation Kinetics of Texas Lignite Char." BS. Hsia, S. (1977), "Oxidation Kinetics of Texas Lignite." B9. Bass, E. (1980), "Gasification Kinetics of Texas Lignite Char and Steam." BlO. Cadwell, J. (1978), "Pyrolysis Properties of Texas Lignite Under Conditions of In Situ Gasification." BU Matteson, M. (1979), "Pyrolysis Kinetics of Texas Lignite." B12. Athans, M. (1980), "Sulfur Compounds Produced During Pyrolysis of Texas Lignite." B13. Tsang T. (1980), "Modeling of Heat and Mass Transfer During Coal Block Gasification." B14. Hunt, C. (1979), "Cracking of Low Heating Rate Pyrolysis Products Obtained from Texas Lignite." B15. Wellborn, T. (1980), "Measurement of Linear Burn ing Rates for Consolidated Lignite Cores." B16. Cornwell, J. (1982), "Channel Gasification of Lig nite Blocks." B17. Triplett, K. (1980), "Analysis of Flow Patterns in Underground Coal Gasification Using Tracers." C. THESES-URANIUM LEACHING Cl. Tatom, A. (1980), "An Investigation of the Factors Determining the Rate of Uranium Leaching in Acid Solutions." C2. Galichon, P. (1976), "In Situ Leaching of Uranium Ore." C3. Guilinger, T. (1981), "Optimal Formulation of Carbonate Lixiviants for Uranium Solution Mining." C4. Walsh, M. (1979), "Investigation of the Fate of Ammonia from In Situ Uranium Solution Mining." C5. Kabir, M. (1981), "In Situ Uranium Mining Reser voir Engineering and Aspects of Leaching and Restoration." C6. Bommer, P. (1979), "A Streamline-Concentration Balance Model for In Situ Uranium Leaching and Site Restoration." C7. Chen, J. (1980), "The Migration of Low pH Solu tions in Groundwater." CS. Shiao, S. (1980), "Environmental Aspects of Uranium In Situ Leaching." CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 15

create. construct and control your career with MILLIKEN We provide an expanding range of opportunities to accelerate your managerial and professional career development. Milliken s commitment to technolog i cal leader ship in providing new products processes and equipment is exemplified by the Millitron ma chine a computer controlled jet-injection dyeing system created and developed by Milliken engi neers and scientists for the production of multi colored carpet rugs and upholstery products The men and women we need have open minds open enough to let us expose you to the details of the Milliken challenge. When we select each other horizons broaden for both of us Ca l l or write : Milliken A~ College_Relations Dep t. Post Office Bo x 1926 1 MILLI KEN Spartanburg SC 29304 Phone (8 03 ) 573 -25 08 An equal opportunity employer

PAGE 16

WALL TURBULENCE THOMASJ. HANRATTY Uni v e r sity of Illinois U r bana, IL 61801 Fluid mechanics r e sea r ch at the Uni v ersity of Illinois at Urbana is being conducted by Prof. Jonathan J. L. Higdon, Prof. A. J. McHugh and mys e lf. Dr. Higdon is doing w ork i n the areas of biological fluid mechani c s and the mechanics of c oncentrated suspensions. D r McHugh is studying flo w induced crystalli z ation of polyme r s, and the flo w beha vi or of dilute polym e r late x suspens i ons. M y o wn w ork i s conce r ned wi th the structure of turbulence, tu r bul e nt mass t r ansf er atomization, droplet dispe r sion, flow o v er wa v y surfaces and the modelling of air-liquid and solid liquid flow systems. This paper gi v es an account of resea r ch on the structure of turbulence close to a solid boundary. 0 NE OF THE FIRST topics covered in an elementary course in fluid dynamics is the ex periment by Osborne Reynold$ [1] in 1883 which showed that the preferred motion of fluid particles through a pipe at large flow rates is turbulent. On the basis of these experiments he explained why at high flows the law characterizing the frictional pressure loss abruptly changes from a linear to an approximately quadratic dependence on fluid velocity. A simple force balance on a cylindrical element of fluid under fully developed conditions, as indi cated in Fig. 1, shows that a shear stress T can Flow FIGURE 1 162 In a Ph.D. thesis from this laboratory Reiss invented a new method to study the flow close to the wall without interferring with it. be defined which is related to the frictional pres sure gradient J !! J and the radial location r by the equation T = ; I !! I ( 1) For laminar flows this shear stress can be related dV to the velocity gradient dr through Newton's law of viscosity dV T = /L dr (2) and the velocity field can be calculated by sub stituting (2) into (1) and integrating. The kinetic theory of gases interprets T as equal to the nega tive of the momentum flow per unit time through a unit area perpendicular to the r axis. This momentum flux can be explained as due to the mixing by molecular motion of high and low velocity fluid in adjacent streamlines; the vis cosity is related to the mean free path A. and velocity of the molecules c by the relation = kc>-.., where k is a proportionality constant. For a turbulent flow the components of the velocity vector may be considered as the sum of time averaged and fluctuating quantities, Vi = V 1 + u i (3) Reynolds showed that the fluctuating flow can give rise to much larger fluxes of momentum than in purely laminar flow and defined the turbulent contribution to the fluid stress as T\j = p U 1 Ui, now called the Reynolds stress. Thus for fully de veloped flow in a pipe dV x ( 4 ) T rx = /L dr p u .. u x where T rx is the x-component of the stress on a Copyrig ht Ch E Divisio n, A SEE. 19 80 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 17

face perpendicular to the r-axis. Over most of the pipe cross section the mixing due to turbulence is much larger than the mixing due to molecular motion so that the velocity gradient need not be very large to maintain the fluid stress. However, in a thin region close to the wall p u ,. u x is close dV to zero so that d/ must assume very large values in order to sustain the stress. This large variation of the Reynolds stress close to a wall accounts for the blunt shaped velocity profiles observed for turbulent flows. The region close to the wall where the Reynolds stresses are negligible has been called the viscous sublayer. It extends a distance from the wally given as y + = .J':!.___ = 5, V where v* is the friction velocity equal to (Tw / p) v is the kinematic viscosity, and p is the fluid d 't Th h dV x ki ens1 y. e region w ere ------ar 1s ma ng a significant contribution to the fluid stress is called the viscous wall region and is defined as y + <30. Considerable research has been done since the time of Reynolds which is useful in interpreting phenomena occurring in turbulent fields, but the main issues raised by his work are still un resolved: (1) What is the mechanism by which the flow through interaction with the bounding walls sustains the turbulence? (2) How can the variation of the Reynolds stresses in a flow field be predicted? Engineering practice today is quite often Thomas J. Hanratty has been a member of the Chemical Engi neering faculty of the University of Illinois since 1953. He was educated at Villanova Ohio State, and Princeton, Ph.D. (1953) His professional honors i nclude the Colburn, Walker and Professional Progress Awards of the A.1.Ch.E. and the Curtis W McGraw and Senior Research Awards of the A S E E He was elected to the National Academy of Engineering in 1974 FALL 1980 based on early theoretical work which used physi cal models successful in treating laminar flows to predict the Reynolds stress. One approach defines a turbulent viscosity P. t analogous to a molecular viscosity so that dV -pU ,. U x = /J,t dr (5) Another uses mixing length concepts analogous to the mean free path defined in kinetic theory; P. t = q l (6) where q characterizes the magnitude of velocity fluctuations. A practical difficulty in using these theories is that an unknown spatial variation of P. t or l is substituted for an unknown variation of U 1 U j A conceptual difficulty, which is perhaps more serious, arises because measured values of l are found to be of the same magnitude as the size of the container. This suggests that the Reynolds stress cannot be related to local properties of the v elocity field, as implied in a Newtonian approach. The understanding and the prediction of the pro duction of turbulence and of Reynolds stress in a turbulent field therefore requires information on the structure of the fluctuating velocity field. A considerable effort is now underway in a number of laboratories to determine the structure of turbulent flows and it is quite likely that some very meaningful b r eakthrough s will be made in the next ten years This current effort has been made possible by the development of multiprobe measuring techniqtles and of computer methods for handling the data obtained from these measurements. In m y laboratories at the University of Illinois we are engaged in an extensive study of the struc~ ture of turbulence in the viscous wall region, where the production of turbulence is a maximum. One of th e reasons for concentrating on the viscous wall r egion is that an understanding of the me chanics of this region could be the key to finding out how the turbulence is sustained. Another reason is that many processes of vital interest to chemical engineers are cont r olled by happenings very clo se to a boundary. In this paper I will outline some of the work we are doing to obtain structural inform a tion on the viscous wall region and how we are using this information to study mass transfer at boundaries and flow over wavy surfaces and to control turbulent fields In order to understand the difficulties involved in obtaining detailed flow information on the viscous wall region one has to realize the smallness 163

PAGE 18

of this region. For flow in a 5 cm pipe at a Reynolds number of 500,000 the dimensionless distance y + = 30 would correspond to a distance from the wall of only 0.08 mm. It is therefore advantageous to work in large diameter pipes at small Reynolds numbers. We have developed a test loop for water flows with a diameter of 19.4 cm that occupies five floors in our building. At a Reynolds number of 30,000 dimensionless distance y + = 30 would then correspond to a y of 3.5 mm. Even with this improvement of spatial resolution the use of conventional techniques to study the details of the flow in the viscous wall region is not an option. In a Ph.D. thesis from this laboratory Reiss [2, 3, 4] invented a new method to study the flow close to the wall without interfering with it. Circular electrodes with diameters as small as 0.12 mm are embedded flush with the wall of a pipe through which an electrolyte is flowing. These electrodes are the cathodes of an electroly sis cell. The anode is a section of a pipe wall of much larger area than the cathode located down stream of the cathode. The electric current flow ing in the electrolysis cell is then controlled by happenings at the cathode. The cathode is oper ated at a high enough voltage that the kinetics of the electrochemical reaction is not influencing the current flow and, yet, small enough that side reactions are not occurring. Reiss showed that under these conditions the average electric current could be related to time averaged value of the velocity gradient at the wall S x and that the time variation of the current could be related to the time variation of the x-component of the fluctuating velocity gradient at the wall S x Thus the limiting behavior of the velocity field close to the wall could be determined using these tech niques since U x = S x Y y 0 (7) U x = S x Y Y 0 (8) In theses by Mitchell [5, 6] and Sirkar [7, 8] other electrode configurations were investigated It was found that a rectangular electrode with its ~ong side perpendicular to the flow can be used to rp.easure S x and that rectangular electrodes at a slant to the mean flow are sensitive both to S x and to s., the spanwise component of the fluctuating velocity gradient at the wall. By measuring the sum and the difference of the signals to two rec tangular electrodes in a chevron arrangement both t}uctuating components, S x and s ., can be measured .uuv. ; , 1, f) >,,,,,,, ,,,, ; ; >;, ,9, (a) ......-----+-~--___;l>,...-s-z ___ (b) ~z -~'----+--~sx L;...___ (c) 7 ~z FIGUR,E 2 at a gi v en location on the w all. By measuring simultaneousl y the cu r rent flo w ing to arrays of these chevron electrodes it is possible to obtain structural information on the velocity field in the immediate vicinity of the wall. To do this we measure as many as 40 signals. This requires the use of a computer to handle and analyze the data. Of particular value are ne w ly developed techniques for conditional a v er a ging which enables us to study repeatable e v ents. Studies with arra ys of these electrodes have revealed that the flo w in the viscous wall layer is dominated by an elongated secondary flow, of the type shown in Fig. 2a. It is approximately homo geneous in the flo w direction, has a spanwise wave length of .x. + = 100, and evolves over a dimension less period Tv 2 / v approximately equal to 100. In theses by Sirkar [ 7, 9] and Fortuna [10, 11] it is suggested that these eddies control the transfer of momentum to the w all. High velocity or high mo mentum fluid is carried toward the wall by the secondary flow. Momentum is transferred to the wall as this secondary flow carries the high mo mentum fluid parallel to the wall. Momentum de ficient or low velocity fluid is then ejected from the wall by the outward motion associated with the secondary flow. This model suggests the phase relation for the spatial variation of S x and s shown in Fig 2 b, c. Detailed studies by Lee [12, 13] and Hogenes [14] of signals from arrays of wall elec trodes as well as from a combined array of wall electrodes and fluid probes have confirmed this picture. It thus appears that the level of Reynolds C HEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 19

stress production in a turbulent fl.ow could be strongly dependent on the properties of these wall eddies. Experiments are now under way to show this directly. The definition of this repetitive event at the wall through research in our laboratory and in other laboratories throughout the world has been a very significant forward step in understanding wall turbulence. However, there are a number of im portant questions which have to be resolved before a complete understanding can be obtained. What is the origin of these structures? Why do they scale in the manner observed? What are the details of interaction of these structures with the outer flow? How should these newly gained insights be used to help develop predictive models for the Reynolds stress? The above long range questions are now being pursued by students in my research group. How ever, we are also using newly gained insights about the fl.ow close to a wall to enable us to obtain a better understanding of some shorter range turbulence problems, such as mass transfer to a boundary [9, 15, 16, 17, 18] or flow over wavy surfaces [19, 20, 21, 22]. One of the first concepts presented to chemical engineering students when they are introduced to mass transfer is that of the "diffusion layer" which seems to have evolved from the work of Noyes and Whitney [24] and of Nernst [23]. It visualizes the existence of a stagnant fluid of thickness 8 at a boundary and gives the mass transfer coefficient as k = D / 8, where D is the molecular diffusion coefficient. Convective motions close to the boundary are pictured to control the mass transfer process by controlling the thickness 8. It has been recognized for some time that the fl.ow in the immediate vicinity of a boundary is not laminar or stagnant and therefore 8 has been labelled a "fictitious" film thickness. A number of attempts have been made to provide more realistic models which relate mass transfer rates to con vective motions close to a boundary. These include surface renewal concepts, analogies between mass and momentum transfer and various pseudosteady state eddy models. The results recently obtained on fl.ow close to a boundary suggest that these attempts to improve the diffusion layer concept are not correct. We are currently pursuing a de scription of the ma:;;s transfer process at solid fluid and at gas-fluid boundaries which is con sistent with the known fluid mechanics. Our work at solid fluid interfaces is being FA{;L 1980 aided by studies of the fluctuations of the local mass transfer rate at multiple locations in a large mass transfer surface. We find that the structure of the fluctuating mass transfer field resembles that of the fl.ow oriented eddies but that its fre quency is an order of magnitude smaller. A number of laboratories, as well as our own, are now trying to resolve this apparent paradox. I am reasonably confident that a very significant improvement in our understanding of turbulent mass transfer to solid boundaries will be obtained over the next few years. An important unsolved problem in fluid me chanics is an understanding of the interaction of a turbulent fluid and a wavy surface; i.e. the variation of the pressure and shear stress along the wavy surface. Oceanographers have taken an active interest in this problem because of the need to understand the mechanism by which the wind feeds energy to the ocean. It also is of importance in a number of problems that concern chemical engineers, such as the atomization of fluids and the prediction of flow regimes in air-liquid flows. The key theoretical issue is to determine how the flow perturbations introduced by the wavy surface modulate the Reynolds stresses. We have been carrying out studies of fl.ow over solid wavy sur faces in order to resolve this issue and have found out that the chief effect of the waves on the Reynolds stresses is being felt in the viscous wall region. The flow velocity increases close to the wave peaks and decreases close to the wave troughs because of the compression and spreading apart of the streamlines. According to the Ber noulli equation this change in fluid velocity is ac companied by changes in pressure. We are able to relate the modulation of the Reynolds stress to the effect of pressure gradient on turbulence properties in the viscous wall region. It would be quite challenging to be able to explain these results using the information that has been obtained on the structure of turbulence close to a wall. Perhaps the most interesting practical aspect of the results currently being obtained on turbulence structure is the possibility of con trolling turbulence by altering the properties of the repetitive cycle of events that are observed in the viscous wall region. One possibility cited above with reference to our studies of flow over wavy surfaces is the use of pressure gradients. Another which we are currently exploring is the use of oscillations in the mean fl.ow. In these experi165

PAGE 20

ments a sinusoidal variation with an amplitude of about one tenth the mean flow and a frequency approximately equal to the frequency of the flow oriented eddies is being superimposed on the feed to test section of our turbulent flow loop. The most dramatic result obtained by altering turbulent flow has been the finding that the addi tion of very small amounts of long chain polymers to a turbulent liquid flow can reduce pressure losses by a factor of two. We have been carrying out experiments [10, 25] with these drag-reducing polymers and have found out that their principal effect is to increase the spanwise dimension of the flow oriented wall eddies [26, 27]. One of the students, Larry Chorn, who participated in that research joined Atlantic Richfield after complet ing studies for his Ph.D. degree. He became in volved with a project that was to explore the possibility of putting drag-reducing polymers in the Alaska pipeline. The net result of the Atlantic Richfield effort was to increase the throughput 190,000 barrels per day by using 15 ppm of polymer. REFERENCES 1. Reynolds, 0. 188 3 Tran s Roy. Soc. London, A 174, 935. 2. R e iss, L. P. 1962, Investig a tion of turbulence near a pip e wall u s ing diffusion controlled electrolytic re action on a circular e l e ctrod e Ph.D. thesis, Uni v of Illinois, Urbana. 3 R e iss, L. P. and H a nratt y T. J. 1962, AI C hE J. 8, 245. 4. R e iss, L. P. and Hanratty, T. J. 196 3 AIChE J., 9, 1 5 4. 5. Mitch e ll, J. E 196 5, In ves tigation of w all turbulence using a diffusion-controll e d e l e ctrode, Ph D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois Urbana. 6. Mitchell, J. E. and Hanratty, T. J. 1966, J. Fl u id M ec h., 2 6, 199. 7. Sirkar, K. K. 1969, Turbulenc e in the immediate vicinity of a wall and fully d eve lop e d mass transfer at high Schmidt numb e rs, Ph.D. th e sis, Univ. of Il linois, Urbana. 8 Sirkar, K. K. and Hanratty, T. J. 1970, J. Flu i d M e ch., 44, 605. 9. Sirkar, K. K and Hanratt y T J. 1970, J. Fl u id Mech 4 4 589. 10. Fortuna, G. 1971, Eff e ct of drag r e ducing polym e rs on flow near a wall, Ph D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana. 11. Hanratty, T. J., Chorn L. G. and Hatziavramidis, D. T. 1977, Phy si c s of Fl u id s 2 0, S 112. 12 L ee M K. 1975, Turbul e nt wall eddy structure and R e ynolds stress production in the wall region of a pip e flow, 1975, Ph.D th e sis Univ. of Illinois, Urban a 13. L e e, M. K., Eck e lm a n, L. D. a nd Hanratt y, T. J. 1974 J. Fl u id M ec h., 66 17. : .166 14. Hogen e s, J. H. A. 1979, Identification of the dominant flo w structure in the viscous wall region of a turbu l e nt flow, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana. 15. Shaw, D. A. 1976, Mechanism of turbulent mass transfer to a pip e wall at high Schmidt numbers, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana. 16. Shaw, D. A. and Hanratty, T. J. 1977, AIChE J., 2 3, 28. 17. Shaw, D. A. and Hanratty, T. J. 1977, AIChE J., 23 160. 1 8 H e nstock, W. H. and Hanratt y T. J. 1979, AI C hE J., 25, 122. 19. Thorsness, C B. 1975, Transport phenomena associ a ted with flow over a solid wavy surface, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana. 20. Thorsness, C. B., Morrisroe, P. E. and Hanratty, T. J. 1978, Chem. Eng. Sci., 33, 579. 21. Thorsness, C. B. and Hanratty, T. J. 1979, AIChE J., 2 5, 686. 22. Thorsn e ss C. B. and Hanratty, T. J. 1979, AI C hE J., 2 5 697. 2 3 N e rnst, W. 19 6 4, Z. Physik. Chem., 4 7 52. 24. Noy e s, A. A. and Whitney, W. R. 1897, Z. Physik C h e m., 23 689. 2 5 Chorn, L. G. 1978, An experimental study of near wall turbulence properties in highly drag reduced pipe flows of pseudoplastic polymer solutions, Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana. 26. Fortuna, G. and Hanratty, T. J. 1972, J. Fluid Mech., 5 3 575. 27. Eckelman, L. D., Fortuna, G. and Hanratty, T. J. 1972, N a tu r e 2 36, 94. MEET THE TECHNOLOGICAL CHALLENGES OF THE 'BO's with U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT PUBLICATIONS on microfilm from RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS, INC 1980 PRODUCT OF THE YEAR INFORMATION INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION For complete details and specifications write or call collect: Research Publications Inc 12 Lunar Drive Woodbridge Connecticut 06525 (203) 397-2600 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 21

INNOVATION ... Sometimes it's not all it's cracked up to be. an equal opportunity employer However, at Union Carbide innovation continues to improve peoples' lives. Union Carbide pioneered the petrochemicals industry. Today the Corporation's many hun dreds of chemicals are used in everything from automobile bumpers to shampoos A leader in the field of industrial gases, our cryogenic technology led to the development of the Oxygen Walker System which allows mobility for patients with respiratory diseases. Union Carbiders are working on the frontiers of energy research-from fission to geothermal-at the world renowned Oak Ridge National Laboratory in Tennessee Our revolutionary Unipol process produces polyethylene, the world s most widely used plastic, at one half the cost and one quarter the energy of standard converting processes From sausage casings to miniature power cells the Union Carbide tradition of innovation extends beyond research and development activities to our engineering groups manufactur ing operations, and sales forces Continued innovation will largely spring from the talents of the engineers and scientists who join us in the 19B0's We invite you to encourage qualified students to see our representatives on campusor write to: Coordinator Professional Placement Union Carbide Corporation 270 Park Avenue New York N.Y. 10017

PAGE 22

CHEMICAL REACTORS C.N.KENNEY Cambridge University England Cambridge, England CB2 SRA AT THE HEART OF MOST chemical plants lies the chemical reactor and so a knowledge of the factors and concepts affecting its design and per formance are a central part of the education of the chemical engineer. Until the 1960's much of the efforts of chemical engineers centered on equilibrium stage processes used for separations along with the applications of fluid mechanics and heat transfer in industrial equipment. Since then interest in the challenging field of the inter action of chemical reactions and transport pro cesses has grown for at least three reasons: the rapid development of mathematical techniques, using computers, which now permit more realistic models of chemical reactors to be developed ; an enormous growth in fundamental surface science studies which offers a promise of understanding C. Nigel Kenney received his B A. and Ph.D in Physical Chemistry at Cambridge. After spending a post doctoral year at the E T H in Zurich, Switzerland he moved to Imperial Chemical Industries. In 1961 he joined the Chemical Engineering Department as a Lecturer and has recently been appointed Reader in Chemical Engineering He is a frequent visitor to the United States and was a Visiting Professor at the Universities of Houston and Stanford in 1976-77 His major research interests are in applied catalysis, kinetics and gas-sol i d separations. CoPyright ChE D ivisi on A SEE, 1980 168 the way catalysts function; and finally, in the 1970's, the problems raised by pollution and energy conservation have forced all chemical manufacturers to re-examine the performance of their processes, so they remain in harmony with the society of which they are a part, and still operate profitably. Chemical engineering as a distinct discipline, began in Cambridge in 1948 with an endowment from Shell Ltd., the first Shell Professor being T. Fox. At that time certain policy decisions over the course were taken which are still in force. The chief of these was that the graduating chemi cal engineer should have a firm grounding in engi neering principles, particularly in fluid mechanics, and in applied physical chemistry with thermo dynamics and reaction kinetics playing a central role. Thus the undergraduate course comprises two years of science or engineering followed by a third year in the Chemical Engineering Depart ment studying for 'Part I of the Chemical Engi neering Tripos.' Although this three year course ends with the Cambridge B.A. and provides pro fessional recognition by the U.K. Institution of Chemical Engineers there is little opportunity in such a full curriculum to go into many topics in the depth that is a feature of Cambridge science and engineering. Most Cambridge BA's stay on to take the fourth year 'Part II of the Chemical Engineering Tripos' which is widely recognised in the U .K. as being equivalent to an MSc by examination, rather than by research. This fourth year course is similar in approach to many of the graduate programmes offered at U.S. universities and contains lectures on mathematics, polymers, chemical reactors, fluid mechanics, granular ma terials, and process simulation. Additional teach ing is given on topics such as process economics and materials. Some lectures will be given for the first time in 1980-81 on biotechnology and these will probably be expanded in subsequent years. The topics which reflect in part the teaching and research interests of the faculty, have the under lying aim of giving more advanced training in chemical engineering. Although mainly provided CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 23

... it is possible using physical arguments to explain why reactors for the catalytic oxidation of butene and ethylene consist of hundreds of parallel tubes, each one being a few centimeters in diameter and surrounded by coolant, whereas entirely different criteria have influenced the design of sulphuric acid and ammonia converters. for Cambridge graduates, there are usually a small number of overseas graduate students with under graduate backgrounds in chemical engineering or chemistry, including some from the United States, who come to the department to take these post graduate courses. At the end of the year the 'Certificate of Advanced Study' is awarded: some stay on for a further two years to complete a PhD, but most return to th~ United States to take up industrial positions or do additional post graduate training. They appear to find their graduate year abroad in Britain both enjoyable and stimulating. Students admitted with the in tention of working for a three year PhD are usually required to, select only a few of these subjects for examination, the major requirement in their first year being a brief research disserta tion describing their progress and future pro gramme. The course requirements for the PhD are significantly less than is customary in the United States. This is partly a consequence of the need to complete the PhD in the three years for which the U .K. Science Research Council provide studentships covering tuition and maintenance. A marked difference between university teaching in Britain and North America is that courses are spread out over the whole year ( October to June) made up of three 9-10 week terms, and the only examination is that held in early June; continuous assessment is restricted to work on a research project over the year, which contributes some 2025 % towards the examination mark. The advant ages and shortcomings of end-of-year exams as against mid-and end-of-semester tests is a con troversial subject which is hotly argued when ever two or three professors or students are gathered together. It is likely to remain so, but U.K. pupils experience the yearly examination system from an early age in secondary school. TECHNICAL CONTENT ALL THOSE TAKING THE lectures on chemical reactors are assumed to be familiar with the basic concepts as discussed in texts such as 'Chemi cal Reactor Theory' by Denbigh and Turner, both of whom spent many years on our faculty. Topics FALL 1980 comprise the analysis of idealised continuous single phase reactors, such as the stirred tank, and the isothermal gas phase plug-flow reactor operat ing at constant pressure. The latter has the im portant feature that reaction stoichiometry makes an important contribution to the volume required for a given conversion. These reactor types also provide a useful basis for a discussion of residence time concepts, yield and selectivity, and non isothermal behaviour. It is in the fourth year graduate course under discussion that there is an opportunity to examine the features of the many industrial reactors which bring together two or more gas / liquid / solid phases. Examples are the catalytic reactor with diffusion and reaction oc curring in the catalyst pellet, gas-solid fluidised beds, gas-liquid contacting processes. In addition, particularly with industrial oxidation processes, problems of heat transfer must be recognised and taken into account. Undergraduate courses on heterogeneous, catalysis tend to be somewhat limited in scope and so although the idea of the rate determining step leading to Langmuir Hinshelwood mechan isms is quickly grasped, it is necessary to spend some time outlining the structure, properties, and characterisation of real catalysts and their supports. The mathematics of diffusion and re, action under steady state conditions are examined and examples of industrial processes where catalyst effectiveness is important are considered. Comparisons are made, in terms of experimentally accessible parameters, of the relative importance of heat and mass transfer effects through the fluid film and within the particle, and it is empha sized how failure to recognise these diffusional limitations may give spurious estimates of in trinsic kinetics and reaction order. This leads to the recognition of possible multiple states in steady state operation. It also provides an opportunity to contrast the elegant mathematics of steady state diffusion-reaction theory based on a continuum model with the untidy reality of irregular porous supports containing metal catalyst crystallites. When attention is turned to the assembly of catalyst particles in a tube (that work-horse of the chemical industry), the fixed bed reactor, it be169

PAGE 24

TABLE 1 Course Outline DIFFUSION AND REACTION IN CATALYST PELLETS (N. K. H. Slater) 6 Lectures Survey of heterogeneous catalytic processes. Structure of porous catalysts.....'..tortuousity, voidage. Transport mechanisms in cat11,lyst pores-Bulk and Knudsen diffusion. Diffusion and reaction-Thiele modulus and effective ness factors. Analysis for different particle geometry and complex kinetics. Non-isothermal reactions : inter and intra-particle effects. RESIDENCE TIME EFFECTS (J. f. Davidson) 6 Lectures Micro and macro mixing. Effeet of velocity profile on conversion with different kinetics. Dispersion models, Danckwerts boundary conditions. Limiting cases for zero and infinite axial dispersion. Applications of R.T.D.'s to fluidised bed. Taylor Diffusion in a circular pipe with laminar flow. e Dispersion in turbulent flows. FIXED BED REACTORS (C. N. Kenney) 8 lectures Models for radial and axial dispersion and transport. Experimental determination of transport coefficients in fixed beds. Non-isothermal fixed bed reactors : relative importance of particle and wall heat transfer. Hot spots, Barkelew's analysis : comparison with simple thermal explosion theory. Dynamics of non-isothermal C.S.T.R. linearised sta bility analysis, limit cycles. Conditions for unique steady states. Examples of multiplicity and oscillations in isothermal catalytic and biological systems. GAS ABSORPTION WITH CHEMICAL REACTION (C. N. Kenney) 8 lectures Gas-liquid reactions for gas cleaning and product comes necessary to consider a number of new factors associated with the flow of fluid (and heat) ; in particular how seriously does the piston flow assumption associated with the ideal single phase tubular reactor become modified by an axial spreading term as a result of streams of fluid entering and leaving the voids between the catalyst particle. As is well known such axial dis persion leads usually to a reduction in conversion because of the departure of the residence time distribution from that of a plug-flow system. Al though not primarily a chemical reactor problem, the phenomenon of Taylor Diffusion is discussed at this point, not inappropriately since the work was carried out by the late Sir Geoffrey Taylor in a building close to our department. The analysis, apart from its intrinsic interest, provides a telling example of the merits of simple experiments and 170 synthesis. Film model for kinetic and diffusion regimes. Hatta number, fact first order reactions in liquid film. Second order reactions. Transition from fast to in stantaneous regime. Van-Krevelen graphical solution. Iterative methods for column design. Gas-liquid re actors in practice. Film, Higbie and Danckwerts absorption models. Experimental methods for absorption rates in laboratory and industrial equipment. Three-phase slurry reactors. FIXED BED DYNAMICS (C. N. Kenney) 6 lectures Ion exchange, chromatography, pressure swing pro cesses, parametric pumping. Ideal chromatography, speed of movement of front, self sharpening fronts. Non-ideal chromatography. Laplace Transform applied to linear isotherm and finite mass transfer. Theoretical plates in chromatography. Moment analysis. Preparation and physical chemistry of ion-exchangers. FLUIDISATION (D. Harrison / R. Clift) 10 lectures Calculation of incipient fluidising velocities. Relation between Archimedes and Reynolds numbers. Plot of Umf versus particle diameter. Slug flow. Prediction of bed height. Bubble formation and bubble coalescence. Flow regimes and transitions. e First order reaction. Bubble model with complete mixing in particulate phase, conversion. Exchange between bubbles and particulate phase. Formulae for crossflow factors. Comparison with ex periment. Heat transfer in fluidised beds. Penetration theory and slug flow bubble mechanics applied to transfer co efficient prediction. observation in our high technology age which should be grasped by all students of science and engineering: namely that it was possible for con siderable numbers of experimentalists over several hundred years to watch the spreading of dye in water flowing through small bore tubes at low velocities without understanding the mechanism of axial dispersion. Even those who had the ability to write down the appropriate differential equation did not have G.I. Taylor's insight to judge which terms could be ignored on physical grounds, so reducing the problem to one of relatively simple integrations. When an exothermic reaction can occur in a fixed bed, heat balance equations are coupled with those governing the transport and consumption of reactants. The detailed solution of such coupled equations does not form a part of the course, but CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 25

it is possible using physical arguments to explain why reactors for the catalytic oxidation of butene and ethylene consist of hundreds of parallel tubes, each one being a few centimeters in diameter and surrounded by coolant, whereas entirely different criteria have influenced the design of sulphuric acid and ammonia converters. An important class of reactors are those in which gas bubbles, or slugs, contact and react in liquids or solid particles. Such systems which in clude fluidised beds have long been a research interest of the department. Material appears in the timetable in a block called granular materials but has obvious relevance to the general field of reactor design. In such systems, an understanding of the fluid mechanics of bubble flow is crucial to an appreciation of fluidised bed behaviour. Lec tures follow the 'two phase theory' of fluidisation which has been extensively developed by J. F. Davidson, the present Shell Professor and De partmental Chairman, and D. Harrison. The problem of the transfer of gas from a bubble to catalyst pellets as it passes through a bed of fluid particles, in spite of its complexity, can nonethe less be discussed in quantative form by recognis ing that a part of the gas supports the particles and gives the medium liquid-like properties. Effec tive mass transfer coefficients can be obtained and if (and it is a substantial provision) the mixing features of gas and solid particles are known, then the conversion obtainable in a fluidised bed reactor can be derived. Although the behaviour of single bubbles is now fairly well understood, a major aim of the engineer is to develop methods of scaling-up laboratory experiments to industrial dimensions. The high gas velocities used in in dustrial units and the fact that the gas is intro duced in bubble swarms which can coalesce and re-divide, continue to provide many challenges to theory and experiment. The problem of gas absorption with chemical reaction in a liquid is discussed in some eight lectures beginning with industrial examples of gas-liquid contacting devices used for gas purifica tion and homogeneous catalytic reactors. A knowledge of the Whitman two-film theory is as sumed and the importance of the Hatta number in characterising a family of absorption regimes i.e. kinetic and diffusion control, fast reaction in the liquid film, and instantaneous reaction is de veloped. The 'film model' equation is discussed giving the variation of concentration of the ab sorbed species, c, as function of its distance from FALL 1980 the gas-liquid interface, z. Dd 2 c dz 2 -R(c) =0 Here D is a liquid phase diffusion coefficient and R ( c) a kinetic rat~ term. The comparison of the Enhancement Facitor with the Effectiveness Factor concept of gas-solid catalysts emphasizes the common featu r es of diffusion-reaction pro cesses. The transition to instantaneous reaction with the diffusion of reactive solute to the gas liquid reaction interface, provides an opportunity to illustrate the use of the Van-Krevelen plots of Enhancement factbr as a function of Hatta number. A discussion is provided of the penetration theory of absorption with reaction, developed by Professor Danckwerts who was initially a lecturer and later Shell Professor and Departmental Chairman for some fifteen years. This involves the solution of partial differential equations of the type Da 2 c -R(c) = ac az 2 at The partial derivative on the right hand side ex presses the fact that the concentration at any z is time dependent. The final lectures touch on the use of the laminar jet, and wetted wall column for obtaining data in the laboratory and how the paTABLE 2 Reading List G. Astarita, Mass Transfer with Chemical Reaction, Elsevier, 1967 J. J. Carberry, Chem i c;il and Catalytic Reaction Engineer ing, McGraw Hill, 1976 P V. Danckwerts, Gas Liquid Reactions, McGraw Hill, 1970 J. F. Davidson and D. H~rrison, Fluidised Particles, C. U. P. 1963 J. F. Davidson and D. Harrison, Fluidization, Academic Press, 1971 K. G. Denbigh and J C. R. Turner, Chemical Reactor Theory, C. U. P. 19 76 D. Kuni and 0. Levenspiel, Fluidization Engineering. Wiley, 1969 D. D. Perlmutter, Stability of Chemical Reactors, Prentice Hall, 1972 ; C. N. Satterfield, ~ass Transfer in Heterogeneous Catalysis, M.I.T. Press, 1970 T. K. Sherwood, R. L. Pigford and C. R. Wilke, Mass Transfer, McGraw-Hill, 1975 J. M. Thomas and W. J. Thomas, Introduction to the Principles of Heterogeneous Catalysis, Academic Press, 1967 171

PAGE 26

rameters obtained from such experiments may be used in the design of industrial reactors. The complexities of designing a countercurrent absorp tion column involving the consumption of both gas and liquid phase reactants are pointed out, but limitations of time do not allow the class to do examples involving lengthy iterative calculations. Later on in the course, features of reactor be haviour are discussed which involve time-de pendent, as opposed to steady state, behaviour. The first of these is the question of parametric sensitivity and temperatures runaway in fixed bed reactors. Although distributed parameter systems are important, from the teaching standpoint the dynamic behaviour of the lumped non-isothermal CSTR can be discussed more effectively in a few lectures. The stability behaviour of linearised two variable systems is examined in the mathe matics lectures and shows how the defining equa tions, with X as vector of concentration and temperature, can be related to reactor parameters making up the 2 x 2 matrix, X=AX These equations can lead to experimentally ob servable non-linear oscillations in temperature and concentration. Discussion of such limit cycles appears to add a desirable reality to topic which in the mathematics lectures some students certainly find somewhat abstract. Another topic covered in some depth is that of chromatographic separation processes with the same principles having their large scale realisa tion in ion-exchange and gas-solid adsorption pro cesses. The pair of partial-differential equations covering the behaviour of the adsorption column provide good illustrations of the applicability of graduate level mathematical techniques -V ( :: ) t E ( ~; ) ; p ( :: ) Z P (~) = F(c, q) at z Here e and p are the bed voidage and density re spectively and v is fluid velocity. The equations show how solute concentration in fluid, c, and in solid, q, vary with distance along the bed z, and time, t. If the second equation applies to a situa tion where there is instantaneous equilibrium between moving and solid phases, then the 'theory of characteristics' shows how the front may broaden or self sharpen, depending on whether the 172 adsorption isotherm is linear or curved. When the 1 equilibrium between gas and solid is not instantaneous and the rate of mass transfer be tween gas and solid is included with a linear iso therm, then the analysis provides a useful example of the applicability of Laplace transform theory to partial differential equations. Accompanying this formal analysis, some information is provided on the background physical chemistry of ad sorbents and ion-exchangers. Although the theory of fixed bed separation is well established, it seems likely that recent advances in the preparation of adsorptive solids will ensure an increasing appli cation of these separation methods in future. In passing it will be noticed that these equations are effectively those describing the response of a fixed bed reactor to perturbations in concentration and so have relevance to fixed bed dynamics and control. PRESENTATION THE PRESENTATION OF THIS course follows a traditional pattern using the lecture plus blackboard method. Slides and overhead trans parencies are employed occasionally; handouts are given of some of the more elaborate mathematical development. Each lecturer distributes problem sheets. Students have a weekly tutorial of one hour with a member of the teaching staff, who is their supervisor over the year, and who allo cates them additional examples and deals where possible with questions over the bulk of the Part II course. However, individual lecturers are always available to deal with specific queries if required. The author is fortunate in having been able to give large parts of this course when he was a Visiting Professor at the University of Houston in 1976 and at Stanford University in 1977, and found it was well received. The students in U.S. graduate classes appear to have much more diverse backgrounds than would be encountered in the more homogeneous U.K. system. However, their enthusiasm and lively interest always provides visiting lecturers with a class of appreciative and able students. In the course a positive attempt is made to show how catalyst chemistry, chemical engineering and mathematical methods come to gether to influence the design, economics and operation of chemical reactors. Advances in all three topics give hope that imaginative design may be the approach in the future rather than a too heavy reliance on empiricism and past practice. D CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 27

Chemical Engineers play key role at General Foods' Research & Development Centers. Chemical Engineers have a key role to play in research at General Foods Corporation, the nation's leading packaged grocery products company. Food is no longer the simple thing it was to our fore fathers. Most of us no longer pro duce our own food; but rely on others to process and package it, preserve and improve it, change its v r~.li': [ form, and get it to us with all irs nutritive and taste values intact. Demand Increases ... An accelerated worldwide need to supplement traditional agricultural food sources with technology based foods has created an un precedented need for chemical engineering skills of a high order. Unit Operations ... For students who want to put their chemical engineering training to work, General Foods Corporation needs almost all elements of the unit operations background dehydration, extrusion, heat and mass transfer, extraction and separation. Team Contribution ... At General Foods, chemical engineers work in small teams where each team member can make a large contribution and will receive due recognition. The atmosphere is informal, yet profes sional. And for the chemical engi neer who wants to obta~n an advanced degree while pursuing a full-time career, General Foods reimburses employees close to 100 per cent of expenses for such after hour studies. Career Reference ... If you are interested in a career with a leading processor of packaged convenience foods who markets over 400 familiar brand products such as: MAXWELL HOUSE, JELL-O, POST, GAINES, BIRDS EYE, KOOL-AID, SANKA, TANG, SHAKE 'N BAKE, COOL WHIP and many more Contact your placement of /ice or write to: Technical Careers Dept. CEE-80 rn;;, GENERAL FOODS CORPORATION 250 North Street White Plains, New York 10625 An Equal Opponunity Employer, M/F / Hc

PAGE 28

SYSTEMS MODELLING AND CONTROL L. S. KERSHENBAUM, J. D. PERKINS AND D. L. PYLE Imperial College London SW7, England THE GAP BETWEEN ACADEMIC research activities and industrial application in the field of process control appears to be large. Some reasons for this are immediately apparent: advances in electronics and aerospace have brought about the theory necessary to solve some control problems which were otherwise insoluble; corresponding developments in computer power have made these soluble in a reasonable amount of time; thus the area has been perceived as an interesting subject for academic research. Nevertheless, many industrial process control problems are adequately (although not perfectly) dealt with using straightforward control tech niques which are characterised by an extreme "ro bustness" that is, the choice of actual control constants used in classical algorithms is not too critical. Furthermore, those problems which are more difficult to cope with using classical tech niques are thought to be so complex that vast amounts of time are necessary in modelling before the control activity can even begin. Furthermore, because it involves more complex mathematics, operators or even engineers are unlikely to be able to "tune" the algorithm on-line in case of some deterioration of performance. And so, despite the fact that many large plants have on-line computer control, in most cases this powerful tool is being used for little more than digital 3-term controllers, possibly with supervisory control of set points as It is our belief that adequate progress has now been made by academic researchers using simulations or small-scale experiments, for us to be able to demonstrate that there are certain situations in which these techniques can be used in real plants, solving real control problems. CoPy rig ht Ch E D ivisi on. A SEE, 1 980 174 dictated by some steady-state linear programming algorithm. It is our belief that adequate progress has now been made by academic researchers using simulations or small-scale experiments, for us to be able to demonstrate, both to students and to practising control engineers, that there are certain situations in which these techniques can be used in real plants, solving real control problems. We, at Imperial College, have an opportunity to carry out this program since we are equipped with large pilot plants, fully instrumented and linked with an industrial-type mini computer. Software includes conventional 3-term digital controllers plus a range of modern control algorithms which can be called upon to perform at any point in the plants. Rather than attempt to deal with all aspects of modern control theory, we have decided to focus attention in our course on those areas in which significant improvement over classical control methods can be realised without an excessive amount of time spent on preliminary modelling exercises. Accordingly, we have isolated three problem areas for which classical control techC W CoolerCrysta ll izer CRYSTALLIZATION PLANT c.w M onoe t h an ola m 1ne CO2 + N 7 solu ti on _ig 2 ABSORPTION PLANT Ou t pu t s .J.32!._ Inputs I c.Bl I Hon e y we ll D0P 5 1 6 Compu t er Periph e rals FIGURE 1. Imperial College Computer-Controlled Pilot Plant. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 29

Dr. L. S. Kershenbaum, who is Reader in Chemical Engineering, received his PhD in Chemical Engineering from the University of Michigan in 1964. He subsequently joined the staff at Drexel Uni versity and also worked for 1he Du Pont Corporation in Philadelphia and in Wilmington Delaware He joined Imperial College in 1970, assuming responsibility for the development of research and teaching programmes utilizing the Department's computer-controlled pilot plants. In addition to this work his research interests include chemical reaction engineering and applied catalysis with special emphasis on reactions important in energy utilization. (L) Dr. D. L. Pyle is a Senior Leclurer in Chemical Engineering He graduated from the Universities of Manchester (1961) and Cam bridge (PhD, 1964); before joining Imperial College he spent two niques offer little guidance or assistance to the control engineer and in which modern methods are reasonably easy to implement. The three areas are situations in which there is significant inte-raction be tween control loops (and in which this interaction is not easily eliminated by intermediate buffer tanks, etc.), and where multivariable control methods are appropriate the control of processes with important but unmeasured or unmeasurable variables the control of nonlinear processes in which change of load or setpoint requires periodic re-tuning of control loops. It is our experience that most control engineers will immediately recognize these as significant problems and will be able to place some of their own problems into one or more of these areas. Our approach is to provide the background mathematics required for the solution of these problems, and to allow the student time to imple ment these algorithms on the plants. The actual method of instruction and practical experience varies with the type of group, as described below. PLANT & COMPUTER SYSTEM A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF the plants and computer system is given here for reference. FALL 1980 years at the British Coal Utilisation Research Association. He was largely responsible for the design of the computer controlled plants and has had a continuing interest in research, mainly involving the crystallisation plant, and teaching in control. His research interests also include fluidisation and, more recently, problems relating to technology choice in developing countries, with special emphasis on renewable energy supplies (C) Dr J D. Perkins is a Lecturer in Chemical Engineering He gradu ated from Imperial College (BSc, 1971; PhD, 1973), and spent four years teaching at the Univers i ty of Cambridge, and one year working for ICI Agr i cultural Division in Billingham He joined the staff at Imperial College in 1977 His research interests are in control, and in the computer aided design of chemical processes {R) The plant and computer system is illustrated schematically in Fig. 1. Two plants, a carbon di oxide absorber-desorber unit and a fractional crystallization plant, are linked to a Honeywell DDP-516 computer housed in an adjacent control room. (A third plant, a fixed-bed catalytic reactor plus associated purification unit, has recently been commissioned). Surveillance and control of all plants can be carried out simultaneously. The measured process variables may be associ ated with any of the control valves by conventional control algorithms, or via special purpose, user written programs. In particular, the latter in corporate on-line estimation, identification and op timization routines as part of their control al gorithms. The absorption / desorption plant consists of 2 columns (9m high x 0.25m diameter) for the sepa ration of CO 2 from nitrogen using ethanolamine solution as the absorbent. The CO 2 is continuously absorbed in the solution in the absorption column, and the spent solution is continuously regenerated in the desorption column. The other plant sepa rates two soluble salts by 2-stage fractional crystallization. One salt, potassium sulfate, pre cipitates and is continuously removed in the first unit (volume, 100 l) and the other salt, potassium 175

PAGE 30

nitrate, crystaiiizes and is removed from the second unit (volume, 200 l). The plants are fully instrumented with con ventional industrial instruments and various continuous and discrete analytical measurements including on-line infra-red analysis, on-line pH measurement and off-line gas chromatography. Control by the computer is achieved by standard current to pressure converters and pneumatically operated control valves. The computer is a Honeywell DDP 516 with a 16 bit word and 32K words of core store, with a 0.96 .s memory cycle time. Hardware fixed-point arithmetic is available. The core memory is backed by a lM word Burroughs fixed head disc with disc core transfer by direct memory access. Programs may be written in real time extensions to Fortran 4. The system allows foreground / background operation and the use of disc resident subprograms which are loaded into core only during execution. Thus, the scale of the operation is as close as possible to computer systems currently in use in typical chemical process plants. COURSE AIMS, OBJECTIVES AND CONTENT As WE NOTED, rather than attempt the impossible task of covering the whole of modern control theory in one short course we chose to focus on three types of problem: multi variable control system design, estimation and filtering, and the design and use of adaptive 'self-tuning' regulators. Even with such a limited set of problems to discuss it would still be impossible to deal with all the relevant theory and practical aspects of the techniques. Instead we set out with a limited group of objectives. First, we intended that the students should be able to identify process situations and problems where the techniques might be useful ; this would involve the discussion of problems where classical control methods can no longer cope-for example because of interactions between process variables, where nonlinearities might be important, or where key states and parameters are unknown or un measurable. Secondly, the students should be able to describe in simple terms the basic theoretical ideas underlying the three sets of techniques. Thus, for example, we wouldn't expect a detailed understanding of all the theory of linear multi variable systems, nor would we expect the student to be able to derive from first principles the Kalman filter, but we would expect a level of 176 understanding of the theory appropriate to the intelligent use of the methods. Thirdly, the student should be able to cast problems into the form necessary for the use of the techniques and also be able to specify the information necessary for their application. Faced with a problem of con trolling a process on which insufficient informa tion is l;l,vailable, for example, the student should be able to set up a dynamic model of the process and to be aware of the statistical information necessary for a filtering algorithm to function adequately. In very broad terms, then, we hoped that by the end of the course the student should recognise the limitations and inadequacies of classical control theory, while retaining an appre ciation of its value-and also appreciate and value the areas where certain modern control methods might have a powerful role to play. We can summarise what we hoped to achieve in the course in terms of three broad aims. First we would introduce the underlying theoretical ideas behind the techniques. For example, in the case of multivariable control methods, this would involve the extension of the familiar (scalar) ideas A general view of the absorption/desorption pilot plant. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 31

for the algebra and frequency response analysis of linear dynamic systems to the parallel ( vector matrix) analysis of multi-input, multi-output systems. In estimation theory we need some basic statistical ideas leading to the Kalman filter. Similarly, the discussion of the self-tuning regula tor requires some ideas, new to most students, about the behaviour of discretised systems in order to outline a procedure for the periodic re-estima tion of process parameters and the automatic re adjustment of control constants. The second aim of the course was to enable the students to perform the process and system modelling and specification necessary for the ap plication of the control methods. The third aim was to give the students the op portunity and experience of applying at least one of the techniques to a real problem. In this respect we were very fortunate in having the computer controlled pilot plants described above, where realistic problems of process interaction, or of unknown key variables, and of significant non linearities under load changes are all present. A short syllabus for the course is summarised in Table 1. We return below to the questions about the prerequisites required of the participants and to the methods and strategy we have adopted in attempting to realise the aims and objectives summarised above. STRATEGY AND TEACHING METHODS I N PRACTICE, OF COURSE, the particular teaching methods employed depend on the course par ticipants and the time available. So far the course has been given to two rather different groups: the first was a class of master's degree students and of first-year research students. In a typical year there are around 15-20 students in the class and the majority have first degrees in chemical engi neering but from a wide range of universities in Britain and abroad. Moreover the great majority of these students will have come directly from their undergraduate studies and, as a consequence, have had relatively little practical experience. For this group of students the course is allocated around 20 scheduled hours during one term ( of eleven weeks). The main problems to be antici pated with such a group of students stem from their very different backgrounds and levels of attainment: some will have had a strong under graduate course in modelling and control; others will be relatively weak in that area. Similarly, FALL 1980 TABLE 1 Summary Syllabus INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND. The basic mathematics of linear systems: state repre sentation and essentials of state space algebra and calcu lus; discrete time representation of continuous processes and Z-transforms; basic statistical theory. DESIGN OF MULTIV ARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEMS. Limitations of classical control theory: interaction and stability. Algebra of multivariable systems ; methods for analysis and synthesis of control schemes: decoupling, stability of multivariable systems, dominance and the de velopment of Nyquist-type design methods. ESTIMATION OF UNMEASURED VARIABLES. The basic mathematics of estimation theory; the Kal man filter-the optimal estimator for linear systems; the use of the filter for the estimation of states and parameters in non-linear systems. REGULATION OF TIME-VARYING PLANT. An adaptive "Self-Tuning Regulator"; elimination of manual retuning; periodic re-estimation of parameters in simple linear process models; automatic adjustment of control constants as plant operating conditions change. some will have a strong mathematical back ground and others will be much less well prepared. As .a group, they probably share a lack of ex perience and perspective into the nature of 'real' process control problems. The second group (to whom the course has been presented in the form of an intensive one week programme) came from industry. This group, of 12, were all active in control or control related work in the process industry, although they were heterogeneous to the extent in which their work implied a working knowledge of classical, let alone modern, techniques for control. There was a similar heterogeneity in their famili arity with the necessary mathematics. On the other hand, we did anticipate that their concern with both day-to-day and longer-term industrial problems would bring a sense of purpose to the class and also provide a different critical perspec tive on the course itself from that provided by our internal students. For both groups the aims and objectives of the course were the same, although, of course, the detailed objectives would be adjusted as necessary. We also decided to prepare a set of quite detailed course notes which would serve for both groups. Apart from supplementary handouts iri the form of computer programs or examples to be worked through, these notes are intended to be self sufficient for the purposes of the course. 177

PAGE 32

For both groups a certain level of attainment and familiarity with some basic materials was necessary The industrial group was contacted well in advance of the course and sent a brief summary of the background we would assume and a summary of what we thought would be the most useful material. This covered some essentials of traditional control theory, matrix algebra and analysis, and some basic statistics. For this group the first day of the course was spent in discussing their, and our, perceptions of the course and its objectives, and in reviewing the background material by discussing the problems they had en countered. A rather similar approach was taken with our own students. At the first meeting of the course we discussed the sorts of skills we would subsequently be using. The students were then directed toward the necessary background reading and to a range of examples to be used to monitor their levels of attainment and to give them practice in acquiring new or improving rusty skills. In practice this was far more difficult than we had anticipated: it was very difficult to promote the right atmosphere within the class when we met later to discuss their problems. In the end we had to resort to a rather unsatisfactory blend of dis cussing problems which not all the class had attempted and of exposition on our part on what we thought their problems might be. It is interest ing that the experience with the more mature and perhaps, in many cases less well prepared, in dustrial group was far more satisfactory. They were far more prepared to treat us, the 'teachers,' as equals, and to want to explore a host of questions of varying levels of difficulty or sophis tication. For example, there were one or two people within the group whose recall of classical control theory or of some basic algebra was very rudimentary; on the other hand, there was at least one person in the group who wanted to ask rather probing questions about the use of filtering theory. The background notes that we had given to the participants and which were freely available to our own students had been composed (around the syllabus outlined in Table 1) to meet our course objectives. Class sessions, then, were organised not as formal lectures but rather to outline the main thrust of the theoretical ideas in the notes and the practical control methods, and to come to grips with some of the problems likely to be encountered through a series of examples. For such a strategy 178 to be really successful a number of conditions must be satisfied: the notes should be clear and reason ably comprehensive; one needs a set of examples for exposition and for the student to work on; one needs the right sort of classroom and group conditions to encourage such a method of learn ing. In the case of this course the possibility, from early on, of attempting to use the techniques in practical situations was absolutely crucial. Again we were confronted with a problem, since the time available in either course and alternative demands on the students' time and interest made it im possible for each student to build up the necessary computer programs to implement any of the techniques. To try to solve this problem we had recourse to a blend of methods : we gave the students a few small problems to work on (e.g. sketching the inverse Nyquist array for a 2 x 2 system with a very simple transfer function matrix) and working on prewritten program suites either off-line, on simulation or analysis exercises, or on-line on the pilot plant. About 40 % of the scheduled course time was allocated to this sort of activity with the industrial group, which was, of course, sufficiently small to be able to break into three smaller groups to work in parallel on the various problems. Thus while one group was exploring the behaviour of the self tuning regulator on the CO 2 absorption / desorp tion plant, another group would be trying out the Kalman filter on a computer terminal, while the final group would be trying out the suite of multi variable design programs which are available on the College computing system. By the end of the course one of our aims at least was more than met, since each group had had some experience with at least two, and possibly, all three of the techniques focussed on in the course. Our final dis cussions with the group and subsequent contacts suggest that our course objectives had been fairly satisfactorily achieved. Our only measure of the course achievements with the postgraduate class was their perform ance in the end of course written examination. Three questions covering the main topics of the course were set and the students were required to attempt all of them The results were reasonably satisfactory since the students showed a fair grasp of the principles and application methods of the topics covered in the course. However we feel it may be necessary to develop more appropriate measures of the class performance than is afforded by the traditional written examination. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 33

The Once and Future You. Nobody is exactly like you. Your character and individuality have been form ing since childhood. That s why Rohm and Haas looks at new gradu ates as men and women who are individuals not just a collection of college-acquired skills We're looking for people with determined and decisive characters We know from our experience that motivation and character are as important to your success in life as the knowledge that you've gained in college. We know this because without determined highly-motivated people we never would have become one of America s leading chemical companies. We believe that it s our job to encourage new people to grow and develop as individuals. Conse quently we place a lot of importance on helping graduates to assume as much responsibility as possi ble as soon as possible This strengthens their ability to identify solutions to problems that require logic and good judgement. We try to hire positive, highly-motivated people And we move them up as quickly as possible. Race ethnic background or sex make no difference, but one thing is always apparent they know where they re headed in life ; they set high standards for themselves We produce a broad range of more than 2500 chemical products that are used in industry agricul ture and health services ; therefore, we need people with solid academic backgrounds in a discipline that will contribute to our mutual success. This year we have openings in Engineering Manufacturing Research Technical Sales and Finance If this sounds like a company you can identify with write to: Rohm and Haas Company, Recruiting and Placement #8180 Independence Mall West, Phila delphia PA 19105. ROHMID iHAAS~ PH ILADELPHIA, PA 1 9105 An e qual opportunity e mploy e r

PAGE 34

~P~amm PLANT ENGINEERING AT LOUGHBOROUGH FRANK P. LEES Loughborough University of Technology .Loughborough, Leicestershire, England T HE DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING at Loughborough runs three courses at under graduate level: Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering and Management Food Pr<><;essing Technology The first of these is the main course and is taken by about 80% of the students. All under graduate courses in the department come as 3or 4-year courses with the third year of the 4-year course being spent in industry. Some 85% of students opt for the 4-year courses. At the graduate level the department runs two Masters courses: Advanced Chemical Engineering Plant Engineering in the Process Industries The former course has been running since 1969 and was described in an earlier paper [1]. The latter course was started in 1976. There are some 23 staff in the department, as shown in Table 1. It is found convenient, both for undergraduate and for graduate education and for research, to operate through the medium of specialist groups: Transfer Processes Process Technology Particle Technology Plant Engineering Food Processing Technology These are loose groupings, however, and many members of the staff have a foot in several camps. PLANT ENGINEERING STUDIES T HERE ARE TWO BASIC REASONS for the develop ment of studies in plant engineering at Lough borough. One is the belief that the subjects which we group under this heading are important to the chemical engineer but have received insufficient emphasis in many undergraduate courses in recent years. The other is that the job of the plant Copyright ChE D i v isi on, ASEE, 1980 180 Frank P. Lees graduated in chemical engineering at Imperial College, London He worked for two years in the steel industry and eleven years in the chemical industry. He came to the Department of Chemical Engineering at Loughborough University of Technology in 1967. He holds the Chair in Plant Engineering in the Department and is course tutor for the M.Sc. in Plant Engineering in the Process Industries. His teaching and research interests include plant engineer ing, loss prevention, reliability engineering and process control He is a member of the Advisory Committee on Major Hazards set up by the UK Government after the Flixborough disaster. He is author of the book Loss Prevention in the Process Industries. engineer is an important one but tends to be neglected by engineering schools. One working definition of plant engineering is effectively the body of knowlE:dge useful to the plant engineer. In the U.K. it is normal practice in process plants for there to be a plant ;manager, who is responsible for plant operation, and a plant engineer, who is responsible for plant maintenance and modification. The former is typically a chemi~ cal engineer and the latter a mechanical engineer. Increasingly, however, chemical engineers are working as plant engineers. A central theme of plant engineering is that of the failures which occur on plant. Almost all the topics which we deal with under the heading of plant engineering are related to deviation, mal operation, and failure in some way. The Plant Engineering Group in the depart ment is led by the author, who holds the Chair in Plant Engineering which was funded by the Institution of Plant Engineers. The group takes the lead role in undergraduate teaching of topics broadly in the plant engineering field, such as CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 35

mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, instrumentation, reliability engineering, loss pre vention, energy, maintenance. It also takes re sponsibility for the Masters course and research in plant engineering. MASTERS COURSE IN PLANT ENGINEERING THE WORK OF THE PLANT engineer has often been taken for granted, but this situation is changing. The economic importance of the main tenance function is receiving recognition, while the importance of other aspects of the job, such as loss prevention, energy conservation and pollu tion control, does not need to be emphasised. Consequently, there is a growing appreciation of the need for people with a more fundamental edu cation in plant engineering, particularly one which both increases ~he engineers' effectiveness as a junior manager and also gives him the back ground needed for senior management. A central theme of the course is the plant engi ;neering information system. This approach focuses attention on the decisions which the plant engineer has to make, on the information required to make those decisions, and on the information A central theme of plant engineering is that of the failures which occur on plant. Almost all the topics which we deal with under the heading of plant engineering are related to deviation, mal-operation and failure in some way. system needed in order to obtain the information. In addition, emphasis is also placed on the de cisions which the plant engineer's colleagues need to make, whether they be the designer, the buyer or the accountant. They, too, require information and often it is the plant engineer who should supply it. The plant engineer needs, therefore, an information system which will furnish the data which he and his colleagues need, as effectively and as economically as possible. The concept of this information system for the plant engineer provides a framework for the integration of spe cific plant engineering studies and enables the plant engineer to argue his case within the organi sation on a level with his colleagues in the other engineering disciplines. Of course, for most plant engineers the short TABLE 1 Staff of the Department R. J. Aird, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1962, Durham University; Plant Engineering, Reliability Engineering R. J. Akers, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, Westfield College, London; Particle Technology, Filtration, Flocculation P. K. Andow, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1973, Loughborough Uni versity of Technology; Fluid Mechanics, Process Control, Hazard Assessment R. H. Beresford, Senior Lecturer; M.A. 1955, Cambridge University; Petroleum Industry Economics, Opera tional Research, Computer-Aided Design B. W. Brooks, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1964, Leeds Uni versity; Polymerisation Reactions, Electrochemical Re actions B. A. Buff ham, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1969, Loughborough University of Technology; Thermodynamics, Mixing Phenomena D. W. Drott, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, University of Minne sota; Process Control, Reaction Engineering A. Foord, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1956, Birmingham Uni versity; Process Economics D. C. Freshwater, Professor; Ph.D. 1954, Birmingham Uni versity; Distillation, Energy Economy, Particle Tech nology J. Glover, Lecturer; M.Sc. 1954, Birmingham University; Thermodynamics, Reaction Engineering T. A. Kletz, Industrial Professor and Division Safety Ad viser, ICI Petrochemicals Division; B.Sc. 1944, Liver pool University; Safety and Loss Prevention F. P. Lees, Professor; Ph.D. 1969, Loughborough UniFALL 1980 versity of Technology; Plant Engineering, Reliability Engineering, Loss Prevention, Process Control P. J. Lloyd, Senior Lecturer; B.Sc. 1956, University College, London; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisation, Filtration J. Mann, Professor; Ph.D. 1965, Cambridge University; Food Processing Technology, Management, Economics, Process Control G. Mason, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1979, Council for National Academic A wards; Porous Media C. P. Murphy, Research Fellow; Ph.D. 1979, Loughborough University of Technology; Computer Science P. Rice, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1970, Loughborough University of Technology; Heat and Mass Transfer, Reaction Engineering B. Scarlett, Senior Lecturer; M.Sc. 1964, Durham Uni versity; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisa tion, Packed Beds J. Selman, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1972, Reading University; Food Processing Technology J. I. T. Stenhouse, Senior Lecturer; Ph.D. 1973, Lough borough University of Technology; Particle Technology, Gas Cleaning A. S. Teja, Lecturer; Ph.D. 1972, Imperial College, London; Thermodynamics, Phase Equilibria C.R. G. Treasure, Lecturer; B.Sc. 1950, University College, London; Particle Technology, Particle Characterisation A. S. Ward, Lecturer; B.Sc. Tech. 1960, Manchester Uni versity; Particle Technology, Filtration 181

PAGE 36

continuing education course (lasting typically one week) will be the principal method of further education. This is right and proper. The depart ment is very much involved in this type of course, but there is a difference between what can be achieved in such short courses and what can be done in a longer period of study. The Masters course starts in early October and lasts for exactly a year. There are two 10-week terms of lectures, tutorials and seminar / work shops separated by a break of about 3 weeks at Christmas. Written examinations are completed by late April and the remainder of the year is devoted to a project. About half the projects are done in industry and half at the University. The course has about 7 to 8 graduate students per year. Students split roughly half and half between chemical and mechanical engineers. Usually rather more than half have substantial industrial experience. The course provides a basic tool kit of relevant subjects for both me chanical and chemical engineers who propose to make careers as plant engineers. It is not assumed, however, that graduates from the course will necessarily practice as plant engineers. A chemi182 TABLE 2 Outline of Masters Course in Plant Engineering in the Process Industries PART I Process Economics Financial Analysis and Control Project Engineering Maintenance Management Human Relations Probabilistic Methods Reliability Engineering Materials Technology 1 Materials Technology 2 Loss Prevention Plant Services Electrical Plant Noise and Vibration Process Instrument Systems Computer Laboratory and either (A) Mechanical Design Process Machinery Process Vessels and Structures Manufacturing Technology Workshop or (B) Process Instrumentation Chemical Engineering Principles 1 Chemical Engineering Principles 2 Chemical Engineering Laboratory PART2 Project cal engineer may take the course to strengthen his knowledge of the mechanical side of the process industries, while a mechanical engineer may take it to strengthen his knowledge of the process side of these industries. In effect, the course is neither a purely specialist nor a purely conversion course, but has elements of both. An outline of the course is given in Table 2. Normally option A is taken by the chemical engi neer and option B by the mechanical engineer. Al though lectures are an import a nt part of the course, extensive use is made of other teaching methods, in particular tutorials (which have long been strongly emphasised in the department) and on workshops, laboratories, seminars and project work. DOCTORAL STUDIES s TUDENTS ENTER THE DOCTORAL program either directly or through one of the two Masters courses. In the former case there is a program of formal graduate studies, while in the latter case the Masters program fulfils this function. For students who take the Masters route, the research topic for the doctorate is typically a development of the Masters project, which, in such cases, is chosen with this in view. Presentation of the doctoral thesis normally occurs two years after taking the M.Sc. RESEARCH IN PLANT ENGINEERING IT MAY BE HELPFUL to supplement the rather generalised description above with a brief account of some of the specific areas of plant engineering in which the department is working. There is a long-term program of work on the generic problem of the propagation of faults in process plants. There are currently a number of specific techniques which deal with this problem. They include, in plant design, failure modes and effects analysis, hazard and operability studies, fault trees, event trees and cause-consequence dia grams, and, in process control, alarm analysis, which is virtually synonymous with disturbance analysis. Disturbance analysis is one of the techniques which the Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion has recommended for assessment following the Three Mile Island incident. This work started some ten years ago on the alarm analysis side and has led to two systematic methods of obtaining the data structure for process computer alarm analysis. Currently the emphasis is on the generic CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 37

Another related area of work is the relation between inspection and reliability. problem of representing the fault structure of a plant, whether for design or control. A computer code with interactive facilities has been developed in which the fault propagation structure of the plant is synthesised from a library of models of plant units Knowledge of the fault propagation structure should also assist in the creation of improved alarm systems and work is being done both on this and on other aspects of alarm systems. Another area of research is the application of the techniques of reliability engineering to pro cess plants, and in particular to plant mainten ance. Failure data from operating plants are analysed to identify the failure regime ( early, constant, or wearout failure). There are a number of problems, particularly of small samples and of observation intervals, associated with such analysis. It turns, out, somewhat unexpectedly, that early failure is often the prevalent regime, even in plants which have been operating for many years. The failure data analysis is therefore followed up by observation of the task to determine the causes of early failure. These include such things as poor diagnosis, lack of training, dirty working conditions and so on. The correction of these problems has led to substantial reduction of failure rates and improvements in plant availability. Another related area of work is the relation between inspection and reliability. There is a large and increasing number of techniques for monitor ing the condition and performance of plant. It is important to be able to select those techniques which are really useful and economically beneficial. Work has been done on the relation between the reliability and the inspection signal whether this be for equipment which fails in an obvious manner or for equipment failure which can be predicted only from a monitoring signal. LOUGHBOROUGH-U.S. LINKS THE DEPARTMENT HAS LINKS WITH institutions in the U.S. in several ways. At the level of student interchange the department cooperates with Georgia Institute of Technology in running a Masters course in particle technology. This is based at the Loughborough end on the Particle Technology option within the M.Sc. course in AdFALL 1980 vanced Chemical Engineering. There is an ex change of students with six months being spent in each institution. This scheme is now in its tenth year. There is also intervisitation of staff par ticularly, but not exclusively, in the particle technology area. Another link is with the University of Dela ware. Students from Loughborough take the Masters course at Delaware. This is another tradition which is about ten years old. Currently there is one Loughborough student at Georgia Tech. and one at Delaware and one Georgia Tech. student at Loughborough who took the Masters course in Plant Engineering two years ago and is now doing a doctorate. At the level of continuing education the de partment has for some years run post-experience courses in particle technology in the U.S. in co operation with the departments of chemical engi neering at City College, New York, and at the University of Houston. Finall y at the level of research the department has numerous links with the American academics and industrialists in the particle technology field and is a founder member of the recently formed International Fine Particle Research Institute. FINANCIAL SUPPORT T HE BASIC SOURCE OF finance for U.K. graduate students is the Science Research Council, which corresponds broadly to the NSF. The SRC funds studentships for both Masters and doctoral courses. These student grants cover the student's bare living costs and pay his fees, but they are well below industrial salaries. The SRC also awards research grants, which may include support of Research Assistantships. Until quite recently the rules did not permit a Re search Assistant on a SRC grant to work for a doctorate, but this restriction has been relaxed. As a consequence, since the Research Assistant ship's salary is closer to an industrial one, there is a growing tendancy for doctoral students to be supported in this way. Another basic source of finance is industrial research grants, which again may fund Research Assistantships. Students from overseas are often supported in this way. REFERENCES 1) Fre s hwater, D. C. and Lee s F. P. Chem. Engng. Educ., 6, 190, (1972). 183

PAGE 38

PROCESS SYNTHESIS Y. A. LIU Aubu r n University Aubu r n, AL 36849 p ROCESS DESIGN CAN BE roughly subdivided into t w o steps: synthesis and analysis. A great deal of attention has been devoted to the mathematical analysis of process flowsheets, once the flowsheet has been specified. However, the creation, or synthesis of that flowsheet is not very susceptible to the usual mathematical techniques, and has con sequently received relatively less attention in chemical engineering teaching and research. The specification of the chemical and / or physical trans formations as well as the selection and intercon nection of equipment to implement these trans form a tions to convert the raw materials into desi r ed products on an industrial scale have been rega r ded, for the most part, an intuitive art. This article describes a survey course on pro cess synthesis which has been offered to graduate students and qualified seniors at Auburn Uni versity since Winter, 1976. The main objective of the course is to introduce to the student the basic techniques and practical applications of process synthesis, emphasizing the systematic generation of economical and energy-efficient process flow sheets. An additional goal of the course is to stimu late interest in process synthesis research among chemical engineering students. Table 1 presents an outline of the course topics and lectures along with the pertinent references cited in parentheses. The course begins with an introduction to the important problem of optimal synthesis of multicomponent separation sequences, which is concerned with the proper selection of the method and sequence for separating a multi component mixture into its respective components. The gene r al techniques which have been de veloped for solving this problem have included the optim iz at i on ( algorithmic) approach involving some established optimization principles (topic 1) th e h euri st i c a ppr oa c h based on the use of rules of thumb (topic 2), and the e v olut i onary approach wherein improvements are systematically made C opyri g ht Ch E D iviin cm ASEE, 1980 184 Y A. Liu received his B.S. from National Taiwan University M S. from Tufts University and Ph D from Princeton Univers i ty in 197 4. He has been on the chemical engineering faculty at Auburn Uni versity since 1974 where he presently holds an alumni associate pro fessorship endowed by the Auburn Alumni Association. His teaching and resear c h i nterests i nclude process control and synthes i s numerical methods separation processes coal desulfurization and magneto chem i cal engineering He is an author of over sixty publications and presentations, and an editor of three books on magnetic separation and coal desulfurization to an initially created feasible flowsheet (topic 3). The lectures emphasize the basic concepts of these approaches along with their strengths and short comings for applications to the optimal synthesis of multicomponent separation s equences. In topic 4, the preceding synthesis techniques and their combinations are applied to an im portant process design problem related to energy conservation, namely the synthesis of energy optimum and minimum-cost networks of ex changers, heater and/or coolers to transfer the excess energy from a set of hot streams to streams that require he a ting (cold streams). This synthesis problem is relati v ely well-defined and it has received the greatest attention in the litera ture. As a result, it is possible to clearly identify the characteristics of energy-optimum and mini mum-cost networks and suggest the basic require ments of an effective approach to their synthesis. The lectures include a detailed discussion of the evolutionary block matching method developed at Auburn University and its recent extensions for the synthesis of complex networks, as well as the CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 39

practical applications of different techniques to the synthesis of energy-optimum and minimum cost networks for industrial crude unit preheat recovery. Topics 5 and 6 are concerned with the syste matic synthesis of large-scale process flowsheets by the decomposit i on ( multile v el) approach to gether with heuristic and evolutionary methods. Here, the synthesis problem is decomposed into a sequence of smaller and simpler problems (sub problems) which, when solved, generate the flow sheet for the original problem. It is solved by first establishing the sequence of reactions which best convert the raw materials into desired products (reaction path synthesis). The next sub problem is the species allocation and material balancing which involves the synthesis of ma terial flow from raw material and reaction site sources to product, waste and reaction site desti nations. During species allocations, the easiest set of separation tasks is sought. The third sub problem is the separation task selection and se quencing discussed previously in Topics 1 to 3. The fourth subproblem involves the specification of auxiliary unit operations which are necessary to achieve the design objectives (auxiliary task assignment). The last subproblem is task integra tion in which several unit operations are inte grated for the reuse of energy and/or material. The lectures emphasize the applications of heur istic and evolutionary methods to the solution of each subproblem along with the overall coordina tion of the subproblem solutions in the systematic synthesis of large-scale process flowsheets for the manufacture of industrial chemicals. Topic 7 presents a relatively new technique fo1 solving process synthesis problems, namely, the thermodynamic approach. The lectures begin with a review of the thermodynamic availability principle and the second law analysis along with their applications to energy conversion and con servation and to process design and evaluation. The applications of thermodynamic principles to the synthesis of energy-optimum heat exchanger networks and to the analysis of energy consump tion of separation processes are then discussed. The remaining lectures are concentrated on the development and demonstration of the thermo dynamic approach as a simple and unifying method for the analysis and synthesis of different energy conservation (integration) schemes in dis tillation systems. The course concludes with a survey of other FALL 1980 ... the author shares the suggestion of many chemical engineers that process design education should be more oriented toward emphasis upon analysis alone. process synthesis problems and solution methods, and a summary of the status of current research and industrial applications of process synthesis techniques (topic 8). The course meets three times a week for fifty minute lectures over a ten-week quarter. Although the book by Rudd, Powers and Siirola, Process Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), is often quoted in lectures, a textbook which adequately covers the recent developments in process synthesis does not exist. Consequently, an organized set of course notes has been prepared for the students. These notes have been revised before each course offering since 1976 to include the latest literature. Class work is comprised of weekly homework problems and a comprehensive term paper. Typical subjects of homework problems and term papers are listed in Table 1. In closing, the author shares the suggestion of many chemical engineers that process design edu cation should be more oriented toward synthesis, rather than the usual emphasis upon analysis alone. It is hoped that the detailed course outline and references presented in this a r ticle will assist other interested faculty in establishing similar courses in process synthesis and in bringing a better balance between analysis and synthesis in process design education. l1ABLE 1 Course Outline and References 1. Optimization (Algorithmic) Approach to Process Synthesis: An Introduction to Selected Optimization Methods and Their Applications to the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences 1.1 An Introduction to Optimization Approach to Process Synthesis 1.2 Basic Concept s of Dynamic Programming (1, 2) 1.3 Application of Dynamic Programming to the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences (3-5) 1.4 An Introduction to Branch and Bound Methods and Their Comparison with Dyn a mic Programming for the Optimal Synthesis of Multicompon e nt Separation Sequences (6, 7) 1.5 Applications of Dynamic Programming to Other Pro cess Synthesis Problems ( 8 -12) Typical Ho mew ork: Optimal S e l e ction of Separation Methods and Synth es is of S e par a tion Sequences for 185

PAGE 40

Muid.compohent Mixtures by Dynamic Programming 2. Heuristic Approach to Process Synthesis: Heuristic Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences 2.1 An Introduction to Heuristic Approach to Process Synthesis 2.2 Published Heuristics for the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences ( 4, 13-26) 2.3 An Ordered Heuristic Procedure for the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences (27) Typical Homework: Applications of Heuristic and Ordered Heuristic Procedures to the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences; Heuristics for Comp l ex Multiple-Section Distillation Systems and Their Applications (22, 23) 3. Evolutionary Approach to Process Synthesis: Evolu tionary Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Se quences 3.1 An Introduction to Evolutionary Approach to Process Synthesis (24-26, 39 -40) 3.2 Evolutionary Synthesis of Multicomponent Separa tion Sequences (24-26) 3 .3 An Overview of Published Literature on the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences (5, 11, 13-39) Typical Homework: Heuristic-Evolutionary Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences; Optimal Synthesis of Separation Sequences in the Manufac ture of Detergents from Petroleum 4. Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks 4.1 An Introduction to Optimal Synthesis of Heat Ex changer Networks (5, 11, 41-44) 4.2 Characteristics of Energy-Optimum and Minimum Cost Heat Exchanger Networks and Basic Require ments of an Effective Approach to the Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (44, 56, 60, 63) 4.3 A Simple and Practical Approach to the Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (Evolution ary Block Matching Method): Minimum Area Al gorithm, an d Heuristic and Evolutionary Rules (44) 4.4 Further Topics on Optimal Synthesis of Heat Ex changer Networks A. Determination of Minimum Utility Requirements by the Problem Table ( 56, 60, 63) B. Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks by Temperature Interval Method (60, 63) C. Systematic Evolutionary Synthesis of Energy Optimum and Minimum-Cost Heat Exchanger Networks (44, 60, 63, 64) D. Application of Evolutionary Block Matching Method to the Optimal Synthesis of Complex Heat Exchanger Networks: Temperature-De dependent Heat Capacities, Different Heat Transfer Coefficients Among Process / Utility Streams and Phase Changes of Process Streams (65) 4.5 An Overview of Published Literature on the Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks (5, 6, 11, 4165) Typical Homework: Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks for Industrial Crude Unit Preheat Re covery; Comparison of Algorithmic, Heuristic and 186 Evolutionary Methods for the Optimal Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks; Concept of the Degree of Freedom and the Shifting and Merging of Ex changers, Heaters and / or Coolers (63); Develop ment of New Evolutionary Rules for the Synthesis of Energy-Optimum and Minimum-Cost Heat Ex changer Networks. 5. Decomposition (Multilevel) Approach to Process Synthesis 5.1 An Introduction to Decomposition (Multilevel) Ap proach to Process Synthesis (66-68) 5.2 Optimal Synthesis of Chemical Process Flowsheets Based on Task Assignment and Integration (69-70) 5.3 Strategy for Task Assignment to Make Up the Differences in Process State Variables (69, 70) 5.4 Heuristics for Task Integration to Simplify the Initial Proc ess Flowsheet ( 42, 69, 70) 5.5 Multilevel Approach to Process Synthesis with Multiple Performance Indices (70, 71) 5.6 An Overview of Four General Approaches to Process Synthesis: Optimization (Algorithmic), Heuristic, Evolutionary and Decomposition (Multilevel) Ap proaches (5, 11) Typical Homework: Synthesis of Complete Process Flow sheets for the Manufacture of Industrial Chemicals such as Vinyl Chloride from Acetylene and Ethylene (72) and Nitric Acid from Ammonia (73) by Task Assignment and Integration 6. Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis of Chemical Process Flowsheets 6.1 An Overvi ew of Heuristic and Evolutionary Syn thesis of Chemical Process Flowsheets (38-40, 74-76, 81-82) 6.2 Heuristic Synthesis of Initial Process Flowsheets A. Heuristic Approach to Reaction Path Synthesis (77-79) B. Heuristic Synthesis of Material Flow from Re action Paths (77, 80) C. Heuristic Approach to Separation Task Selection an d Sequencing ( 4, 13-27) D. Heuristic Approach to Auxiliary Task Assign ment and Integration (42, 69, 70) 6.3 Evaluation Functions and Evolutionary Rules for Modifying the Initial Process Flowsheets (82) A. Evaluation Functions of a Given Process Flow sheet B. Evolutionary Rules for Minimizing the Redund ency in Process Flowsheets Typical Homework: Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis of Complete Process Flowsheets for the Manufacture of Industrial Chemicals such as Octanes from Bu tanes (83) 7. Thermodynamic Approach to Process Synthesis 7.1 An Introduction to Thermodynamic Approach to Process Synthesis 7.2 An Introduction to the Thermodynamic Available Energy (Available Useful Work) and the Second Law Analysis (84-91) A. Some Background on Thermodynamic Laws and Efficiencies B. The Second Laws Efficiency and Thermodynamic Available Energy Continued on page 212. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 41

New for 1981 Yr@(W PROCESS tr~~ ANALYSIS AND ~~LI LI From the McGraw-HIii Advanced Book Program ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL W. Harmon Ray, University of Wisconsin Madison 416 pages $29 50 Appropriate for advanced undergraduate and graduate students as well as practicing control engineers who must design economically optimal process control schemes this book presents a comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice of mode~n computer process control. DESIGN FOR ~O& CHEMICAL v,, ENGINEERS From Our 1980 List ~s~;~~~!~t(t~enftr;2c6~~g'(ti~t.) ~LI ~-~~!!!,\1~~~ni!:r~~~~~r~a~~~k~; William Resnick, Technion~n noro> This new book combines the @ 864 pages $ 28 95 :~gTn~~~no~ PLANT DESIGN AND ECONOMICS those aspects of traditional FOR CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, 3/e chemical engineering that need O O Max S. Peters and Klaus D. Timmerhaus; emphasis in light of the design (?)@~W~& both of the University of Colprado Boulder and a~alysis f unctions of the Q Q (2 944 pages $28 50 chemical engineer. HETEROGENEOUS PRINCIPLES OF CATALYSIS IN PRACTICE [r~l1JJ Charles N. Satterfield, Massachusetts PO LYM ER (2 Institute of Technology 432 pages $26 95 SYSTEMS, 2/e o [h) MASS TRANSFER F~rdi~and Rodriguez, Cornell wall OPERATIONS, 3/e University The late Robert E. Treybal 576 pages (tent.), $28.50 800 pages $26 50 Emphasizing quantitative description of polymers and manipulation of data to predict and correlate the behavior of real polymer systems, the new second edition includes the most current figures, references, and text material. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Kl N ETICS, 3te J.M. Smith, University of California, Davis 736 pages (tent.), $26 50 (tent.) Thoroughly revised and updated, the new edition of this successful text continues to emphasize fhe application of the principles of reactor design to real chemical systems COLLEGE DIVISION McGraw-Hill Book Company 1221 Avenue of the Americas New York, N.Y. 10020 Prices s ub ject t o change

PAGE 42

./J e
PAGE 43

Nicholas A. Peppas joined Purdue in September 1976 and he is presently Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. He received his Dipl. Eng. from N T.U. Athens (1971) and his Sc D from M I.T. (1973) His current research interests are the structure of macromolecu lar networks, diffusion and permeation in polymer films and mem branes, and biomedical phenomena at polymer / liquid interfaces. He is contributing ed i tor of "Polymer News" and on the editorial boards of "Biomaterials" and "Journal of Applied Polymer Science ." At Purdue he has developed courses i n advanced mass transfer in dustr i al chemistry, biomed i cal engineering and various areas of polymer science and engineering For his teach i ng he was the re cipient of the 1980 ASEE Western Electric Fund Award, the 1978 A A. Potter Award, and the 1978 and 1980 R N. Shreve Awards. particle si'ze and its distribution, and structural modification such as crosslinking and branching. With very few exceptions polymerization re actions lead to macromolecular systems with a wide distribution of molecular weights. The mobility of growing macromolecular chains and / or the lack thereof, is responsible for impediment of termination, autoacceleration (Trommsdorff) effects, diffusion-controlled effects etc. Side re actions in the presence of functional groups and small quantities of crosslinking agents can lead to highly branched and crosslinked polymers Thus, a phenomenon, which in "conventional" chemical reactions could be considered highly un desirable, is effectively used to provide polymers with important structural characteristics and de sirable properties. Finally, phenomena related to continuous increase of the viscosity of the react ing medium affect mass and heat transfer, in turn creating a series of challenging engineering problems related to modelling, design and opera tion of polymerization reactors. Although incomplete in many aspects, this partial list of special phenomena observed in poly merization reactions shows that conventional chemical reaction engineering cannot provide the answers to all the challenging questions of this area. In fact, polymer reaction engineering re. FALL 1980 quires background knowledge extracted from such diverse fields as probabilit y theory, organic and physical chemistry, transport phenomena, control theory etc. Here we present a new polymer course which was recently developed and favorably received by both graduate students and qualified seniors in chemical engineering. ChE 543, Polymeri z ation Reaction Engine e ring is a three credit-hour course offered usually in the fall semester of the academic year. At Purdue University a semester consists of fifteen weeks and one week of final examinations. Therefore, a maximum of forty five lecture hours are available, with at least three hours reserved for quizzes and examinations. ChE 543 can be taken independently of other polymer courses and no previous knowledge of polymers is required. Prerequisites include organic chemistry and an undergradu a te course in reaction engineering. The course emphasizes the funda mentals of polymerization kinetics, methods, and reaction engineering and it includes topics on in dustrial operation. Kinetics and polymerization methods are covered thoroughly in approximately eight weeks in a rather fast pace. The reaction engineering aspects are discussed in the last six Reactions of macromolecules evince a range of phenomena which are distinctly different to the ones observed in most of the reactions of small molecules. weeks of the course. Table 1 gives a detailed out line of the course subjects pointing out the special emphasis on reaction engineering topics. Selection of an appropriate textbook for ChE 543 or similar courses is a rather difficult task. The textbook by G. Odian, P rinci pl e s of Pol y me ri z at i o n McGraw-Hill, 1971 is highly recommended as the basic reference for the kinetics portion of the course. Topics covered in Odian's book ( ex cluding Chapters 7 and 9) are extensively dis cussed in the first eight weeks. Notes and review articles (see Table 2) are presented where we feel that additional emphasis is required. Typically five to seven articles of this list will be used in a semester as additional reading material. For example, subjects covered in depth include molecu lar weight distributions, Markov chains and sto chastic processes, gelation theory, Z-transforms, fundamentals of copolymerization reactions, and the kinetics of emulsion polymerizations. Ad ditional reference books on rese r ve for this course 189

PAGE 44

are listed below, with reference to the chapters covered in ChE 543. A. E. Hamielec, Polymerization Reaction Engineering, four volumes, McMaster University, 1977; Chapters covered include 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6. H. Sawada, Thermodynamics of Polymerization Dekker, 1976; selected topics. G. G Lowry, Markov Chains and Monte Carlo Calcu lations in Polymer Science, Dekker, 1970; selected topics. Coverage of the reaction engineering aspects of polymerization is achieved mainly through notes. No book presents a thorough analysis of these subjects, although Hamielec's book (mostly in the form of chapters written by various academic and industrial authors) covers some of the basic needs for this portion of the course. J. Throne's textbook on Plastics Process Engineer ing, Dekker, 1979, appeared late in 1979 and his chapters 2 and 3 have not been tried yet in ChE 543. It is worth noting that the lack of an ap propriate textbook on reaction engineering aspects of polymerization has also been noted by other educators. Out of the fourteen courses surveyed recently [3], eight use personal notes throughout the course; the only textbook with more than one user is Odian's (four courses), although the engi neering aspects are again covered by notes and review articles. Preliminary notes on this subject from three different authors are used on a limited basis, and it is now known that two of these sets of notes will be published as books during 1981. After an introductory review of chemical and physical structure of polymeric materials, a thorough analysis of molecular weights and molecular weight distributions is presented with emphasis on theoretical and empirical distribu tions such as the Flory, Schulz, Wesslau and other distributions. In the analysis of polycondensation kinetics, we emphasize the use of Markov chains to statistically describe polycondensation reactions. The degree of polycondensation is treated as the fundamental random variable. The probability distributions and first and second moments of the TABLE 1: Course Outline I. Introduction to polymer science (3 lectures) 6. Stereospecific polymerizations 6a. Ziegler-Natta catalysts 1. Chemical Structure, physical behavior 2. Molecular weights, molecular weight distributions II. Polymerization kinetics (20 lectures) 190 1. Polycondensation reactions la. Kinetics, molecular weight distributions lb. Markov chains and stochastic processes 2. Multichain polymerization 2a. Gelation theory 2b. Crosslinking reactions, kinetics 2c. Real networks 3. Radical polymerizations 3a. Kinetics, initiation effects, chain transfer 3b. Inhibition and retardation 3c. Autoacceleration 3d. Moment distribution functions (Z-transforms) 3e. Thermodynamics, ceiling temperature, de polymerization 3f. Pressure effects 4. Ionic polymerizations 4a. Cationic polymerizations 4b. Anionic polymerizations 4c. Reactions without termination, mono dispersity 4d. Solvent polarity effects 5. Copolymerizations 5a. K i netics, chain transfer, depolymerization, penultimate effects 5b. Multicomponent copolymerization 5c. Q-e schemes 5d. Statistical methods of determination of re activity ratios III. IV. 6b. Heterogeneous catalytic reactions 6c. Other reactions Polymerization methods (5 lectures) 1. Bulk polymerization 2. Solution polymerization 3. Suspension polymerization 3a. Particle size distribution and its control 4. Emulsion polymerization 5. Gaseous and plasma polymerizations Polymerization reaction engineering (12 lectures) 1. Modelling of polymerization reaction systems la. Batch and semibatch operation lb. Tubular reactors le. Continuous stirred tank reactors ld. Uniqueness and multiplicity of steady states, stability analysis le. Copolymerization reactor design lf. Heterogeneous catalytic polymerization re i> ction engineering 2. Modelling of emulsion polymerization reactions 2a. Mo delling characteri st ics 2b. Control of molecular weight distribution 2c. Control of particle size distribution V. Problems of industrial operation (5 lectures) 1. Industrial problems with reactor design la. Heat and viscosity effects, hot-spots and thermal runaways, heat transfer lb. Polymer build-up, agitation 2. Product purification 2a. Separation and drying equipment 2b. Size reduction, pelletizers 3. Computer control of polymerization reactors 4. On-line testing of polymer properties CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 45

distribution are determined. This analysis is applied to difunctional monomers. Multichain poly merizations, branching and crosslinking reactions are analyzed using probability theory; the Stock mayer gelation theory is also presented and analyzed. The lectures on radical polymerizations are straightforward, although emphasis is placed on the thermodynamics of polymerization reactions and the importance of ceiling temperatures. The kinetics of the Trommsdorff effect are analyzed in view of recent experimental results and their im portance in reactor design is stressed. Discrete moment generation functions transforms) are introduced at this point and their importance in determining the moments of a discrete distribution with applications to addi tion polymerization is analyzed. Other topics where special emphasis is placed include the effect of solvent polarity on ionic polymerization kinetics (cage effect) and the kinetic analysis of copoly merizations where penultimate groups effects are important. Stereospecific polymerizations are covered to considerable extent and their rather complicated kinetics are discussed. After an analysis of the various polymeriza tion methods (Table 1) where the student is exposed to the special characteristics of each technique and to the major difference in kinetics of each polymerization, the basics of the modelling of polymerization reactions systems are intro duced. Topics of special interest include the mathematical analysis of semibatch operations, tubular reactors and copolymerization reactors. Techniques for the prediction and control of molecular weight and particle size distribution are analyzed. The final part of this course concentrates on the analysis of heat and mass transfer related problems and computer control of polymerization reactors. Basic information on product purifica tion is also presented to some extent. ChE 543 presents an integral view of poly merization reactions with strong emphasis on the transition from the kinetic expressions to the design of the proper reactor. This course consti tutes one of three main courses in our graduate polymer program and it is recommended in addi tion to ChE 544, Structure and Physical Behavior of Polymer Systems, (a course on statistical me chanics, physical chemistry, elasticity visco elasticity and diffusion in polymers) and ChE 697B, Rheology of Macromolecular and Other FALL 1980 TABLE 2 Review Articles for ChE 543 R. Shinnar and S. Katz, Polymerization Kinetics and Re actor Design, in K. B. Bischoff, ed., "Chemical Reaction Engineering," 56-74, Advances in Chemistry Series, Vol. 109, ACS, Washington, 1972. D. C. Pepper, Analogies and Discrepancies between Cationic and Anionic Polymerizations, J. Polym Sci. Symp., 50, 51-69, (1975). A. T. Bell, Fundamentals of Plasma Polymerization, J. Macromol. Sci., Macromol. Chem., AlO, 369-381, (1976). J. Ugelstad and F. K. Hansen Kinetics and Mechanisms of Emulsion Polymerization, Rubb. Chem. Techn., 49, 536609, (1976). W. H. Ray, On the Mathematical Modelling of Polymeriza tion, J. Macrom. Sci., Revs. Macromol. Chem., CS, 1-56, (1972). R. J. Zeman and N. R. Amundson, Continuous Polymeriza tion Models Part I, II, Chem. Eng. Sci. 20, 331-361, 637664, (1965). J. A. Biesenberger, R. Capinpin and D. Sebastian, Thermal Ignition Phenomena in Chain Addition Polymerizations, Appl. Polym. Symp., 26, 211-236, (1975). R. P. Goldstein and N. R. Amundson, An Analysis of Chemical Reactor Stability and Control. Parts Xa, Xb, XI, XII, Chem. Eng. Sci., 20, 195-236, 449-476, 477-479, 501527, (1965). K. W. Min and W. H. Ray, On the Mathematical Modelling of Emulsion Polymerization Reactors, J. Macrom. Sci., Revs. Macro mo 1. Chem., CU, 177-255, (197 4). Non-Newtonian Fluids. Topics on reactive pro cessing of polymers (e.g. reaction injection mold ing) are not covered in ChE 543, but rather in ChE 597N, P r ocessi ng of Polymer Solids and Fluids. A limited number of laboratory experi ments, mostly on polymerization kinetics are in cluded in a Polymer Laborato ry course, ChE 597 0, which will be offered this academic year. D REFERENCES 1. R. L. Rawls, "Polymer Education Edges Away from C hemistry," Ch em Eng. News, 55 (21), 19, (1977). 2 "Polymer Science and Engineering Programs," Plastics Institute of America, Hoboken, NJ 1978. 3 N. A. Peppas, "Teaching of Polymer Science and Engineering Courses in Chemical Engineering De partments," a report prepared under the auspices of the AIChE Chemical Engineering Educational Proj ects Committee, to be presented at the 73rd Annual Meeting, Chicago, November 1980. 4. R. G. Griskey, "A New Polymer Department-An Option Within an Existing Department of an Inter disciplinary Program: Which Route for Polymer Education?" S. P.E. T ec hn. Pa pers, 26, 663, (1980). 191

PAGE 47

.A e
PAGE 48

e ncapsuiated pyroiytic carbon, "ashing," etc.). A5. Combust ion Hazard Evaluation / Loss Prevention (e.g., chemical process explosion hazards, trans portation / storage precautions for chemicals / fuels (LNG, chemical tankcars, lab refrigerators), product flammability (synthetic fabrics), fires in buildings) A6. Combustion for Pollution Control (e.g., homo geneous and heterogeneous (catalytic) incinera tion of trace solvent vapors, toxic or carcinogenic compounds)). A7. Combustion for Radiation (Photon) Production (e.g., luminous (soot-laden) combustion products, chemical flash tubes, flares (pyrotechnics), and high power chemical lasers) Of course, each of these applications was not the subject of a separate lecture. Rather, the lec tures were organized about fundamental types of combustion, and their distinguishing character istics (exploited in the areas given above). Thus, the course was advertized as including: "A coherent series of lectures on the role of chemical and physical phenomena in the combustion of vapors, liquids and soli d s. Ignition, propagation and extinction in engineering and natural environments will be quantitatively treated." 2.2 Lectures As developed in the Fall of 1978 the Yale course consisted, in part, of the following 18 lec tures, each prepared by a faculty or staff member with highly relevant research and/or industrial experience : Daniel E. Rosner is Professor of Chemical Engineering and Applied Science, Yal" University Director of the Yale High Temperature Chemical Reaction Engineering (HTCRE) Laboratory, and an engineer ing consultant to EXXON, General Electric and AeroChem Corpora tions. His research interests include convective energy and mass transport interfacial chemical reactions, phase transformations, aerosol phenomena and combustion, subjects on which he has published over 100 papers He joined the Yale University engineering faculty after 11 years of industrial research experience, having completed his undergraduate and Ph.D. engineering degrees at City College of New York and Princeton University, respectively. 194 If the ChE's "charge" and forte is to cleverly control and exploit chemical change ... in the service of humans, then surely combustion should be closer to the center of the attention of ChEs than it is at present. Ll Introduction: Scope and ChE Importance L2 Conservation and Transport Laws ("Combustion Gas Dynamics") L3 Kinetics of Combustion and Pollutant Reactions L4 Combustion Temperatures and Compositions: Measurement Techniques and Calculations L5 Laminar Premixed Flames L6 Laminar Diffusion Flames L7 Detonations LS Ignition / Extinction of Premixed and Diffusion Flames; Explosion and Flammability Limits L9 Droplet Combustion: Bi-propellant and Monopro pellant LIO Spray Combustion LU Heterogeneous Combustion: A. Surface Combustion of Coal (Single Particles, Fluidized Beds) L12 Heterogeneous Combustion: B. Solid Propellants, Ablation with Chemical Reaction (Erosive Burn ing, etc.) L13 Surface-Catalyzed Combustion L14 Combustor Configurations and their Instabilities L15 Flame Spread: Fires L16 Chemical Reactions in Turbulent Flows LI 7 Chemical Lasers LIS Heat and Mass Transfer from Flames Each lecturer distributed (usually 1 week in ad vance) a reference / reading list and detailed out line [l ], as well as one or more instructive quanti tative exercises to illustrate the implications of the principles stressed in the lecture to some of the application-areas given above. These home work sets were corrected, graded and returned to each student along with helpful comments and queries. 2.3 Report To help tie together the principles of this CST Course, students were asked to select one of the topics listed below on which to report, in writing, at the completion of the course. In this way the principles transmitted during the lectures were brought to bear on a specific topic important to each individual student. Where applicable, and as quantitatively as possible, each topic was con sidered from the points of view of: balance of empiricism ("art") and rational theory ("science") in the design of equipment role of the underlying sciences of thermodynamics, CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 49

chemical kinetics and fluid (gas) dynamics efficiency of fuel utilization alternate fuel types (availability, costs) pollutant formation and control. Our initial list of topics included: Internal Combustion (Piston) Engines Gas Turbine (Continuous Combustion) Solid Propellant Rocket Liquid Propellant Rocket Ramjet Pulverized Fuel Furnace Oil-fired Furnace Gas-fired Furnace Surface-catalyzed Combustion Fluidized Bed Combustion Incineration Forest Fire (Prevention / Control) Intrabuilding Fire Spread Interbuilding Fire Spread Non-flammable Materials, Fire Suppression Fire, Explosion Hazards: M i nes Fire, Explo s ion Hazards: Industrial Operations Fire, Explosion Hazards: Fuel Transport, Storage Fuel Extraction: Under Ground Coal Gasification Light Sources (Flares, Flash Lamps) Gun s Artillery Cutting and Welding Chemical Reactor Applications Controlled Explosions (Excavation, Size Reduc tion, etc.) Singular Perturbation Techniques in Combustion Theory Similitude and Scale-up Principles in CST Bibliographies for all of these reports were pooled, copied and distributed to each student for possible future use. 2.4 Exam Apart from each student's performance on the abovementioned report and homework sets, his / her grade was determined in part by a short (30 min.) in-class mid-term exam. Part 1 of this exam asked for a brief definition of important CST terms such as : equivalence ratio explosion peninsula quenching diameter detonation wave flash-bac!c blow-off (etc.) emission index branching reaction combustion efficiency flame thickness droplet "slip" pyrophoricity Part 2 gave a number of important formulae ( e.g., relation for the time dependence of a fuel droplet's area during combustion (see Section 3.2), steady state combustion catalyst surface temperature, Chapman-Jouget detonation speed, etc.) and asked the student to a) identify the equation, a nd b) enumerate two essential underlying as sumptions. While alternate exam-types were considered, this provided an ample supplement to our other indicators of student comprehension, without excessive time demands. FALL 1980 2.5 Textbooks Because of the orientation and scope of this course no single available textbook proved suit able. Rather, a bibliography was distributed [1] and the corresponding set of books and reports was made available on the reserve shelf of our engineering library. 3. ChE VIEWPOINT AND IMPORTANT COMBUSTION PROBLEMS A list of early combustion researchers reads like a Who's-Who of pu r e and applied chemistry, including A, Lavoisier, H. Davy, M. Faraday, M. Berthelot, H. L. LeChatlier, R. Bunsen, J. H Van t Hoff, 0. Boudouard and, in the early 1900's, F. Haber, K. F. Bonhoeffer, W. Nernst, W. Nusselt, A. Eucken, E. Schmidt, N. Semenoff, H. S. Taylor Recent flame structure and speed calculations have been remarkably successful and are, in fact, equivalent to short plug flow reactor calculations with "axial" (in this case molecular) dispersion. and G. Damkohler. That a wealth of challenging, important problems remain (and multiplies daily!) in the face of this early attack by some of the giants of chemistry / ChE, is ample testi mony to the richness and subtleties of this field, as well as a) the existence of time-dependent technological constraints, and b) the availability of new a nd more powerful experimental and com putational techniques. 3.1 Flame Propagation and Stabilization in Premixed Gases One of the most fundamental problems in com bustion concerns the rate of propagation of a com bustion zone ("deflagration wave") across a non turbulent, pr emi x ed (fuel + oxidizer + "inert") gas While in many practical applications such a It i s in te r es ting t o not e [2 ] th a t in 1 8 1 6 the young M. Faraday ci te d as e vid e nc e of Fr e nch ch e mists' "prejudice" th e fa c t tha t they refus e d to call the rapid exoergic re a c t ion of sulfur with iron by th e nam e of c ombu st ion b e c aus e it involved no oxyg e n! Indeed, today "combustion" e mbr a c es a ll fuels a nd oxidiz e rs ( c h e mi c al type and physi ca l s tat e ), as well a s ex o e rgic d e compositions of ox y gen fr.:!e co m pounds (e.g mon o prop e llants such as hydrazine) Thu s, th e subject of com b usti on ( or C ST) differ s from c h e mic a l r ea ction e ngine e r i n g oft e n onl y in "purpose" (see Section 1). 195

PAGE 50

T(K) 1000 Prdic l e 1 corresponds to fuel-rich combustion). mean-gas-velocities far greater than Su using so called bluff-body "flame-holders." It has been demonstrated [6] that the stabilization mechanism and stability limits ("blow-off") can be understood by considering the recirculating wake region of each stabilizer as a continuous stirred tank reactor (CSTR) (see also Section 3.3). 3.2 "Heterogeneous" Combustion: Individual Fuel Droplet and Droplet Sprays Many useful fuels are not only conveniently sto re d as liquids, but they can be effectively burned (without complete "pre-vaporization") by spray ing them directly into the combustion space ( e.g., oil fired furnaces, diesel engine cylinders). To estimate the lifetime of a typical fuel droplet, early theoretical models visualized each droplet s urrounded by an "envelope" flame sheet (Fig. 3) Ox i d izer vapor FIGURE 3. Envelope flame (two-"film") model of in dividual fuel droplet combustion at sub critical chamber pressures in the absence of appreciable forced or natural convection relative to the droplet [7]. acting both as a heat source (to sustain droplet vaporization) and as a (fuel + oxidizer vapor) sink [7]. ChEs will recognize this as a non-iso thermal "two-film" model; indeed, the localized diffusion~controlled chemical reaction enhances the quasi-steady ( QS) rate of diffusional mass trans port, leading to droplet lifetimes considerably shorter than a "nonignited" droplet evaporating into the same ambient medium. ChEs are in an excellent position to deal with the behavior of oxidizers and/or fuels under ex treme conditions, such as pressures comparable to Continued on page 209 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 51

You know about Atlantic Richfield Company. Now start reading between the lines. ARCO Oi l and Gas Company <> D1v 1s1 on of Allanl1cR1chf1eldCompan y ARCO Petroleum Products Company < > D, v,sion of Allanl ic RichfieldCompany ANACONDA Industries D ivision o f The ANACONDA Compan y ARCO Transportation Company <> D1v1s1on of All anlic R ,c hfleldCompa ny ARCO Chemical Company <> D 1vis 1 on of Allanl ic R ichfleldCo mpan y ANACONDA Copper Company Division of The ANACONDA Company ARCO Internationa l O i l and Gas Company <> Div ision of At la nt ic RichfieldCompan y ARCO Coal Company <> D ivisio n of AtlanticRichfieldCompany ARCO Ventures Company <> D iv ision of AtlanlicRichfieldCompan y With all the companies you should be talking to, why not meet nine with one interview? For more information regarding career opportunities with us see your Placement Office. AtlanticRichfieldCompany <> Atlantic Richfi e ld is a practicing e qual opportunity employer

PAGE 52

class and home problems The object of this column i s to enhance our readers' collection of interesting and novel problems in Chemical Engineering. Problems of the type that can be used to motivate the student by presenting a particular principle in class or in a new light or that can be assigned as a novel home problem are re quested as well as those that are more traditional in nature that elucidate difficult concepts. Please sub mit them to Professor H. Scott Fogler, ChE Department, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109. SOLU TI ON : PRA I RI E D OG P R OBLEM Editor's Note: Professor Kabel presented the "P r ai r ie Dog Problem" to our readers in the Spring 1980 (Volume XIV, No. 2) issue of Chemi cal Engineering Education. The following is his solut i on to that problem. It is followed by Pro fessor Kabel's new, but similar, "Prairie Dog Appendix" problem statement, for which we invite student solutions. R.L.KABEL Pennsylvania State Uni v ersity Uni v ersity Park, PA 16802 The key point is the Bernoulli effect* and the solution given here pertains to that effect. Of course, students often pursue other mechanisms which lead to good class discussions. Take the total path length 2 + 15 + 3 = 20m Assume path cross-sectional area is uniform 1 X 10 ""' 2 m 2 Assume laminar flow in burrow and use the Hagen-Poiseuille equation to obtain the flow result ing for a given pressure drop. Use the Bernoulli equation to relate pressure drop to velocity difference Bird, Stewart, & Light foot (p. 212-213) gives Eq. 7 3-2 as Bernoulli equa tion with friction included. (This equation is also given as Eq. 2.5-5, p. 30, of Himmelblau and Bis choff.) See Vogel, S., and W. L. Bretz, Science 175, 210-211 (1972), the original reference on this and other similar situations, or Ch e m. & Eng. N e ws, May 1, 1972, where I firSt came across the idea. 198 I p; A p dp + W +E v = 0 P1 Neglecting work W, friction E v and potential A energy change 6. cf,, we get P 2 1 J dp = O 6. 2 + P 1 For flat velocity profiles /<.v> ~ 2 Note air flow is characteristically turbu lent in open spaces, but the velocity is not really uniform in the region of interest. Also, for ordinary velocities and pressure, air is incompressible (i.e. p = constant). Hence, [6.2'.J/2 + (P 2 P1) / p = 0 [ 2 2 ]/2 + (P 2 P1) / p = 0 Take a very light wind of 0.2 m/sec ( = 0.45 mile / hr) at the high port and one-half that at the low port (0.1 m / sec). This selection of condi tions is somewhat arbitrary but the magnitude is low enough that such winds can be expected at least on a day-night basis. The factor of 2 is supported by Bird, et. al., p. 136-7, in an example on ideal flow around a cylinder v 2 = 4 v 00 2 sin 2 0 If the prairie dog mound were a cylinder, the top would be at 0 = 1r /2, hence sin 0 = 1 and v = 2 v oo Thus the velocity at the top is twice the ap proach velocity in this case. Density of air = 1.2928 g l 1 = 1.2928 kg m 3 at 0 C, 1 atm or 273.2K, 1 (10 5 ) Nm2 Copyright ChE D i v isi on, ASEE, 1980 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 53

-

2 2 > 2 0,2 2 -0 l2 = 1.2928 kgma 2 m 2 2 = 0.0194 kgm1 s2 1 newton = 1 kg (1) ms2 or 1 kgs 2 = Nm 1 -(P 2 P1) = 0.0194 Nm 2 = P1 P 2 = 2.8 (10 6 ) psi = 1.45 (l0 4 ) mm Hg As a matter of interest one student calculated static pressure difference between points 1 and 2 to be 0.0267 Nm 2 The Hagen-Poiseuille equation (Eq. 2.3-19, Bird, Stewart, & Lightfoot) gives the air flow rate as Q= where Po-PL= P1 -P 2 L = 20m 1rR 2 = 1 (102 ) m2, R = 0.0564 m ( = 2.22 in) /L a t r (0 C, latm) = 0.01716 cp = (1.716) (l05 ) kgm1 s1 = (1.716) (10 5 ) Nsm2 Q 1r (P1 P 2 ) R 4 1r ( 0 .0194) ( 0.0564 4 ) 8,L 8 (1.716) (l0 5 ) (20) (2.246) (104 ) m a s1 Volume of tunnel = (20)m(l) (10 2 )m 2 = o.2m a A t 0.2 m a 890 1r urnover = ( 2 246 ) (l0 4 ) m 3 s-1 s = 14.8 min= 0.247 hr This answer does not check with the paper exactly since the paper specified turnover every 10 minutes. The difference could be in physical properties but the agreement is close enough and the main point is clear N n. = D p/, 2(:0564)m [< 2 24 ;J !~ ; 4 ) m a] 8 ( 1.2928) kgm -a 1.716 (l05 ) kgm1 s1 191, so laminar flow does exist in the as assumed. As a matter of interest the velocity in the tunnel is 2.246 (l0 4 ) m a 1 < v> in channel = --~~---102 m 2 = 2.246 (10 2 ) ms1 = 0.05 mileshr1 about a factor of 10 slower than outside velocity. It is clear that by building his mound and burrow properly, the prairie dog will have enough air to breathe even when hibernating. A PRAIRIE DOG APPENDIX Our student readers, both graduate and undergraduate, are encouraged to submit their solution to the following problem to Prof. Robert L. Kabel, ChE Dept., Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA 16802, before Dec. 31, 1980 (please designate your student status on your entry). A complimentary subscription to CEE will be awarded in each category, to begin immediately or, if preferred, after gradua tion, for the first correct solution submitt ed. (Penn State students are not eligible.) We will publish Prof. Kabel's solution in a subsequent issue. The following numerical example illustrates the effects discussed in the Prairie Dog Problem. An open vertical tube, 2 m long and 0.01 m in diameter, is to be used as a wind gauge. In a particular experiment the base of the tube was located 0.5 m above ground and an aver age vertical velocity through the tube was ob served to be 1 ms 1 Find the horizontal velocity of the wind at 3 m above the ground. A numerical answer is required. Other pieces of information which may be helpful are the air density, p = 1.2 kg m -a and viscosity, = 1.8 ( 10 -s kg m 1 s 1 ) Also there FALL 1980 is a well-known correlation for the horizontal wind velocity, U, as a function of height above the earth's surface, z. U(z) -u:1 z = ln k Z o In this correlation, k is the von Karman constant and is usually taken equal to 0.4. The roughness height, Z o for this particular location is 0.04 m. The friction velocity, u., is a constant related to the shear stress at the surface which in turn depends on the wind speed. 199

PAGE 54

MIT SCHOOL of CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE* A Continuing Catalyst in Engineering Effectiveness SELIM M. SENKAN J. EDWARD VIVIAN Massachusetts Institute of Technology Cambridge, MA 02139 CHEMICAL ENGINEER'S ASSIGNMENTS are today more diverse and complex than ever before and result in even more unanticipated problems. We live in a highly complicated and controversial world, and chemical engineers face considerable uncertainty with respect to energy, environment, health, food, and raw materials supply. The problems are diverse, complex, and multifaceted challenges in an environment complicated by changing energy costs, material shortages, en vironmental regulations, social awareness, and domestic and international politics. To meet these challenges, a strong back ground in chemical engineering fundamentals is not enough. Chemical engineers are expected to function as a team with other professionals, making goal-oriented and timetable-conscious ap proaches to identifying and solving current and future problems. They are expected to be creative, productive, and effective in applying their knowledge to the solution of these problems and to be alert to the needs of sophisticated industrial operations and the dynamic society in which they live. They are expected to have excellent oral and written communication skills, to help influence action and motivate individuals, and to dissemin ate the results of their findings. Last but not least, they are expected to respond to needs of their communities and to be proficient in human relations. Though they could hardly have foreseen the complexities of today, some of these ideas clearly *Portions of this article are reprinted from Technology Revi e w, Vol. 81, No. 5 (Copyright 1979) by special per mission of the Alumni Association of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Copyright ChE D i11 is i 011, ASEE, 1980 200 were in the minds of Arthur D. Little, '85, and William H. Walker when they established the School of Chemical Engineering Practice in 1916. It integrated classroom experience and practical work by providing students with an intensive, in dustrialand research-oriented internship away from the campus, under the direct supervision of M.I.T. faculty members [4]. Since then, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology School of Chemical Engineering Practice has been a major feature of the gradu ate program in chemical engineering education at MIT. Presently, MIT operates Practice School Stations at two locations: one at Oak Ridge National Laboratory, a dynamic research and deJ. Edward Vivian obtained his BS degree from McGill University, and his MS and ScD (1945) from the Massachusetts Institute of Tech nology. He has been very active i n the School of Chemical Engineering Practice, serve d as director of a number of stations, as well as the overall program His research activities are in the areas of gas-liquid reactions and separation processes He is Professor of Chemical Engineering. (L) Selim M. Senkan received his BS degree from METU Ankara, Turkey and his MS and ScD (1977) from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. After completing a two year stint as director of the School of Chemical Engineering Practice at Oak Ridge, Tennessee he returned to Cambridge. His current research activities are in the areas of chemical reaction engineering and hazardous chemical waste management. He is presently an Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. (R) CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 55

Presently, MIT operates Practice School Stations at two locations: one at Oak Ridge National Laboratory ... and the other at General Electric Company's modern plastics and silicone production facilities at Albany, New York. velopment organization operated by the Nuclear Division of the Union Carbide Corporation at Oak Ridge, Tennessee, under contract to the Depart ment of Energy, and the other at General Electric Company's modern plastics and silicone production facilities at Albany, New York. The widely differ ent operations of these plants provide a good basis for problem solving and the opportunity for ex posure to a large variety of technical activities in which the engineering students will find them selves engaged during later stages of their careers. In response to the evolution of the chemical engineering profession, Practice School stations have been located at 18 different plants over the program's 60-year history. Continuous evalua tion of the program by graduates, faculty, and in dustry (industry is a strong proponent of the pro gram) has kept it as an elite program of engineer ing education at MIT. This dynamic and continuously renewing character of the program is particularly important to the expanding engineer ing profession today [1]. In evaluating the first year of operation of MIT's School of Chemical Engineering Practice, W. H. Walker wrote in 1917 [3]: "It is a truism to say that it is easier to acquire a knowledge of science than it is to apply intelligently and successfully this knowledge to the solution of technical problems." He also noted that the most far-reaching benefit accruing to experience in the School of Chemical Engineering Practice is that it develops within the student the convictions: "That he must acquire a sounder knowledge of existing science. That he must aid in creating or enlarging the field of science. That he must continue to apply science to industry for the ultimate good of mankind." In commenting on the value of the Practice School, W. K. Lewis wrote in 1951 [2]: "Three things are essential for the young technical man in industry. First he must recognize the rele_ vance of the theory which he has learned in class and laboratory to the solution of practical problems, and he must master the methods of using theory in handling such problems. Second he must appreciate FALL 1980 the complexity of the economic factors that play such a predominant part in the problems of in dustry. Finally, he must understand the character, complexity, and importance of human relationships invo l ved in industry and know how to handle them." Clearly these comments, which, incidentally, are very similar to the ones made almost 30 years earlier by Walker, are more to the point today than ever before. GOALS The aim of Practice School is to accelerate the development of highly competent engineers by broadening their experience, not only in technical aspects of the profession but also in communica tion and human relations (which are frequently decisive in the success of an engineering enter prise). It is an intensive and guided program in which qualities such as leadership, organization and planning, team-work, and communication skills are developed. These are crucial attributes which a competent engineer should possess, yet which are difficult to acquire in the classroom. To reach these goals, the Program stresses four main issues (see Figure 1) ; TO DEVELOP AN ABILITY TO APPLY ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES TO A WIDE RANGE OF PROBLEMS TO DEVELOP SE L F-RENEWING, GOAL-ORIENTED TIMETABLE CO/lSCJOUS, CHEMICAL ENGIN EERS TO HANDLE COMPLEX S0Cto-ECONOtllC, TEC.,.JCAL PROBLEMS. TO BE MADE A l ~ARE THAT EDU CATI ON M.JST PROCEED WITH RENEWED VIGOR BEYOND THE CLASS ROOM. TO DEVELOP PROFI CIENCY IN HUMAN RELATIONS. TO DEVELOP PROFICJENCY IN EFFECTIVE ORAL AND WRITTEN COMMUNICATION SKILLS. FIGURE 1. Intent Diagram for the Practice School. 1. Development of an ability to apply engi neering principles to a wide range of problems. Students at the graduate level already have command of most of the fundamentals. However, the applicatiqn of these basic principles to the solution of today's problems is : perhaps more difficult th: m ev~r before. In addition, chemical engineers frequently contribute to a wide variety of disciplines which were once thought outside their purview. By design, Praetice School permits the students to face many kinds of unique in dustrialand research-related problems in a 201

PAGE 56

variety of disciplines. The nature of the projects ranges from fusion-energy research, coal gasifica tion and liquefaction, and nuclear medicine, to technical and economic feasibility analysis, design, operation and optimization of chemical processes, to name a few. Every new problem (new problems are assigned every four weeks) is presented as a challenge to the ability of the students. By stimu lating students to meet these challenges, the Practice School catalyzes creativity and fosters the sense of achievement that accompanies the successful completion of any problem. The opportunity to help solve some problems of concern to plant personnel or to contribute to the understanding of a phenomenon at the forefront of a research program motivates the student to accomplish a great deal of work in a surprisingly short time. 2. Development of the awareness that educa tion must proceed with renewed vigor beyond classroom teaching. Since chemical engineers are facing problems which are increasingly inter disciplinary and of ever-increasing complexity, it is important to create an atmosphere in which in dividuals are motivated to become familiar with other disciplines, concepts, and ideas. The large variety of projects offered at Practice School brings about the realization of this need and provides students with relevant experience in handling new situations with caution and confi dence. 3. Development of a proficiency in human relations. To emphasize the co-operative nature of engineering tasks, Practice School projects are always assigned to student groups of two to four. This results in improved thinking and decision making by group members, and usually a small group decision is superior to that of an individual working alone. Small-group communication is also conducive to changing group members' attitudes. Groups and designated group leaders change with each project, giving each student a chance to be come a group leader and an opportunity to work with others. Emphasis is placed on developing effective leadership and organization skills in handling complex engineering assignments. 4. Development of a proficiency in effective oral and written communication skills. Results of a technical investigation have little utility unless they can be understood and used by others. A technical achievement can be outstanding, but 202 unless the results are communicated effectively and persuasively, the value of the achievement is less likely to be appreciated. Practice School provides the students with excellent experience in develop ing these skills. Students get realistic experience in oral report ing during the projects. On a weekly basis, one member of each group gives an oral presentation outlining the progress and future plans of the group. These sessions are attended by all par ticipating students, plant personnel, and Practice School staff. In addition to the talks on problem assignments, scheduled oral seminars are held throughout the term on assigned and optional subjects. Frequently, students are also asked to present their work at symposia organized by pro fessional societies such as The American Chemical Society, The American Institute of Chemical Engineers, and The American Nuclear Society. Technical report writing is also an essential attribute of a competent engineer, although often not sufficiently emphasized at school, and Practice School provides excellent experience. An assign ment is not considered complete until an acceptable written account of the work has been prepared. The program emphasizes the need for a precise and concise report of the effort in which straight forward development of the logic of approach, perspective in relating the importance of the results, and critical and candid evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of the technical argu ments are documented. These are important factors in establishing the credibility of the ac complishments as well as the credibility of the engineers who did the work. STATION OPERATION G 0ALS OF THE PRACTICE SCHOOL are attained in an unusual way. Each Practice School station is directed by two resident chemical engi neering department staff members. The student to-faculty ratio is kept around six so that students may receive a high degree of individual instruc tion and evaluation~ and also so that their potential ability may be recognized and developed at the Practice School. The operation of the Practice School is quite similar to a small consulting company. The MIT staff works closely with the technical staff of the host company in identifying and arranging the problems, with student groups serving as plant wide task forces on the projects. At the beginning CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 57

of each term the technical staff of the host company is invited to submit problem suggestions to the Practice School. After problem suggestions are received, the station staff reviews them and contacts the individuals with whom suitable proj ects appear possible. The most important criteria used in problem selection are: first, problems must be of educational value to the student group; second, the solution can be expected to require in depth application of a broad variety of technical skills, original thought, initiative, and judgment on the part of the student group; and third, solu tions of the problem will result in a worthy contri bution to the host-plant operation and / or to the understanding of a phenomenon in the profession. The technical staff of the company who suggested the problem is then asked to make itself available as consultants. The opportunity to help solve some problems of concern to plant personnel or to contribute to the understanding of a phenomenon at the fore front of a research program motivates the student to accomplish a great deal of work in a sur prisingly short time. This attitude provides the key to Practice School operations and results in the production of widely recognized high-quality work. Since the time available for solving the problems is short, the group finds itself under considerable pressure to accomplish its goals. Al though the student group bears prime responsi bility for solving the problem, the members are encouraged to draw on advice of the Practice School staff, project consultants, and other in dividuals both on plant-site and at MIT, all of whom are considered part of a team whose job it is to solve the problem (see Fig. 2). The group leader organizes the effort and keeps all the interested individuals informed on group progress. Nevertheless, the successful completion of the project hinges on the cooperative effort of the entire group in planning and executing the task. As the first step in solving the problem, the group members collect pertinent information and become acquainted with the current theory, opera tions, and equipment. Then they define the exact nature of the problem, generate as many alter native approaches as possible, and determine the alternatives with the minimum set of objectives to reach their goal. They defend their approach in the formal preliminary conference before the Practice School staff, consultants, plant personnel, and, on many occasions, visiting members of the MIT chemical engineering department faculty. FALL 1980 FIGURE 2. Problem Solving at MIT School of Chemical Engineering Practice. Undoubtedly, the preliminary conference is the most important of a series of interactions aimed at sharpening and perfecting the approach to solu tion of the problem and requires the participation of everyone involved. Following the preliminary conference and pro gram approval, the main body of the project work begins, during which continuous re-evaluation of objectives, methods of approach, results, and schedule are also undertaken. Since the atmosphere is informal, everyone participates in extensive discussions pertinent to the successful completion of the group's objectives. When there are dis agreements (and disagreements are very common) they are not suppressed; the group seeks to resolve them rather than to dominate the dissenter. Formal progress reports are also made every week, with participation similar to that of the preliminary conference. Progress reports are de signed to serve three important purposes: (1) to inform the participants about the progress of the project, provide intermediate results, and discuss new changes, (2) to provide a basis for ex changing ideas to solve problems encountered, and (3) to provide an opportunity for the students to improve their oral presentation skills. Students are encouraged to use the conference room as ground on which they can extract information from the audience as well as provide it. An im portant part of these meetings is the question-and answer period which follows, for it tests the speaker's understanding of the subject and his ability to handle audiences and reply to a range of questions promptly and directly. The se talks ~03

PAGE 58

are also constructively criticized by the staff and students for the benefit of the speaker. The assignment is not considered complete until all results have been analyzed, the con clusions and recommendations have been properly presented in a written report, and a final oral presentation has been made. Each report is evalu ated for its accuracy, technical content, imparti ality, organization, literary style, coherence, and conciseness. When necessary, the report is re turned to the group for revision and this pro cedure is repeated until a satisfactory report is produced. Student performance is then evaluated by the staff, with contributions from fellow students and consultants. The ability to work with people, leadership, and other such qualities are considered in addition to technical competence. Other activities during the semester include field trips to nearby industrial plants and research centers, attendance at seminars and symposia, and participation in periodic staff conferences in which students rate each other, and where consultants and staff rate the students. The students thus have the opportunity to see themselves as others do. The staff member who handles the conference discusses the student's abilities and liabilities from a friendly point of view. Most students respond well and react quickly to such a conference because in most cases it is the first time that such a candid evaluation has been presented. DESCRIPTION OF FIELD STATIONS F ACILITIES AT EACH STATION include a library, student offices, conference rooms, and computer facilities. Additional help is provided by a full time secretary maintained at each stati on. The two Practice School stations will be briefly de scribed below, together with the nature of projects undertaken by MIT students. Albany Station The Albany Station is operated by General Electric Company's N oryl Products facility at Sel kirk, New York, and the Silicone Products Plant at Waterford, New York. At this station students obtain an intensive exposure to a chemicals manu facturing environment. Technical emphasis is placed on economic analysis, design, process de velopment and improvement, and the relationship of product properties to production operation. Strong emphasis is placed on having the students work in at least one of the production areas. 204 Both batch and continuous processes are used in producing chemicals, and students are involved with virtually all kinds of large scale chemical engineering unit operations. This gives them an opportunity to evaluate and compare the merits of each operation. Some past projects at the Albany Station have been: Wastewater clarification Physical-mechanical model of intermediates reactor Design of remote sampling system for resin reactors and statistical analysis of resin properties The effect of processing variables on rheological properties Determination of economic feasibility of rubber reclamation Dryer vent system analysis and modification Detailed design of extractive dehydration pilot plant unit Computer modelled optimization of plastics manufactur ing operations On-line solids analysis for silicone emulsions o Improvement of crystalline product yiel d from process mother liquors Oak Ridge Station The field station at Oak Ridge National Labora tory (ORNL) is located in one of the largest energy research and development institutions in the nation and also one of the most diverse in the range of scientific and technological disciplines represented. ORNL is operated by the Union Carbide Corporation, Nuclear Division under contract with the U.S. Department of Energy. Laboratory specialties, once limited to nuclear energy development, now extend into other disciplines of physical and life sciences, mathe matics and engineering, as well as economics and social sciences. The laboratory operates in a way that provides the flexibility necessary to attack large problems that require broadly-based efforts on the part of multi-disciplinary teams, and the MIT Practice School has been involved with virtually all of the unclassified programs. Some past projects at Oak Ridge station have been: Mass transfer in three phase fluidized beds Freezing of living cells and tissues Surface properties and reactions of coal Dispersion of miscible fluids in porous media Design of a 1 8 F production system for ORNL cyclotron facility (nuclear medicine) Radiation cooling in liquid metal fast breeder reactor (LMFBR) cores Super cooling of water in annual cycle energy system (ACES) heat exchangers CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 59

Hydrodynamics of a recirculating fluidized bed UF formation from the surface reactions of uranium 6 and fluorine Auxiliary power recovery from coal gasification processes The projects at Oak Ridge are oriented toward laboratory-type research and development work, complementing the industrial nature of the problems at the Albany Station. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION E ACH TERM, A SELECT number of graduate students (presently the enrollment is limited to 24) are admitted to the School. Since the pro gram is highly demanding, self-motivation, in dustriousness, and other such qualities are also sought in addition to exceptional academic achieve ments. The requirements for the Master of Science in Chemical Engineering Practice (Course X-A) are the same as those for the Master of Science in Chemical Engineering, except that 24 units of Practice School experience is accepted in lieu of the Master's thesis. Bachelor of Science graduates of the depart ment ordinarily meet the requirements of the pro gram in two terms. Beginning in September following their graduation, students spend the semester at the Practice School; half at Albany, New York, and the other half at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Then they return to the Institute to complete the program during the Spring term. A similar program also begins in February and extends to the end of May. For the students who have graduated in chemi cal engineering from other schools, the usual pro gram of study involves one or two terms at the Institute followed by the field station work in the Practice School. Students with chemistry majors usually require an additional term at the Institute. Although there are no specific course requireTABLE J Suggested Prerequisite Courses. FALL ChE Thermodynamics Advanced Heat Transfer Industrial Chemistry Catalysis and Catalytic Processes Analytical Treatment of ChE Processes Structure and Properties of Polymers FALL 1980 SPRING Same Heat and Mass Transfer Same Chemical Reaction Engineering Advanced Calculus for Engineers Physical Chemistry of Polymers ments for the Practice School program (beyond the usual S.M. degree course requirements) the courses listed in Table 1 have been found to be particularly beneficial according to the students who participated in the program. REFERENCES 1. King, C. J., and A. S. West, "The Expanding Domain of Chemical Engineering," Chem. Eng. Progr., 72, 35 (1976). 2 Lewis, W. K., "Practice Training in Universities," Chem Eng. News, 29 1 3 97 (1951). 3 Walker, W. H., "The School of Chemical Engineering Practice. A Year's Experience," Ind. Eng. Cherm., 9, 1087 (1917). 4 Walker, W. H., "A Master's Course in Chemical Engi ne e ring," Ind. Eng. Chem., 8 ,746 (1916). mn :I book reviews APPLIED CHEMICAL PROCESS DESIGN By Frank Aerstin and Gary Street Plenum Press, 1978, 294 pages. Reviewed by Frank J. Lockhart University of Southern California, L.A. This is not a textbook. Developments, discus sions and derivations have been eliminated, leav ing a concise presentation of methods and correla tions useful in process design, pilot plants or production. Some of the methods are theoretical, some are not; but they all are empirical in that they can be used satisfactorily in the real world. Explanations are scarce, which means the user needs prior education in the basics of topics such as fluid flow, heat transfer, and distillation. A critical user will check the validity of various di mensional equations which probably have not been seen before. For example, page 16 has a di mensional equation for Reynolds number in a circular pipe. It is correct, but it looks most un usual as NR e = 6.31 W/.D. Some useful topics are included which are seldom found in conventional chemical engineer ing textbooks. For example: relief valves, rupture discs, vapor-liquid separators, and details on air cooled heat exchangers. Continued, next page. OMNI and MINI adoptions come with solution books ADVERTISEMENT 205

PAGE 60

The authors are to be commended for giving stepwise procedure, followed by "sample deter mination" (i.e. an example), and at the end of each chapter its nomenclature, references to the particular methods and some selected readings. This book covers the topics the authors con sider important, and the published correlations they prefer. Other engineers may select different topics and correlations based upon their own ex periences. I consider they have covered the most important topics and usually, acceptable correla tions. However, the graphical correlation on page 42, labeled the "optimum-minimum reflux rela tionship ... and being around 1.2-1.5, must truly be the "typical design-minimum reflux relation ship." The ratio of optimum to minimum reflux ratio for about 25 years has been less than 1.15, which is essentially off the graph. And this ratio is decreasing more with increasing cost of energy. Line 4, page 277 says, "A vapor-liquid separa tor is a drum where entrainment is generated," a statement which I do not believe Where does this book fit? Possibly as an ap pendage to a chemical plant design course in a university, but not as a textbook. Possibly as a reference for an engineer who is away from the office, but not as a typical office-reference book. Adopt an OMNIBOOK and its solution manual of 543 problems is yours ADVERTISEMENT STATISTICS FOR EXPERIMENTERS. AN IN TRODUCTION TO DESIGN, DATA ANALYSIS, AND MODEL BUILDING By George E. P. Box, William G. Hunter, and Stuart Hunter John Wiley and Sons, Inc. NY, 1978. xviii + 653pp. Reviewed by Robert J. Buehler University of Minnesota This book is aimed at persons who collect and analyze data, including, in particular, engineers, chemists, biologists and statisticians. It claims to be "neither a cookbook nor a textbook on mathe matical statistics. It is an introduction to the philosophy of experimentation and the part that statistics plays in experimentation." The book is intended for use as a text, but could also be used for self-instruction. No knowledge of calculus is assumed. 206 There are four parts : I. Comparing two treat ments ; II. Comparing more than two treatments ; III. Measuring the effects of variables; IV. Build ing models and using them. To give an idea of the coverage (but not the flavor) : Part I: Signifi cance tests; confidence intervals; normal, t, bi nomial and Poisson distributions ; randomization; replication; blocking. Part II: Analysis of vari ance; factorial designs; transformations; random ized blocks; incomplete blocks; Latin squares. Part III: Factorial designs at two levels; normal prob ability plots; fractional factorials. Part IV: Re gression models ; response surfaces ; mechanistic models ; control charts ; variance components ; modeling and forecasting with time series. The flavor of this book is totally practical. New topics are invariably introduced by example. The authors draw on their very considerable real world experience to emphasize the concepts and techniques of greatest utility. Over and over they stress the importance of finding appropriate models and of checking the adequacy of any as sumed model (making "diagnostic checks"), usually by inspection of residuals. Many common pitfalls are pointed out: assuming independence when serial correlation is present; mistaking as sociation for causation; confusing statistical sig nificance with practical significance; dangers of "happenstance data;" dangers of letting the com puter replace the human brain where the brain is superior. Limitations of rigid mathematical theories such as "optimal design" are indicated (p. 472). In keeping with the more casual "data analytic" approach as opposed to a theoretical mathematical approach, hypotheses are not re jected but "discredited," and reporting observed significance levels or confidence intervals is favored over a pure accept-reject procedure. This is clearly an authoritative book. I found it also to be tightly and clearly written, with very good use of figures, suitable problems, and ade quate references for further study. The geometric concept of orthogonality in the analysis of vari ance is an example of a topic well described at an elementary level which is usually found only in more advanced texts. Not wishing to imply that the book is flawless, let me say in closing that while the auth ors correctly emphasize the fundamental contributions of the incomparable R. A. Fisher, they need not have followed his example in spelling Gosset ("Student") both correctly (p. 15) and incorrectly (Gossett, p. 49). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 61

~ I I 11 Du Pont gives me a chance to use all my professional skills:' J. Susan Morgan BS, Chemical Engineering ,' I wanted variety and respon sibility and at Du Pont I got it. While still at the U. of Kansas I worked a summer at a Du Pont plant in Delaware and during my senior year two days a week at a nearby Kansas plant. After graduation I worked full time for Du Pont in the Engineering Department in Delaware in a Con sultants Section on heat and mass transfer problems. I specified equip ment and process parameters for new processes and plant expansions From pure engineering I moved to college recruiting. Based in Wilmington, I travelled to college campuses all over, interviewing candidates and speaking to student groups. I also organized programs like the Summer Employment Program I was in at college Now I'm at a photographic products plant in New Jersey on process improvements for a relative ly new and exciting product. The tremendous variety in my projects requires daily interaction with people throughout the plant. I use both my engineering and people skills ." Whatever your specialty you have a big choice of careers at Du Pont. Talk to our campus representative. Or write: Du Pont Company Room 37755 Wilmington DE 19898. At DuPont.~.there's a world of things you can do something about. ~E Ci US """T&TM OFF A n Eq u a l Oppo rtunit y Empl oye r. M / F

PAGE 62

li)ft?I news NOBLE RECEIVES AWARD Recipients of special awards given at the ASEE meeting in Amherst, MA on June 25, 1980, were listed in the Summer 1980 issue of GEE. That list of outstanding ChEs should have in cluded Richard D. Noble of the University of Wyoming, who received the Outstanding Zone Campus Activity Coordinator Award, Zone IV. [eJ b a book reviews SCIENTISTS MUST WRITE By Robert Barrass Chapman and Hall, London, 1978 Reviewed by Michael E. Leesley University of Texas at Austin When asked to review this book I kept putting it off thinking it would be just one more sermon on the need for engineers and scientists to write good English. By now there can hardly be an engineer or scientist in industry or academia who is not fully aware of the deplorable level of the communication skills of graduating students. Finally and reluctantly I picked it up. I was amazed. Mr. Barrass has packed a huge amount of common sense into this tiny text. Unequivoc ably it is the best condensation of :written com munication know-how that I have ever seen. Mr. Barrass must be a most astute observer of both written and verbal communication. He picks out examples of misuse of English and then shows how they could have been improved. Furthermore, in some cases, he suggests reasons why the writer had used the poor English of the examples. He gives useful hints for writing summaries, precis, letters, memoranda, reports, essays, theses and even book reviews. He lists tricks, some old some new, which will help a writer gain and keep a reader's interest. Of course, being British, Mr. Barrass has stated the normal rules of English for his country and these do not always apply in the United States Perhaps an American version could be published: it certainly would be a most useful text in this country. Teachers will find that it provides many illus trative examples of misuse of English. The sources of his examples and the delightful anecdotes could not be more wide-ranging: from Patrick Dennis's Aunt Mame to Rudyard Kipling's letters to technical journals, the chosen passages are 208 witty and entertaining. However, it is difficult to see just how this book could be used in a formal science or engi neering education unless in the curriculum there is a course designed to improve writing skills of attendees. Even then, a professor would be more likely to choose as required text the Harbrace College Handbook or one of the similar hand books currently available. It's not that the book fails as a teaching aid: rather, it is insufficiently structured and does not contain a coded feedback mechanism to use when grading students' written work. He does discuss some controversial issues. One minor one is his reminder that the word "com prise" does not need the word "of" between it and a list : a common error in American use of English. More important, he tackles the question of the use of active mood, first person reporting of technical work. After a brief history of views on this topic he comes down on the side of first person active. I wish most sincerely that his advice and exhortation would change the stuffy attitude which is currently prevalent in the U.S. "I found" is far more concise than the clumsy "it was found that" which always seems evocative of a lack of confidence in one s work. Further there is nothing whatsoever untrue or deceitful in saying "I con clude that" instead of the awkward "it can be concluded that" which is far more common. As efficient as the rest of the book, the sections on recommended reading are well presented and include the United States' and United Kingdom's Standards (ANSI and BBS) for written media and numerous handbooks, directories, indexes and abstracting journals. I like, too, the extra chapter at the end where he complements the main body of the book with some useful hints on tech nique for people talking about science and engi neering. After all this praise of what is really quite a small book, I have one negative point to raise. The book, would have been just that little bit better if the asinine cartoons had been left out. All in all, this is an excellent book which could be revised very simply for the American market, but which is unlikely to be used in colleges and universities except, perhaps, as an entry in lists of recommended reading. Solution manuals for the OMNIBOOK cost $543 ... without an adoption ADVERTISEMENT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 63

COMBUSTION TECHNOLOGY Continued from page 196 the thermodynamic critical pressure of the fuel. In such cases ( commonly encountered in diesel and rocket engines) a) the QS assumption breaks down because the droplet density no longer greatly exceeds that of the surrounding vapors, and b) the latent heat of vaporization of the liquid becomes strongly temperature dependent (as the critical temperature of the fuel is approached). In Ref. [8] it was shown that ChE calculations of transient, diffusion-controlled sphere dissolution [9] could be transformed to estimate droplet burning times under these conditions; and, as a consequence of b) there are actually t w o d r oplet ( "wet bulb") temperatures under some ambient conditions, only one of which (the lower) is statically stable (cf. Fig. 4). There results an overall picture of the initial droplet conditions causing either (i) ulti mate droplet evaporation (with or without com bustion) at a subcritical droplet temperature (even at supercritical chamber pressures) or (ii) transient heating leading a droplet to seek its critical temperature during transient evapora tion [8]. t D.." ....... D.. 3 0 0.7 500 0.8 T /T 0.9 W C DROPLET TEMPERATURE-+ 60 40 e 20 0 1.0 Q. FIGURE 4. Droplet vaporization at chamber pressures comparable to the fuel's thermodynamic critical point. Multiplicity of "wet bulb" temperatures, and domains of droplet heating and cooling near the critical temperature. Chamber gas temperatures are those corresponding to isentropic com pression from 300 K, 1 atm to the stated pressures. (after Rosner and Chang [8]). FALL 1980 0 0 0 0 0 C!> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 0 0 l I l b l e 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 G) FIGURE 5. 0 0 0 \ < I l d l Superposition calculations of flame loca tions for small arrays of fuel droplets [11] reveal the onset ~ of flame "sharing" by sub groups of droplets in the interior of the droplet cloud. For larger clouds a contin uum model (analogous to that used for predicting catalyst effectiveness factors) quantitatively describes "group combus tion" phenomena, based on oxidant access limitations [11]. In actual fuel spray combustion individual en velope flames (cf. Fig. 3) are rarely seen; rather, a spray "core" consisting of many droplets supplies fuel vapor to a "single" outer diffusion flame. This flame "sharing" or "group combustion" behavior can be explained in terms of the difficulty of oxidizer transport into ( and combustion product transport out of) the interior of the droplet cloud (see Fig. 5). This is the combustion analog of the catalyst "effectiveness factor" problem [1O] indeed, the criterion for group (cf. individual droplet) combustion is expressible in terms of a Thiele modulus (Damkohler number) based on cloud radius [11]. 3.3 Modeling Combustor follutant Emission/Contro!_ Chemical synthesis and reactor selectivity are the essence of the combustor pollutant problem (e.g., emissions of NO(g), S0 2 (g), soot, etc.). Here, the kinetic details of many competing chemi cal reactions, occuring in local environments and residence times influenced by compressible gas 209

PAGE 64

dynamics and turbulent m1xmg [12], determine, say, what fraction of the nitrogen in coal will appear at the combustor exit as NO or N2; what fraction of the carbonaceous condensate inter mediate (called soot) in an oil-fired furnace will survive oxidation and be emitted as black smoke, etc. In an interesting ChE approach to the problem of modeling and predicting emissions from a high intensity spray combustor, Munz and Eisenklam [13] have used tracer-stimulus response / residence time distribution (RTD)-techniques to arrive at an equivalent PFR / CSTR network (with internal recycle) to represent the behavior of the actual combustor (see Fig. 6). This equivalent network was then analyzed using a 22-step kinetic reaction mechanism for NO production / consumption. A TO MI S E~ ATOMISlHG AIR &. PFR 'UEL SECONDARY FORWARO AIR PFR ATOM I S I NG AIR &. F U El SEmOAP' 'O RWARO Al R b siCSTR FIGURE 6. "Equivalent'' idealized chemical reactor flow network to simulate the pollutant emission characteristics of the forward chamber region of a high intensity spray (gas oil) combustor. System "identification" accomplished via tracer RTD techniques (after [13)). 210 Methodologically similar "lumped" models with simpler ("global") kinetics have been used to understand the chemical thermal energy efficiency of GT-combustors [14]. In the long-run an increasing fraction of com bustor performance predictions for design will be made using "direct solution techniques." These will involve deterministic a priori predictions of the detailed velocity, temperature and species con centration fields (time-averaged values as well as fluctuation intensities for steady turbulent flow [15]) within the combustion space, using suitable finite difference ( or finite element) numerical methods [16]. For transient, 3-dimensional, multi component, multiphase turbulent flows with re circulation this is still rather impractical, based on both computational limitations and modeling uncertainties (e.g., chemistry in a turbulent flow). For a recent summary of advances in this line of attack, equivalent to the ChE modeling of "non ideal" reactors, see Ref. [17). 3.5 Fluidized-Bed Combustion (FBC) of Coal Fluidized bed reactor technology, which revolu tionized the process of catalytic cracking of petroleum feedstocks in the USA just in time to supply us with the high grade fuels necessary to escape fascist subjugation in World War 2, could play a comparable role in the way we extract energy from our coal reserves in the near future. This is because current and future constraints on emissions (ash, S0 2 NO, alkali sulfates, etc.) and capital investment may render FBC more cost effective than its well-established rival: the pul verized coal-fired furnace (with all of its required upstream and downstream "add-ons" [18)) If currently visualized pressurized FBC proves tech nologically feasible (see Fig. 7), it offers the following advantages : much higher volumetric heat release rates (hence smaller plant size for same output power); in situ sulfur and ash removal via fluidized sorbents (e.g., CaC0 3 ); ability to operate with a wide variety of coal types at temperatures low enough to minimize production and carryover of NO, salt and ash vapors; and possibility of energy extraction via both in-bed heat exchangers as well as direct drive of gas turbines using the FBC products (provided deposition [19], erosion and corrosion problems can be solved). This is an area of combustion to which ChEs will clearly make an enormous contribution. It is a par ticularly formidable one from the viewpoint of CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 65

to cyclones and ~r -f reeboard 0 .. Fi n. QS R,.,cyc1,., FIGURE 7. Schematic of pressurized fluidized-bed com bustor (FBC) for efficient power extraction from coal subject to present-day environ mental constraints (see Section 3.5). direct computational modeling using a generalized continuum mechanics approach, yet progress is being made [20]. 4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Combustion is seen to be chemical reaction engineering (CRE) with objectives that include but, more often, differ from that of the synthesis of volume chemicals (Section 2.1). Accordingly, ChEs, because of their b:r;eadth and understanding of coupled chemical and physic;al change, are in an excellent position to contribute directly to com bustion science and technology (CST)-a subject of vital current and future-interest to our economy, standard of living and even political independence. Reciprocally, recent advances in CST will be of considerable interest to ChEs concerned with CRE in exo-ergic systems. For these reasons we have introduced into our ChE graduate program the FALL 1980 CST course described in Section 2. We hope this brief account proves useful to graduate students and ChE faculty alike, and will be especially pleased if our discussion (Sections 1, 3) con tributes to the increased participation of ChEs in teaching and research in combustion science and technology. Indeed, as we enter a "synthetic fuels" era there will have to be a closer coupling between fuel users and formulators. What better way to accomplish this than for the ChE com munity to become as actively involved in R & D on the optimum utilization of these fuels? ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to thank Drs. K. Seshadri, M. Labowsky, B. T. Chu, R. Chang and W. Reifsnyder for their assistance in planning and teaching this graduate course in CST at Yale. I am also indebted to Drs. Richard Wilhelm, Irvin Glassman, Hartwell Cal cote, and John Fenn, all ChEs, for "igniting" my research interest in combustion as a graduate student, and calling to my attention the relevant early literature of D. A. Frank-Kamenetskii and G. Damkohler. REFERENCES 1. Rosner, D. E.: "Combustion Science and Technology" (EAS 607 Course Syllabus); Department of Engi neering and Applied Science / ChE Section, Yale Uni versity (January 1979). 2. Agassi, J.: Faraday as a Natural Philosopher, Uni versity of Chicago Press (Chicago) 1971, 26. 3 Rosner, D. E.: "Energy, Mass and Momentum Trans port---The Treatment of Jump Conditions at Phase Boundaries and Fluid-dynamic Discontinuities," Chemical Engine ering Education, Vol. X, No. 4, 190194 (Fall 1976). 4 Willi a ms, F. A.: Combustion Th e ory, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA (1965). 5. Luck, K. C and G. Tsatsaronis, "A Study of Flat Methane-Air Flames at Various Equivalence Ratios" in Ga c dynamics of E xplosions and R eactive Systems (A. K Oppenheim, ed.), Pergamon Press, (Oxford, UK), 467-475 (1980). 6. Longwell, J. P., et al : "Flame Stabilization by Baffles in High Velocity Gas Streams," Third (Int ernationa l) Symposium on Combustion, Flame and Explosion Ph e nom e na, Williams and Wilkins Co. (Baltimore, MD) 40 ( 1949) 7. Rosner, D. E. : "Liquid Droplet Vaporization and Combu s tion," in Liquid Prop e llant Rock et Combustion In s tability, NASA Scientific and Technical Informa tion Office Chap 2.4, pp. 74-100, NASA SP-194 (1972). 8. Rosner, D. E. and Chang, W. S.: "Transient Evapora tion and Combustion of a Fuel Droplet Near its Critical Temperature," Combustion Science and Tech nology 7, 145-158 (1973). 9. Duda, J. L. and J. S. Vrentas: "Heat or Mass Trans211

PAGE 66

fer Controlled Dissolution of an Isolated Sphere," Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 14, 395 (1971). 10. Aris, R.: The Mathematical Theory of Diffusion and R eaction in Permeable Catalysts, Vol. 1, Clarendon Press (Oxford, UK) 1975. 11. Lab owsky, M. and D. E. Rosner: "Conditions for 'Group' Combustion of Droplets in Fuel Clouds. I. Quasi-Steady Predictions," in Proc. Symposium on Evaporation / Combustion of Fuel Droplets, Amer. Chem. Soc Adv. in Chem. Series, No. 166, 63-69 (1978). 12. Rosner, D. E.: "Governing Conservation Principles and Constitutive Laws," Chapter 2 of Short Course: Introduction to the Fluid Mechanics of Combustion, EXXON Research and Engineering Co., Florham Park, NJ (December, 1980). 13. Munz, N. and P. Eisenklam: "The Modelling of a High Intensity Spray Combustion Chamber," Sixteenth Symposium (Int er national) on Combustion, The Combustion Inst. (Pittsburgh, PA), 593-604, 1976. 14. Swithenbank, J., I. Poll, D. D. Wright and M. W. Vincent: "Combustor Design Fundamentals," 14th Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Inst., Pittsburgh, PA 627-638 (1973). 15. Long, M. B., B. F. Webb e r, and R. K. Chang: "In stantaneous Two-Dimensional Concentration Measure ments in a Jet Flow by Mie Scattering," Appl. Phys. Letters 34, 22-24 (1979); see also M. B. Long, B. T. Chu, and R. K. Chang: "Instantaneous Two-Di mensional Gas Concentration Measurements by Light Scattering," paper AIAA-80-1370, presented at the AIAA 13th Fluid & Plasma Dynamics Conference, 14-16 July 1980, Snowmass, CO, AIAA J. (in press). 16. Gosman, A. D., et al.: H eat and Mass Transfer in R ecircu lating Flows, Academic Press (New York, NY), 1969; see also: Pro c. Third Int. Conf. on Numerical Methods in Fluid Mechanics, Springer Verlag, 60, 1973. 17. Caretto, L. S.: "Mathematical Modeling of ( Com bustor) Pollutant Formation," in Energy and CO(Tl'lr bustion Science (N. Chigier, ed.), Pergamon Press (Oxford, UK), 1979, 44-73. 18. Squires, A. M.: "Clean Power from Coal," Science 169, 821-828 (1970). 19. Rosner, D. E.: "Mass Transfer from Combustion Gases," Presented at the AIChE 73rd Annual Meet ing, 16-20 November 1980, Chicago, IL (session on Combustion Fundamentals). Ms. No. 4606. 20. Pritchett, J. W., T. R. Blake and S. K. Garg: "A Numerical Model of Gas Fluidized Beds," AIChE Chemical Engineering Progress Symposium Series (in press 1980). PROCESS SYNTHESIS Continued from page 186. 7.3 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis and Its Ap plications to Energy Conversion and Conservation and to Process Design and Evaluation (85, 86, 92-102) 7.4 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis of Heat-Ex212 Solution books to the OMNI an~to the MINI are now available ADVERTISEMENT change Process and Its Applications to the Synthesis of Energy-Optimum Heat Exchanger Networks (44, 60, 63-65, 103) 7.5 Thermodynamic Analysis of Energy Consumption of Separation Processes of Relevance to the Synthesis of Energy-Efficient Separation Processes (14, 104106). 7.6 Thermodynamic Availability Analysis of Distillation Systems and Its Application to the Synthesis of Energy Conservation (Integration) Schemes in Dis tillation Systems (107-109) A. Thermodynamic Availability Diagram for Repre senting Distillation Systems (107) B. Minimization of the Available Energy Loss Through Energy Integration (107-109) C Approximate Minimization of the Available Energy Loss on the Temperature-Enthalpy Dia gram (107) D. Synthesis of Energy Conservation (Integration) Schemes for Multicomponent Distillation Systems through Systematic Manipulations on the Temperature-Enthalpy Diagram (107) 7.7 Analysis and Synthesis of Energy Conservation (In tegration) Schemes in Distillation Systems A. Multieffect Distillation (Cascade Columns) (14, 110) B. Use of Feed as a Reboiling or Condensing Medium (14) C. Heat Pumps (14, 105 106, 111, 112) D. Intermediate Reboilers (lnterreboilers) and Condensers (Intercondensers) (14, 104, 106) E Combined Use of Heat Pumps and Intermediate Reboilers / Condensers (113, 114) F. Distillation with Secondary Reflux and Vapori zation: SRV Distillation (115-117) G. Heat-Exchange Integration (Use of Heat Ex changer Networks): Decomposition Approach to the Optimal Synthesis of Heat-Integrated Multi component Separation Sequences (10, 31-33) 7.8 Applications of Thermodynamic Approach to Other Process Synthesis Problems (9, 12, 40, 50, 118, 119) Typ ica l Hom ework: Synthesis of Energy Conservation (Integration) Schemes of Multicomponent Distilla tion Systems 8. A Survey of Other Process Synthesis Problems and Solution Methods: Current Trends in Research and Developing Prospects for Industrial Applications 8.1 An Introduction to Fault Tree Synthesis of Chemical Processes (120-126) 8.2 An Introduction to the Structure Parameter Ap proach for Solving Steady-State and Dynamic Pro cess Synthesis Problems (127-133) 8.3 Current Status of Development and Applications of Process Synthesis Techniques: Research Needs and Op po rt uni ties Typical Homework: Comprehensive Term Papers on Such Topics as (1) Ordered Heuristic Procedures for the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EPUCATION

PAGE 67

Sequences; (2) Heuristic Synthesis of Reaction Paths for the Manufacture of Industrial Chemicals; (3) Heuristic and Evolutionary Synthesis of Large-Scale Process Flowsheets; ( 4) Applications of Thermo dynamic Principles to Process Synthesis; and (5) Analysis and Synthesis of Energy Conservation Schemes in Distillation Systems. REFERENCES 1. Rudd, D. F. and C. C. Watson, Strategy of Pro cess Engineering, Wiley (1968), Chap. 8, pp. 212-250. 2. Roberts, S. M., Dynamic Programming in Chemical Engineering and Process Control, Academic Press (1964). 3. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chapters 2 and 5, pp. 23-57 and pp. 155-208. 4. Hendry, J.E. and R. Hughes, Chem. Eng. Prog., 68, No. 6, 20 (1972). 5. Hendry, J. E., D. F. Rudd and J. D. Seader, AIChE J., 19, 1 (1973). 6. L ee, K. F., A. H. Masso and D. F. Rudd, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fund., 9, 48 (1970). 7. Westerberg, A. W. and G. Stephanopoulos, Chem. Eng. Sci., 30, 963 (1975). 8. Powers, G. J. and R. L. Jones, ',AIChE J., 19, 1204 (1973). 9. Barnes, F. J. and C. J. King, Ind. Eng. Chem. Proc. Des. Dev., 19, 421 (1974). 10. Rathore, R. N. S., K. A. Van Wormer and G. J. Powers, AIChE J., 20, 49 1 and 940 (1974). 11. Hlavacek, V., Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 2, 76 (1978). 12. Cheng, W. B. and R. S. H. Mah, Ind. Chem. Proc. Des. Dev., 19, 410 (1980). 13. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 5, pp. 155208 and Chap. 8, pp. 281-239. 14. King, C. J., Separation Processes, 2nd Edition, Chap. 13, "Energy Requirements of Separation Processes." McGraw-Hill, New York (1980). 15. Lockhart, F. J., Petrol. Refiner, 26, No. 8, 105 (1947). 16. Harbert, W. D., Petroleurn Refiner, 96, No. 3, 169 (1957). 17. Souder, M., Chem. Eng. Prog., 60, No. 2, 75 (1964). 18. Heaven, D. L., "Optimum Sequencing of Distillation Columns in Multicomponent Fractionation," M. S. thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 1970. 19. Ni shimura, H. and Y. Hiraizumi, Intern. Chem. Eng., 11, 188 (1971). 20. Thompson, R. W. and C. J. King, Synthesis of Sepa ration Schemes, Technical Report No. LBL-614, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of Cali fornia, Berkeley, CA, 1972. 21. Thompson, R. W. and C. J. King, AIChE J., 18, 941 (1972). 22. Tedder, D. W., "The Heuristic Synthesis and Top ology of Optimal Distillation Networks," Ph.D. dis sertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis consin, 1976. 23. Tedder, D. W. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 24, 303, FALL 1980 315 and 323 (1978). 24. Seader, J. D., and A. W. Westerberg, 1 AIChE J., 29, 951 (1977). 25. Nath, R., "Studies in the Synthesis of Separation Processes," Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Houston, Houston, Texas, 1977. 26. Nath, R. and R. L. Motard, "Evolutionary Synthesis of Separation Processes," 85th National Meeting, AIChE, Philadelphia, June 4-8, 1978. 27. Liu, Y. A., V. Nadgir and D. Ricks, "A Simple Heuristic Procedure for the Optimal Synthesis of Multicomponent Separation Sequences," Department of Chemical Engineering, Auburn University (1980). 28. Rod, V. and J. Marek, Collect. Czech, Chem. Comm., 24 3240 (1959). 29. Petlyuk, F. B., V. M. Platonov and D. M. Slavinskii, Inter. Chem. Eng., 5, 555 (1965). 30 McGalliard, R. L. and A. W. Westerberg, Chean. Eng. J., 4, 127, (1972). 31. Stupin, W. J. and F J. Lockhart, Chem. Eng. Prog., 68, No. 10, 71 (1972). 32. Freshwater, D. C. and B. D. Henry, The Chem. Engr. (London), No. 201, 533 (1975). 33. Freshwater, D. C., and E. Ziopou, Chem. Eng. J., 11, 215 (1976). 34. Rodrigo, B. F. R. and J. D. Seader, AIChE J., 21,885 (1975). 35. Gomez, M. A. and J. D Seader, AIChE J., 22, 970 (1976). 36. Bakhshi, V. S. and J. L. Gaddy, "Optimal Synthesis of Separation Systems by Flowsheet Simulation," 70th Annual Meeting of AIChE, New York, Nov., 1977. 37. Siirola, J. J., "Progress Toward the Synthesis of Heat-Integrated Distillation Schemes," paper 47a, 85th National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, June 4-8, 1978. 38. Stephanopoulos, G., and A. W. Westerberg, Che m. Eng. Sci., 31,195 (1976). 39 Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 1, 149 (1977). 40. King, C. J., D. W. Gantz and F. J. Barnes, Ind. Eng. Chem. P roc. Des. Dev., 11, 271 (1972). 41. Rudd, D. F. and C. C. Watson, Strategy of Process Engineering, Wiley (1968) pp. 40-42, 93-97 and 137-141. 42. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 6. 43. Takamatsu, T., I. Hashimoto and K. Nishitani, Japan ese Systems and Control, 19, 409 (1975). 44. Nishida, N., Y. A. Liu and Leon Lapidus, AIChE J., 23, 77 (1977). 45. Hwa, C. S., AIChE-IChE Symp. Ser., No. 4, 101 (1965). 46. Kesler, M. G. and R. 0. Parker, Chem. Eng. Symp. Ser., No. 92, 111 (1969). 47. Masso, A. H. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 15, 10 (1969). 48. Nishida, N., S. Kobayashi and A. Ichikawa, Chem. Eng. Sci., 26, 1841 (1971). 49. Kobayashi, S., T. Umeda and A. Ichikawa, Chem. Eng. Sci., 26, 1367 (1971). 50, Menzies, M. A. and A. I. Johnson, Can. J. Chem. 213

PAGE 68

Eng., 50, 290 (1972). 51. Pho, T. K. and L. Lapidus, AIChE J., 19, 1182 (1973). 52. Ponton, J. W. and R. A. B. Donaldson, Chem. Eng. Sci., 29 3275 (1974). 53. Siirola, J. J., "Status of Heat Exchanger Network Synthesis," paper 42a, 76th National AIChE Meet ing, Tulsa, Oklahoma (1974). 54. Rathore, R. N. S. and G. J. Powers, Ind. Eng. Chem. Proc. Des. Dev., 14, 175 (1975). 55. Shah, J. V. and A. W. Westerberg, "Evolutionary Synthesis of Heat Exchanger Networks," Paper 60c, AIChE Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, Nov. (1975). 56. Hohmann, E. C and F. J. Lockhart, "Optimum Heat Exchanger Network Synthesis," paper 22a, AIChE National Meeting, Atlantic City, N.J., Sep tember (1976). 57. Hwang, F. and R. Elshout, Chem. Eng. Prag., 72, No. 7, 68 (1976). 58. Kelahan, R. C. and J. L. Gaddy, "Synthesis of Heat Exchange Networks by Mixed Integer Optimiza tion," paper 22c AIChE National Meeting, Atlantic City, N J., September (1976). 59. Elshout, R. V. and E. C. Hohmann, "Energy Con servation by Computer Simulation," paper 34b, 85th National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, PA, June (1978). 60 Flower, J. R. and B. Linnhoff, "A Thermodynamic Combinational Approach to the Design of Optimum Heat Exchanger Networks," paper 34e, 85th Na tional AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, PA, June (1978). 61. Hohmann, E. C. and D. B. Nash, "A Simplified Ap proach to Heat E:xcchanger Network Analysis," paper 34a, 85th National AIChE Meeting, Philadelphia, PA, June (1978). 62 Grossmann, I. E. and R. W. H. Sargent, Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 2, 1 (1978). 63 Linnhoff, B. and J. R. Flower, AIChE J., 24, 633 and 642 (1978). 64. Umeda, T., J. Itoh and K. Shiroko, Chem. Eng., Prag., 74, No. 7, 70 (1978). 65. M. Elliott, "Applications of the Evolutionary Block Matching Method to the Optimal Synthesis of Com plex Heat Exchanger Networks," Department of Chemical Engineering, Auburn University, (1980). 66 Rudd, D. F. and C C Watson, Strategy of Proce ss Engine ering, Wiley (1968), Chap. 10, pp. 282-305. 67. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Process Synth esis Prentice-Hall (1973), Chapters 1 and 6. 68. Rudd, D. F., AIChE J., 14, 343 (1968). 69. Umeda T., A. Shindo and A Ichikawa, Chem. Eng Sci., 29, 2033 (1974). 70. Umeda, T. and A. Ichikawa Chem. Eng. Sci., 30, 699 (1975). 71. Liu, Y. A D. C Williams, N. Nishida and Leon Lapidus, "Studies in Chemical Process Design and Synthesis: IV. Optimal Synthesis of Process Systems with Vector-Valued or Multiple Performance Indices," Paper No. 23b, AIChE National Meeting, Atlantic City, NJ, September (1976). 72. Weissermel, K. and H. J. Arpe, Industrial Organic 214 Chemistry, Verlag-Ch e mic, New York, (1978), pp. 192-196. 7 3 S hreve, R. N. and J. A. Brink, Jr., Chemical Process Indu stries, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1979), pp. 288-289 74. Powers, G J., Chem. Eng. Progr., 68, No. 8, 88 (1972). 75. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Pow ers and J. J. Siirola, Proc ess Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), Chap. 8, pp. 281-303. 76. Si irola, J. J. and D. F. Rudd, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fund., 10,353 (1971). 77. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J J. Siirola, Proc ess Synthesis, Prentic e -Hall (1973), pp. 40-47. 78. Waddams, A. L., Chemicals from Petroleum, John Murray, London (1973). 79 Wiseman, P An Introd uction to Indust rial Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition Applied Science Publishers, Ltd., London (1979). 80. Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Proce ss Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), pp. 82-92 and problem 32, pp. 103-104. 81. Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 1, 57 (1977). 82. Mahalec, V. and R. L. Motard, Computers and Chem. Eng. J., 1, 149 (1977). 83 Rudd, D. F., G. J. Powers and J. J. Siirola, Proc ess Synthesis, Prentice-Hall (1973), problems 12 and 15, pp. 256-257 and problem 1, p. 3 03. 84. Keenan J. H., Th ermodynamics, Wiley (1944), Chapter XVII, "Availability." 85 Bruges, E. A Available Energy and the Second Law Analysis, Butterworths, London, (1959) 86. Gaggioli, R. A., Editor, Thermodynamics: Second Law Analysis, ACS Symp Ser. No. 122, American Chemical Society, Washington, D. C. (1980). 87. Denbigh, D. G., Chem. Eng. Sci., 6, 1 (1956). 88. Gaggioli, R. A., Chem. Eng. Sci., 16, 87 (1961). 89 Gaggioli, R. A., Chem. Eng. Sci., 17, 523 (1962). 90. Haywood, R. W., J. Mech. Eng. Sci., 16, 160 and 258 (1974). 91. Sussman, M V., Chem. Eng. P rag 76, No. 1, 37 (1980). 92. Riekert, L., Chem Eng. Sci 29, 1613 (1974). 93. Riekert, L., Chemical Eng ineering in a Changing World: Proc ee dings of the Pl enary Sessions of the First World Congress on Chemical Engineering, Edited by W. T. Koetsier, Elsevier, Amsterdam (1976), pp. 483-494. 94 Berg, C A T echnology Review, 96, February (1974); also in Mech Eng., 96, No. 5, 30-42 (1974). 95. Ford, K. W., G. I. Rochlin and R. H. Socolow, Effi cient Use of Energy API Conference Proce e ings, No. 25, American Institute of Physics, New York (1975), Part I. 96. Hamel, B. B. and H. L. Brown, NBS Publication No. 403, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC, June (1976), pp. 57-64. 97 Chiogioli, M. H., En er gy Conservation, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1979), Chap 3. 98. Bailie, R. C ., En ergy Conversion Engin eering, Addi sion-Wesley, Reading, MA (1978), pp. 110-117. 99. Gaggioli, R. and P J. Petit, Chemtech, 7, 495 (1977). 100. Michaelides, E. E., Proceeding s of the 14th Int er CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 69

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA RESEARCH ENERGY UTILIZATION ENVIRONMENTAL KINETICS AND CATALYSIS THERMODYNAMICS ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING MATERIAL ENGINEERING FLUID MECHANICS AND RHEOLOGY FOR APPLICATIONS AND FURTHER INFORMATION, WRITE: e tdff, .. ~ .. l!IJ '',t ... p- ~. 'Iii,. FACULTY Alexis T. Bell Harvey W. Blanch Elton J. Cairns Alan S. Foss Simon L. Goren Edward A. Grens Donald N. Hanson Denn i s W. Hess C. Judson King (Chairman ) Scott Lynn D a v i d N. L y on John S. Newman Eugene E Petersen John M. Prausnitz Clayton J. Radke Edward K. Reiff, Jr. David S. Soong Charles W Tobias Theodore Vermuelen Charles R. Wilke Michael C. Williams Department of Chemical Engineering UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Berkeley, California 94720

PAGE 70

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DAVIS Course Areas Applied Kinetics and Reactor Design Applied Mathematics Biomedical, Biochemical Eng i neering Catalysis Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer Mass Transfer Process Dynamics Separation Processes Thermodynamics Transport Processes in Porous Media Faculty R. L. BELL, University of Washington Mass Transfer, Biomedical Applications RUBEN CARBONELL, Princeton University Enzyme Kinetics, Applied Kinetics, Quantum Statistical Mechanics, Transport Processes in Porous Media ALAN JACKMAN, University of Minnesota Environmental Engineering, Transport Phenomena B. J. McCOY, University of Minnesota Separation and Transport Processes DAVID F. OLLIS, Stanford University Catalysis, Biochemical Engineering J.M. SMITH Massachusetts Institute of Technology Applied Kinetics and Reactor Design STEPHEN WHITAKER, University of Delaware Fluid Mechanics, lnterfacial Phenomena, Transport Processes in Porous Media 224 Degrees Offered Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy Program UC Davis, with 17,500 students, is one of the major campuses of the University of California system and has developed great strength in many areas of the biological and physical sciences. The Department of Chemical Engineering emphasizes research and a pro gram of fundamental graduate courses in a wide variety of fields of interest to chemical engineers. In addition, the department can draw upon the expertise of faculty in other areas in order to design individual programs to meet the specific interests and needs of a student, even at the M S level. This is done routinely in the areas of environmental engineering, food engineering, bio chemical engineering and biomedical engineering. Excellent laboratories, computation center and electronic and mechanical shop facilities are available. Fellowships, Teaching Assistantships and Research Assistantships (all providing additional summer support if desired) are available to qualified applicants. Davis and Vicinity The campus is a 20-minute drive from Sacramento and just over an hour away from the San Francisco Bay area. Outdoor sports enthusiasts can enjoy water sports at nearby lake Berryessa, skiing and other alpine activities in the Sierra (2 hours from Davis) These rec reational opportunities combine with the friendly in formal spirit of the Davis campus to make it a pleasant place in which to live and study. Married student housing, at reasonable cost, is located on campus Both furnished and unfurnished oneand two-bedroom apartments are available. The town of Davis (population 36,000) is adjacent to the campus, and within easy walking or cycling distance. For further details on graduate study at Davis, please write to: Chemical Engineering Department University of California Davis, California 95616 or call (916) 752-0400 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 71

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SANT A BARBARA FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTS PROGRAMS AND FINANCIAL SUPPORT SANJOY BANERJEE Ph.D (Waterloo) Two Phase Flow, Reactor Safety Nuclear Fuel Cycle Analysis and Wastes H. CHIA CHANG Ph.D. (Princeton) Chemical Reactor Modeling, Applied Mathematics HENRI FENECH Ph D. (M.1.T.) Nuclear Systems Design and Safety, Nuclear Fuel Cycles, Two-Phase Flow, Heat Transfer. HUSAM GUROL Ph.D (Michigan) Statistical Mechanics, Polymers, Radiation Damage t o Materials, Nuclear Reactor Theory. OWEN T. HANNA Ph.D. (Purdue) Theoretical Methods, Chemical Reactor Analysis, Transport Phenomena GLENN E. LUCAS Ph.D. (M I.T.) Radiation Damage, Mechanics of Materials. DUNCAN A. MELLICHAMP Ph.D. (Purdue) Computer Control, Process Dynamics, Real-Time Computing. FALL 1980 JOHN E. MYERS Ph.D. (Michigan) ( Dean of Engineering) Boiling Heat Transfer G. ROBERT ODETTE Ph D. (M.I.T ) (Vice Chairman, Nuclear Engineering) Radiat i on Effects in Solids, Energy Related Materials Development. A EDWARD PROFIO Ph.D. (M.I.T.) Bionuclear Engineering, Fusion Reactors, Radiation Transport Analyses. ROBERT G. RINKER Ph D. (Caltech) Chemical Reactor Design, Catalysis, Energy Conversion, Air Pollution. ORVILLE C. SANDALL Ph D. (Berkeley) Transport Phenomena, Separation Processes. DALE E. SEBORG Ph.D. (Princeton) (Chairman) Process Control, Computer Control, Process Identification. The Department offers M.S. and Ph.D. de gree programs. Financial aid, including fellowships, teaching assistantships, and re search assistantships, is available. Some awards provide limited moving expenses THE UNIVERSITY One of the world's few seashore campuses, UCSB is located on the Pacific Coast l 00 miles northwest of Los Angeles and 330 miles south of San Francisco. The student enrollment is over 14,000. The metropoli tan Santa Barbara area has over 150,000 residents and is famous for its mild, even climate. For additional information and applications, write to: Professor Dale E. Seborg, Chairman Department of Chemical & Nuclear Engineering University of California, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 225

PAGE 72

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING UCLA CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 0 8 16 24 Miles Scale ,11111111111_District Boundary _Air Monitoring Station ffm_ Areas Experiencing One Or More Stage Two Episodes The isopleths show the number of days of Stage 1 smog episodes experienced in various regions of the Los Angeles area in 1977. The crosshatched areas indicate those regions experiencing one or more of the more serious Stage 2 episodes UCLA is located in West Lo s Angeles lt s ': proximity to the Pa cific Ocean provides for access to many advantages of Southern California living but with a rela tively smog -fr ee atmosphere throughout most of the year Drawing courtesy Los Angeles Tim es. RESEARCH AREAS Rheology Reverse Osmosis Membrane Transport Electrochemical Engineering Electroorgan ic Synthesis Corrosion Catalysis Cryogenics Douglas N. Bennion Steven M Dinh Traugott H K. Frederking Sheldon K Friedlander Eldon L Knuth Joseph W. McCutchan Ken Nobe FACULTY Aerosol Physics and Chemistry Biochemical Engineering Biomedical Engineering Chemical Reaction Engineering Combustion Molecular Dynamics Polymer Processing Thermodynamics Lawrence B Robinson Owen I Smith William D. Van Vorst Vince L Vilker Manuel M Baizer F. Eugene Yates Saeed Fathi-Afshar For information on admission and financial aid write: Chemical Engineering Boelter Hall 5405 UCLA Los Angeles, CA 90024

PAGE 73

PROGRAM OF STUDY Distinctive features of study in chemical engineering at the California Institute of Tech nology are the creative research atmosphere in which the student finds himself and the strong emphasis on basic chem ical physical, and mathematical disciplines in his program of study. In this way a student can properly pre pare hims l' lf for a productive career of research, develop ment, or teaching in a rapidly changing and expanding t ec hnological society. A course of study is selected in consultation with one or more of the faculty listed below. Required courses are minimal. The Master of Science degree is normally com pleted in one academic year and a thesis is not required. A special terminal M.S. option, involving either research or an integrated design project, is a newly added feature to th e overall program of graduate study. The Ph D. de g-ree requir e s a minimum of three years subsequent to the B.S. degree, consisting of thesis res e arch and further rtcivanced study. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Graduate students are sup ported by fellowship, research assistantship, or teaching assistantship appointments during both the academic year and the summer months. A student may carry a full lo ad of graduate study and research in addition to any assigned assistantship duties. The Institute gives consideration for admission and financial assistance to all qualified applicants r eg ardless of race, religion, or sex APP LI CA TIO NS Further information and an application form may be obtained by writing Professor L. G. Leal Chemical Engineering California Institute of Technology Pasadena, California 91125 It i s advisab l e to su bmit applications before February 15, 1981. FACULTY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JAME~ E. BAILEY, Prof essor Ph.D. (1969), Ric e University Biochemical engineering; Chemical reaction engineering. WILLIAM H. CORCORAN, Institut e Professor Ph D. (1948), California Institute of Te_chno~ogy Kinetics and catalysis; biomedical engmeenng; air and water qua l ity. GEORGE R. GA VALAS, Professor Ph D. (1964), University of Minnesota Applied kinetics and catalysis; process control and optimization; coal gasification. ERIC HERBOLZHEIMER, As s istant Professor Ph.D. (1979), Stanford University Fluid mechanics and transport phenomena L. GARY LEAL, Professor Ph.D. (1969), Stanford University Theoretical and experimental fluid mechanics; heat anrl mass transfer; suspension rheology; mechanics of non-Newtonian fluids. CORNELIUS J. PINGS, Professor, Vice-Provost, and Dean of Graduate Studies Ph.D. (1955), California Institut e of Technology. JOHN H SEINFELD, Louis E. Nohl Professor, Executive Officer Ph.D. (1967), Princeton University Air pollution; control and estimation theory. FRED H. SHAIR Professor Ph.D. (1963), University of California, Berkeley Plasma chemistry and physics; tracer studies of various environmental problems. GREGORY N. STEPHANOPOULOS, Assistant Pro fessor Ph.D. (1978), University of Minnesota B ioc hemical engineering; chemical reaction engineering. NICHOLAS W. TSCHOEGL, Professor Ph.D. (1958), University of New South Wales Mechanical properties of polymeric materials; theory of viscoelastic behavior; structure property relations in polymers. W. HENRY WEINBERG, Professor Ph D. (1970), University of California, Berkeley Surface chemistry and catalysis.

PAGE 74

DON'T GAMBLE WITH IBID SGBOOLS Play With a Pat Hand WRITE GRADUATE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CARNEGIE-MELLON UNIVERSITY PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 15213

PAGE 75

IS THERE LIFE AFTER GRADUATE STUDY? FALL 1980 Want to find out? Heaven can't wait! Write to : Graduate Coordinator Chemical Engineering Department Case Western Reserve University Cleveland Ohio 44106 229

PAGE 76

The UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI Research Air Pollution Control Biochemical Engineering Biomedical Engineering Electrochemical Engineering Energy Utilization Environmental Engineering Heat Transfer Kinetics & Catalysis Polymers & Rheology Process Dynamics & Control GRADUATE STUDYin Chemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees Faculty James N. Anno John M. Christenson Stanley L. Cosgrove Robert M. Delcamp Leroy E. Eckart Kenneth M. Emmerich Joel R. Fried Rakish Govind David B. Greenberg Daniel Hershey Yuen-Koh Kao Soon-Jai Khang Robert Lemlich William Licht Alvin Shapiro Joel Weisman For Admission Information Chairman Graduate Studies Committee Chemical and Nuclear Engineering (171) University of Cincinnati Cincinnati Ohio 45221

PAGE 77

101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 1C6. 107. 108. 1 C9 110. 111. 112 113 114. 115. 116. 117 118 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. society Energy Conversion Engineering Conference, Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC (1979), pp. 1762-1766. Meckler, M., Proceeding s of the 14th Intersociety En er gy Conversion Engineering Conference, Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC (1979), pp. 1780-1787. Tabi, R. and J. E. Mesko, Proceedings of the 14th Int ers ociety Energy Conversion Engineering Con f erence Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Wash ington, DC (1979), pp. 1767-1773. Bett, K. E., J. S. Rowlinson and G. Saville, Th ermo dynamic s for Chemical Engin ee rs, MIT Press, Cam bridge, MA (1975) pp. 108-120, and 354-369. Pratt, H. R. C., Countercur1 ent Separation Processe s Elsevier Publishing Company, New York (1967), pp 16-23, 159-171, 238-241, 296, 317-318 and 333. Shinskey, F. G., Distillation Control for Productivity an d Energy Conservation, McGraw-Hill, New York (1977), Chapters G and 7. H e nl ey E. J. and J. D. Seader, Equilibrium-Stag e Separation Proc esses Dep a rtment of Chemical Engi n ee ring, University of Houston, Houston, Texas (1979), Chap 17, "Energy Conservation and Thermodynamic Efficiency." Umed a, T., K. Niida and K. Shiroko, AIChE J., 25, 423 (1979). Mix, J. J., J. S. Dwieck, M Weinberg and R. C. A rmstrong, Chem. Eng. Progr ., 74, No. 4, 49, (1978). Pett e rson, W. C. and T. A Wells, Chem Eng. 84, No.20,78 (1977). Ty reus, B. D. and W. L. Luyben, Hydrocarbon Pro c ess ing, pp. 93-96, July (1975). Null, H. R., Chem. Eng P1 ogr 71, No. 7, 58 (1976). Danziger, R., Chem. Eng Progr ., 74, No 9, 58 (1979). Freshwater, D C., Bri t Chem Eng., 6, 388 (1961). Flower, J. R. and R. Jackson, Tran s Inst. Chem Engr., 42, T249 (1964). Mah, R. S. H., J. J. Nicholas and R. B. Wodnik, AIChE J., 23 651 (1977). Mah, R. S. H., and R. B. Wodnik, Chem Eng. Comm., 3 59 (1979). Fitzmorris, R. E. and R. S. H. Mah, AIChE J. 2 6, 265 (1980). Nishio, M., J. Itoh, K. Shirkoko and T. Umeda, Pro c ee ding s of the 14th Int ersociet y Energy Conversion Eng ineeri ng Conference, Vol. 2, American Chemical Society, Washington, DC (1979), pp. 1751-1757. Sophos, A., E. Rotstein and G. Stephanopoulos, Chem. Eng. Sci., 35, 1049 (1980). Powers, G. J. and F. C Tompkins, AIChE J., 29, 376 (1974). Lapp, S. A. and G. J. Powers, IEEE Tran s Re liability, R2 6, 2-13, April (1977). Powers, G. J. and S. A. Lapp, Chem. Eng. Progr., 72, No. 4, 89-93 (1976). King, C. F. and D. F. Rudd, AIChE J., 18, 257 (1971). Lapp, S. A., "Computer-Aided Fault Tree Synthesis," Ph.D. dissertation Carnegie-Mellon University, Pitts burgh, PA (1978). Himmelblau, D. M., Fault D etecti on and Diagnosis in Chemical and P etrochemica l Proc esses Elsevier, FALL 1980 New York, New York (1978). 126. Flournoy, P. A. and D. E. Hazlebeck, DuPont In novations, 6, No. 3, 1 (1975). 127. Ichikawa, A. and L. T. Fan, Chem. Eng. Sci., 2 8, 357-373 (1975). 128. Nishida, N., Y. A. Liu and A. Ichikawa, "Studies in Chemical Process Design and Synthesis I. Optimal Synthesis of Dynamic Process Systems," Paper No. 57d, AIChE Boston Meeting, Sept. (1975). 129. Nishida, N., Y. A Liu and A. Ichikawa, AIChE J., 22 539 (1976). 1 3 0. Osakada, K and L. T. Fan Can. J. Chem. Eng., 51, 94 (197 3 ). 1 3 1. Ostrovskii, G. M. and A. L Shevchenko, Chem Eng. Sci., 34, 1234 (1979). 1 3 2 Mehrotra, S. P. and P. C. Kapur, Separation Sci., 9, No. 3, 167 (1974). 133 Bu s h, M. J. and P. L. Silveston, "Optimal Synthesis of Waste Tr e atment Plants," paper No. 23d. AIChE Na tion a l Meeting, Atlantic City, NJ September (1976). [e)nI books received "Operations Research Support Methodology (Industrial Engineering Series, Volume 2) ," Edited by A. G. Holz man. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1979. 664 pages, $39.75. Topics covered in this book include mathematical foundations and methods, OR related concepts and solution methodology, and linguistics and behavioral concepts. The material is directed toward a broad spectrum of people involved with many different kinds of OR related activities. C h e mindustry Experiments and Chemindustry Experi ments-Instructor's Manual," B. W. Hill, Franklin Insti tute Pr ess, Philadelphia, 1979, 213 pages. This book of general chemistry laboratory experiments is d e signed to familiarize students with some of the applications of theoretical and descriptive general chemistry. "The Molt e n State of Matter," A R. Ubbelohde. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 197 8 454 pages, $58.95. Melting is a function of the d e t a iled structure of the crystalline stat e and because of the diversity of crystal chemistry diverse laws of melting must be looked for. In this book the author's aim has been to describe fully th e established present developments in the molten state of matter and to include what may become e ffectiv e lines of research in the future. "Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards" 2nd Edition, by L Bretherick. Butterworth, Inc., 19 Cummings Park, Woburn, MA, 01801, 1979. 12 8 1 pages, $115. This handbook gives the experimentalist and the safety officer documented information on the likely re action hazard-potential associated with a chemical compound or r e action system. It should encourage in creased awareness of potential chemical reactivity hazards in plants and laboratories and help dispel ignorance of such matters in the area of safety train ing, 215

PAGE 78

FACULTY THE UNIUERSITY Of ftKRON flkron, OH 44325 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE .l PROGRAM RESEARCH INTERESTS G. A. ATWOOD ______ Digital Control, Polymeric Diffusivities, Multicomponent Adsorption. J. M. BERTY Reactor Design. L. G. FOCHT Fixed Bed Adsorption, Design and Process Analysis. H. L. GREENE Biorheology, Kinetic Modeling, Contaminant Removal from Coal Gasification. S. LEE Coal Gasification, Kinetic Modeling, Digital Simulation. J. P. LENCIYK High Pressure Kinetics, Activity and Diffusion Coefficients via Ultracentrifuge. R. W. ROBERTS Atomization Processes, Fusion and Adhesion Characteristics of Polymer Powders. R. F. SAVINELL Electrochemical Phenomena M. S. WILLIS Multiphase Theory, Filtration and Diffusion in Foamed Plastics. 216 Graduate assistant stipends for teaching and research start at $3,900 Industrially sponsored fellowships available up to $9,000. These awards include waiver of tuition and fees Cooperative Graduate Education Program is also available. The deadline for assistantship application is March l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WRITE: Dr. Howard l. Greene, Head Department of Chemical Engineering University of Akron Akron, Ohio 44325 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 79

UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA EDMONTON, CANADA Faculty and Research Interests I. G DALLA LANA, Ph.D. (Minnesota) : Kinetics, Hetero geneous Catalysis. D. G. FISHER, Ph D. (Michigan): Process Dynamics and Control, Real-Time Computer Applications, Process De sign. C. KIPARISSIDES, Ph.D. (McMaster): Polymer Reactor Engineering, Optimization, Modelling, Stochastic Control, Transport Phenomena J. H. MASLIYAH, Ph.D (Brit. Columbia): Transport Pheno mena, Numerical Analysis In situ Recovery of Oil Sands. A. E. MATHER, Ph D. (Michigan): Phase Equilibria Fluid Properties at High Pressures, Thermodynamics. W NADER, Dr Phil. (Vienna): Heat Transfer, Air Pol lution, Transport Phenomena in Porous Media, Applied Mathematics. F. D. OTTO, (Chairman), Ph.D. (Michigan): Mass Transfer, Computer Design of Separation Processes, Environmental Engineering. D. B ROBINSON, Ph D (Michigan): Thermal and Volu metric Properties of Fluids, Phase Equilibria, Thermo dynamics. J T. RYAN, Ph.D. (Missouri): Process Economcis, Energy Economics and Supply. S. SHAH, Ph D. (Alberta): Linear Systems Theory, Adap tive Control, System Identification S. E. WANKE, Ph.D (California-Davis) : Catalysis, Kine tics. R. K. WOOD, Ph D. (Northwestern): Process Dynamics and Identification, Control of Distillation Columns, Modelling of Crushing and Grinding Circuits Applications For additional information write to: Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering University of Alberta Edmonton, .
PAGE 80

~ THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA TUCSON, AZ The Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Arizona is young and dynamic with a fully accredited undergraduate degree program and M.S. and Ph D. graduate programs. Financial support is available through gov ernment grants and contracts, teaching, and research assistantships, traineeships and industrial grants The faculty assures full opportunity to study in all major areas of chemical engineering. THE FACULTY AND THEIR RESEARCH INTERESTS ARE: JOSEPH F. GROSS, Professor and Head Ph.D., Purdue University, 1956 Boundary Layer Theory, Pharmacokinetics, Fluid Me chanics and Mass Transfer in The Microcirculation, Biorheology ALAN D. RANDOLPH, Professor Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1962 Simulation and Design of Crystallization Processes, Nucleation Phenomena, Particulate Processes, Explo sives Initiation Mechanisms THOMAS R. REHM, Professor Ph.D., University of Washington, 1960 Mass Transfer, Process Instrumentation, Packed Column Distillation, Applied Design JOST O.L. WENDT, Professor Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1968 Combustion Generated Air Pollution, Nitrogen and Sul fur Oxide Abatement, Chemical Kinetics, Thermody namics lnterfacial Phenomena DON H. WHITE, Professor Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1949 Polymers Fundamentals and Processes, Solar Energy, Microbial and Enzymatic Processes WILLIAM P. COSART, Assoc. Professor Ph D. Oregon State University, 1973 Transpiration Cooling, Heat Transfer in Biological Sys tems, Blood Processing JAMES WM. WHITE, Assoc. Professor Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968 Real-Time Computing, Process Instrumentation and Con trol, Model Building and Simulation THOMAS W. PETERSON, Asst. Professor Ph.D California Institute of Technology, 1977 Atmospheric Modeling of Aerosol Pollutants, Long-Range Pollutant Transport, Particulate Growth Kinetics. FARHANG SHADMAN, Asst. Professor Tucson has an excellent climate and many recreational opportunities. It is a growing, modern city of 450,000 that retains much of the old Southwestern atmosphere. For further information, write to: Dr. Jam e s Wm. White Graduate Study Committee D e partment of Chemical Engineering Univ e rsity of Ari z ona Tucson, Arizona 857 2 1 The University of Arizona is an equal opportunity educational institution/ equal opportunity employer Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley, 1972 Reaction Engineering, Kinetics, Catalysis

PAGE 81

ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY Graduate Programs for M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees in Chemical and Bio Engineering Research Specializations Include: ENERGY CONVERSION ABSORPTION/SEPARATION BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING TRANSPORT PHENOMENA SURFACE PHENOMENA REACTION ENGINEERING ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL ENGINEERING DESIGN Our excellent facilities for research and teaching are complemented by a highly-respected faculty : James R. Beckman, University of Arizona 1976 Lynn Bellamy, Tulane University 1966 Neil S. Berman, University of Texas 1962 William J. Crowe, University of Florida 1969 (Adjunct) William J. Dorson Jr., University of Cincinnati 1967 Eric J. Guilbeau, Louisiana Tech University, 1971 James T. Kuester, Texas A&M University, 1970 Castle 0. Reiser, University of Wisconsin 1945 (Emeritus) Vernon E. Sater, Illinois Institute of Technology, 1963 Robert S. Torrest, University of Minnesota, 1967 Bruce C. Towe, Pennsylvania State University 1978 (Adjunct) lmre Zwiebel, Yale University, 1961 Fellowships and teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified applicants ASU is in Tempe, a city of 120 000 part of the greater Phoenix metropolitan area. More than 38,000 students are enrolled in ASU's ten colleges ; 10,000 of whom are in graduate study Arizona's year round cl i mate and scenic attractions add to ASU s own cultural and recreational facilities. FOR INFORMATION CONTACT : lmre Zwiebel, Chairman Department of Chemical and Bio Engineering Arizona State University Tempe AZ 85281

PAGE 82

AUBURN UNIVERSITY CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDIES 220 Graduate Degrees The Department of Chemical Engineering at Auburn University offers graduate work leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemical engineering. The research empha sizes experimental and theoretical work in areas of current national interest. Modern research equipment is available for ana lytical, process and computational studies. Auburn University is an equal opportunity Institution Area Description Auburn University, which has 18,000 students, is located in Alabama between Atlanta and Montgomery, Ala., with Co lumbus, the second largest city in Georgia, only 35 miles away. The local population is about 75,000. University-sponsored activi ties include a lecture series with nationally known speakers, a series of plays and artistic and cultural presentations of all kinds. Recreational opportunities include equipment at the University for participation in almost every sport. Research Areas COAL: Coal liquefaction, magnetic de sulfurization and benefkiation, solvent re fining BIOMASS: Chemical and enzymatic con version of forest and agricultural waste to fuels, petrochemicals and animal feed FUNDAMENTALS: Kinet i cs, catalysis, en zymatic and fermentation reactors, high gradient magnetic separation, transport phenomena, solid-liquid separation, bio medical engineering. ENVIRONMENTAL: Air and water pollu tion control processes. NEW TECHNOLOGY: Advanced coal con version, novel enzymatic reactors, applica tions of high gradient magnetic separation, photography by i mmobilized enzymes, novel thickener design, polymeric replace ment of textile size, enzymatic artificial liver PROCESS SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL: Design of optimal energy-integrated pro cesses and control of interactive, multivari able, nonlinear processes For financial aid and admission application forms write: Dr. R. P. Chambers, Head Chemical Engineering Auburn University, AL 36849 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 83

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY PROVO, UTAH Ph.D., M.S., & M.E. Ch.E. Masters for Chemists Program Research Biomedical Engineering Catalysis Coal Gasification Combustion Electrochemical Engineering Fluid Mechanics Fossil Fuels Recovery High Pressure Chemistry Thermochemistry & Calorimetry Beautiful campus located in the rugged Rocky Mountains Financial aid available Address Inquiries to: Brigham Young University Dr. Richard W. Hanks Chairman Chemical Engineering Dept 350 CB Provo Utah 84602 FALL 1980 221

PAGE 84

The University of Calgary Program of Study The Department of Chemical Engineering provides unusual opportunities for research and study leading to the M.Eng M Sc. or Ph.D. degrees This dynamic department offers a wide variety of course work and research in the following areas : Petroleum Reservoir Engineering, Environ mental Engineering, Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer, Mass Transfer, Process Engineering, Rheology and Thermodynamics. The University operates on an eight-month academic year, thus allowing four full months per year for research. The requirements for the M.Eng. and M Sc degrees are 4 to 8 course s with a B standing or better and the submission of a thesis on a research project The requirements for the Ph D degree are 6 to 10 courses and the submission of a thesis on an original research topic for those with a B Sc. degree. The M Eng program is a part-time program designed for those who a re working in industry and would like to enhance their technical educa tion The M.Eng thesis is usually of the design type and related to the industrial activity in which the student is engaged. Further details of this program are available from the Department Head, or the Chairman of the Graduate Studies Committee. Research Facilities The Department of Ch e mical Engineering occupies one wing of the Engineering Complex. The building was designed to accommodate the installation and operation of research equipment with a minimum of inconvenience to the researchers. The Department has at its disposal an EAl 690 hybrid computer and a TR48 analog computer an Interdata 7132 mini computer for data acquisition and control and numerous direct access terminals to the University's Honeywell level 68 DPS computing system In addition a well equipped Machine Shop and Chemical Analysis Laboratory are operated by the Department Other major research facilities include a highly instrumented and versatile multiphase pipeline flow loop, an automated pilo,t plant unit based on the Girbotol Process for natural gas processing an X ray scanning unit for studying flow in porous media a fully instrumented adiabatic combustion tube for research on the in-situ recovery of hydrocarbons from oil sands, a laser ane mometer unit and environmental research laboratories for air pollution water pollut i on and oil spill studies Financial Aid Fellowships and assistantships are available with remuneration of up to $11,000 per annum, with possible rem1ss1on of fees. In addition, new students may be eligible for a travel allowance of up to a maximum c;,f $300. If required, loans are available from the Federal and Provincial Governments to Canadian citizens and Landed Immigrants There are also a number of bursaries fellowships, and scholarships ava i lable on a competition basis to full-time graduate students Faculty members may also provide financial support from their research grants to students electing to do research with them. Cost of Study The tuition fees for a full-time graduate student are $756 per year plus small incidental fees. Most full-tim e graduate students to date have had their tuition fees remitted Cost of living Housing for single students in University dormitories range from $259 / mo for a double room, to $320 / mo for a single room including board There are a number of new townhouses for marr i ed students available ranging from $240 / mo. for a 1 bedroom to $259 / mo. for a 2 bedroom and to $278 / mo for a 3 bedroom unit i ncluding utilities major appliances and parking. Numerous apartments and pr i vate housing are within easy access of the University. Food and clothing costs are comparable with those found in other major North American urban centres Student Body The University is a cosmopolitan community attracting students from all parts of the globe The current enrollment is about 11 000 with ap proximately 1,280 graduate students. Most full-time graduate students are currently receiving financial assistance either from internal or external sources The Community The University is located in Calgary, Alberta, home of the world famous Calgary Stampede. This city of half a million combines the traditions of the Old West with the sophistication of a modern, dynamic urban centre. Beautiful Banff National Park is 60 miles from the city and the ski resorts of the Banff and Lake Louise areas are readily accessible. Jasper National Park is only five hours away by car via one of the most scenic highways in the Canadian Rockies A w i de variety of cultural and recreationa l facilities are available both on campus and in the community at large. Calgary is the business centre of the petroleum industry in Canada and as such has one of the highest concentrations of engineering activity in the country. The University The University operated from 1945 until 1966 as an integral part of the University of Alberta. The present campus situated in the rolling hills of northwest Calgary, was established in 1960, and in 1966 The University of Calgary was chartered as an autonomous institution by the Province of Alberta. A_t present the University cons }_ sts of 14 fac ulties Off-campus institutions associated with The University of Calgary include the Banff School of Fine Arts and Centre of Continuing Education located in Banff, Alberta, and the Kananaskis Environmental Research Station located in the beautiful Bow Forest Reserve Applying 222 ..'... L.The Chairman, Graduate Studies Committee Department of Chemical Engineering The University of Calgary Calgary Alberta T2N 1 N4 Canada CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 85

Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering Clclrkson M.S and Ph.D Programs Friendly Atmosphere Freedom from Big City Problems Personal Touch Vigorous Research Programs Supported by Government and Industry Faculty with International Reputation Skiing, Canoeing, Mountain Climbing and Other Recreation in the Adirondacks Variety of Cultural Activities with Two Liberal Arts Colleges nearby Faculty W L. Baldewicz Der-Tau Chin Robert Cole David 0 Cooney Sandra Harris Richard J McCluskey John B. McLaughlin Richard J Nunge Nsima Tom Obot D H Rasmussen Herman L. Shulman R Shankar Subramanian Peter C. Sukanek Ross Taylor Thomas J Ward Ralph H Weiland William R Wilcox Gordon R Youngquist Research Projects are available in : Energy Materials Processing in Space Multiphase Transport Processes Health & Safety Applications Electrochemical Engineering and Corrosion Polymer Processing Particle Separations Phase Transformations and Equilibria Reaction Engineering Optimization and Control Crystallization And More .... Financial aid in the form of fellowships, research assistantships, and teaching assistantships is available. For more details, please write to: DEAN OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL CLARKSON COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY POTSDAM, NEW YORK 13676

PAGE 86

Chemical Engineering at CORNELL UNIVERSITY A place to grow ... with active research in biochemical engineering applied mathematics / computer simulation energy technology environmental engineering kinetics and catalysis surface science heat and mass transfer polymer science fluid dynamics rheology and biorheology microscopy reactor design thermodynamics with a diverse intellectual climate-graduate students arrange individual programs with a core of chemical engineering courses supplemented by work in other outstanding Cornell departments including chemistry biological sciences physics computer science food science materials science mechanical engineering business administration and others with excellent recreational and cultural opportunities in one of the most scenic regions of the United States. Graduate programs lead to the degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Science, and Master of Engineering (the M.Eng. is a professional, design-oriented program). Financial aid, including attractive fellowships, is available. The faculty members are: Joseph F. Cocchetto, George G. Cocks, Claude Cohen, Robert K Finn, Keith E. Gubbins, Peter Harriott, Robert P Merrill, William L. Olbricht, Ferdinand Rodriguez George F. Scheele Michael L. Shuler, Julian C. Smith, William B. Streett Ray mond G. Thorpe, Robert L. Von Berg, Herbert F. Wiegandt. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION: Write to Professor Keith E. Gubbins Cornell University Olin Hall of Chemical Engineering Ithaca, New York 14853

PAGE 87

'lbe Universily of~laware awards three g1aduate de~eesfor sludiesand practice in theartand science of chemical engineering. An M Ch E degree based upon course work and a thesis problem An M.Ch.E degree based upon course work and a period of in dustrial internship with an experienced senior engineer in the Delaware Valley chemical process industries A Ph D degree for original work presented In a dissertation The regular focully or e: Gianni Astarita( tim e) C. E Birchenoll K B Bischoff (C hairman ) MM Denn C. D Denson B C. Gates JR Katzer Mr Klein R L McCull ough AB Metzner J H Olson M E Pouloitis R L. Pigford T. W F Russell S I. Sandler G. C. A Schuit( time ) J M Schultz L. A Spielman AB Stiles( time ) C urrent oreos of research include: Thermodynamics ond Separ ation Process Rheology Polymer Science and Engineering Materials Science ond Metallurgy Fluid Mechani cs. Heat ond Moss Transfer Economics ond Management in the Chemical P r ocess Industries Chemical Reaction Engi neering Kinetics ond Simu lation Catalytic Science ond Technology Biomedical Engineering Pharmocokinetics ond Toxicology For more information ond admissions materials write : 5.1. Sandler, Graduate Advisor Department of Chemlcal Engineering Unlverstty of Delaware Newark, Delaware 19711

PAGE 88

Onlythe Universi~ of Florida's Department of Chemical Engineedng gives you both outstanding academic challenge and all the advantages of the Florida climate. An equal opportunity/affirmative action employer The academic opportunities offer you a four~uarter (12 month) Master's degree program with research; an unusually broad program in enhanced oil recovery by surfactant-polymer flooding, solution interfacial and phase behavior and rock-fluid interactions; special expertise in applied molecular theory, catalysis, semiconductors, interfaces, reactors and biomedical engineering; excellent facilities in a large, modern, fully equipped chemical engineering building. The Gainesville, Florida location offers you natural, blue water springs only 30 minutes away; fishing and water sports most of the year; Daytona Beach, Disney World, St. Augustine, other resorts; concerts, plays, dance, theater and lectures possible only at a major university. For more information, contact John C. Biery, Chairman Chemical Engineering Department University of Florida Gainesville, FL 32611 904/392-0881

PAGE 89

Graduate Studies in Chemical Engineering ... GEORGIA TECH Atlanta Ballet Center for Disease Control Commercial Center of the South High Museum of Art All Professional Sports Major Rock Concerts and Recording Studios Sailing on Lake Lanier Snow Skiing within two hours Stone Mountain State Park Atlanta Symphony Ten Professional Theaters Rambling Raft Race White Water Canoeing within one hour For more information write : Dr. Gary W Poehlein School of Chemical Engineering Georgia Institute of Technology Atlanta, Georgia 30332 Chemical Engineering Air Quality Technology Biochemical Engineering Catalysis and Surfaces Electrochemical Engineering Energy Research and Conservation Fine Particle Technology lnterfacial Phenomena Kinetics Mining and Mineral Engineering Polymer Science and Engineering Process Synthesis and Optimization Pulp and Paper Engineering Reactor Design Thermodynamics Transport Phenomena

PAGE 90

Graduate Programs in Chemical Engineering at the ... University of Houston The faculty : N.R. Amundson E.L. Claridge J.R. Crump A.E. Dukler R.W. Flumerfelt E.J. Henley C.J. Huang R. Jackson D. Luss A.C. Payatakes R. Pollard H.W. Prengle, Jr. J.T. Richardson F.M. Tiller J. Villadsen F L. Worley, Jr. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Houston Central Campus has developed five areas of special research strength : > chemical reaction eng i neering > applied fluid mechanics and transfer processes > energy engineering > env ironmental engineer i ng > process simulation and computer-a i ded design The department occupies more than 52 000 square feet and is equipped with more than $1 5 million worth of experimental apparatus Financial support is ava i lable to full-time graduate students with stipends ranging from $6 000 to $7 800 for twelve months For more information or applicat i on forms write : Director, Graduate Admissions Department of Chemical Engineering University of Houston Central Campus Houston, Texas n004 (Phone 713/749-4407)

PAGE 91

Graduate Programs in The Department of Energy Engineering leading to the degrees of MASTER OF SCIENCE and D OCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Faculty and Research Activities in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Raffi M. Turian Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964 Professor and Head of the Department Paul M. Chung Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1957 Professor and Dean of the College of Engineering David S. Hacker Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1954 Associate Professor John H. Kiefer Ph.D., Cornell University, 1961 Professor G. Ali Mansoori Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1969 Professor Francisco J. Brana-Mulero Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1980 Assistant Professor Sohail Murad Ph.D., Cornell University, 1979 Assistant Professor Satish C. Saxena Ph.D., Calcutta University, 1956 Professor Stephen Szepe Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1966 Associate Professor The MS program, with its optional thesis, can be completed in one year. Evening M.S. can be completed in three years. The department invites applications for admission and support from all qualified candidates. Special fellowships are available for minority students. To obtain application forms or to request further information write: 11111 ,. ,., ... ..... -- .. :-...... --"' --....... _..;_.; .. ..... -------~ .. --.. .. __ .. -. .,_., ----------............. -__ ...... ..;._ -,..,. -----' Slurry transport, suspension and complex fluid flow and heat transfer, porous media processes, mathematical analysis and approximation. Fluid mechanics, combustion, turbulence, chemically reacting flows Chemical kinetics, mass transport phenomena, chemical process design, particulate transport phenomena Kinetics of gas reactions, energy transfer processes, molecular lasers Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics of fluids, solids, and solutions, kinetics of liquid reactions, solar energy Process synthesis, operations research, optimal process control, optimization of large systems, numerical analysis, theory of nonlinear equations. Thermodynamics and transport properties of fluids, computer simulation and statistical mechanics of liquids and liquid mixtures Transport properties of fluids and solids, heat and mass transfer, isotope separation, fixed and fluidized bed combustion Catalysis, chemical reaction engineering, energy transmission, modeling and optimization Professor J.C. F. Chow, Chairman The Graduate Committee Department of Energy Engineering University of Illinois at Chicago Circle Box 4348, Chicago, Illinois 60680 ., ,,

PAGE 92

238 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS URBANA, CHAMPAIGN ACTIVE, RESPECTED, ACCESSIBLE FACULTY The Department is deeply committed to teaching and research. Everyone is expected to maintain an active, first-class research program. Administrators or "older members" are not exceptions. The standards are high A third of the faculty are members of the National Academy of Engineers or the National Academy of Sciences. The Department prides itself on the large number of major national or international awards its members have won, an average of 3 awards per tenured faculty member. Even so, the faculty is accessible. The Department views research as the highest form of teaching, where students and faculty work together on a joint project. It is not unusual to find faculty members in the lab, and doors are always open for questions, comments or help. EXCEPTIONAL FACILITIES The Department, as a part of the School of Chemical Sciences maintains some of the most up-to-date facilities in the country, including for example a multichannel analyser capable of counting the nanosecond range, and pressure and vacuum equipment giving a useful operating range of l 0 to 1013 atm. The School has extensive service facilities including a glass shop, electronic shop, machine shop, electronic design facility, analytical and laser labs. The shops are some of the best in the country, and the analytical and laser labs are truly exceptional. The campus library is one of the largest in a major university with over 5,000,000 items in its collection including more complete run journals in the chemical sciences than can be found in any other education institution. The School is committed to keeping its equipment up to the state of the art, and so for example, we have just received a VAX 11 / 780 to replace our IBM 1800, and are in the process of purchasing NMR capabilities beyond our 200 MHZ machine. A DIVERSITY OF RESEARCH INTERESTS Applied Mathematics Biological Application of Chemical Engineering Catalysis Colloidal Phenomena Computer-Aided Process Simulation and Design Corrosion Electronic Structure of Matter Electrochemical Engineering Energy Sources and Conservation Environmental Engineering Fluid Dynamics Heat Transfer High Pressure lnterfacial Phenomena Mass Transfer Materials Science and Engineering Molecular Thermodynamics Phase Transformations Polymer Crystallization Reaction Rate Theory Resource Management Statistical Mechanics Surface Science Transport of Particles Two-Phase Flow FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATIONS: Professor C. A. Eckert Department of Chemical Engineering 113 Adams Laboratory University of Illinois Urbana, Illinois 61801 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 93

Institute of Technology M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Chem i cal Engineer i ng and Inter disciplinary Areas of Polymer Processes, Chemical Plant Opera tions and Management, Energy Conversion and Resources. D GIDASPOW J R. SELMAN B. S. S W ANSON L. L. TA V LARIDES D.T WASAN C V. WITTMANN F A L L 1980 H ea t T rans f er and E nergy Con v ersion El ec t r o c h e m ical E ngineering P rocess D ynamics and Con t r o ls Reac to r D esign and D ispersed Ph ase Systems Mass T rans f er and S urface and C oll oid Ph en o mena C h e m ica l R eac t i o n E ngineering Analysis FOR INQUIRIES WRITE D. T Wasan Chemica l En g ineerin g Dept. Illinois Institute of Technology 10 West 33rd St Chicago, IL 60616 239

PAGE 94

THE INSTITUTE OF PAPER CHEMISTRY is an independent graduate school offering interdisciplinary degree programs designed for the B.S. chemical engineering graduate. Fellowships and full tuition scholarships are granted to all U.S. and Canadian Citizens without obligation. Current fellowships amount to $7,000 per calendar year. Institute research activity spans the breadth of the papermaking process. Current research programs are underway in: Cell Fusion Surf ace and Colloid Chemistry Fluid Mechanics Environmental Engineering Polymer Science Heat and Mass Transfer Process Engineering Simulation & Control Laser, Raman and X-Ray Diffraction Studies For further information contm:t: Director of Admissions The Institute of Paper Chemistry P.O. Box 1039 Appleton, WI 54912 Telephone ... 414/734-9251

PAGE 95

IOWA STATE UNIVERSIT'I GRADUATE STUDY and GRADUATE RESEARCH in Chemical Engineering Transport Processes (Heat, mass & momentum transfer) William H. Abraham Renato G. Bautista Charles E. Glatz James C. Hill Richard C. Seagrave Process Chemistry and Fertilizer Technology David R. Boylan George Burnet Maurice A. Larson Energy Conversion (Coal Tech, Hydrogen Production, Atomic Energy) Renato G. Bautista Lawrence E. Burkhart George Burnet Allen H. Pulsifer Dean L. Ulrichson Thomas D. Wheelock Biomedical Engineering (System Modeling, Transport. process) Ric~ardC.Seagrave Charles E. Glatz OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Biochemical Engineering (Enzyme Technology) Charles E. Glatz Peter J. Reilly Polymerization Processes William H. Abraham Crystallization Kinetics Maurice A. Larson Process Instrumentati and System Optimizat o and Control Lawrence E. Burkhart Kenneth R. Jolls Catalysis Glenn L. Schrader write to: Chairman Department of Chemical Enginee Iowa State University Ames, Iowa 50011 t \ as well as Air Pollution Control Solvent Extraction High Pr echnology Mi ~essing) /

PAGE 96

242 Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY DURLAND HALL-New Home of Chemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Chemical Engineering and Interdisciplinary Areas of Systems Engineering, Food Science, and Environmental Engi neering. Financial Aid Available Up to $10,000 Per Year FOR MORE INFORMATION WRITE TO Professor B. G. Kyle Durland Hall Kansas State University Manhattan, Kan!ic;lS 66506 AREAS OF STUDY AND RESEARCH TRANSPORT PHENOMENA ENERGY ENGINEERING COAL AND BIOMASS CONVERSION THERMODYNAMICS AND PHASE EQUILIBRIUM BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING MATERIALS SCIENCE SOLID MIXING CATALYSIS AND FUEL SYNTHESIS OPTIMIZATION AND PROCESS SYSTEM ENGINEERING FLUIDIZATION ENVIRONMENT AL POLLUTION CONTROL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDVCATION

PAGE 97

University of MASSACHUSETTS Amherst The Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Massachusetts offers graduate pr og rams leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Chemical Engineering. Active research areas include polymer engineering, cata l ysis, design, and basic engineering sciences. Research in p o lymers can be c oo rdinated with the faculty of the D epar tm en t of Polym er Science and Engineering. Financial aid in the form of researc h assistantships and teaching assistantships is .,. available. Course of study and area of researc h are selected in consultation with one or more of the fciculty listed below. W.C. CONNER e CHEMICAL ENGINEERING e R. L. LAURENCE Catalysis, Kinetics, Surface diff u sion M. F. DOHERTY Distillation, Thermodynamics, Design J.M. DOUGLAS Process design and control, Reactor engineering J. W. ELDRIDGE Kinetics, Catalysis, Phase equilibria V HAENSEL Catalysis, Kinetics R S. KIRK K inetics, Ebullient bed reactors J. R. KITTRELL Kin etics and catalysis, Catalyst deactivation Polymerization reactors, Fluid mechanics R. W. LENZ Polymer synthes i s, Kinetics of polymerization M. F. MALONE Rheology, Polymer processing, Design K.M.NG Enhanced oil recovery, Two-phase flows, Fluid mechanics J M. OTTINO Mixing, Fluid mechanics, Polymer engineering M. VANPEE Combust ion Spectroscopy H. H WINTER Polymer rheology and processing, Heat transfer J. C. W. CHIEN e POLYMER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING e R. S. PORTER Polymerization catalysts, Biopolymers, Polymer degradation R. FARRIS Polymer com posit es, Mechanical properties, Elastomers S. L. HSU Polymer spectroscopy, Pol ymer structure analysis F. E. KARASZ Polymer transitions, Polymer blends, Co nducting polymers W. J. MacKNIGHT Viscoelastic and mechanical properties of polymers Polymer rheology, Polymer processing R. STEIN Polymer crystallinity and morphology, Characterizat ion E. L. THOMAS Electron microscopy, Polymer morphology, Polyurethanes 0. VOGL Polymer synthesis, degradation a nd stabiliza tion of polymers *Joint appointments in Chemical Engineering and Polymer Science and Engineering FALL 1980 For further details, please write to: Prof. J. W. Eldridge Dept of C hemical Engineering University of Massachusetts Amherst, Mass. 01003 Prof. R. Farris Dept. of Polymer Science and Engineering U ni vers ity of Massachusetts A mherst, Mass. 01003 243

PAGE 98

I MCMASTER UNIVERSITY 244 M.ENG. AND PH.D. PROGR4MS PROCESS AND ENERGY ENGINEERING CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING AND CATALYSIS COMPUTER CONTROL, SIMUlATION AND OPTIMIZATION POLYMER ENGINEERING BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, PLEASE CONTACT: CHAIRMAN DEPT. OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING McMASTER UNIVERSITY HAMILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA LBS 4L7 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 99

' MITalso operates 'the School of .. '.l'~ Ch~mi cal l;ngineer.ing P~actice, i with fie!d stations at the Gen~ral El ectric ., Cotnpahy : ii, AIJ>any, New York, and atthe Oak Ridge National laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

PAGE 100

THE FACULTY Dale Briggs Louisville, Michigan Brice Carnahan Case-Western, Michigan Rane Curl MIT Francis Donahue LaSalle, UCLA H. Scott Fogler Illinois, Colorado Erdogan Gulari Roberts, Cal Tech James Hand NJIT, Berkeley Robert Kadlec Wisconsin, Michigan Donald Katz Michigan Lloyd Kempe Minnesota Joseph Martin Iowa, Rochester, Carnegie John Powers Michigan, Berkeley Jerome Schultz, Chairman Columbia, Wisconsin Johannes Schwank Innsbruck Maurice Sinnott Michigan Henry Wang Iowa State, MIT James Wilkes Cambridge, Michigan Brymer Williams Michigan Gregory Yeh Holy Cross, Cornell, Case Edwin Young Detroit, Michigan 246 Chemical Engineering At The University Of Michigan THE RESEARCH PROGRAM Laser Light Scattering Reservoir Engineering Heterogeneous Catalysis Thrombogenesis Microem ulsions Applied Numerical Methods Dynamic Process Simulation Ecological Simulation Electroless Plating Electrochemical Reactors Polymer Physics Polymer Processing Composite Materials Coal Liquefaction Coal Gasification Acidization Biochemical Engineering Periodic Processes Tertiary Oil Recovery Transport In Membranes Flow Calorimetry Ultrasonic Emulsification Heat Exchangers Renewable Resources THE PLACE Department Of Chemical Engineering THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48109 For Information Call 3131763-1148 Collect For Tomorrows Engineers Today. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 101

GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AT MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY The Department of Chemical Engineering of Michigan State University has assistantships and fellowships available for st udents wishing to pursue advanced study. With one of these appointments it is possible for a graduate student to obtain the M.S. degree in one year and the Ph.D. in two additional years. ASSISTANTSHIPS: Teaching and research assistantships pay $650.00 per month to a student studying for the M S. degree and approximately $710.00 per month for a Ph.D. candidate A thesis may be written on the subject covered by the research assistantship. Students must pay resident tuition, but the additional non resident fee is waived. FELLOWSHIPS: Available appointments pay up to $12,000 plus out-of-state tuition for calendar year. CURRENT FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTS D. K. ANDERSON, Chairman Ph.D., University of Washington Transport Phenomena, Biomedical Engineering, Cardio vascular Physiology, Diffusion in Polymers C.M.COOPER Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibria, Modeling of Transport Processes A. L. DeVERA Ph.D., University of Notre Dame Chemical & Catalytic Reaction Engineering, Transport Properties of Random Heterogeneous Media, Applied Mathematics, and Hydrocarbon Synthesis from Coal L.T.DRZAL Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University Composite Materials, Chemistry of Surfaces and Interfaces E.A.GRULKE Ph.D., Ohio State University "Food Engineering, Membranes Separations, and Polymer Engineering M. C. HAWLEY Ph.D., Michigan State University Porous Media Transport, Kinetics, Catalysis, Plasmas, and Reaction Engineering K. JA YARAMAN Ph.D., Princeton University Simplification of Process Models, Parameter Estima tion, Two-Phase Flow of Polymer Foams, and Nonlinear Viscoelasticity of Polymer Solutions C.A .PETTY Ph.D., University of Florida Fluid Mechanics, Turbulence, Hydrocyclonic Stability Theory, and Solid-Fluid Separations B. W. WILKINSON Ph.D., Ohio State University Energy Systems and Environmental Control, Nuclear Reactors, and Radioisotope Applications P. E. WOOD Ph.D., California Institute of Technology Turbulent Transport Phenomenon, Mathematical Modeling, Applied Mathematics and Numerical Methods FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WRITE FALL 1980 Dr. Donald K. Anderson, Chairman, Department of Chemical Engineering 173 Engineering Building, Michigan State University East Lansing, Michigan 48824 MSU is an Affirmative Action / Equal Opportunity Institution 247

PAGE 102

chemical reactor modeling catalysis enhanced oil recovery polymer rheology biomedical engi neering process synthesis porous media mixed cultures kinetic theory statistical mechanics transport in blood polymerization nuclear engineering physical metallurgy population dy namics surface science artificial organs photochemistry air pollution solid spectroscopy electro migration food science superconductivity particle technology capillary hydrodynamics percola tion theory stress corrosion fracture mechanics Responses of some of our current graduate students to the question "WHY MINNESOTA?": "I chose Minnesota simply because of the quality of the school-it is a large, di verse, excellent graduate school-and because the size of the department allows a choice between several possible areas of research." "I came for the best education available for a research career in chemical engineering," "I really like the community. I think Minneapolis is one of the nicest of all Northern cities." "I chose Minnesota because of the faculty here and the courses that are offered." "I like Minneapolis. I knew the faculty at Minnesota was very good. Then my visit here gave me a very favorable impression of the school and community." R. Aris R. Carr E. L. Gussler J. Dahler H. T. Davis D. F. Evans A. Fredrickson W. Gerberich G. L. Griffin H. Isbin C. Jensen K. Jensen K. Keller C. Macosko M. Nicholson R. A. Oriani W. Ranz L. Schmidt L. E. Scriven J. Sivertsen G. Stephanopoulos M. Tirrell L. Toth H. Tsuchiya J. Wallace S. Wellinghoff 24s WHY MINNESOTA? Young specimens of Minnesota's state tree, the red pine, growing on the Saganaga Granite in the Boundary Waters Canoe Area, Cook County. (Photo courtesy A. Fredrickson) I Yes! PLEASE SEND INFORMATION ON 1 YOUR GRADUATE PROGRAM TO: I 1 Name I 1 Address I I 1 Univ. of Minnesota, Chemical Engr. & Matls. Sci. Dept., 421 Washington Ave. S. E. 1 Minneapolis MN 55455 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 103

-~~-----------------Department of Chemical Engineering UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI ROLLA ROLLA, MISSOURI 65401 Contact Dr. J. W. Johnson, Chairman Day Programs M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTS D. AZBEL (D.Sc. Mendeleev ICT-Moscow)-Dis persed Two-Phase Flow, Coal Gasification and Liquefaction N. L. BOOK (Ph.D., Colorado)-Computer Aided Process Design Bioconversion. 0. K. CROSSER (Ph.D., Rice)-Transport Properties, Kinetics Catalysis. M. E. FINDLEY (Ph.D., Florida)-Biochemical Studies Biomass Utilization J. W. JOHNSON (Ph.D., Missouri)-Electrode Re actions Corrosion. A. I. LIAPIS (Ph.D., ETH-Zurich). Adsorption, Freeze Drying, Modeling Optimization, Reactor Design D. B. MANLEY (Ph.D., Kansas)-Thermodynamics, Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium P. NEOGI (Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon)-lnterfacial Phenomena R. A. MOLLENKAMP (Ph.D., Louisiana State) Process Dynamics and Control. G. K. PATTERSON (Ph D., Missouri-Rolla)-Turbu lence, Mixing, Mixed Reactors, Polymer Rheology. B. E. POLING (Ph.D., lllinois) Kinetcis, Energy Storage, Catalysis X. B. REED, JR. (Ph.D Minnesota)-Fluid Me chanics, Drop Mechanics, Coalescence Phenomena, Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Turbulence Structure. R. C. Waggoner (Ph.D., Texas A&M).-Multistage Mas s Transfer Operations Distillation, Extraction, Process Control. H. K. YASUDA (Ph.D., New York-Syracuse) Polymer Membrane Technology, Thin-Film Tech nology, Plasma Polymerization, Biomedical Ma terials. 0. C. SITTON (Ph.D., Missouri-Rolla) Bioengineer ing Financial aid is obtainable in the form of Graduate and Research Assistantships, and Industrial Fellowships. Aid is also obtainable through the Materials Research Center. FAL L 1 980 249

PAGE 104

UNIVERSITY, BOZEMAN MONTANA STATE Challenge y 0 urseU In The Big Sky Cou11try Come to Montana State University and enjoy a unique lifestyle while getting a solid graduate edu cation in chemical engineering. We are literally minutes away from some of the finest downhill ski ing in America and 90 miles from Yellowstone Na tional Park. We offer M.S. and Ph.D degrees and have just ini tiated a special master's program for students whose undergraduate preparation is in chemistry or other scientific areas. The department has a low student to-faculty ratio and occupies two floors of a modern six-storied building Financial support is available. Incoming students can choose research topics in a variety of areas. The department has particular strength in energy, separations, heat transfer and chemical kinetics Write today for further information and applica tion forms: Graduate Coordinator Chemical Engineering Department Montana State University Bozeman, Montana 59717

PAGE 105

CHEM ICAL ENGINEERING AT NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY RALEIGH, N.C. CRYSTALLIZATION Secondary nucleation Crystallization kinetics Selective nucleation CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING Process modeling Pilot plant studies Radiation polymerization ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Stack monitoring Control technology development Biological effects of pollutants S.S. ChE's and Chemists: ADVANCED STUDY AND RESEARCH LEADING TO THE M.S., M.ChE., AND PhD. DEGREES. ALSO Phase equil i brium thermodynamics Heat Transfer Separation Processes Computer Applications COAL GASIFICATION $2.4 Million Pilot Plant completed (1978) in cooperation with EPA Pollutant characterization Process development Sampling and analysis Acid gas cleanup POLYMER SCIENCE Natural and synthetic polymers Glassy state anomalies Advanced membrane processing Controlled drug delivery FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, A CATALOG, AND APPLICATION MATERIALS, WRITE Dr Harold B. Hopfenberg, Head Department of Chemical Engineering North Carolina State University Raleigh, North Carolina 27650 FALL 1980 251

PAGE 106

The Ohio State University Chemical Engineering M.Sc. and Ph.D. Programs The Ohio State University 140 West 19th Avenue Columbus, OH 43210 252 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 108

254 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 109

university of pennsylvania chemical eng1neer1ng Stuart W. Churchill (Michigan) Elizabeth B. Dussan V. (Johns Hopkins) William C. Forsman (Pennsylvania) Eduardo D. Glandt (Pennsylvania) Raymond J. Gorte (Minnesota) David J. Graves (M.I.T.) A. Norman Hixson, Emeritus (Columbia) FACULTY Douglas A. Lauffenburger (Minnesota) Mitchell Litt (Columbia) Alan L. Myers (California) Melvin C. Molstad, Emeritus (Yale) Daniel D. Perlmutter (Yale) John A. Quinn (Princeton) Warren D. Seider (Michigan) RESEARCH SPECIAL TIES Combustion Energy Utilization Biomedical Engineering Computer-Aided Design Chemical Reactor Analysis Environmental and Pollution Control Fluid Mechanics Polymer Engineering Process Simulation Solar Energy Surface Phenomena Separations Techniques Thermodynamics Transport Phenomena The faculty includes two members of the National Academy of Engineering and three recipients of the highest honors awarded by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers Staff members are active in teaching, research, and professional work. Located near one of the largest con centrations of chemical industry in the United States, the University of Pennsylvania maintains the scholarly standards of the Ivy League and numbers among its assets a superlative Medical Center and the Wharton School of Business. PHILADELPHIA: The cultural advantages, historical assets, and recreational facilities of a great city are within walking distance of the University. Enthusiasts will find a variety of college and professional sports at hand The Pocono Mountains and the New Jersey shore are within a two hour drive. For further information on graduate studies in this dynamic setting, wr te to Dr John A. Quinn, Chairman, Department of Chemical and Biochemical Engineering, 220 S. 33rd Street, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA 19104. FALL 1980 255

PAGE 110

LOOKING 256 WRITE TO Prof. Lee C. Eagleton, Head 160 Fenske Laboratory The Pennsylvania State University University Park, Pa. 16802 for a graduate education in Chemical Engineering ? Consider PENN STATE Some Current M.S. & Ph.D. General Research Areas: BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING Physiological Transport Processes Newborn Monitoring ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH Gaseous and Particulate Control Atmospheric Modeling REACTOR DESIGN AND CATALYSIS Heterogeneous Catalysis Cyclic Reactor Operations Catalyst Characterization TRANSPORT PHENOMENA Analytical and Numerical Solutions Polymer Rheology and Transport Convective Heating and Mass Transfer Mass Transfer in Cocurrent Flow THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES Property Correlations Statistical Mechanics PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL Nonlinear Stability Theory Optimal and Periodic Control APPLIED CHEMISTRY AND KINETICS Industrial Chemical Processes Complex Reaction Systems PETROLEUM REFINING Process Development Product Conversion TRIBOLOGY Properties of Liquid Lubricants Boundary Lubrication Fundamentals INTERFACIAL PHENOMENA Adsorption Thermodynamics and Kinetics Monolayer and Membrane Processes ENERGY RESEARCH Tertiary Oil Recovery Nuclear Technology CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 111

-. ,._ HOW WOULD YOU LIKE TO DO YOUR GRADUATE WORK IN THE CULTURAL CENTER OF THE WORLD? .,...,.,,_ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING POLYMER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING FACULTY R. C. Ackerberg R. F. Benenati J. J. Conti C. D. Han W H. Kapfer J. S. Mijovic E. M. Pearce P. F Schubert L. I. Stiel E N. Ziegler Polvtechnic lnsfitute @~~Wcw~ Formed by the merger of Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn and New York University School of Engineering and Science. Department of Chemical Engineering Programs leading to Master's, Engineer and Doctor's degrees. Areas of study and research: chemical engineering, polymer science and engineering and environmental studies. RESEARCH AREAS Air Pollution Catalysis, Kinetics and Reactors Fermentation and Food Processing Fluidization Fluid Mechanics Heat and Mass Transfer Mathematical Modelling Mechanical Behavior of Polymers Morphology of Polymers Polymerization Reactions Process Control Rheology and Polymer Processing Thermodynam i c Properties of Fluids Fellowships and Research Assistantships are available For further information contact Professor C. D Han Head Department of Chemical Engineering Polytechnic Institute of New York 333 Jay Street Brooklyn, New York 11201

PAGE 112

---------------------------------Albright Caruthers Chao Delgass Eckert Emery Franses Greenkorn Hannemann Houze Kessler Koppel Lim Peppas Ramkrishna Reklaitis Squires Tsao Wang Wankat Graduate Information Chemical Engineering Purdue University West Lafayette Indiana 4 7907 An equal access / equal opportunity university

PAGE 113

RPI Advanced Study and Research Areas Thermodynamics D Heat Transfer d Kinetics-Catalysis Fluidization Fluid-Particle Systems lnterfacial Phenomena Process Design & Control Polymer Materials Polymer Processing Biochemical Systems Air Pollution Control Atmospheric Chemistry Water Resources Environmental Studies Membrane & Adsorption Studies For full details write ~-----------~ RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in Chemical Engineering The Faculty Michael M. Abbott Ph.D. Rensselaer Elmar R. Altwicker Ph D. Ohio State Yaman Arkun Ph D ., Minnes o ta Donald B. Aulenbach Ph D. Rutgers Georges Belfort Ph.D. Ca lif ornia Irvin e Henry R Bungay Ill Ph.D. Syracuse Chan I Chung Ph.D. Rutger s Nicholas L. Clesceri Ph.D. Wi sco n s in Dady B. Dadyburjor Ph D. Delaware Charles N. Haas Ph.D. Illinoi s David Hansen Ph D. Rens s elaer Arland H. Johannes Ph D Kentucky Clement Kleinstreuer Ph.D. Vanderbilt Peter K. Lashmet Ph.D ., Delaware Howard Littman Ph D. Yale Charles Muckenfuss Ph D. Wis co nsin Rajamani Rajagopalan Ph.D. Syracuse George P. Sakellaropoulos Ph D. Wis consin William W Shuster O Ch E. Rensselaer Sanford S. Sternstei n Ph.D. Rensselaer Hendrick C Van Ness D.Eng ., Yale Peter C. Wayner Jr Ph D. Northwestern Stephen W. Yerazunis D.Ch.E. Rensselaer Dr P.K. Lashmet, Executive Officer Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Troy, New York 12181 FALL 1980 259

PAGE 114

Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering at Rice University Graduate study in Chemical Engineering at Rice University is offered to qualified students with backgrounds in the fundamental principles of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. The curriculum is aimed at strengthening the student's understanding of these principles and provides a basis for developing in certain areas the necessary proficiency for conducting independent research. A large number of research programs are pursued in various areas of Chemical Engineering and related fields, such as Biomedical Engineering and Polymer Science. A joint program with the Baylor College of Medicine, leading to M-D.-Ph.D. and M.D.-M.S. degrees is also available. The Department has approximately 30 graduate students, predominantly Ph.D. candidates There are also several post-doctoral fellows and research engineers associated with the various laboratories. Permanent faculty numbers 12, all active in undergraduate and graduate teaching, as well as in research. The high faculty-to-student ratio, outstanding laboratory facilities, and stimulating research projects provide a graduate education environment in keeping with Rice's reputation for academic excellence. The Department is one of the leading Chemical Engineer ing Departments in the U.S., ranked by graduate faculty quality and program effectiveness, according to recent evaluations. MAJOR RESEARCH AREAS Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibria Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis Chromatography Optimization, Stability, and Process Control Biochemical Reaction Engineering Rheology and Fluid Mechanics Polymer Science Chemical Reactor Modeling BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING Blood Flow and Blood Trauma Biorheology Biomaterials Rice University Rice is a privately endowed nonsectarian coeduca tional university It occupies an architecturally attrac tive, tree-shaded campus of 300 acres, located in a fine res i dential area, 3 miles from the center of Houston. There are approximately 2600 undergraduate and 900 graduate students. The school offers the benefits of a complete un i versity with programs in the various fields of science and the humanities, as well as in engineer ing. It has an excellent library with extensive holdings. The academic year is from August to May As there are no summer classes, graduate students have nearly four months for research The school offers excellent recreational and athletic facilities with a completely equipped gymnasium, and the southern cl i mate makes outdoor sports, such as tennis golf, and sailing year round activities. 260 FINANCIAL SUPPORT Full-time graduate students receive financial support with tuition remission and a tax-free fellowship of $450-650 per month APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION Address letters of inquiry to: Houston Chairman Graduate Committee Department of Chemical Engineering Rice University Houston, Texas 77001 With a population of nearly two million, Houston is the largest metropolitan financial, and commercial center in the South and Southwest I t has ach i eved world-wide recogn i tion through its vast and growing petrochemical complex, the pioneering medical and surgical activities at the Texas Medical Center and the NASA Manned Spacecraft Center. Houston is a cosmopolitan city w i th many cultural and recreational attractions It has a well known resident symphony orchestra an opera and a ballet company, which perform regularly in the newly const r ucted Jesse H. Jones Hall. Just east of the Rice campus is Hermann Park w i th its free zoo golf course, Planetarium, and Museum of Natural Science The air-conditioned Astro dome is the home of the Houston Astros and Oilers and the site of many other events C HEMIC AL ENGI N EERIN G EDUCATION

PAGE 115

RUTGERS THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW JERSEY M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT OF AND CHEMICAL BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING College of Engineering AREAS OF TEACHING AND RESEARCH CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS THERMODYNAMICS TRANSPORT PHENOMENA KINETICS AND CATALYSIS CONTROL THEORY, COMPUTERS AND OPTIMIZATION POLYMERS AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY SEMIPERMEABLE MEMBRANES BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS MICROBIAL REACTIONS AND PRODUCTS SOLUBLE AND IMMOBILIZED ENZYMES BIOMATERIALS ENZYME AND FERMENTATION REACTORS ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS BIOCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY WATER RESOURCES ANALYSES OCEANS AND ESTUARIES INDUSTRIAL FERMENTATIONS ENZYMES IN THERAPEUTIC MEDICINE PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSING AND WASTE TREATMENT FOOD PROCESSING FELLOWSHIPS AND ASSISTANTSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE FALL 1980 COAL DESULFURIZATION ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING QUALITY MANAGEMENT POLYMER PROCESSING WASTES RECOVERY PLANT DESIGN AND ECONOMICS Fo r Application Forms and Further Informat i on Write To : Graduate Admissions Office 542 George, Street Rutgers, The State University New Brunswick N J 08903 261

PAGE 116

University of south Carolina The College of Engineering offers M.S., M.E. and Ph.D. degrees in Chemical Engineering Graduate students have the opportunity to work closely with the faculty on research projects. Research and teaching stipends are available from $3000 to $8000. The University of South Carolina with an enrollment of 23,800 on the Columbia campus, offers a variety of cultural and recreational activities. Columbia is part of one of the fastest growing areas in the country The Chemical Engineering Faculty B.L. Baker, Distinguished Professor Emeritus, Ph D North Carolina State University, 1955 (Process design environment problems, ion transport) M.W Davis, Jr. Professor Ph D University of California (Berkeley), 1951 (Kinetics and catalysis chem i cal process analysis solvent extract i on waste treatment) J.H. Gibbons Professor Ph D Univers i ty of Pittsburgh 1961 (Heat transfer fluid mechanics) F.P. Pike, Professor Emeritus, Ph D ., University of Minnesota 1949 (Mass transfer in liquid-liquid systems vapor-liquid equilibria) T.G. Stanford Assistant Professor Ph D ., The University of M i chigan, 1977 (Chemical reactor engineering mathematical modeling of chem i cal systems process design thermodynamics) V. Van Brunt Associate Professor Ph D. University of Tennessee 1974 (Mass transfer computer modeling fluid i zat i on) For further Information contact: Prof J H. Gibbons Cha i rman Chemical Engineer i ng College of Engineering University of South Carolina Columbia South Carolina 29208

PAGE 117

Chemical Engineering at Stevens Institute of Technology Master's-Chemical Engineer-Doctoral Degrees Programs in Chemical Engineering Science Process and Polymer Engineering Research in Transport Processes: Fluid Dynamics, Mass Transfer Separation Processes: Membranes, Absorption Extraction Reaction Engineering: Catalytic, Polymerization, Coal Liquefaction, Solid Waste Gasification Polymers: Kinetics, Rheology, Processing Structure-Property Relation For further information contact: Dean of Graduate Studies Stev e ns Institute of Technology Castle Point Station Hoboken New Jersey 07030 201 420 5234 :;~!n~I~it:J~~!:~!~ 0 !,lfts d~:i~~~!s~~~!1:::.e s~:o!!~~~~::o:a:~r~~~~t~da~:bl~:!~~:~:i~~~i1~t~;f!~fm~~~~e~ programs.

PAGE 118

Everythings u p to date in Tennessee THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE, KNOXVILLE Graduate Studies in Chemical, Metallurgical, and Polymer Engineering Programs Programs for the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy are offer"ed in chemical eng i neering metallurgical engineering and pol ymer engineering The Master s pro gram may be tailored as a terminal one with emphasis on professional development or it may serve as preparation for more advanced work leading to the Doctorate Faculty William T Becker Donald C Bogue Charlie R Brooks Duane D Bruns Edward S Clark Oran L Culberson John F Fellers George C Frazier Hsien-Wen Hsu Homer F Johnson Department Head Stanley H Jury (Emeritus) Financial Assistance Carl D Lundin Sources available include graduate teaching assistantships research assistantships and industrial fel. lowships Write Department of Chemical Metallurgical and Polymer Engineering The University of Tennessee Knoxville Tennessee 37916 Peter J Meschter Charles F Moore Ben F Oliver, Professer-in-Charge of Metallurgical Engineering Joseph J Perona Joseph E Spruiell E Eugene Stansbury James L White Professor in-Charge of Polymer Engineering Research Process Dynamics and Control Sorption Kinetics and Dynamics of Packed Beds Chromatographic and Ultracentrifuge Studies of Macromolecules Development and Synthesis of New Engineering Polymers Fiber and Plastics Processing Chemical Bioengineering X-Ray Diffraction Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy Solidification, Zone Refining Welding Cryogenic and High Temperature Calorimetry Flow and Fracture in Metallic and Polymeric Systems Corrosion Solid State Kinetics

PAGE 119

FALL 1980 M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in Chemical Engineering Faculty research interests include Aerosol Technology, Bioengineering, Combustion, Computer-Aided Design, Energy, Enviromental, Kinetics and Catalysis, Materials, Optimization, Polymer Engineering, Process Control, Process Engineering, Process Simulation, Surface Phenomena, Transport Processes. /or additional information: Graduate Advisor Department of Chemical Engineering The University of Texas Austin, Texas 78712 265

PAGE 120

266 TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY Texas A&M is a land-grant and sea-grant university, and the oldest public institution of higher learning in Texas. The current enrollment is about 30,000. The uni versity location is Bryan/College Station, Texas-twin cities with a combined population of 122,000 (including students). The surrounding country is deciduous forest Houston is 95 miles Southeast and Dallas is 160 miles North. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT The ChE department has an enrollment of about 1000 undergraduates and 70 graduates. ChE has excel lent facilities in the Zachry Engineering Center. All gradu ate students have desk space. Graduate stipends are Currently $650 / month. Admission to The Texas A&M University System and any of its sponsored programs is open to qualified individuals regardless of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or educationally unrelated handicaps. FACULTY AND RESEARCH INTERESTS C. D Holland (department head)-distillation R. G. Anthony-catalysis J H. Brannon-polymers J. A. Bullin-pollution R. Darby-rheology R. R. Davison-solar energy L. D. Durbin-control P. T. Eubank-thermodynamics C. J. Glover-oil recovery K. R. Hall-thermodynamics D. T. S Hanson-biochemical W. B. Harris-methanol fuel J.C. Holste-polymers A. D. Messina-heat transfer R. D. Ostermann-bio-mass G. B. Tatterson-turbulence A. T. Watson-porous media R. E. White-electrochemical FOR INFORMATION CONTACT: Graduate Advisor Chemical Engineering Dept. Texas A&M University College Station, TX 77843 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 121

1addo:J s1 a M0j~ a 11!N :i ,u as 1v aJ!4M 3W!7 FALL 1980 Chemical Engineering at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University applying chemistry to the needs of man Study with outstanding professors in the land of Washington, Jefferson, Henry and Lee ... where Chemical Engineering is an exciting art. Some current areas of major and well-funded activity are: Renewable Resources chemical and microbiological processing, chemicals from renewable resources Coal Science and Process Chemistry chemistry of prompt intermediates, reaction paths in coal liquefaction, fate of trace elements Coal Combustion Workshop small-scale systems, fate of trace elements, environmental controls Microcomputers, Digital Electronics, and Control digital process measurements, microcomputer interfacing, remote data acquisition, digital controls Polymer Science and Engineering processing, morphology, synthesis, surface science, biopolymers Engineering Chemistry chemically pumped lasers, multiphase catalysis, chemical micro-engineering Biochemical Engineering synthetic foods, food processing, antibiotics, fermentation processes and instrumentation, environmental engineering Surface Activity use of bubbles and other interfaces for separations, water purification, trace elements, concentration, understanding living systems VPI&SU is the state university of Virginia with 20,000 students and over 5,000 engineering students located in the beautiful mountains of southwestern Virginia. White-water canoeing, skiing, backpacking, and the like are all nearby, as are Washington, D. C. and historic Williamsburg. Initial Stipends to $10,800 plus all fees. Write to: Dr. H. A. McGee, Jr., Department Head, Chemical Engineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061, or call collect (703) 961-6631. 267

PAGE 122

~(? llJATE STUDY IN L ENGINEERING ON UNIVERSITY, ~ ,VI s "'I sso u RI u, =u.ou-~t ouis City Limit Its location offers the cultu r al polita rt-a rea combined w i th the convenience of a University apartment houses where single and married graduate students

PAGE 123

Chemical Engineering Energy Engineering Coal Conversion Combustion Conversion of Solid Wastes to Low BTU Gas Environmental Engineering Sludge and Emulsion Dewatering 50 2 Scrubbing River & Lake Modeling Economic Impact of Environmental Regulations West VlrgInIa Un1versIty Other Topics Optimization Chemical Kinetics Separation Processes Surface and Colloid Phenomena Polymer Processing Fluidization Biochemical Engineering Transport Phenomena Utilization of Ultrasonic Energy Electrochemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. Programs For further information on financial aid write: FALL 1980 Dr. J. D. Henry Department of Chemical Engineering West Virginia University Morgantown, West Virginia 26506 269

PAGE 124

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEGREES: M.S., Ph.D. RESEARCH AREAS INCLUDE: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER REACTION KINETICS AND CATALYSIS PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL PROCESS MODELING IN: COAL GASIFICATION, CHEMICALS FROM WOOD, ECOSYSTEM ANALYSIS, AND THEORETICAL STUDIES CONTACT: DR. WILLIAM J. HATCHER, JR., HEAD P.O. BOXG University, Alabama 35486 UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Graduate Study and Research Leading to M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees FACULTY AND AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION ROBERT E. BABCOCK e Water Resources, Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamic Properties PHILIP E. BOCQUET e Electrokinetics, Thermo dynamics JAMES R. COUPER Process Design and Economics, Polymers JAMES L. GADDY Biochemical Engineering, Process Optimization JERRY A. HA YENS e Irreversible Thermodynamics, Fire and Explosion Hazard Assessment CHARLES SPRINGER e Mass Transfer, Diffusional Processes CHARLES M. THATCHER e Mathematical Modeling, Computer Simulation LOUIS J. THIBODEAUX e Chemical Separations, Chemodynamics JIM L. TURPIN Fluid Mechanics, Biomass Conver sion, Process Design FINANCIAL AID Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships, Fellow ships. LOCATION The U of A campus i s located in beautiful Northwest Arkansas in the heart of the Ozark mountains. This tranquil setting provides an invigorating climate with excellent outdoor recreation including hunting, fishing, camping, hiking, skiing, sailing, and canoeing. Technical and cultural opportunities are available within the eight-college consortium for higher education FOR FURTHER DETAILS CONTACT: Dr. James L. Gaddy, Professor and Head Department of Chemical Engineering 227 Engineering Building, University of Arkansas Fayetteville, AR 72701 270 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 125

Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering Degrees Offered M.S and Ph.D Programs are available for persons in Chemical Engineering or related fields Research Areas Energy Storage and Con s ervat i on Polymer Processing Env i ronmental Po ll ut i on Control Chemical Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design Process Dynam i cs Non Newtonian Fluid Mechanics Mem brane Transport Proce s ses Thermodynamics Faculty F C Alley W.B Barlage J N Beard W.F Beckw i th D.D Edie J M Ha i le R.C Harshman S S Mel s heimer J C Mullins R.W Rice W.H. Talbott Clemson University Clem s on Univer s ity is a state coeducational land gr a n t university offering 78 undergraduate fields of study and 54 areas of graduate study in its n i ne academic units which include the College of Engineer i ng Present on-campus enrollment totals about 10 300 students which includes about 1 500 graduate students The campus which com prises 600 acres and represents an investment of appro x imately $139 million in permanent facilities is located in the northwestern part of South Carolina on the shores of Lake Hartwell. For Information For further information and a descriptive brochure write D.D Edie Graduate Coord i nator Department of Chemical Engineering, Clemson Univer s ity C l emson SC 29631 THE CLEVELAND STATE UNIVERSITY DOCTOR OF ENGINEERING MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION Transport Processes Porous Media Bioengineering Reaction Engineering Simulation Processes Zeolites The program may be designed as terminal or as preparation for further advance study leading to the doctorate. Financial assistance is available. FALL 1980 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, PLEASE CONTACT: Department of Chemical Engineering The Cleveland State University Euclid Avenue at East 24th Street Cleveland, Ohio 44115 271

PAGE 126

272 The University of Colorado offers excellent opportunities for graduate study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Chemical Engineering Air Pollution Bioengineering Catalysis Cryogenics Design Energy Applications Environmental Applications Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer Kinetics Process Control Thermodynamics Water Pollution For application and information, write to: Chairman, Graduate Committee Chemical Engineering Department University of Colorado Boulder, Colorado 80309 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10027 Graduate Programs in Chemical Engineering, Applied Chemistry and Bioengineering Faculty and Research Areas. J. A. Asenjo P. Brunn F. S. Castellana H. y. Cheh M. A. F. Epstein H. P. Gregor C C. Gryte E. F. Leonard A. N. Nahavandi J. L Spencer For Further Information, Write: Financial assistance is available Biochemical Engineering Applied Mathematics, Fluid Mechanics Biomedical Engineering, Mass Transfer Chemical Thermodynamics and Kinetics Electrochemical Engineering Biomedical Engineering, Process Analys i s Polymer Science, Membrane Processes, Envi r onmental Engineering Polymer S cience, Separation Processes Biomedical Engineering, Trasport Phenomena Heat Transfer, Nuclear Power Engineering Applied Mathematics, Chemical Reactor Engineering Chairman, Graduate Committee Department of Chemical Engineering and Applied Chemistry Columbia University New York, New York 10027 (212) 280-4453 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 127

faculty T. F. ANDERSON P. BABCOCK J. P. BELL C. 0. BENNETT R W. COUGHLIN M B CUTLIP programs M.S. and Ph.D. programs covering most aspects of Chemical Engineering. Research projects concentrate in four main areas: KINETICS AND CATALYSIS A. T. DiBENEDETTO G M. HOWARD H. E. KLEI M. T. SHAW R. M. STEPHENSON L. F. STUTZMAN POLYMERS AND COMPOSITE MATERIALS PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL WATER AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUEL PROCESSING D. W. SUNDSTROM SEPARATION THERMODYNAMICS financial aid Research and Teaching Assistantships, Fellowships location s eautiful setting in rural Northeast Connecticut, convenient to Boston, New York, and Northern New England We would like to tell you much more about the opportunities for an education at UCONN, please write to: Graduate Admissions Committee Department of Chemical Engineering The University of Connecticut Storrs, Connecticut 06268 DREXEL UNIVERSITY M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in Chemical Engineering Faculty D. R. Coughanowr E. D. Grossmann Y. Lee R. Mutharasan J. A. Tallmadge J R. Thygeson X. Verykios C. B. Weinberger Consider: High faculty /student ratio Excellent faciliities Research Areas Biochemical Engineering Chemical Reactor/Reaction Engineering Coal Conversion Technology Mass and Heat Transport Polymer Processing Process Control and Dynamics Rheology and Fluid Mechanics Systems Analysis and Optimization Thermodynamics and Process Energy Analysis Outstanding location for cultural activities and job opportunities Full time and part time options Write to: Department of Chemical Engineering Drexel University Philadelphia, PA 19104 FALL 1980 273

PAGE 128

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING M.S. and Ph.D. PROGRAMS University of Idaho L. L EDWARDS R. R. FURGASON W R HAGER K. L HOLMAN M. L. JACKSON R. A KORUS J. Y. PARK J. J SCHELDORF G. M. SIMMONS W. J. THOMSON FACULTY Computer Aided Process Design, Systems Analys i s, Pulp/Pape r Engineer i ng Heat Transfer Process Design and E c onom i cs Env i ronmental Systems, Alternat i ve En e rgy Eng i ne e r i ng Educat i on Transport Phenomena, Process Analys i s R source Recovery -Mass Transfer in Biological Systems, Particulate Control Technology -Polymers Biochemical Engineer i ng Chemical React i on Analysis and Catalys i s -Heat Transfer Thermodynamics -Geothermal Energy Engineer i ng, Energy Re covery, Pyrolysis K i net i cs -Applied Kinetics and Catalys i s, O i l Shale Tech nology, Fluidization 0 A concentrated program of study in an informal atmosphere allows complet i on of a M S. program i n one calendar year The reg i on has an i nvigorating climate with excellent outdoor recreat i on including fi shing hunt i ng skiing hiking, boat i ng and camp i ng. The univer s ity commun i ty provides a c cess to a va ri e ty of cultural act i v i t i es and ev e nts FOR FURTHER INFORMATION & APPLICATION WRITE : Graduate Advisor Chemical Engineering Department University of Idaho Moscow, Idaho 83843 GRADUATE STUDY LEADING TO MS AND PhD DEGREES IN GAS ENGINEERING AT ILL/NOii INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY Department of Gas Engineering courses include : C oal Ga s ification LNG Fundamental s Energ y Conservation Coal Conversion Kinetic s Fluidized Bed Engineering Natural Gas Processing Two Pha s e Flow Fo s sil Fuel Conver s ion Reactor Design Unconventional Energ y Extraction and Con v er s ion C ombustion Theor y Energy Economics and Polic y Areas of Research include: Flo w through porou s media Fluidization G a s -Solid Tran s port Fundamental s of Reactor Design Properties and Thermod y namic s of Mixtures C ombu s tion Heat Pump s Fellowships and research assistantships are available with stipends up to $10,500 for a twelve month period. 27 4 Fo r add i tio na l in fo r mat i o n wri t e to Dr. Stuart Leipziger Gas Engineering Department Illinois Institute of Technology Chicago, Illinois 60616 C HEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 129

For details write to: J. T. Schrodt Director for Graduate Studies Chemical Engineering Dept University of Kentucky Lexington, Kentucky 40506 University of Kentucky M S. and Ph.D. Programs Faculty D. Bhattacharyya, Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology W. L. Conger, Ph.D., Pennsylvania G. F Crewe, Ph.D., West Virginia R. B. Grieves, Ph.D., Northwestern C. E. Hamrin, Ph D., Northwestern R. I. Kermode, Ph.D., Northwestern L K. Peters, Ph.D., Pittsburgh E. D. Moorhead, Ph.D., Ohio State J. T. Schrodt, Ph.D Louisville J. Yamanis, Ph.D., Windsor Research Areas Novel Separation Processes; Membranes ; Water Pollution Control Thermochemical Hydrogen Production; 2nd Law Analysis of Processes Catalytic Hydrocracking of Polyaromatics ; Coal Liquefaction Foam Fractionation; Physicochemical Separations Coal Liquefaction ; Catalysis; Nonisothermal Kinetics Process Control and Economics Atmospheric Transport ; Aerosol Phenomena Electrochemical Processes; Novel Measurement Techniques Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer ; Fuel Gas Desulfurization Heterogeneous Catalysis and Applied Chemical Kinetics ; Chemical Reactor Design Department of Chemical Engineering FACULTY Hugo S. Caram Marvin Charles Curtis W. Clump Mohamed EI-Aasser Arthur E. Humphrey Fikret Kargi Andrew Klein William L. Luyben Janice Phillips William E. Schiesser Cesar Silebi Leslie H. Sperling Fred P. Stein Leonard A. Wenzel FALL 1980 LEHIGH UNIVERSITY Department of Chemical Engineering Whitaker Laboratory, Bldg. 5 Bethlehem, Pa. 18015 RESEARCH CONCENTRATIONS Polymer Science & Engineering Fermentation, Enzyme Engineering, Biochemical Engineering Process Simulation & Control Catalysis & Reaction Engineering Thermodynamic Property Research Energy Conversion Technology Applied Heat & Mass Transfer Fluid Mechanics SPECIAL PROGRAMS M.Eng. Program in Design M.S. and Ph.D. Programs in Polymer Science & Engineering FINANCIAL AID Of course WRITE US FOR DETAILS 275

PAGE 130

276 Graduate Enrollment 70 Faculty 15 Bioengineering Pollution Control Process Dynamics Computer Control Kinetics and Catalysis Thermodynamics Ecological Modeling Write: Chemical Engineering Department Sue:ar Technology Louisiana State University Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803 UNIVERSITY OF MAINE at Orono GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING M.S. and Ph.D. Programs Pulp & Paper Processing Polymers Process Control Instrumentation Food Processing Energy Sources & Conversion Fluid Dynamics Wood Conversion Reactions Applied Surface Chemistry Heat & Mass Transfer Graduate Study Brochure Available on Request WRITE: A L. Fricke, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering 115 Jenness Hall University of Maine at Orono Orono, ME 04469 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 131

Programs of Study: Cost of Tuition: The Community: Financial Aid: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND The Department offers a broad program of graduate studies leading to the MS (with or without thesis) and the PhD degrees. Areas of research emphasis include Biochemical Engi neering, Coal Technology Process Analysis, Simulation, and Control, Polymers, and Aerosol Mechanics. Tuition for the 1980-81 academic year is $79 per credit hour for Maryland residents and $124 per credit hour for nonresidents The College Park campus is located a few miles from Washington, D C. and thirty miles from Baltimore and Annapolis, Maryland. Because of its location, the University community enjoys advantages found nowhere else in the country. The variety of scientific, political, educational, cultural and athletic activities in the area enhances the life of all graduate students at Maryland Fellowships, Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships. For further information on the programs and aid available, contact Dr. T. W Cadman, Chairman, Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 Phone (301) 454-2431. MICHIGAN TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering PROGRAM OF STUDY: The Department offers a broad program of graduate studies lead i ng to the M S and the Ph D. degrees Fields of study include membrane technology, surface phenomena heat and mass transfer wa s te treatment resource recovery, polymer science and engineering spectroscopy carbohydrate chemistry cancer chemotherapy and energy conver s ion COST OF TUITION: The tuition is included as part of the student's financial a i d. THE COMMUNITY : MTU is located in Houghton on the beautiful Keweenaw Peninsula overlooking lake Superior The area surrounding Houghton is a virtual wilderness providing outstanding opportunities for outdoor act i vities such as fishing, boating, hiking camping, and skiing The local population of about 35,000 is active and sponsors a number of cultural attractions. The ma j or metropolitan centers of Detroit (550 miles) and Ch i cago (450 miles) are readily accessible by airline flights three times daily. FINANCIAL AID: Virtually all applicants receive financial support in the form of fellowships traineeships research assistantships or graduate teaching assistantships Although the amount of each stipend may vary, a student i nitially receives about $4500 per academic year i n addition to tuition. Summer appo i ntments are usually ava i lable. For more information write : A. B. Ponter, Head Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Michigan Technological University Houghton, Michigan 49931 Michigan Technological University is an equal opportunity educational institut i on/equal opportunity employer FALL 1980 277

PAGE 132

UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI COLUMBIA DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Studies Leading to M.S. and PhD. Degrees Research Areas Air Pollution Monitoring and Control Biochemical Engineering and Biological Stabilization of Waste Streams Biomedical Engineering Catalysis Energy Sources and Systems Environmental Control Engineering Heat and Mass Transport Influence by Fields Newtonian and Non-Newtonian Fluid Mechanics Process Control and Modelling of Processes Single-Cell Protein Research Themodynamics and Transport Properties of Gases and Liquids Transport in Biological Systems WRITE: Dr. George W. Preckshot, Chairman, Department of Chemical Engineering, 1030 Engineering Bldg., University of Missouri, Columbia, MO 65211 278 cL UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA 1 OFFERING GRADUATE STUDY AND RESEARCH I N THE AREAS OF: air pollution bio-mass conversion cool tar utilization energy conversion kinetics micro-processor applicat i ons and digital control polymerizat i on thermodynam i cs others FOR APPLICATION AND INFORMATION ON FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PLEASE WRITE TO: Prof L. C. TAO, Chairman, Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Nebraska Lincoln Nebraska 68588 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 133

F'ALL 1980 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW MEXICO M.S. and Ph.D. Graduate Studies in Chemical Engineering Offering Research Opportunities in Coal Gasification Desalination Synthetic Fuels-In Situ Technology Catalysis Mini Computer Applications to Process Control Process Simulation Hydro-Metallurgy Radioactive Waste Management ... and more Enjoy the beautiful Southwest and the hospitality of Albuquerque! For further information, write: Chairman, Graduate Committee Dept. of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering The University of New Mexico Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131 Graduate study toward M.S. degrees in chemical engineering Major energy research center: solar petroleum bioconversion geothermal Financial assistance available. Special programs for students with B.S. degrees in other fields. For applications and information: Dr. John T. Patton, Head, Department of Chemical Engineer ing, Box 3805, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico 88003. New Mexico State University is an Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action employer.

PAGE 134

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Faculty and Research Adivities: S. G. Bankoff G. M. Brown J.B. Butt S. H. Carr W. C. Cohen B. Crist J. S. Dranoff T. K. Goldstick W. W. Graessley H. M. Hulburt H. H. Kung R S H. Mah J. C. Slattery W. F. Stevens G. Thodos Boiling Heat Transfer, Two-Phase Flow Thermodynamics, Process Simulation Chemical Reaction Engineering, Applied Catalysis Solid State Properties of Polymers, Biodegradation Dynamics and Control of Process Systems Polymers in the Solid State Chemical Reaction Engineering, Chromatographic Separations B iomedical Engineering, Oxygen Transport Polymer Rheology, Polymer Reaction Engineering Analysis of Chemical and Physical Processes Catalyst Behavior, Properties of Oxide Surfaces Computer-Aided Process Planning, Design and Analysis Transport and lnterfacial Phenomena Process Optimization and Control, Computer Applications Properties of Fluids, Coal Processing, Solar Energy Financial support is available For information and application materials, write: Professor J. S. Dranoff, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering Northwestern University Evanston, Illinois 60201 RESEARCH AREAS eltemical 81tgi1teeriug at Notre 1Jame Catalysis Reaction Engineering Phase Equilibria Thermodynamics Energy Conversion Applied Mathematics Process Dynamics and Control Modeling and Simulation Transport Phenomena FACULTY R. A. Schmitz, Chairman J. J. Carberry C. F. Ivory J. C. Kantor J.P.Kohn M.A. McHugh W. C. Strieder A. Varma E. E. Wolf J. T. Banchero, Emeritus The University of Notre Dame offers programs of graduate study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Chemical Engineering. The requirements for the master's degree are normally completed in one calendar year. The doctoral program usually requires three to four years of full-time study beyond the bachelor's degree. Financially attractive fellowships and assistantships are available to outstanding students pursuing either program. For further information, write to Prof. R. A. Schmitz, Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering University of Notre Dame Notre Dame Indiana 46556 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 135

M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees in Chemical Engineering For information and applications, write : Graduate Program Coordinator School of Chemical Engineering 423 Engineering North Oklahoma State University Stillwater, Oklahoma 74078 Oklahoma State University Areas of Research Specialization Thermodynamics Transport properties Stagewise operations Heat transfer and fluid mechanics Computer applications Process design, synthesis and analysis Energy production, conversion and conservation The Physical Properties Laboratory cooperates closely Faculty Dr Billy L. Crynes Dr. Robert N. Maddox Dr. Kenneth J. Bell Dr. John H. Erbar Dr. Robert L. Robinson, Jr Dr. Jan Wagner Dr. Mayis T. Jahangirians Dr. Archibald G. Hill Dr. Gary L. Foutch with the School of Chemical Engineering in its research programs. OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY Chemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. Programs FACULTY T. J. Fitzgerald Control, Fluidization, Mathematical Models F. Kayihan Process Systems Simulation and Analysis J. G. Knudsen -Heat and Momentum Transfer, Two Phase Flow 0. Levenspiel Reactor Design, Fluidization R. E. Meredith Corrosion, Electrochemical Engineer ing R. V. Mrazek Thermodynamics, Applied Mathe matics C. E. Wicks Mass Transfer, Wastewater Treatment An informal atmosphere with oppor tunity for give and take with faculty and for joint work with the Pacific Northwest Environmental Research Laboratory (EPA), Metallurgical Research Center of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Forest Product Laboratory, Environmental Health Science Center and the School of Oceanography. The location is good-in the heart of the Willamette Valley-60 miles from the rugged Oregon Coast and 70 miles from good skiing or mountain climbing in the high Cascades. FALL 1980 For further information, write: Chemical Engineering Department, Oregon State University Corvallis, Oregon 97331 281

PAGE 136

UNIVERSITY OF OTTAWA FACULTY CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OTIAWA, ONTARIO, CANADA KlN 9B4 phone (613)231-3476 J. A. Golding, Ph.D. (Toronto) W. Hayduk, Ph.D. (UBC) V. Hornof, Ph.D. (SFU) M.A.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in: W. Kozicki, Ph.D. (Caltech) B.C.-Y. Lu, Ph.D. (Toronto) R. S. Mann, Ph.D. (Hull) energy storage ... extraction ... process control ... enhanced oil recovery .. reverse osmosis ... kinetics and catalysis ... porous media ... non Newtonian flow ... thermodynamics solar energy ... experimental design .. polymer modification ... pulp & paper .. phase equilibria D. D. Mclean, Ph.D. (Queens) G. H. Neale, Ph.D. (Alberta) S. Sourirajan, Ph.D. (Bombay), D. Eng. (Yale) F. D. F. Talbot, Ph.D. (Toronto), Chairman who should be contacted for further information. COME AND JOIN US IN THE EXCITING ENVIRONMENT OF CANADA'S NATIONAL CAPITAL GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL AND PETROLEUM ENGINEERING 282 University of Pittsburgh Today, approximately 2,000 undergraduates and 600 graduate students are enrolled in the School of Engineering. Students have access to the George M. Bevier Engineer ing Library of 38,000 volumes; University libraries of over 2,500,000 volumes: libraries in 50 industrial research centers and universities nearby. University of Pittsburgh has a comprehensive computer system with both batch and time-sharing facilities to use in academic and research investigations. FACULTY Charles S. Beroes Alfred A. Bishop Alan J. Brainard Shiao-Hung Chiang James T. Cobb, Jr. Paul F. Fulton James G. Goodwin Gerald D Holder George E Klinzing Joseph H. Magill Alan A Reznik Yatish T. Shah John W Tierney PROGRAMS AND SUPPORT Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Chemical Engineer ing and Master of Science degree in Petroleum Engineering are offered. While obtaining advanced degrees, students may specialize in Biomedical, Energy Resources, Nuclear, and Environmental areas. A joint Master of Science degree with the Department of Mathematics is offered. Teaching and Research Assistantships and Fellowships are available. Sixty graduate students, along with 300 undergraduates, pursue their education on three floors of Benedum Hall. The facilities are modern and excellently equipped. Graduate applicants should write: Graduate Coordinator, Chemical and Petroleum Engineering School of Engineering Univenity of Pittsburgh Pittsburgh, PA 15261 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EPVCATION

PAGE 137

Princeton University M.S.E. AND Ph.D. PROGRAMS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING RESEARCH AREAS Atmospheric Aerosols; Catalysis; Chemical Reactor / Reaction Engineering; Computer-Aided Design; Energy Conversion and Fusion Reactor Technology; Colloidal Phenomena; Environmental Studies; Fluid Mechanics and Rheology; Mass and Momentum Transport; Molecular Beams; Polymer Materials Science and Rheology; Process Control and Optimization; Surface Science; Thermodynamics and Phase Equilibria. FACULTY Ronald P Andres, Robert C. Axtmann, Jay B. Benziger, Joseph M. Calo, John K. Gillham, Carol K. Hall, Ernest F. Johnson, Jeffrey Koberstein, Morton D. Kostin, Bryce Maxwell, Robert G Mills, Robert K. Prud'homme, Ludwig Rebenfeld, William B. Russel, Dudley A. Saville, William R. Schowalter, Chairman, Sankaran Sunderesan. WRITE TO Director of Graduate Studies Chemical Engineering Princeton University Princeton, New Jersey 08544 QgeeD's University Kingston, Ontario, Canada Graduate Studies in Chemical Engineering MSc and PhD Degree Programs D. W. Bacon PhD (Wisconsin) H. A. Becker ScD (MIT) D. H. Bone PhD (London S. H. Cho PhD (Princeton) R. H. Clark PhD (Imperial College) R. K. Code PhD (Cornell) A. J. Daugulis PhD (Queen's) P. L. Douglas PhD (Waterloo) J. Downie PhD (Toronto) E. W. Grandmaison Ph.D. (Queen's) C. C. Hsu PhD (Texas) B. W. Wojciechowski PhD (Ottawa) FALL 1980 Resource Recovery solid waste treatment biotechnology biochemical engineering Chemical Reaction Engineering catalysis statistical design polymerization Transport Processes combustion turbulence and mixing drying rheology Fuels and Energy coal conversion flu i dized bed combust i on wood gasification alcohol production Write: Dr. Henry A. Becker Department of Chemical Engineering Queen s University Kingston, Ontario Canada 283

PAGE 138

284 The Faculty UNIVERSITY OF RHODE ISLAND GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees CURRENT AREAS OF INTEREST Biochemical E ngineering Food E ngineering Materials Engineering Ph ase Change K ine tics Mi xin g Separation P rocesses Ene rgy Engineering H eat Transfe r APPLICATIONS APPLY TO: Chairman, Graduate Committee Department of Chemical Engineering University of Rhode Island Kingston, RI 02881 Applications for financial aid should be received not later than Feb 16 UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14627 MS & PhD Programs H. Brenner, Eng. Sc. D ., 1957, New York Fluid Mechanics, Transport Processes G. R Cokelet, Sc. D., 1963, MIT Blood & Suspension Rheology, Biotechnology B E. Dahneke, Ph.D., 1967 Minnesota Aerosols, Surface Phenomena Biotechnology R. F. Eisenberg, M.S., 1948 Rochester Corrosion Physical Metallurgy M. R Feinberg, Ph.D., 1968 Princeton Complex Reaction Systems Continuum Mechan i cs J. R Ferron, Ph.D., 1958, Wisconsin Molecular Transport Processes, Applied Mathematics J.C Friedly, Ph.D., 1965, California (Berkeley) Process Dynamics, Control, Cryogenics R. H. Heist, Ph.D., 1972, Purdue Nucleation, Solid State, Atmospheric Chemistry H J Palmer, Ph D., 1971, Washington (Seattle) lnterfacial Phenomena, Mass Transfer H. Saltsburg, Ph.D., 1955, Boston Surface Phenomena, Catalysis, Molecular Scattering G J. Su, Sc. D ., 1937, MIT Colloidal & Amphorous States, Glass Science For information write: H. Brenner, Chairman i.. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 139

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CAUIFORNIA Los Angeles Interested in advanced studies for the M.S., Eng. or Ph D degree in Chemical Engineering? Interested in a dynamic and growing depart ment in one of the World's great climates and metropolitan areas? If so, write for further information about the program financial support, and applica tion forms to: Graduate Admissions Department of Chemical Engineering University of Southern California University Park, PCE Building 205 Los Angeles, CA 90007 Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering FACULTY WENJI VICTOR CHANG (Ph.D., Ch.E., Caltech, 1976) Rheological properties of polymers and composites, adhes i on polymer process i ng JOE D. GODDARD (Ph D Ch E ., U.C. Berkeley, 1962) Rheology and mechanics of non-Newtonian flu i ds and composite materials transport processes LYMAN L. HANDY (Ph.D., Phys Chem., U. of Wash ., 1951) Fluid flow through porous media and petroleum reservoir engineering FRANK J LOCKHART (Ph.D Ch.E., U of Mich., 1943) Distillation air pollution design of chemical plants CHARLES J REBERT ( Ph D ., Ch.E., Oh i o State U 1955) High pressure vapor-liquid equilibria, two-phase flow liquid thermal conducti city RONALD SALOVEY (Ph.D., Phys Chem., Harvard, 1958) Physical chemistry and Irradiation of polymers, characterization of elastomers and polyurethanes THEODORE T TSOTSIS (Ph.D., Ch E ., U. of Ill., Urbana, 1978) Chemical reaction engineering process dynamics and control JAMES M. WHELAN (Ph.D., Chem., U.C Berkeley, 1952) Thin Films 111-V, heterogenous catalysis sintering processes VANIS C. YORTSOS (Ph D ., Ch E Caltech, 1978) Mathematical modelling and transport processes, flow in porous media and thermal oil recovery methods Chemical Engineering at Stanford Stanford University offers programs of study and research leading to master of science and doctor of philosophy degrees in chemical engineering with a number of financially attractive fellowships and assistantships available to out standing students pursuing either program For further in formation and application blanks write to : Admissions Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering Stanford University Stanford California 94305 Closing date for applications i s January 15 1981. FALL 1980 0 FACULTY: Andreas Acrlvoa ( Ph D 1954 M i nnesota ) Fluid Mechanics Miehe! Boudart (Ph D .. 1950 Pr i nceton ) Kinetics and Catalysis Curtis W. Frank (Ph D .. 1972 Illinois ) Polymer Science Gerald G. Fuller ( Ph D ., 1980 Cal Tech ) Microrheology George M. Homsy ( Ph D .. 1969, Illinois ) Fluid Mechanics and Stability Robert J. Madlx (Ph D .. 1964 U Cal B erkeley ) Surface Reactivity David M. Meson (Ph D .. 1949 Cal Tech) Applied Thermodynamics and Chemical Kinetics Alan S. Mlchaels (Sc D .. 1948. M I.T ) Membrane Separation Processes Channing R Robertson ( P h D 1969 Staoford ) B i oengineer in g LECTURERS AND CONSULTING FACULTY: C. Richard Brundle, IBM Re searc h Laboratory San Jose California Surface Science Floyd L. Culler, Electric Power Research Institute Palo Alto Californ i a Nuclear Energy Robert M. Kendall, Acur e x Corporation Mountain V i ew Ca l iforn i a Combustion Robert H. Schwaar S R I. International M enlo Park California Technological Development and Process Design 285

PAGE 140

; 286 Chemical Engineering State University of New York at Buffalo, AMHERST, NY Academic programs for MS and PhD candidates are designed to provide depth in chemical engineering fundamentals while preserving the flexibility needed to develop special areas of int erest The Department also draws on the strengths of being part of a large and diverse university center. This environment stimulates interdisciplinary interactions in teaching and re search. The new departmental facilities offer an exceptional opportunity for students to develop their research skills and c apab i lities These features combined w ith year-round recrea tional activities afforded by the Western New York country side, and numerous cultural activ iti es centered around the City of Buffalo make SUNYAB an especially attractive place to pursue graduate studies. Faculty and Research Interest G. F Andrews _________ _____ Biochemical engineering, wastewater treatment D R. Brutvan -------------------------Staged operations P. Ehrlich ______________________ Polymeric materials, polymerization W. N. Gill __ _____________ ___ Reverse osmosis dispersion fluidization R. J. Good ________________ Surface phenomena, tertiary oil recovery adhesion K. M. Kiser ------------------Fluid mechanics, turbulence E. Ruckenstein ______________ .. Catalysis, interfacial phenomena, bioengineering M Ryan __ __ ___ _______ Non-Newtonian fluid mechanics, polymer processing P Stroeve _________ __ _____ Transport, surface science, biomedical engineering J. J. Ulbrecht ---------------Rheology of dispersed systems, mixing C J. Van Oss __________ Surface phenomena separation science, applied microbiology T. W. Weber __________________ Process control dynam i cs of adsorption S. W. Weller __ ___ __________________ ___ Catalysis, coal conversion R T. Yang ___________________ Catalysis, coal conversion, chemical kinetics Further information may be obtained by writing Chairman, Graduate Committee Department of Chemical Engineering, State University of New York at Buffalo, Amherst, NY 14260. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDY IN SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AREAS Water Renovation Biomedical Engineering Membrane Processes Desalination Catalysis Polymer Characterization Process Simulation Fluid-Particle Separation FACULTY Allen J. Barduhn John C. Heydweiller George C. Martin Philip A. Rice James A. Schwarz S. Alexander Stern Chi Tien Chiu-Sen Wang Syracuse University is a private coeducational university located on a 640 acre campus situated among the hills of Central New York State. A broad cultural climate which encourages interest in engineering, science, the social sciences, and the humanities exists at the university. The many diversified activities conducted on the campus provide an ideal environment for the attainment of both specific and general educational goals. As a part of this medium sized research oriented university, the Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science offers graduate education which continually reflects the broadening interest of the faculty in new technological problems confronting society. Research, independent study and the general atmosphere within the Department engender individual stimulation FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS AVAILABLE FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1980-1981 For Information: Contact: Chairman Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials ~cience Syracuse University Syracuse, New York 13210 Stipends: Stipends range from $6,000 to $7,500 with most students receiving at least $6,000 per annum in addition to remit ted tuition privileges. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 141

TEXAS A&I UNIVERSITY W. J. Conner Chemical Engineering M.S. and M.E. Natural Gas Engineering M.S and M E FACULTY W A Heenan Ph D Tulane Un i vers i ty Fluid M e chanic s and Combus t ion F. H. Dotterweich Ph D John Hopk i ns Un i vers i ty Air and Water Pollution Charanjit Rai D. Ch E Un i v e rsi t y of D et ro it P r oc ess Con tr ol and Th e rmo d ynamics C. V. Mooney M E. O k lahoma Un i vers i t y Ga s M e a s ur e m en t Texas A&I University is located i n Tropical South Texas 40 m i les south of the Urban Center of Corpus Christie and 30 miles west of Padre I s land Na t ional Seashore Coal Conver s ions K. C. Oosterhout Ph D Un i v e rs ity of Penns y lvan i a Ki n et i cs FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATION J B. Finley Ph.D Oklahoma State Univer si t y Mas s Transfer and Corrosion R. W. Serth Ph D. S U N.Y a t Buffalo Rheolog y and Appl i ed Mathematics RESEARCH and TEACHING ASSISTANTSHIPS AVAILABLE WRITE: GRADUATE ADVISOR Department of Chemical & Natural Gas Engineering Texas A&I University Kingsville, Texas 78363 The University of Toledo FALL 1980 Graduate Study Toward the M.S. and Ph.D. Degrees Assistantships and Fellowships Available. EPA Traineeships in Water Supply and Pollution Control. For more details write: Dr Charles E. Stoops Department of Chemical Engineering The University of Toledo Toledo, Ohio 43606 287

PAGE 142

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING M.S. AND Ph.D. PllOGRAMS TUFTS UNIVERSITY CURRENT RESEARCH TOPICS Metropolitan Boston RHEOLOGY OPTIMIZATION CRYSTALLIZATION POLYMER STUDIES MEMBRANE PHENOMENA CONTINUOUS CHROMATOGRAPHY BIO-ENGINEERING MECHANO-CHEMISTRY PROCESS CONTROL FOR INFORMATION AND APPLICATIONS, WRITE: PROF. K. A. VAN WORMER, CHAIRMAN DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING TUFTS UNIVERSITY MEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS 02155 STUDY WITH US AND ENJOY NEW ORLEANS TOOi CHEMICAL AND MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING TULANE UNIVERSITY Specialize through options in: l. The Polymers and Reaction Engineering Laboratory. 2. The Energy and Environmental Laboratory 3. The Health and Ecology Laboratory. 4. The Management and Control Laboratory. Established Internships with Industry and Government Agencies For Additional Information, Please Contact Robert E. C. Weaver, Head Department of Chemical Engineering Tulane University New Orleans, LA 70118 288 THE FACULTY: R. V Ba i ley Ph.D. (LSU) -----~ ystems Eng i neer i ng, Applied Math, Energy Conv e rsion R W. Freedman, Ph.D. (M I.T.) ---~ N~1merical Methods, Control Theory Mathematical Simulation L J Groome Ph D (Florida) _____ ,..olecular Thermodynamics, Biophysics, D W McCarthy, Ph.D (Tulane) S. L. Sullivan Jr. Ph.D Biomedical Engineering ____ Computer Con t rol Optimizat i on Determin i s t ic Mode li ng (Texas A&M ) --------Separat i on Processes T ransport Phenomena Numerical Methods R E C Weaver Ph D (Princeton) ___ Operations Research and Control Energy and Environmental Mgmt ., Biomedic a l Eng i neering Be rt Wilkins (Ga. Tech .) _______ Transport Phenomena Energy and En vironmental Studies Bioengineering CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 143

THE FACULTY GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING The University of Tulsa M.S., Master of Engineering Management, Ph.D. A. P. Buthod Petroleum refining, petroleum phase behavior, heat Peter Clark K. D. Luks F. S. Manning W. C. Philoon E. H. Snider N. D. Sylvester R. E. Thompson transfer Enhanced oil recovery, hydraulic fracturing Thermodynamics, phase equilibria Industrial pollution control, enhanced oil recovery Corrosion, process design Environmental engineering, kinetics Enhanced oil recovery, environmental protection, fluid mechanics, reaction engineering Oil and gas processing, computer-aided process design FURTHER INFORMATION If you would like additional information concerning specific research areas, facilities, and curriculum contact the Chairman of Chemical Engineering (Prof. Thompson). Inquiries concerning admissions and financial support should be directed to the Dean of the Graduate School. FALL 1980 The University of Tulsa 600 S. College Tulsa, OK 74104 (918) 939-6351 The University of Tulsa has an Equal Opportunity/ Affirmative Action Program for students and employees. THE BURNING QUESTION I One would think that by now industrial societies would know how to burn coal. We do, but not in ways that minimize the formation of air pollutants. As we move toward a coal-based society, the pollutants from coal combustion are indeed becoming the burning question. The furnace at the left, in the Combustion Research Laboratory in the Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Utah, is one of the most technically advanced facilities in the world for the study of air pollutant formation in coal combustion. If you would like to learn more about this and other burning questions in Chemical Engineering, contact Noel de Nevers Director of Graduate Studies Department of Chemical Engineering University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah 84112 289

PAGE 144

WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY Graduate Study in Chemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D. Programs AIR POLLUTION : Submicron Particulate Collection/High Temperature Catalysis/ Global Monitor ing & Meteorological Interaction/Atmospheric Chemistry & Trace Analyses/ Odor Perception / Phytotoxicity / Meteorological Tracer Studies BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING: BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING: COMPUTERS: Fermentation Kinetics Biorheology / Biofluid Mechanics / Transport Phenomena in Living Systems Computer Control, Real Time Computing ENERGY: Petrochemicals From Coal / Process Development & Design / Hot Gas Clean Up / In-Situ Recovery NUCLEAR ENGINEERING: Radioactive Waste Management/Fuels Reprocessing/LMFBR Technology / Radiocarbon Dating / Neutron Activation Analyses POLYMER ENGINEERING: Electroiniated Polymerization / Polymeric Encapsulation / Multiphase Polymerization Reactor Design TRANSPORT Laser-Dappled Velocimetry / Multi-Phase Transport & Reactions / Foam Flow / PHENOMENA: Particulate Transport & Stability Several Fellowships, Assistantships and Full-time Summer Appointments Available Contact: Chairman, Department of Chemical Engineering, Washington State University, Pullman, Wa. 99164 / Tel. 509-335-4332. Collect calls accepted from genuinely interested Students UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON Department of Chemical Engineering BF-10, Seattle, Washington 9819:i GRADUATE STUDY BROCHURE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST 290 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 145

WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE STUDY in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING D. A. Crowl, PhD combustion-process control H G. Donnelly, PhD thermodynamics-process design E. R. Fisher, PhD kinetics-molecular lasers J. Jorne, PhD electrochemical engr.-fuel cells R. H. Kummler, PhD environmental engr.-kinetics C. B. Leffert, PhD energy conversion-heat transfer R. Marriott, PhD computer applications-nuclear engr. J. H. McMicking, PhD process dynamics-mass transfer R. M ickelson, PhD polymer science-combustion processes P. K. Roi, PhD molecular beams-vacuum science E. W. Rothe, PhD molecular beams-analysis of experiments S. K. Stynes, PhD multi-phase flows-environmental engr. E. Gulari, PhD transport-laser light scattering FOR FURTHER INFORMATION on admission and financial aid contact: Dr Ralph H. Kummler Chairman, Department of Chemical Engineering Wayne State University Graduate Studies Detro it, Michigan 48202 CHEMICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN ONTARIO LONDON, ONT ARIO, CANADA The Chemical and Biochemical Group offers M.E.Sc., M.Eng., and Ph D. degrees for Engineering and Science graduates. Graduate assistantships (teaching and / or research) are available for highly qualified candidates who wish to pursue studies toward the M E.Sc ., and Ph.D. degrees in Engineering. The minimum stipend for outstanding candidates is $7,500 per annum. The Department Chemical and B i o chemical Engineering is a medium sized department with 9 full-time faculty members and approximately 30 graduate students Well-equipped laborator ies with excellent computing and machine shop facilities are available. Areas of Research Areas of research in Chemical Engineering include: fluldization and particulate studies, environmental studies air and water pollution, catalysis and reactor design, systems control engineering, process simulation and optimization, mass transfer and mixing in reactors, process development studies. Research areas in Biochemical Engineering i nclude : food engineering, new products development, food perservation pro tein production, microbial process and product development, microbial surfactants for oil extraction, enzyme engineering, bio energy production, microbial kinetics, bacterial aerosol studies, bioleaching of minerals, extracellular protein production, enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulose, novel bioreactor design, industrial waste utilization and wastewater treatment, design of wastewater treatment facilities, etc. Applications and Enquiries-For more information write to: FALL 1980 Dr. N. Kosaric, Chairman Chemical and Biochemical Engineering The University of Western Ontario London, Ontario, Canada Telephone: (519) 679-3309 291

PAGE 146

IIIPI WORCESTER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE "The Innovative School" The WPI Chemical Engineering Department enjoys an excellent reputation for its research under the direction of ten full time faculty members in: ADSORPTION DIFFUSION CATALYSIS MOLECULAR SIEVES BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENERGY CONVERSION GAS SOLID REACTION Extensive technical and cultural opportunities within the ten-college Worcester Consortium for Higher Education and the facilities of a medium sized city in Central Massachusetts. Attractive assistantships available Address inquiries to: Dr. Y. H. Ma, Chairman Chemical Engineering Department Worcester Polytechnic Institute Worcester, Massachusetts 01609 292 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 147

LL BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY Department of Chemical Engineering MS R E Slonaker Jr C h ai r man (Ph D., I owa State) Growth and properties of sin gle c r ystals high-tem p e r a t ure calori m etry vapor liq u id equilibria in ternary systems M E. Hanyak, Jr. (Ph D ., University of Pennsylvania) Compute r aided design and instruction problem-oriented lang u ages, nume r ical ana l ysis. F W Koko Jr (Ph.D Lehigh U nive r sity) Op t imization algorithms, fluid mechanics and r heo l ogy, di r ect digital control. IM J M. Pommershelm ( Ph D Unive r si t y of Pittsburgh) Cata l yst deact i vation reaction analysis mathematical modeling a n d diff u sion with reaction and phase change W. J. Snyder ( Ph D ., Pennsylvania S t ate University) Cata l ysis polyme r ization thermal analysis d e velopment of specifi c ion electrodes micro p rocessors and i nst r umentation. who h o l d u nder g rad u a t e degrees in one of the natural sciences or mat h ema t ics sho ul d contac t th e de p a r t m ent c h air m an re g ardi n g e l igibili t y fo r g r adua t e s t udy. Fe ll ows h i p s and teac h ing and research assistantships are avai l able. Le w is bur g, loca t ed i n t he ce n te r of Pen n sylv a nia pr ovi d es the attractio n of a r u ra l se tt i ng w h i l e co n ve n iently loca t ed withi n 200 m iles of New York P h i la del ph ia W ashington D. C. and P i tt s b u r g h For further Information write or phone : Coo rd i nat o r o f Gra d u a t e S tu d i es Bu ckne ll Un ive r si t y Lewisbur g PA 17 837 ____ ____ 717 5 24 1 304 ______ _, FAL L 1980 Lake Huron Canada's largest Chemical Engineering De partment offers regular and co-operative M.A.Sc., Ph.D. and post-doctoral programs in: Biochemical and Food Engineering *Chemical Kinetics, Catalysis and Reactor Design Environmental and Pollution Control Extractive and Process Metallurgy Polymer Science and Engineering Mathematical Analysis, Statistics and Control *Transport Phenomena, Multiphase Flow, Petroleum Recovery *Electrochemical Processes, Solids Handling, Microwave Heating Financial Aid: Minimum $9,500 per annum Academic Staff: E. Rhodes Ph D. (Manchester), Chair man ; T. Z. Fahidy, Ph.D. (Ill i no i s), Associate Chai r man, (Graduate) ; G S. Mueller, Ph D. (Manchester), Associ ate Chairman (Undergraduate); T. L. Batke, Ph.D. (To ronto); L. E. Bodnar, Ph.D (McMaster) ; C. M. Burns, Ph D. (Polytech. Inst. Brooklyn) ; J. J. Byerley Ph.D. (UBC) ; K S Chang Ph.D (Northwestern); F A. L. Dullien Ph.D. (UBC) ; K E. Enns Ph D (Toronto) ; J. D. Ford Ph D (Toronto) ; C. E Gall, Ph.D. (Minn.) ; R Y M. Huang, Ph D (Toronto); R. R. Hudgins Ph.D (Prince ton); I. F. Macdonald, Ph.D. (Wisconsin); M Moo-Young, Ph.D (London) ; K F O'Driscoll, Ph.D. (Princeton); D. C. T Pei, Ph.D., (McGill); P M. Reilly, Ph.D (London); G. L. Rempel, Ph.D (UBC); C. W Robinson, Ph.D. (Berkeley); A Rud i n, Ph D (Northwestern); J M. Scharer, Ph D (Pennsylvania); D.S. Scott Ph.D (Illinois); P L. Silves t on, Dr Ing. (Munich); D R Spink, Ph D (Iowa State) ; G A Turner, Ph.D (Manchester); B. M. E. van der Hoff, Ir (Delft) ; J. R. Wynnyck j Ph D (Toronto). To apply, contact: The Associate Chairman (Graduate Studies) Department of Chemical Engineering University of Waterloo Waterloo, Ontario Canada N2L 3G 1 Further information: See CEE, p. 4, Winter 1975 293

PAGE 148

UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING Take a moment and write for more information. We offer exciting opportunities for research in many ENERGY related areas, such as coal and oi I shale. We also offer research relating to ENVIRONMENT, such as in situ processes and water resources. These and many other opportunities are avai I able to those with ENERGY who wish to work in a pleasant ENVIRONMENT, both academically and geographically. Dr A. L. Hines Dept of Chemical Engineering University of Wyoming P O. Box 3295 University Station Laramie, Wyoming 82071 Admission, employment, ond programs of the University of Wyoming are offered to all eligible people without regard to race, color, national o rigin sex, religion, or political belief Financial aid is available, and all aid recipients obtain full fee waivers THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA The Department of Chemical Engineering invites applications for graduate study from candidates who wish to proceed to the AA.Eng AA A Sc or Ph D degree For the latter two degrees, Assistantships or F ell ow ships are available. AREAS OF RESEARCH Air Pollution Biochemical Engineering Biomedical Engineering Coal Gasification Liquefaction, and Combustion Electrochemical Engineer in g Electrokinetic Phenomena Fluid Dynamics Fluidization Heat Transfer Kinetics Liquid E xtraction Magnetic Effects Mass Transfer Modelling and Optimization Particle Dynamics Process Dynamics Pulp & Paper Rheology Rotary Ki Ins Separation Processes Spouted Beds Sulphur Thermodynamics Water Pollution Enquiries should be addressed to: 294 Graduate Advisor Department of Chemical Engineering THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1W5 ECOLE POL YTECHNIQUE AFFILIEE A L'UNIVERSITE DE MONTREAL GRADUATE STUDY IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Research assistantships are available in the following areas: POLYMER ENGINEERING RHEOLOGY RECYCLING OF WASTE MATERIALS FLUIDISATION REACTION KINETICS PROCESS CONTROL AND SIMULATION INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL BIOCHEMICAL AND FOOD ENGINEERING PROFITEZ DE CETTE OCCASION POUR PARFAIRE VOS CONNAISSANCES DU FRANCAISI VIVE LA DIFFERENCE!* some knowledge of the French language is required For information write to : M R C. Mayer, prepose a !'admission, Departement du Genie Chimique, Ecole Polytechnique C.P. 6079, Station A Montreal H3C 3A7, CANADA CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 149

THE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA Iowa City M.S. Ph.D. Research in Flow through microporous media Membrane Separations Mass transfer operations Characterization of particulate materials Materials science Materials processing Air pollution Fracture mechanics Write: Chairman Chemical and Materials Engineering University of Iowa Iowa City, Iowa 52242 NEW JERSEY INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY NEWARK COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDY FOR M.S., ENGINEER AND Sc.D. DEGREES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Biomedical Engineering Basic Studies Chemical Engineering Biochemical Engineering Environmental Engineering Basic Studies-Applied Chemistry Polymer Science and Engineering Process and Design Studies For details on applications and financial aid, write: FALL 1980 Mr. Dino Sethi Director of Graduate Studies New Jersey Institute of Technology 323 High Street Newark, New Jersey 07102 MONASH UNIVERSITY CLAYTON, VICTORIA Department of Chemical Engineering Applications are invited for Monash University Research Scholar ships tenable in the Department of Chemical Engineering. The awards are intended to enable scholars to carry out under supervision, a programme of full-time advanced studies and research which may lead to the degrees of Master of Engineer ing Science and/or Doctor of Philosophy Facilities are available for work in the general fields of : Biochemical and Food Engineering Chemical Reactor Engineering Extractive Metallurgy and Mineral Engineering Process Dynamics, Control and Optimization Polymer Processing and Rheology Transport Phenomena Waste Treatment and Water Purification Hydrogenation and Drying of Brown Coal Scholarsh i ps carry a stipend of $4,200 per annum Detailed information about the awards and the necessary application forms may be obtained from the Academic Registrar. Technical enquiries should be addressed to the Chairman of Department, Professor 0 E. Potter. Postal Address: Monash University Wellington Road Clayton, 3168 Victoria, Australia UNIVERSITY OF NORTH DAKOTA Graduate Studies MS and MEngr. in Chemical Engineering PROGRAMS : Thesis and non -thesis options are available at the MS level. A substantial design project is required for the M Engr degre e. A full time student with a BS in Ch E can complete a program in a calendar year Students with a d eg ree in chemistry a re accepted in our program. Research and T eac hing Assistant ships are available. RESEARCH PROJECTS : Mos t funded research projects are energy related although other bas ic and applied projects are avail able S t udents may part ici pa te in project r el ated thesis problems or may be employed as project workers in the Department, the Engineering Exper i ment Station or the Grand Forks Energy Technology Center. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY : A c ooperat ive program of study research related to foss i l fuel conversion and upgrading is offered by the Department and the U S Department of Energy through the Grand Forks Energy Technology Center Joint Re search fellowships are available to U.S citizens. FOR INFORMATION WRITE TO: Dr. Donald E. Severson, Chairman Chemical Engineering Department University of North Dakota Grand Forks, North Dakota 58202 (701-777-4244) 295

PAGE 150

UNIVERSITY OF SASKATCHEWAN GRADUATE STUDIES IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Programs leading to Ph.D. and M.Sc. degrees Re s earch in the general field s of Corrosion Adsorption and catalysis Heat transfer Transport ph e nomena Biochemical treatment of wastes Conve r s ion of liquo-cellulo s ic s and coal into oth er usable products. Excellent laboratory, computational and library facilities Maximum stipend of $8,500 PLUS payment of program fees is available for highly qualified students For furth e r in format ion and descriptive bro c hur es write to Head, Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering University/ of Saskatchewan Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada S7N OWO UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GRADUATE STUDIES M S., and Ph D. Programs in Chemical Engineer ing. Special M.S. program for Chemists and other Natural Science Majors. RESEARCH INTERESTS: Mass transfer phenomena, adsorption, fluid mechanics and rheology fluidiza tion, reaction dynamics, process dynamics and control, solar energy conversion, crystallization, air pollution control, fermentation processes, im mobilized biomolecules, biological mass transfer and disease, and modeling of biological processes. 296 FOR ADMISSION AND FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION Graduate Coordinator Department of Chemical Engineering University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia 22901 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AT TEXAS TECH Join a rapidly accelerating department (research funding has increased an average of 26 % per year for the last three years) Graduate research projects available inBIOMASS UTILIZATION PROCESS ENGINEERING POLYMER SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL ENERGY COMPLEX FLUID FLOWS Texas Tech Chemical Engineering graduates are among the most sought-after by industry in the country. Be one of them! For information, brochure and application mat rials, write Dr. R W Tock Graduate Advisor Department of Chemical Engineer in g Texas Tech University Lubbock, Texas 79409 VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY Graduate Studies in Chemical Engineering M.S. and Ph.D Degree Programs W. WESLEY E CKENF ELDER: Biological and Advanced Waste Water Treatm e nt Pr ocesses KENNETH A. DEBELAK: Gasification and Liquifacti on of coal, Energy-Environmenta l Syst ems, Mathematical Mod e lin g of Chemica l Pro cesses THOMAS M. GODBOLD: Process Dynamic s and Control, Ma ss Tran s fer THOMAS R. HARRIS : Physiological Systems Analysis, Transport Ph enomena, Biomedical Engineering, Tracer Analysis KNOWLES A OVERHOLSER: Combust i on Physics, Biorbeology JOHN A. ROTH: Reaction Kin et ic s and Chemical Reactor D s ign, Gas Chromatography, Industria l Waste Management and Contro l KARL B. SCHNELLE, JR .: Air Pollution, Instrume n tation and Automatic Contro l Di spersion Stud i es ROBERT D TANNER: Enzyme Kinetics, Fermentation Pro cesses and Kinetics, Pharma cok in etics, Microbial Assays W. DENNIS THREADGILL: Unit Operations, Food and Diary Industry Waste Treatment D AVID W. WILSON: Surface Chemical Separation T ech niqu es, Physical-Chemical Methods of Waste Water Tr eatment Further Information: Karl P Schnelle, Jr ., Chairman Chemical Engineering Department Box 1683, Station R Vanderbilt University Nashville, Tennessee 37235 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION

PAGE 151

WEST VIRGINIA TECH That's what we usually are called. Our full name is West Virginia Institute of Technology. We're in a small state full of friendly people, and we are small enough to keep your personal goals in mind. Our forte is high quality undergraduate instruction, but we are seeking high-grade students for our new graduate program for the M.S. Chemical Engineering at YALE If you are a superior student with an interest in helping us while we help you, we may have funding for you Write : Dr. E. H. CRUM Chemical Engineering Department West Virginia Inst of Technology Montgomery, WV 25136 J. W. Gibbs PhD-Engrg. You? PhD-Engrg. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EDUCATION DURING 1980: FLUOR FOUNDATION 3M COMPANY 1863 1984 'kle aJd.o. titan~ tl,,e 138 e~ Cw;uuwuw; ~e,pa'li mentlw.lt.o. co.ni'UbuteJ /,a tke olJ ecc "'1980

PAGE 152

NEW AND BEST-SELLING BOOKS FROM WILEY-INTERSCIENCE FUSION PLASMA ANALYSIS Weston M. Stacey. Jr. This volume deals with the physics of magnetically-confined fusion plasmas. Plasma physics is treated as an element in the development of fusion power, with important technological constraints and interac ti ons included in the analysis. The development of the material starts from first princ i ples and is carried through to an engineering physics formulation that can be applied to the analysis of fusion reoctor plasmas. approx. 384 pp. (1-08095-0) 1980 $30.00 SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES FOR ORGANIC CHEMISTS James W. Cooper, Tufts University Thi s introductory text identifies organic compounds by spectroscopic means. It covers the usual techniques of i nfrared (IR), proton nuclear magnetic resonance, and mass spectroscopy as well as the use of carbon-13 nmr spectroscopy and Fourier transform techniques Uses more than 200 actual spectra as examples, both in the explanation and problem sec tions. The text also covers computer methods of ite rating theoretical nmr spectra for a best fit with experimental ones using the popular LAGOON Ill program in a conversational t imesh aring version. 376 pp. (1-05166 7) 1980 $19 95 APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS, 2nd Edition Norman R. Draper and Harry Smith, Jr A comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals of regress ion analysis emphasizing understanding of the concepts and the application of the methods, rather than the development of the theory. This expanded edition includes many new exe r cises as well as new material on such pertinent topics as inverse r eg r ess i on, transformation of the response variable, and nonlinea r es t imation. approx. 600 pp. (1 02995-5) Dec. 1980 $22.50 (tent.) APPLIED SYMBOLIC LOGIC Edward P. Lynch Develops a basic found a tion in applied symbolic logic as a powerful commu nications tool. T he author explains three applications of the logic: t he use of Boolean a l gebra in graphic form to show the relationships in any system of on off events; a new development involving implication and inference; and the use of symbolic logic in fault tree analysis. approx. 272 pp (1-06256 1) 1980 $36.00 CHEMICAL CONCEPTS IN POLLUTANT BEHAVIOR Ian J. Tinsley, Oregon State University Intentionally or by acciden t chemicals are constantly bei n g released into the envi r onment. How long will they persist there? Wi l l they evaporate into the a t mosphe r e, leach into surface water, o r be immobilized by strong adsorption to soil? Unique in approach this book synthesizes basic ideas from many a r eas of chemistry to offer answers to these and other questions. 265 pp. (1 0382 53) 1979 $24.95 QUANTITY FOOD SANITATION, 3rd Edition Karla Longree Long r ee presents up to-date information on the majo r reserviors of various contaminants, including m i croorganisms, causing foodborne illnesses. T opics include the conditions leading to contamination of ing r edien t s and menu items while bei n g p r epa r ed, s t o r ed, and served; the condi t ions favo r ing mul t iplica t ion of contaminating bacteria ; and appropriate measu r es of control. 456 pp. (106424 6) 1980 $27.50 Books under consideration as classroom texts are available for a 60-day free examination. Write to Ju l es Kazimir. Order through your bookstore or write to Nat B odian, Dept 092 7.176 TO ORDER BY PHONE call toll free 800-526-5368 In New Jersey call collect (201) 797 7809. @ WILEY-INTER SCIENCE a division of John Wiley & Sons Inc 605 Third Avenue, New York, N Y. 10158 In Canada : 22 Worcester Road Rexdale Ontario Pri c es subject to change without notice 1 7176 HANDLING RADIOACTIVITY: A PRACTICAL APPROACH FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS D.C Stewart A broad ove r view of all of the many factors involved in the safe handling of radioactive materials on the bench scale. Administrators of nuclear oriented programs, architect-engineers, nuclear facility managers and those responsible for training of personnel will find many practical matters of interest. The more highly technical areas (dosimetry, shie lding nuclear criticality) are surveyed and summa rie s presented in straightforward. non-mathematical language. approx. 416 pp. (1-04557-8) Dec.1980 $38.00 (tent.) CARBON-13 NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY, 2nd Ed. George C. Levy, Robert L. Lichter, & Gordon L Nelson Intr o duces 13 nmr spectroscopy to organic chemists, with some detailed treatments of 13 nmr included that are appropriate for physical chemists and others. Also presents the large body of currently evolving techniques tha t are extending the applicability of 13 nmr. This updated edition greatly expands treatment of spin relaxat ion, natural products, and synthe tic and biopolymers. 352 pp. (1-53157-X) 1980 $22.50 PRINCIPLES OF COLOR TECHNOLOGY, 2nd Edition Fred W Billmeyer, Jr. and Max Saltzman Provides simple yet comprehensive and basic approaches to what produces and affects color, how to describe color i n words and numbers, arrange color in ordered systems measure color with ins trument s, calculate color differences and set color tolerances. Dyes and pigments color mixing and color matching (both visual and compu ter aided), recent advances, and problem areas are exam ine d. An extensive annotated bibliography is included. approx. 200 pp. (1-03052-X) Feb. 1981 $18.00 (tent.) PRINCIPLES OF POLYMER PROCESSING Zehev Tadmor & Costas G. Gogos This book presents the first comprehensive and functionally useful enginee r ing analysis of the underlying principles and mechanisms of polymer processing. Traditiona l ly, the field has been analyzed in terms of prevailing processing methods and machinery. Tadmor and Gogos take a novel approach The authors propose that any of these prevailing p r ocessing methods can be broken down into a shaping step and i nto a set of clearly defined elementary steps that prepare the polymeric raw material for shaping. 736 pp. (1 84320 2) 1979 $37.50 ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COMMON NATURAL INGREDIENTS USED IN FOOD, DRUGS, AND COSMETICS Albert Y. Leung H ere's an up-to date, practical r eference fo r students a n d technologists, covering over 300 natural l y occ ur i n g i ng r e d ients used comme r cially today. Information includes sou r ce, h abi t at, parts used, preparation, physical and chemical description chemical composition, biological activity, commercially available forms, uses safe levels and regulatory status. An appendix contains the struc t ural formulae for all compounds dis cussed. 409 pp. (1-04954-9) 1980 $47.00 PULP AND PAPER Chemistry and Chemical Technology, 3rd Ed., Vols. 1, 2, & 3 James P. Casey Here's an in-depth look at the chemistry and chemical technology involve d in the manufacture of pulp and pape r the properties of paper, and the uses for paper. The new edit i o n contai n s cont r ibutions by forty recognized authorities in the field Emp h asizing t he unde r lying science and technology, this edition reviews, in detail, chemical and engineering principles. Vol. 1: 820 pp. (1-03175-5) 1980 Vol. 2: approx. 768 pp. (1-03176-3) Vo l. 3: approx. 700 pp. (1-03177-1) $55.00 Oct. 1980 Nov 1980 SYNTHETIC FUELS FROM COAL Overview and Assessment Larry L. Anderson and David A. Tillman $39.95 (tent.) $48.50 (tent.) A timely deta i led description of the principles, processes and products of coal conversion systems. Weighs the need for alternatives to gas and oil, and the prospects of coal conversion, its costs, and its environmental consequences, providing a managerially oriented perspect ive on the technical and economic reali t ies of producing synthetic fuels from coal. 158 pp. (1-01784-1) 1979 $16.95


xml version 1.0 encoding UTF-8
REPORT xmlns http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitss xmlns:xsi http:www.w3.org2001XMLSchema-instance xsi:schemaLocation http:www.fcla.edudlsmddaitssdaitssReport.xsd
INGEST IEID E1EG2HZX4_T2CIN2 INGEST_TIME 2011-09-26T20:50:04Z PACKAGE AA00000383_00068
AGREEMENT_INFO ACCOUNT UF PROJECT UFDC
FILES